Actions

Work Header

Rating:
Archive Warning:
Categories:
Fandoms:
Relationships:
Characters:
Additional Tags:
Language:
English
Series:
Part 1 of Impossible Odds
Stats:
Published:
2025-11-24
Updated:
2025-12-14
Words:
129,215
Chapters:
11/?
Comments:
7
Kudos:
21
Bookmarks:
7
Hits:
1,260

Us Against The World

Summary:

Ren and Morgana's chance to finally break free of Yaldabaoth's control leads to nothing but their deaths. But death hasn't earned them yet. Given the opportunity to live again and save an entirely different world, the brothers venture to Iwatodia 2009 to make things as right as they can be. With the countdown to 2017 beginning, they must prepare as much as possible for the rematch.

Notes:

(See the end of the work for notes.)

Chapter 1: Dread

Chapter Text

12/24 Fused worlds

 

Ren and Morgana look towards each other once they are the only two Thieves remaining with the sole goal of reaching each other. They aren’t too far, but they’re also too injured to walk. Morgana uses his one arm to slowly drag himself to Ren’s location, struggling to cross over Yusuke’s mangled corpse.

 

“HAHAHAHAHA! The Trickster and the dregs of humanity's hope.” Yaldabaoth says with ire as they finally reach each other. 

 

“M-Mona… *Sob*” Ren says as they embrace each other as well as someone with one arm and someone with two broken ones can. “W-What do we do…?”

 

“I-I don’t know! *Sob* *Cough* i-i-it hurts… s-so much…” Morgana’s voice gets quieter the more he speaks.

 

“I-It d-d-does…” This is even worse than the interrogation room, and the worst part is that Morgana has to suffer through it as well. “I’m s-sorry *Cough* I-I failed y-you.”

 

“D-Don’t *Cough* s-say that Ren! *Sob* I-I’m the o-one who failed you…” Their hearts beat in sync as they hold each other close. “I-I was supposed t-to *Pant* be y-your guide… a-and I failed…”

 

“Yes, you’ve both failed. The world’s undoing is all thanks to you!” Yaldabaoth mocks as he looks towards them. “It was foolish to think you could best a god!”

 

A vortex of energy gathers in the center of Yaldabaoth’s four arms. “w-w-what is t-th-that…?” Morgana quietly whispers in fear. His question soon gets answered as the attack is fired.

 

“AAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!!” The two scream in agony as their flesh, skin, and fur is slowly melted off from the attack.   

 

“m-m- *Cough* *Cough* mo-mon-na…!? y-you *Pant* a-a-al-alive…!?” Ren can barely speak once the attack finishes.

 

“y-y-ye-yeah…! *Cough* *Cough*” It takes all of Morgana’s energy to answer.

 

“You still stand.” Yaldabaoth states instead of asks. “Good.”

 

“h-hu-huh…?” The two ask in unison as the energy is gathered again. “AAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!!”

 

“r-r-re-re… ren…!?”

 

“i-i-i… i’m h-her-re…!” Both Ren and Morgana’s voices sound broken by this point.

 

“Is that all you’ve got!?” Yaldabaoth sounds almost embarrassed.

 

“*Cough* *Pant* *Cough* n-nr-nrgh…” Ren and Morgana are hopeless to move after the attacks.

 

“I hope you’re enjoying the show!” Yaldabaoth speaks to Igor, knowing that he’s watching.

 

“...!” Their eyes widen in horror as the energy is gathered again, the two close their eyes, waiting for the end of their lives to come… death feels different then they expected. Instant, and painless. Their wounds seem to be completely gone, it’s almost like they got healed… Their eyes shoot open to find themselves still staring down the God of Control, but with all their damage healed and their limbs completely restored, their blood still flows around their bodies as they sit up. “H-H-Huh…?”

 

“W-What h-happpened!? W–W-Wh-hy aren’t y-you ki-killing us!?” Morgana is still shaken in fear.

 

“... i-is this our pu-punishm-m-ment for losing th-the g-game…?” Ren asks in a shaky voice, and Morgana’s eyes widen. “I-It’s us y-you hate t-t-the most…”

 

“It would be a waste to kill you so quickly.” Yaldabaoth sinisterly confirms just to make sure they regret what they’ve done. “Not only are you the two pieces selected by that wretched Igor, but share a familial bond too. It’s only fair you share this fate.” Ren and Morgana officially became brothers around the end of October, well unofficially became brothers, but it might as well be official. They see it that way at least. 

 

“*Sob* i-i’m s-scarred ren…” Morgana holds onto Ren as tight as possible.

 

“*Sob* me t-too mona…” Ren holds on to Morgana as tight as possible as well. “w-we’re j-j-just kids…”

 

“m-m-mast-ter… l-lev-venza… p-ple-ease h-help u-us!” Morgana clings to the last bit of hope.

 

“HAHAHAHA! I’d love to see them try!” The huge attack surges through Ren and Morgana once again, but even more powerful then previously.

 

“AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!!!!” The attack lasts longer this time as well. “AAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!!!!!” The two are forced to let go of each other during the attack since their arms don’t have the energy to stay up anymore.

 

“...!” Both of their hearts shatter when they see the state of each other after the attack. Most of the skin has been torn off both of them.

 

“*Sob* s-stop… p-pl-please…!” Ren has no choice but to beg at this point.

 

“So you finally accept defeat?” Yaldabaoth would be sinisterly grinning if he had a mouth. “What happened to your promise?”

 

“...!” Both of them are surprised by Yaldabaoth’s words.

 

“h-h-he’s *Cough* m-mock-ck-ing us…” Despite Morgana’s immense rage that he’d mock the promise they made to Futaba, he knows there’s nothing he can do about it. “*Sob* Sis…”

 

“w-wh-why *Cough* *Wheeze* d-do you ha-hate us s-so much…?” Ren falls forwards onto his stomach. “y-y-you’ve b-been ri-rigging our l-lives this w-whole ti-time…”

 

“Igor tried to confine me before the game started so you’d finally win.” Yaldabaoth states with a scoff. “I couldn’t do anything to him at the time, so I decided to target the pieces he’s attached to instead.”

 

“s-so we’d f-f-finally wi-win…?” Morgana falls to his stomach too. “w-wh-what d-do you me-mean…?”

 

“I don’t need to answer you!” Yaldabaoth charges the attack yet again.

 

“Mona-!”               “Ren-!”

 

“AA…A…AAA…AH…H!!” Screaming becomes increasingly difficult as the attack continues.

 

“m-m-m-mo… *Cough* *Wheeze* *Cough*” Ren is left gasping for air. He can’t leave Morgana here alone, so he has to keep going.

 

“*Cough* *Cough* r-r-re-re… *Wheeze* *Cough*” The two reluctantly lift their heads to look at each other, and instantly regret it when seeing how bad they look. 

 

“You were supposed to give up a long time ago so I could kill Igor already.” Yaldabaoth’s voice is filled with spite. “But you just had to keep going no matter how bad I rigged your lives, and grew closer than every other version of you. Then you put up so little fight!? Keeping you alive is harder than fighting you was!” 

 

“*Sob* r-r-re-re-ren… *Cough* *Wheeze*  n-n-no matter w-wh-what ha-happen-ens… i-i lo-love y-y-you…” Morgana doesn’t want Ren to ever forget it.

 

Despite everything, Ren manages a smile for just a moment. “*Sob* i-i-i lo-love *Cough* y-you t-too… *Cough* m-m-mo-mon-na…” 

 

“Why are they still trying?”

 

“Do they expect that power of love bullshit to work?”

 

“Did you see how the orange-haired girl died? It was so badass!”

 

“Just kill them already!”

 

The voices of the public continue to feed even more power to Yaldabaoth.

 

As Ren and Morgana continue to lie there, Ren’s eyes widen as he gets an idea, the only idea left. “m-m-m-mo-mon-na…” He starts with as he picks up his gun, and motions to Makoto’s gun that is near Morgana.

 

“...!” Morgana’s heart skips a beat as he realizes what Ren’s thinking. 

 

“t-this is ou-our o-only way o-out…” he very quietly whispers. “w-w-we w-wo-won’t… g-get a-a-an-anoth-ther c-chance…”

 

Morgana doesn’t know how to react, his brother just begged him to commit suicide. “... o-ok-okay…” Morgana uses every bit of strength in him to reach Makoto’s gun and point it to his head.

 

As they accept their deaths, their Metaverse masks and outfits completely vanish as their wills of rebellion vanish as well, though Morgana retains his Metaverse form. 

 

“i-i’m s-s-sorry mo-mona *Cough* *Wheeze* i-i *Pant* *Pant* l-l-love y-y-you…”

 

“i-i-i lo-love y-y-you *Wheeze* *Cough* *Cough* t-too… r-re-ren…”

 

With one final nod from both of them, they pull the triggers as Yaldabaoth laughs in finally breaking them.


Velvet Room

 

The sound of a familiar piano fills Ren’s ears as he wakes up in the Velvet Room, but he can’t find the motivation to get up. 

 

“Welcome… to the Velvet Room…” Lavenza’s somber tone tells Ren all he needs to know; he knew that pain was too real to be a bad dream. “You probably won’t like what I have to tell you, but we don’t have much time. So please listen, both of you.”

 

“...!” Both of you!? Ren quickly sits up and sees Morgana do the same. They were literally right next to each other and didn't notice. They also don’t notice that their wounds have been somewhat healed since it still hurts like hell.  

They both immediately embrace in a hug, not caring about how painful it is in the slightest.

 

“I unfortunately don’t have time to waste, so please listen to what I tell you. Master won’t be able to hold off the God of Control from entering for much longer.” Neither Ren nor Morgana let go of each other, but they do nod to let Lavenza know they are listening.

 

“This world is beyond saving, but I can send you to another one where the God of Control has yet to attack.” Lavenza frowns, wishing there was a better solution.

 

Morgana instantly glares at Lavenza and moves his mouth in an attempt to make words, but nothing comes out. 

 

Lavenza looks towards them with sadness. “I’m sorry, but you don’t really have a choice.” Lavenza sadly admits, not helping the others in the slightest. “If The God of Control gets in here before you leave, you’ll just be brought right back into it…”

 

“...!?” The two instantly start panicking.

 

“...” Lavenza hates seeing how hopeless they feel. “You will be brought to the past in an alternate world where a previous journey wasn’t completed. You’ll have much more time to prepare if successful… But I must warn that this journey will be harder than the same one from this world.”

 

“*Sob*” Crying is the only way they can respond.

 

“I’m sorry… This isn’t fair.” Lavenza wishes she could do more. “Even if I didn’t revive you, he would’ve done it himself. This is the only way to avoid him.”

 

“t-thanks…” Ren finally manages to say.

 

“wh-what w-w-will h-ha-happen t-to you…?” Morgana’s head slowly turns to face Lavenza again.

 

“... I’ll be okay.” Lavenza’s eyes shutting doesn’t assure them though. “As one who rules over power, I don’t feel pain as easily as you do. And now that the game is over… nothing is stopping him from reaching master now…”

 

“i-i’m s-so-sorry… la-lady la-laven-enza…” Morgana knows how much their master means to the attendants.

 

“The blame is not on you.” Lavenza assures him. “Trickster, Morgana… I hope you find happiness where you end up, this world has been too cruel to you.”

 

*Bang!* *Bang!* A loud sound can be heard, and the alarms in the Velvet Room begin going off.

 

“...!” Ren and Morgana close their eyes and hold each other as tightly as possible.

 

“Good Luck.” Is the last thing they hear as their consciousness fades.


4/6 Late Night

 

“Awww! Look at those two!” Kotone points towards a boy and a cat, who are sleeping with each other held close.

 

“Don’t stare.” Makoto and his twin sister have had their fair share of people staring at them.

 

“Oh, come on, have a heart!” Kotone teases and snaps a picture of them. “I wish you’d let me hold you like that.”

 

The hint of a smile appears on Makoto’s face. “And you wonder why people think we’re dating.”

 

“I mean, we obviously have a sibling vibe.” Kotone says as if it’s the most obvious thing in the world. “And you are NOT my type.”

 

Makoto scoffs and shakes his head in amusement. “Ouch.”

 

Kotone giggles as the boy and cat wake up.

 

“...!” Both the boy and cat start shaking and crying as soon as they wake up.

 

“*Sob* *Pant* *Pant*” Their eyes quickly scan around to view their surroundings.

 

“Since when could cats cry?” Makoto whispers to Kotone with some actual interest.

 

“Not an “are you okay?” You go straight to that?” Kotone smirks and rolls her eyes. “That is weird though…”

 

The boy eventually finds a note and motions it to the cat for some reason. “Ren and Morgana, you’ll be living at the Iwatodai Dorm during your time here. There should be a blue-haired boy in front of you named Makoto Yuki and a redhead girl named Kotone Shiomi; you can find the dorm by following them. The date in that world is currently April 6th, 2009. The dorm residents are already aware that you two are coming, so there’s no need to hide Morgana. Makoto and Kotone are twins; they are also this journey’s guests. I sent all your belongings to that world as well, they should be in your room when you arrive. You’ll be attending Gekkoukan High School as a second year. I’m afraid this is all I have time to tell you; if all goes well, we’ll meet again in that world. - Lavenza.”

 

After a moment, the boy shakily puts the note in his bag.

 

“The next stop is Iwatodai.” An announcement says.

 

“...!” This seems to be the boy and cat’s stop as well. The boy tries to get up, but tumbles forwards.

 

“...!” The cat clearly didn’t expect to be suddenly falling.

 

“This is our stop too, need a hand?” Makoto politely offers.

 

The boy agrees with a shaky nod, and Makoto slowly puts the boy’s arm over his shoulder. “Argh…!” The boy grits his teeth and clenches his fists.

 

“...?” Now that Makoto is closer, he can see that the boy has injuries and missing skin all over his neck and presumably all over his body.

 

“*Pant* Urgh…!” The cat is clearly in pain too, and the twins can see that much of its fur and skin is gone too.

 

“I can carry the cat, I’ll be careful with it.” Kotone offers, and the cat weakly nods to Kotone’s surprise.

 

“s-sure…” The boy finally manages a word. The four then make it out of the monorail. They walk for a few minutes, but suddenly, everything shuts off, and the world turns green.


???

 

“h-huh…?” The boy and cat speak perfectly in sync, the cat resembles some weird mascot and can apparently talk now. 

 

Makoto barely even reacts to his surroundings and just continues walking. And Kotone doesn’t look nearly surprised enough that the cat she’s holding just changed forms. 

 

“w-w-why isn’t h-he reacting?” The boy bewilderedly questions.

 

“Trust me, nothing phases my bro. I’ve tried.” Kotone answers, sounding defeated.

 

“n-n-nothing…” The cat? starts shaking even more somehow. “*Pant* *Pant*”

 

“Where are you guys heading?” Makoto asks after a bit.

 

“d-do-dorm… *Cough* *Pant*” The boy begins taking deep breaths.

 

“a-are yo-you ok-kay…?” The cat? asks with teary eyes. 

 

The boy does his best to smile and nods.

 

“We’re heading to a dorm too, hopefully it’s the same one.” Kotone doesn’t love the idea of leaving these two on their own.

 

The four eventually stop in front of a building before entering.

 

“Welcome.” A mysterious boy greets them as they enter, and with a snap of his finger, he teleports in front of them. “You’re late. I’ve been waiting a long time.”

 

He doesn’t seem to notice the boy or cat’s presence. Or he’s just ignoring them if he does. 

 

“If you wish to proceed, sign here. It’s a contract. There’s no need to be scared. All it says is you’ll accept full responsibility for your actions.” The mysterious boy continues, and both Makoto and Kotone sign the contract without asking any questions. After the contract is signed, the boy vanishes.

 

Makoto finally speaks to the guy and the cat they’ve been carrying. “Who are you?”

 

“... u-uh, r-ren am-amamiya..” Ren continues breathing deeply. 

 

“i-i’m mo-morgana… ren’s b-b-brother.” Morgana almost manages a smile when saying brother.

 

Before any more words can be spoken, a new person shows up. “... Who are all of you!?” Morgana just has to hope it’s too dark for her to spot him. “How are you here at this hour? Don’t tell me.” She then reaches for a gun!? Causing both Ren and Morgana to audibly wince. Makoto and Kotone take notice of this.

 

“Wait.” A commanding female voice says, and the lights to the dorm turn on as the green leaves. Morgana also reverts to regular cat form. “I didn’t think you’d arrive so late. My name is Mitsuru Kirijo. I’m one of the students who live in this dorm.” 

 

“Who’re they?” The first girl whispers not so subtly to Kirijo. 

 

“They are transfer students. It was a last-minute decision to assign them here. They’ll eventually be moved to a room in the other dorms.” Kirijo quickly explains. “From left to right, they are Makoto Yuki, Kotone Shiomi, and Ren Amamiya.”

 

“hey… w-wh-what ab-about m-me?” Morgana softly complains.

 

“And this is Morgana!” Kotone carefully pokes his head.

 

“Okay…” The first girl answers. “My name is Yukari Takaba. Nice to meet you all.”

 

“Why do you have a gun?” Makoto asks with zero tact. Typical.

 

“Huh? Well, uh, it’s sorta like a hobby?” Takaba answers with little reassurance. “I-I mean, not a hobby, but…”

 

“It’s for self-defense.” Kirijo cuts in before Takaba incriminates herself. “It’s not a real gun, of course.” Ren and Morgana share a look for some reason. Does everyone but me collect fake guns? Maybe I’m missing out. Kotone thinks to herself.

 

“I’ll show you all to your rooms. Follow me.” Takaba turns around and walks towards the stairs. Ren and Morgana’s room ends up being right in front of Makoto’s.

 

“How dare they separate us at last!” Kotone dramatically says as she puts a hand over her forehead.

 

“What a shame.” Makoto sarcastically comments. “I’ll actually get some sleep for once.”

 

“I wouldn’t count on it!” Kotone rebuts with a wide smirk. “My room is right above yours.”


Makoto and Kotone set the brothers on their bed and exit the room. It’s a lot nicer, but also a lot more cramped than Leblanc’s attic. Their boxes take up most of the room; each of them has a label. “*Sob*” Ren and Morgana immediately begin crying and hugging when they’re alone.

 

After an entire hour of nothing but that, Ren finally speaks. “... wh-why us?”

 

“i-it’s no-not f-f-fair…” Morgana whispers and tries to stop his shaking. “i’m t-too sc-scared to cl-close m-my eyes…”

 

“i-it st-still hurts s-so bad…” Ren would be losing his mind if Morgana wasn’t here to comfort him. 

 

“y-y-yeah… ho-hopefully t-they’re j-ju-just ph-phantom pains.” Morgana holds onto Ren like his life depends on it. “i-i wi-wish we c-could walk a-away from all t-this… b-but th-they’ll f-fail without o-out help…”

 

“a-and our he-help l-likely w-won’t be e-enough…” Ren can hear and feel their heartbeats growing faster again. “he-he sa-said that w-w-we n-never won… a-are w-we su-supossed to d-die in ev-every world…?”

 

“i-it so-sounded l-like th-this is t-the first one t-that he t-t-targ-geted us so m-much in…” That just makes Morgana feel even worse. “w-we’re th-the m-most un-unlucky v-versions o-of us ou-out there…”

 

“...” Knowing that not only are there multiple worlds, but that they’re the single most unlucky ones out of all of them hurts almost as bad as the pain still on their entire bodies. “*Sob*”

 

After another 30 minutes, Morgana speaks again. “I-I w-w-wond-der if t-they c-c-can s-see us…” Morgana’s words cause both of their hearts to skip a beat. “a-are t-they mad t-that we li-live a-and th-they d-don’t…? o-or a-are th-they p-p-proud o-of us f-for still g-going…?”

 

“...” Neither Ren nor Morgana have an answer for that question, and they spend the rest of the night lying in silence, with only their breathing, heartbeats, and many, many tears to be heard.


4/7 Early Morning       Waxing Gibbous

 

*Knock* *Knock* “It’s Takaba, are you awake? I was asked to show you to school today.”

 

Ren doesn’t have the motivation to converse with anyone not named Morgana, so he just opens the door to prove he’s ready.

 

“Morning, did you sleep okay?” Takaba then asks, probably because she was told to. Morgana would question how she doesn’t see the bags under his eyes, but he has to stay hidden in Ren’s bag, so he refrains.

 

Ren nods to not be rude and holds in a yawn. “l-lead the way.”

 

After meeting up with Makoto and Kotone, the crew hops on a monorail and makes their way to school. “Welcome to Gekkoukan High School. I hope you like it!” Takaba spreads her arms out as she introduces the school. 

 

Somehow, all four of them share the same homeroom, talk about luck. “You three need to meet Mrs. Toriumi in the faculty room.” Takaba waves them goodbye and walks away.

 

“co-coast is c-clear…” Ren whispers, and Morgana pokes his head out of Ren’s bag for some air.

 

“t-thanks…” Morgana does a fake smile, trying his best to hide his sadness and fear from Makoto or Kotone, but he unfortunately sucks at it.

 

Makoto and Kotone share a look, knowing that fake smile even from a cat’s face. They decide not to bring it up though. “You brought him here?” Makoto settles on asking.

 

“w-we d-don’t want to b-be separated r-right now... c-can you t-two k-keep this a se-secret fr-from the others?” Ren asks, kinda knowing that they’ll agree.

 

The twins then give each other another look. This situation reminds them of how they were after their parents’ deaths. “Your secret is safe with us.” Kotone speaks for Makoto, which he doesn’t fight.

 

“Mrm.” Morgana gives a sound to show his appreciation and hides himself in Ren’s bag.


After School

 

After a boring talk from Mrs. Toriumi and an even more boring talk from the principal, the crew gets ambushed by a tall guy with a goatee. “‘Sup, guys and gal! How’s it goin’?” 

 

The only response he receives is blank stares from the three of them and an unnoticed fourth one from Ren’s bag. 

 

“What, don’t look at me like that! Call me Junpei. Junpei Iori.” This guy doesn’t know when to quit… four heads think at once.

 

“*Sigh* Takaba walks over and stares at Junpei. Make that five heads.

 

“Hey, it’s Yuka-tan! Didn’t think we’d be in the same class again.” His grin shows he hasn’t given in to the silence just yet. Gotta give him credit for the commitment.

 

“There you go again, acting like everyone’s best friend… If you had eyes, you’d see they have more than enough people to talk to as is.” Takaba wears the most fed-up face ever to grace the Earth.

 

Ren glances towards Morgana and smirks for the first time since they got here, and Morgana shakes his head in defeat with the smallest hint of a smirk as well. That sounds exactly like something he would’ve said a while ago.

 

“What? I was just bein’ friendly.” Jumpei replies with the first hint of defeat in his voice. The rest of the conversation amounts to nothing, and they leave the school.

 

“Here ye, fellow depressed kids, wanna tour the place since we’re gonna be living here for the foreseeable future?” Kotone asks once Takaba and Iori split up from them. 

 

“H-Huh?” Ren and Morgana say in sync, shocked by her bluntness.

 

“You’ll get used to her. Probably.” Makoto comments in a much more reserved tone.

 

“Eh, probably not. No one really gets me.” Kotone’s energy falters for the first time before picking back up. “Let’s get some grub. I’m starving! We’ll even take you to the hospital and vet afterwards to treat your injuries, I’m surprised you haven’t done that yet.” 

 

“I-I ca-can’t…” Morgana shakily sighs. “t-they’ll wa-want to eu-euthanz-ze m-me… they a-always d-do… a-and I ha-have m-more in-injuries than u-usual…”

 

“We won’t let them.” Makoto assures him with confidence. “You can’t just ignore injuries like that.” 

 

“M-Mona’s in-insides are a-actually mo-more h-human then c-cat-like.” Ren informs them. “Y-You’ll definet-tly be as-asked a-about that.”

 

“What do you usually say?” Kotone accepts that really easily.

 

“W-We ac-actually k-knew a do-doctor that w-would tr-treat Mona’s in-injuries…” Ren remembers how hard it was to convince Takemi to actually treat him like any other patient. “B-Before th-that, I-I just said I didn't know w-why.”

 

“We’ll figure it out.” Kotone is surprised that she’s actually feeling sorry for other people. “I can’t think on an empty stomach though, let’s go.”

 

The gang quickly realizes that there’s a surprisingly little amount of options in the city. They eventually find a place called Wilduck Burger and enter.

 

“Meh, I’d give it a 6 outta 10.” Kotone’s already made her ranking after one bite.

 

Morgana takes a bite out of his small burger and clearly shows the disgust on his face. “w-wow th-that sucks... I-I’d love s-some of your c-coffee right about now...”

 

“We-We’ll buy the s-supplies on the wa-way back f-from the hospital. A-Also, 5 out of 10.” Ren really tries to act normal, but it’s futile.

 

“Didn’t know cats could drink coffee.” Makoto states and gives the burger a not-so-generous 4 out of 10.

 

“P-Please d-don’t call m-me a cat… i-it’s degrading.” That’s only one of the many reasons he doesn’t like being called a cat. “A-And I can d-drink coffee.”   

 

“‘Kay.” Makoto casually responds and shrugs.

 

After a relatively lively dinner considering who’s involved, the group heads to get some much needed medical attention. Despite Ren and Morgana really not wanting to be split right now, they’d need to do this sooner or later anyway.


Evening

 

“Why were you out for so long? And where’s Ren and Makoto?” Kirijo asks as Kotone walks in.

 

“Both Ren and Morgana had some serious injuries, apparently there’s even some permanent nerve damage.” Kotone’s never seen so much missing skin before. “Makoto’s still at the vet to make sure they don’t kill Morgana for animal cruelty.”

 

“Really? Why didn’t they get treated immediately?” Kirijo then asks.

 

“Don’t know. Ren got really shaky when I asked, so I wouldn’t recommend pushing him for an answer.” Kotone’s head tilts down. “Injuries like that definitely aren’t normal though.”

 

“I see, I’ll be sure to inform the school of his injuries tomorrow.” Kirijo then walks off.


4/8 Evening               Waxing Gibbous

 

Makoto and Kotone, along with Ren and Morgana, return after being given the okay. 

 

“T-Thanks ag-again…” Morgana says as Makoto sets him down on a chair in the lounge, where an unfamiliar face also is at. 

 

“So, these are our new guests…Good evening. My name is Shuji Ikutsuki. I’m the chairman of the board for your school. Please, have a seat.” Everyone does as asked.

 

“Is there anything you’d like to ask?” Ikutsuki then asks as he observes the three students.

 

“Nope.” “Nope.” “Nope.” Ikutsuki gathered a whopping zero of their attentions.

 

“Excellent. Here’s to a wonderful school year.” After a few more minutes of talking and crap jokes, the chairman finally leaves.

 

“Wh-Why is everyone in this dorm t-telling you to sleep? That’s m-my job!” Morgana complains, sounding a little less shaky than the previous days.

 

“S-Sorry Momgana.” Ren jokes, and Kotone starts laughing.

 

“D-Don’t you dare Momgana me, Ren.” Morgana gives him the Momgana glare. “It’d be a sh-shame if I accidentally spit in your next coffee…” 

 

“*Chuckle* Sorry. I just kn-know we’re g-going to be miserable to-tonight, so might as w-well ha-have fun now.” Makoto and Kotone wonder what Ren means by that.

 

“You’re right. H-Hopefully I c-can stay awake f-for a couple more n-nights...” Makoto and Kotone immediately assume they’re worried about a nightmare. Morgana notices their reactions and tries to reassure them. “I-It’ll probably be fine, d-don’t worry about it…” 

 

“That was a crap reassurance. You need to work on that.” Kotone bluntly admits.

 

The smallest smile forms on Morgana’s face “y-you’re right... Ren’s usually the sweet talker of the two of us. Y-You’ll never get him to a-admit that he’s feeling down unless your name’s Morgana though.” Morgana takes pride in that fact.

 

“I bet I could do it.” Makoto rises to the challenge to everyone’s surprise. “1000 Yen says you’re feeling down.”

 

“*Snort* I d-don’t crack that easily.” Ren wags his finger in front of Makoto’s face. “I a-admire the attempt th-though.”

 

“Can’t say I didn’t try.” Makoto shrugs and throws in the towel. 

 

“What did they say about your injuries?” Kotone then asks.

 

“T-They’ve never seen s-something like it before.” Ren admits with a sigh. “They said my sk-skin l-looks similar to acid injuries, b-but there were no signs of u-unexpected acid anywhere on my b-body. I have a lot of n-nerve damage as w-well. They gave me a bunch of skin grafts and t-told me to c-come back in a few d-days.”

 

“Ab-About the s-same here.” Morgana softly adds. “Th-They s-said th-that the “acid” c-could be wh-why my b-bones are st-stronger than a n-normal cat’s, t-they wa-want to continue d-doing te-tests on me…”

 

“They asked me for permission, but Morgana clearly didn’t like the idea, so I told them no.” Makoto informs Ren. 

 

“T-Thanks.” Ren knows the last thing Morgana needs is more stress. 

 

After a few more minutes of small talk, the four return to their rooms.


“Hello there.” Ikutsuki walks into the dorm’s command room, where both Takaba and Kirijo are located. The monitor is playing live footage from the rooms of the new dormmates. “So, how are they doing?”

 

“Yuki and Shiomi went to bed a little while ago. They’re currently fast asleep.” Kirijo quickly reports. “Amamiya is still awake though, he can barely keep his eyes closed without shaking.”

 

“I see. The Dark Hour is approaching; maybe it’s a symptom of that?”


            Dark Hour

“a-again…?” Morgana comments as the Dark Hour starts

 

“What the!?” Takaba’s eyes widen at Morgana’s new form. “He’s a monster cat!?”

 

“That was certainly unexpected.” Kirijo holds her chin with her thumb and index finger. “Any ideas, Ikutsuki?”

 

Ikusuki’s interest has been piqued by this discovery. “I have no idea. He appears to be able to talk now as well.”

 

“It also seems like Amamiya was well aware of this. We’ll discuss that at a different time though. It appears the others all retained their human forms.” Kirijo gets them back on track.

 

“Right. The only question that remains is whether or not they have the potential.” Ikutsuki ponders while jotting something down in his notebook. “Though come to think of it, they must… if they didn’t… they would’ve preyed on them by now.”

 

“Scary…” Takaba honestly comments. 

 

“Anyway, we should continue to monitor them for a couple of days. Be prepared in case Morgana is hostile as well.” Ikutsuki warns while setting the notebook down.

 

“Yes sir.” Kirijo quickly accepts the request.


???                  

 

“Welcome to the Velvet Room.” Makoto and Kotone wake up in a strange elevator with a long-nosed man and a white haired young man and woman. “My name is Igor. I am delighted to make your acquaintance.” Igor sounds a lot better than long-nosed man.

 

“My name is Elizabeth. I am a resident here, like my master.” Elizabeth cheerfully introduces herself and waves.

 

“And I am Theodore. Please, call me Theo.” Theo does a slight bow.

 

“This place exists between dream and reality, mind and matter… Only those who have signed the contract may enter this place.” The contact they signed their first time in the dorm appears on the table in front of them.

 

“You are now guests of the Velvet Room. All I ask in return is that you abide by the contract and assume full responsibility for your actions.” Igor adds as a Velvet Key appears on both of their laps.


4/9 Early Morning                 Full Moon

 

“You had the dream too, right?” Makoto asks the second he finds Kotone.

 

“Oh, thank god! I was wondering how to explain it just in case you didn’t.” Kotone says a little too loudly.

 

“T-The dream…?” Morgana questions. My master has probably summoned them… 

 

“Don’t worry ‘bout it. Get any sleep last night?” Kotone asks with genuine concern.

 

“N-No… *Yawn*” Morgana wishes he had lied, but he’s already in too deep, so he just rubs his eyes awake. “R-Ren’s already d-downstairs … he said he-he’ll make coffee once you two wake up.” Makoto and Kotone share a look, maybe they should ask about it soon? “S-Sorry to worry you.” Morgana comments once he sees how they’re looking at him. 

 

“Don’t worry about it.” Makoto assures him. “Maybe you could try sleeping at school?”

 

“No!” Morgana shouts way louder than intended. “I-I would be f-found out if I had another panic attack… I-I mean, I’m fine! Really...” Morgana wears that fake smile again. “I-I’ll go tell Ren you're up.” Morgana bolts downstairs while tripping a few times before they can ask more questions.

 

“... This clearly isn’t normal.” Makoto whispers, and his head tilts down.

 

“Yeah… we’ll need to keep a close eye on them…” Kotone’s energy is nowhere to be found for once.


After School

 

“Sup! How’s it goin’?” Iori ambushes the gang once again. “Wanna stop somewhere on the way home?”

 

“Sure.” Ren instinctively replies, used to always accepting his friends’ requests. They’ve been on his mind recently.   

 

“Sweet, how ‘bout you two?” Iori asks Makoto and Kotone.

 

They both want to be there in case either of them has a panic attack today. Makoto saw Morgana scratching Ren to keep him awake at school today. And Kotone heard heavy breathing from Ren’s bag since she sits at the seat next to them. She’s worried he’s getting claustrophobic in that small space.

 

“Sure, we’ll tag along!” Kotone keeps up her cheery personality so Morgana doesn’t feel responsible for worrying them.

 

“Lead the way, Iori.” Makoto adds to confirm he’s on board.

 

“Alright! Follow me.” Iori sounds pumped about being way more successful this time.

 

The tour was nothing special, but at least everyone seemed to have some fun. 


Evening

 

“Ren, you look exhausted. Why don’t you go to bed early tonight?” Kirijo says as they enter the dorm.

 

“Mhm.” Ren nods and shakily walks up the stairs and to his room.

 

“... Hopefully they’ll be okay.” Kotone dejectedly says. Kirijo mentally notes the use of the word they’ll. Perhaps they are aware that Morgana can speak too. It would make sense considering they all got here during the dark hour.

 

“You two look tired as well. I suggest you get some sleep.” Kirijo then tries getting them to go to bed. 

 

What is this girl’s deal with sleeping? Makoto thinks to himself. “Sure, come on.” Makoto and Kotone walk upstairs, but take a seat at the table on the second floor instead of going to sleep. “They’ll be in trouble if they don’t rest tonight.”

 

“Hopefully their exhaustion will be enough to keep them asleep for a couple hours.” Kotone sighs and shakes her head. “Wouldn’t bet on it though.”

 

“There’s nothing we can do but wait and see.” Makoto regrettably admits. “We’ll talk to them soon if this keeps up though.”

 

“Sounds like a plan.” Kotone agrees while standing up. “Night, bro.”

 

“Night.” The two go their separate ways and enter their rooms.


Dark Hour

 

“How are they?” Ikutsuki asks as he enters the command room again.

 

“Yuki and Shiomi seem a little worn out. They went to bed without changing out of their outfits.” Kirijo quickly reports. “Amamiya and Morgana on the other hand… They’ve been doing everything they can to stay awake.”

 

“Hmm… I see.” Ikutsuki sounds more intrigued than worried.

 

“It’s hard to watch…” Takaba easily admits. “They look miserable…”

 

*Beep*

 

“Command room speaking… Akihiko, what’s wrong?” Kirijo answers once she hears the beep.

 

“You’re not gonna believe it! This thing is huge! Unfortunately, it’s chasing me right now…” Akihiko urgently reports. “I’m almost back. Just letting you know in advance.”

 

“...! Does that mean… he’s bringing that thing here!?” Takaba stands up in worry.

 

“Mr. Chairman, stay here. We’ll need to prepare for combat.” Kirijo and Takaba run out of the room and meet up with Akihiko.

 

“I’m alright. Get ready to be surprised, it’ll be here any second.” Akihiko is holding his arm, clearly not as alright as he’s saying.

 

“Takaba, wake the others up and escape out the back. Akihiko, with me. We’re stopping this thing here and now.” Akihiko and Takaba nod, and Takaba runs upstairs.


*BANG!*

 

“n-n-no! *Sob* d-d-don’t shoot her again! Please!” Ren looks around and finds that he’s back in the green world.

 

“*Pant* *Pant* *Pant*” Morgana’s heavy breathing shows that the noise reminded him of Makoto’s death too. “i-i-it was j-just our imaginations… *Pant*”

 

“r-right…” Ren shakily nods his head in agreement.

 

“WAKE UP EVERYONE!!” Takaba screams through the hall. “HURRY, I DON’T HAVE TIME TO EXPLAIN!!”

 

“huh…?” Ren and Morgana softly say in sync. “t-t-th-there’s n-no way h-he’s here… r-right? W-What if he found out we came here!!” Morgana’s heart rate skyrockets, and Ren’s isn’t too far behind.

 

“w-we shouldn’t j-j-jump t-to conclusions…” Ren tries to calm them down, but fails miserably. “c-c-come on.”

 

Ren and Morgana make it out of the room and find Makoto standing there. “You two alright? Takaba went to get sis.”

 

Both of them quickly nod their heads, but their expressions say otherwise.

 

“Takaba, do you read me!?” Kirijo’s voice plays through the building. “... Be careful. There appears to be more than one enemy! The primary one is lurking somewhere nearby! Take the others to the roof!” Her voice is full of urgency.

 

“It’ll be alright, follow me.” Makoto puts a hand on Ren’s back and guides them to the roof.

 

“So please don’t freak out at his form.” They hear Kotone saying as they make it to the roof’s door.

 

“Got it.” Takaba replies as they open the door and meet up. “Alright, everyone’s here.” She then says and locks the door. “We should be safe now.”

 

*BANG!* “Huh!?” Takaba shouts as the team turns around to face the noise. What they find is a bunch of black hands pulling a gigantic monster holding a mask up. The monster draws a bunch of swords as it runs towards them.

 

“That’s it. One of the monsters that attacked us… It’s a shadow!” Takaba says in panic. Morgana is curious how they learned their name, but has much more important things to focus on. Especially as she pulls out a gun and points it at her head!?

 

“...!” Morgana’s shakiness has been turned into being completely frozen. “*Pant!* *Pant!* *Pant!*” His heart continues to beat incredibly fast as he struggles not to pass out. “s-s-stop it! *Sob* p-please…!”

 

“M-Mona! Look at me! W-We aren’t t-there anymore… I-It’ll be okay.” Ren holds Morgana close, his drive to protect his brother being the only thing on his mind right now. “It’ll be okay. He c-can’t hurt us anymore. I promise.” Seeing them really reminds Makoto and Kotone of their own connection. They also learned new information about what happened. Someone clearly did this to them on purpose.

 

The shadow swats Takaba away, and the gun falls right in front of Makoto and Kotone. The shadow then walks towards the injured girl.

 

“It’s here.” Akihiko reports, and both he and Kirijo prepare to join the fight, but Ikutsuki has different plans.

 

“Wait.” The two reluctantly follow his command and watch the monitor instead.

 

Makoto picks the gun up, and Kotone reveals that Takaba gave her one a moment ago. They both look at each other and point it at their heads.

 

Ren and Morgana are too preoccupied to see them do that, but they do hear a very familiar word.

 

“Per…so…na.” The sound of two triggers fills everyone’s ears, and both Ren and Morgana look and see figures floating above the twins’ heads.

 

“I am thou… Thou art I.” The Personas talk in perfect sync. “From the sea of thy soul, I cometh. I am Orpheus, master of strings.”

 

A sudden pain strikes the twins’ heads, and their Personas’ flail around in agony. “Ngh… Aaaaaaaaaah!!” The two give a bloody cry, and a different Persona tears through Orpheus and appears.

 

Everyone’s face is full of surprise. Ikutsuki leans closer to the monitor to observe.

 

The new Personas roar and easily tear through the huge shadow, leaving nothing but a gooey pile of black in its place. They re-transform into Orpheus once the shadow is no more.

 

“I-Is it over…?” Takaba asks after a few seconds of silence. But of course, two smaller shadows appear right after she says that. “Ahhh! M-Me and my big mouth…”

 

“We need to protect them.” Kotone twirls the gun in her hand and fires directly into her temple. “Agi!”

 

Makoto nods and fires as well. “Bufu!” The ice finishes the first enemy.

 

“t-t-that’s what they’re for…!?” Morgana whispers in shock to Ren.

 

“L-Looks like t-the world still de-despises us…” Ren can’t even say he’s surprised.

 

“Persona!” The twins shout as their attacks finish the other shadow, and fall unconscious immediately after.


Velvet Room

 

“It’s so good to see you again. You lost consciousness after awakening to the power of Persona. A Persona is a facet of your personality that surfaces as you react to external stimuli… You can think of it as a mask that protects you as you brave many hardships.”

 

Igor’s words go in one ear and right out the other. “In Japanese, please?” Kotone kindly requests.

 

“The power of a Persona is the power over one’s soul… And the soul is fueled by the depth of one’s bonds. As you form these bonds by becoming involved with others, your own Social Links will gradually develop. The strength of these Social Links will foster the growth of your Persona abilities. Please remember this.”


Dark Hour

 

Kirijo and an unknown person make their way to the roof as soon as Makoto and Kotone pass out. “Is anyone injured?” Kirijo urgently asks.

 

“All good here.” Takaba takes a deep breath. 

 

“s-same…” Morgana whispers where they definitely couldn’t hear him, praying they don’t freak out at his appearance. “s-same…” He speaks a little louder.

 

“Good to hear, and you?” the unknown guy then asks, completely unaffected by Morgana, to his relief.

 

“I’m fine.” Ren answers with his composure somewhat returned.

 

“Still a while until the Dark Hour ends. What say we take this time to explain everything to them?” The unknown boy requests.

 

“Give them some time, Akihiko.” Kirijo quickly denies the request. “They’ve already experienced a lot tonight.”

 

Ren doesn’t want Morgana worrying about this all night. “Uhm, c-can you explain now actually…? I’d like some answers before I try to sleep.” Morgana gives Ren an appreciative look before nodding to the others to show he agrees.   

 

“Hm, very well. We shall discuss after the twins are safely brought to the hospital.” Kirijo assures them.


4/10 After Dark Hour               Waning Gibbous

 

“First things first.” Ikustsuki immediately gets to business once they sit down. “This here is Sanada.” 

 

“Hey there.” Sanada gives them a warm smile.

 

“Nice to meet you Sanada. I’m Ren Amamiya.” Ren’s mask is back in full effect.

 

“Hey… M-My name is Morgana.” Morgana carefully looks to face Sanada, cautious of someone freaking out at the talking cat.

 

“So, we can still understand you, even in this form. Interesting.” Ikutsuki once again wastes no time. “Okay, let me start with this… Would you believe me if I said that a day consists of more than 24 hours?” Ren and Morgana simply shrug. Wouldn’t even be in the top 50 craziest things they’ve experienced.

 

“I suppose I’m not surprised at that answer. You’ve already experienced this truth first-hand.” Kirijo admits. “We call it the Dark Hour, a time period hidden between one day and the next.”

 

“It occurs each night, as the clock strikes twelve. And it will happen every night to follow.” Ikutsuki continues the explanation.

 

“Normal people don’t realize it, since they’re all sleeping inside their coffins.” Akihiko says in a casual tone as if that’s a normal thing to say. “The creatures you saw, we call them shadows. They appear during the dark hour and attack anyone who roams free outside of their coffins.”

 

“I’ll get to the point.” Ikutsuki says even though he’s been doing that this entire time. “We are the Specialized Extracurricular Execution Squad, SEES for short. This group is dedicated to defeating the shadows. Mitsuru is the leader, and I’m the club advisor.”

 

“A shadow feeds on the mind of its prey; the victim becomes a living corpse.” Kirijo softly explains. Great, more nightmare fuel. Ren thinks to himself.

 

“Apathy Syndrome. We refer to those who suffer from this as “the lost.” Ikutsuki adds to her explanation.

 

“They’re responsible for most of the incidents on the news, if not all of them.” Kirijo’s really trying to push the severity of them. It’s pretty obvious where this is going.

 

“The few that can function during the dark hour may have the potential to awaken to the power of ‘Persona’, the power Makoto and Kotone called upon just now. Shadows can only be defeated by Persona users.” Ikutsuki knows what he’s doing.

 

“You want to see if we have potential, right?” Ren comments, the suitcase on the table was proof enough.

 

“Correct.” Kirijo opens the suitcase, where a gun and an armband lie. Morgana tenses up, and so does Ren to a lesser extent.

 

“We observed your… reactions to the evokers, so let me explain exactly what they are.” Kirijo puts the suitcase on the floor once she notices their tension. “First of all, they aren’t actually guns. Their purpose is to evoke the concept of death in the user's mind, hence its name. This allows the user to summon their Persona.”

 

“Y-You s-s-saw all that… P-Please d-don’t ask a-about it…” Morgana should’ve known, given his luck, or lack thereof. “I was w-wondering how you c-could understand my voice since you have to hear me in the other form first…” Morgana takes a few deep breaths. “S-So, being aware of the risk of death allows one to summon their full potential?”

 

“Exactly. That’s why it’s in the shape of a gun.” Ikutsuki confirms. “Would you be willing to join us if you can summon a Persona?”

 

“Sure.” Ren agrees, knowing they kinda have to, and Morgana nods. “We’ll need some time before we’re ready to use the evokers, though…” Both of their expressions darken even more.

 

“Understood, let me or the chairman know once you feel ready.” Kirijo closes the suitcase. “I’ll prepare an armband and evoker specially for both of you.”

 

“Don’t feel like you need to rush it though.” Takaba speaks for the first time in this meeting. “I’m still not very ready myself.”

 

“T-Thanks… Takaba.” Morgana genuinely says, glad to have as much time as needed. “A-And thanks for not freaking out about m-me…” He says to everyone.

 

“No problem, and I think you’re more cool than scary or something.” Takaba compliments, and Morgana almost genuinely smiles for the first time since being here.

 

“I’ll admit that I’m curious about your other form, but that’s a discussion for another time. You should all get some sleep now. Oh, and about your room assignments. You’ll all continue to stay here, assuming the twins agree to join as well.” Ikutsuki gives his goodbyes and leaves.

 

“I think this’ll be our best chance to sleep due to our adrenaline draining, so we shouldn’t waste it.” Ren tells Morgana, even though they both know sleep isn’t coming to them tonight. “Good night, everyone.”


4/14 Dark Hour               Waning Gibbous

 

It’s finally the time Ren and Morgana agreed to try the evokers, and everyone gathers on the roof. 

 

Morgana takes deep breaths as Kirijo wraps the armband around his arm. “I can do this. I can do this. I can do this.” He whispers to himself, despite it not boosting his confidence in the slightest.

 

“Use your fear as motivation. Let it know that you’re stronger.” Sanada puts in his honestly terrible advice, if only it were that simple.

 

“Alright, I’m up first.” Ren says and shakily points the evoker at his head, causing both his and Morgana’s hearts to increase in pace. “*Pant* Persona!” *Bang!* Their hearts go from rushing to skipping a beat as the sound rings through their ears.

 

“I am thou. Thou art I… I am the pillager of twilight, Arsene!” Ren’s other self appears in a flash of blue flames, his Metaverse outfit is nowhere to be found though. Ren must admit that the familiar presence feels nice. “Eiha!” Arsene crackles and fires a shot of curse energy forward.

 

Morgana’s confidence slightly rises at the sight of Arsene. “Lookin’ cool, J- Ren.”

 

“I always do.” Ren replies with a smirk. “Your turn, bro.”

 

“...” Morgana silently aims the evoker at his head. He can feel the hint of his Persona before he even pulls the trigger. “Don’t let him down… *Pant* *Pant* Persona!” The blue flames wash over Morgana as he lets go of the breath he’s been holding.

 

“I am thou. Thou art I. God of Thievery and a messenger of the gods, Mercurius.”

 

“Garu!” Morgana commands, and Mercurius abides as violent winds tear forward. Morgana smirks as the Persona fades away.

 

“Hehe, knew ya had it in you.” Ren compliments as they fist bump.

 

“T-That makes one of us…” Morgana admits while heavily shaking.

 

“Good job, you two. I guess I should prepare myself as well since we’re already up here.” Takaba says and points her evoker at her head. “Come, Io!” A blue aura surrounds her, and Io makes her appearance. “Garu!” Her Persona fires the same attack as Mercurius.

 

“W-We both use wind, huh? Looks like we’ve g-got a rivalry, Takaba.” Morgana says with actual excitement.    

 

“A rivalry? You’re on!” Takaba accepts the challenge. “And I think it’s about time you use my first name.”

 

“G-Got it, Yukari.” Morgana realizes that this is the first time he’s making a friend without them being Ren’s friend first, and that makes him genuinely smile.

 

“Looks like it went well.” Kirijo proudly comments. “Ren, Morgana, welcome to SEES.”

 

“Glad to be here.” Ren didn’t expect to say that when he was first sent here.

 

“S-Same here.” Morgana adds, despite still not fully thinking that.

 

“Is there a specific melee weapon you’d prefer?” Kirijo then asks.

 

“Something quick, like a dagger.” Ren’s fingers instinctively motion as if he were twirling his dagger around.

 

“My weapon needs to be small, b-but have good reach due to my size. A scimitar perhaps?” Morgana doesn’t want to expose that he has experience with one already.

 

“Very well, I’ll prepare the weapons and holsters for both them and your evokers.” Kirijo clearly has some connections, not that Ren or Morgana are complaining. With that, everyone returns to their rooms.

 

“I wonder if our old weapons will work.” Ren questions as the door closes behind them.

 

“Ohh, t-that’s a good question…” Morgana walks to the weapons box and opens it with his claws. “It will be kinda weird if we’re way stronger th-than the others though.”

 

“Yeah, but the whole point of us being here is to train, isn’t it?” Ren rebuts. 

 

“T-This isn’t o-our journey. S-something b-bad could happen if we’re too strong…” Ren doesn’t want to know what Morgana means by “Something bad.” “I’m curious if we’re g-going to be using the evokers in Tokyo. S-Sojiro would flip if he saw us now...” Saying his name instantly ruined their good moods. “So-Sorry…”

 

“Don’t worry about it… We should focus on the good stuff.” Ren knows those thoughts are inevitable, so might as well make them good. “The dark hour is still happening, wanna come test the weapons with me?”

 

“S-Sure, I-I’ll grab m-mine.” Morgana does just that, and they meet on the roof.

 

“Our weapons seem t-to remain unchanged.” Morgana says as he runs his paw through the fake sword’s blade. “Maybe this place doesn’t run on cognition like the Metaverse?” Morgana confirms his theory when he tries to enter bus mode, but can’t.

 

“Good thing we tested it. It would’ve been bad if we attacked a shadow with useless weapons.” Ren is a little upset that he won’t have the old dagger anymore; hopefully the new one is just as good.

 

The duo decides to go to bed after they’re happy with their tests. They finally got a whole hour of interrupted sleep tonight, a new record.


4/17 After School           Third Quarter

 

Makoto’s eyes suddenly open, and he finds himself in a hospital with Takaba next to him. 

 

“You’re awake!” Takaba shouts in relief. “Uh, how do you feel?”

 

“Meh.” Makoto answers with a yawn. “Is sis here too?”

 

“She’s in another room, Ren and Morgana are currently in there.” Yukari happily reports. “The doctor couldn’t find anything wrong with you two. He said you were just exhausted… Hey, um… sorry I wasn’t helpful at all back there… But wow. That power of yours was really something.”

 

“Care to give me an explanation of all that?” Makoto sits up and stretches his arms.

 

“Kirijo can give you a better explanation than I ever could. She’ll explain it all soon. I uh… wanted to tell you something. I can kinda relate. To you, I mean.” Takaba’s head tilts down.

 

“Are you referring to my parents?” Makoto says with no emotion on his face. 

 

“Yeah… My dad died ten years ago, and I’m not exactly on good terms with my mother. My dad supposedly died in an explosion at a lab run by the Kirijo group, but… no one really knows what happened. So, I'm hoping to find out more if I stick around long enough.” Takaba’s tone is soft and sad.

 

Makoto’s expression saddens. “Sorry to hear that.”

 

“Thanks… sorry for telling you all of this the second you wake up. I just didn't want to hide so many things from you.” Takaba says with a more pleasant tone. “They said you could leave once you regained consciousness. So I think you’re free to go home.”


4/17 After School           

 

Kotone wakes up in a hospital, and her eyes open to find Ren and Morgana in the room with her.

 

“She’s awake!” Kotone has no idea how relieved that makes Morgana. 

 

“That I am.” Kotone replies as she sits up. “Is Mako here?”

 

“He’s in another room, Yukari is there in case he wakes up too.” Ren reports.

 

“First name basis, I see? Anything interestin’ happen while I was out?” Kotone wants ALL of the dirt.

 

“Well, we managed to summon Personas too. Took a lot of time to get ready though.” Morgana explains. “Kirijo’s got a whole spiel to give you tomorrow. Also, you’re now free to go.”

 

“Great, but not the interestin’ stuff I was referring to.” Kotone admits and yawns.

 

“We just became friends now, nothing else to it.” Ren has answered similar questions many a time before.

 

“Bummer.” Kotone then stands up. “Let us be off!”


4/18 Evening   Third Quarter

 

Kirijo gives the twins the same talk she gave Ren and Morgana, and SEES becomes two members stronger. 

 

“I think it’s time everyone tries my curry in celebration.” Ren moves to the kitchen before anyone can decline.

 

“I’ll dice the onions.” Morgana says to everyone but Ren’s surprise. His composure is also mostly restored by this point, at least until he closes his eyes…

 

“You can cook!?” Yukari is the one who asks.

 

“Mwehehehe, I’m a man of many talents.” Morgana feels good doing his signature gremlin laugh again.

 

“He’s not kidding, you should see this guy play darts. Triple 20’s every time.” Ren scratches Morgana behind his ear, and they begin prepping the ingredients.

 

“How on Earth…?” Sanada questions, but ultimately decides that it doesn’t matter. 

 

The curry arrives a little bit later, along with a complimentary cup of coffee. Everyone savors the smell emanating in front of them. “Bon appétit.” Ren declares and takes the first bite; he’s still got it.

 

“Mmm, ish so good!” Morgana slams his face into his plate of curry. “All thanks to my perfect onions, of course.” He adds with a chuckle.

 

“I hope you know that you’ve unleashed the beast that is sis’ stomach.” Kotone doesn’t even hear Makoto’s warning as she continues eating faster than even Futaba.

 

“That’s about the typical reaction to my curry. I made plenty extra just in case.” Ren takes another bite.

 

“And here I thought I was a good cook.” Yukari compliments as half her plate is already gone. “You gotta teach me.”

 

“Sorry, recipe is a secret.” Ren puts a finger over his mouth for dramatic effect.

 

“I know the secret! And I’m very easily bribed…” Morgana winks and smirks at Ren. “All I request is the finest sushi money can buy.”

 

“Consider it done.” Kirijo of all people says. No one seemed to notice her completely clear her plate before everyone else.

 

“R-Really!?” Morgana lights up. “Any counter-offers, Ren?” Morgana teases.

 

“Remember that embarrassing secret of yours I swore not to tell...” Ren gives a smirk of his own.

 

“Wha- You wouldn’t dare!” When Ren’s smirk doesn’t disappear, Morgana accepts defeat. “Sorry guys, my paws are tied.”

 

“You’ll regret that.” Kirijo says, and he swears the room's temperature drops a few degrees.

 

“Uh oh.” Sanada comments with genuine worry. “You’ve done it now.”

 

After a very lively and not at all violent meal, everyone turns in for the night.


Dark Hour

 

“Hi, how’ve you been? Hehe…” The mysterious boy from the first day here speaks to Makoto and Kotone at the same time, despite them being in different rooms.

 

“How’d you get in here?”  Makoto doesn't seem very bothered by it.                                                                                                                             

“Ghost guy?” Kotone doesn't even look his way.

 

“I’m always by your side.”                                  

“If that’s what you wish to call me.”

 

“Soon, the end will come. I remembered, so I thought I should tell you.”

 

“The end?”                        

“Uh, what?”

 

“It’s the end of everything… But to be honest, I don’t really know much about it. More importantly, it looks like you’ve awakened to your power. And what an unusual power it is.” The boy gives his not-creepy-at-all talk and disappears into the night. Makoto messages Kotone once the dark hour ends.


Fam: Emo, Not Emo

 

Emo: Creepy guy invaded your privacy, too?

 

Not Emo: Sure did. Boys will be boys…

 

Not Emo: Wonder if we’re the only ones.

 

Emo: Don’t care.

 

Not Emo: Livin’ up to your name I see.

 

Emo: Walked right into that one, didn’t I?

 

Not Emo: You should know better by now. I’m disappointed.

 

Emo: So nothing new?

 

Not Emo: Disappointed in YOU, there’s a difference.


4/19 Early Morning                           Third Quarter

 

Yukari wakes up to find Ren and Morgana in the lounge. “Mornin’!” She greets them with.

 

“Hey.” Ren replies, but Morgana doesn’t. “Morgana, you don’t have to pretend you’re okay.” Yukari gets a better look at Morgana and he honestly looks like a mess. She still remembers his reaction to her evoker very clearly… 

 

“I-I s-s-should b-be okay by now… I th-thought I was.” Morgana softly speaks, but sighs very loudly. 

 

“I can leave if you two want to talk.” Yukari offers, since this clearly isn’t any of her business.

 

“N-No, it’s o-okay. I-I n-need to be c-comfortable around p-people other than Ren… Don’t l-let me get in y-your way.” Morgana hates being a burden. 

 

“If you’re sure.” Yukari still isn’t sure about this, but if that’s what he wants then sure. She takes a seat across from Ren and Morgana, who is on Ren’s lap.

 

“I-I just wish I c-could m-move on already, I-I’m not h-helping an-anyone like th-this…” That’s only the surface of the issue. “I-I know it’s stupid…” That comment gets Morgana softly slapped in the face by Ren.

 

“Mona, don’t ever call your feelings stupid.” Ren sharply demands.

 

“R-Right...” Morgana doesn’t seem to fully agree, so Ren takes matters into his own hands and starts tickling his stomach. “*Giggle* s-stop it…!”

 

“Not until you mean what you said.” Ren’s tickling persists.

 

“I mean it! *Giggle*” Morgana can’t help but smile at Ren’s antics. “*Giggle* Quit it!” His arms, legs, and tail flail around in desperation.

 

“Mean what?” Ren cheekily questions.

 

“M-My feelings aren’t stupid! *Giggle*” Morgana takes a sigh of relief as the tickling stops. “Hehe, thanks Renny.”

 

“Renny!?” Ren is taken aback by that nickname.

 

“You don’t like it?” Morgana teases with a wink.

 

“No, I don’t.” Ren wears a mischievous grin before tickling Morgana once again.

 

“Ah! *Giggle*” Morgana should've seen this coming.

 

Yukari suddenly feels a hint of jealousy at their sibling relationship; she’s been alone for a long time by now… 

 

“*Sigh*” Morgana’s sigh changes the dorm’s mood in an instant as he tries to think of a way to ask the million-Yen question. “D-Do you r-really think we h-have a chance?” Morgana makes sure not to reveal the context to Yukari. 

 

Ren suddenly picks up Morgana and wraps his arms around him. “I-I don’t know, it really feels impossible… But we have to try…”

 

“Y-Yeah…” Morgana tries his best to smile. “B-But if w-we lose…” He then recalls what Lavenza said. That agony… forever… He then starts shaking even more.

 

Yukari wants to say something to them, but what? She has no idea what they plan to do.

 

“We’ll prepare as much as we can.” Ren isn’t going to make a fake promise to Morgana, but he can at least promise that. “Just focus on the now, thinking about it will only hurt us.”

 

“R-Right, we still have a while until then a-anyway.” A whole 8 years… Morgana thinks while shaking his head. “L-Let’s do something to g-get our minds off this. Wanna join us, Yukari?”

 

“Huh?” Yukari wasn’t expecting an invitation. “Do you really want me to join?

 

“Sure!” Morgana instantly responds. “I did say I need to get more comfortable around the rest of you guys, any ideas?”

 

“Well, I hear you think you’re the best darts player here…?” Yukari and Morgana agreed to be rivals, and she won’t let herself lose.

 

“Think? I know. Let’s do this!” Morgana happily accepts the challenge.

 

Ren is very glad to see Morgana make a friend of his own; he hasn’t been able to talk to anyone but the Thieves until they came here.

 

“Don’t think you’re skippin’ out either bro.” Morgana pulls Ren from his thoughts. “It’s been a while since we’ve shown the world our skills.”

 

Yukari notices that he refers to them as a team whenever he’s talking to Ren; they clearly don’t want to be against each other, no matter the situation. “Loser buys lunch.”

 

“Got it. Ren, grab my cash.” Morgana eagerly asks.

 

“Yes Momgana…” Ren slowly stands up.

 

“Momgana?” Yukari’s eyebrows narrow in interest.

 

“Morgana used to always force me to go to bed so I wouldn't tire myself out. He even made me some tea when I was sick. So I gave him the nickname Momgana as a joke, and it just kinda stuck.” Ren explains as if he’s reminiscing on an old memory.

 

“Whadda mean it just kinda stuck?” Morgana is taken aback. “You’d literally said it at any act of kindness I did.” Morgana softly slaps Ren with his paw. “I tried calling him A(mom)iya for a bit in return, but it sounded kinda stupid when I put emphasis on mom.”

 

“*Chuckle*” Yukari can’t help but laugh at the whole situation. She’s also amazed at how fast Morgana recovered from earlier; it’s a good thing Ren and Morgana have each other. “Also, you have your own money?”

 

“You’d be surprised how much people pay to have an intelligent cat cook for them, not that I’m actually a cat though.” Morgana can’t exactly tell her that it’s from the Metaverse, so that’s what he settles on. Maybe Ren and I should start a cooking business…

 

“I am quite impressed. Perhaps we can cook something together sometime.” Yukari offers, totally not planning to snatch the curry recipe out of it.

 

“Should be fun, despite my strength being much more than a regular cat’s, I still can’t carry anything too heavy, so I struggle to make full meals by myself.” Morgana regretfully informs her.


Lunch Time

 

“Hmph…” Yukari pouts as she hands the cash to the cashier. “Looks like you’re not all talk.”

 

“Told ya I’d win.” Morgana winks and takes in his victory. “It’s impressive that you beat Ren though, that’s no easy feat.”

 

“My pride has been shattered…” Ren pretends to be hurt by this turn of events.

 

“Hehe, at least I’m not the biggest loser.” Yukari joins the others at the table once her hard-earned cash has been taken away. “Seriously though, I had a great time today. I don’t get the chance to hang out with friends very often.”

 

“I had fun too, thanks for agreeing to join us.” Morgana wasn’t expecting today to go like this initially, but you won’t catch him complaining for a second.

 

After a lively meal of beef bowls, the team returns home.


Evening

 

Everyone has gathered at the front door of the dorm at Sanada’s request. “Alright, everyone’s here. So, what’s this about?” Yukari asks, a little annoyed that this interrupted her studying.

 

“Thanks for coming. There’s someone I’d like to introduce.” Sanada stands there awkwardly smiling for a few seconds with no one entering the door. “...Hurry up.” His smile turns into an annoyed one.

 

“Just a sec… This thing’s freakin’ heavy.” A voice says from outside, and everyone recognizes it.

 

“Junpei!?” All five of them say in unison.

 

“Didn’t even let me make my grand entrance?” Iori sighs as he finally brings his stuff into the dorm.

 

“Why are you here!? Don’t tell me…” Yukari’s disbelief is shown all over her face. 

 

“This is Junpei Iori from Class 2-F. He’ll be staying here from now on.” Sanada confirms Yukari’s fears.

 

“Ehehehe… ‘Sup?” Iori awkwardly scratches the back of his neck.

 

“Good to have ya!” Kotone is actually glad that another loud person is staying here.

 

“Glad to see that SOMEONE appreciates my company.” Iori happily grins.

 

“He has the potential, but he just awakened to it recently. I told him about us, and he agreed to join.” Sanada explains why Iori is gracing them with his presence.

 

“He found me cryin’ like a baby at the convenience store, surrounded by a bunch of coffins.” Iori shamefully admits. “Sanada says that’s pretty normal though, somethin’ like that happen to you guys?” Iori’s hoping that he isn’t the only one with an embarrassing story.

 

“Nope.” Makoto and Kotone say, Kotone with a lot more energy.

 

“A bit different, but along the same lines.” Ren easily admits. “That goes for Morgana too.” 

 

“You didn’t need to tell him that…” Morgana wines, but doesn’t actually care.

 

“I’ll really be able to understand him during the dark hour?” Iori excitedly says. “That’s awesome!”

 

After a few more minutes of small talk, Sanada gets to the interesting stuff. “Now that our forces have increased… I think we’re about ready.”

 

“Ready? For what?” Morgana curiously questions.

 

“With this many people, we can start checking out that tower.” Sanada says, clearly excited at the prospect.

 

“Oh, you mean Tarturus.” Yukari states, clearly not as excited.

 

Sanada sees everyone’s confused expression and elaborates. “It’s a place that holds the key to understanding the dark hour… or so we think. The chairman will give us more information tomorrow night, so be ready.”


4/20 Lunchtime         Waning Crescent

 

As soon as it becomes lunchtime, Kirijo walks into the others’ classroom. “Can I have a min- Hm, is that Morgana?”

 

“Busted…” Morgana whispers from Ren’s bag. 

 

“We’ll discuss that later. For now, come to the room on the fourth floor when you return to the dorm tonight. I have something to tell you all.” Kirijo speaks with seriousness.

 

“Oh, are we having that talk already?” Iori says in a not at all suspicious manner.

 

“I’ll save the details for later. See you there.” Kirijo turns around and walks away.


Evening

 

“All right, everyone’s here.” Ikutsuki once again wastes no time.

 

“Heck yeah! Let’s get right into it!” Iori cheers and raises his fist to the air.

 

“Told you giving him coffee was a mistake…” Makoto sighs as everyone takes a seat.

 

“For a long time, Kirijo and Sanada were the only Persona-users we had. But that number’s quickly increased to eight. So, here’s the plan. Starting at 12 AM, I’d like us to finally begin exploring Tarturus.” Ikustuki is quite pleased with the number of new recruits lately.

 

“What exactly is Tarturus?” Ren questions; he’s interested in how different it will be from the Metaverse.

 

“Simply fighting shadows isn’t our only goal. We need to get to the root of the problem. We need to destroy the dark hour itself.” Ikustuki starts off with. 

 

“Uh, I don’t really get it…” Junpei reluctantly admits, reminding Morgana of a certain blonde. “You’re sayin’ we can get rid of the dark hour by runnin’ around Tarturus?”

 

“We don’t know for certain.” Isutsuki answers, earning a groan from everyone not named Kirijo or Sanada. “Sorry I can’t give you a better answer, but that’s what exploring is for.”

 

“In other words.” Kirijo cuts Iktsuki off as everyone starts to doze off to his boring voice. “We need more information. Everything we encounter there will be vital to our understanding of the dark hour.”

 

“Society remains blissfully unaware of the shadows, but is slowly succumbing to their influence. I would go as far as to say the fate of the world rests on the shoulders of you Persona-users.” Ikutsuki really tries to hype them up.

 

“Leave it to eight depressed kids with a gun!” Kotone cheers and winks. “I mean, leave it to SEES!” She amends herself after her joke got less than ideal stares.

 

“Good save.” Makoto sarcastically comments with an eye roll.

 

“And I ain’t depressed!” Iori denies her accusation. 

 

“It’s also the perfect place to train and improve our skills.” Sanada cracks his knuckles in preparation.

 

“To remind everyone, Akihiko will be joining us, but won’t assist in combat due to his injury.” By everyone, Kirijo means Akihiko specifically.

 

“Yeah, I know…” Sanada sighs and sinks lower into his seat. After a bit more talking, the group gathers in front of Gekkoukan High School.

 

“I don’t wanna go to school…” Kotone playfully jokes.

 

“Why are we at school?” Ren assumes he knows the answer, but asks anyway.

 

“Just wait and see, it’s almost midnight.” Kirijo’s apparently gathered the most impatient people on the planet.


Dark Hour

 

As soon as it hits midnight, the world turns green again, and a gigantic tower takes the place of the school.

 

“This is Tarturus, the labyrinth that reveals itself during the dark hour.” Kirjio explains to the gawking kids.

 

“Whoa, it’s huge.” Morgana comments in awe.

 

“So that’s what you look like here? Cool!” Iori pays more attention to Morgana than to the huge tower in front of him.

 

“Once the dark hour passes, everything will return to normal. Also, I’ve brought everyone’s requested weapons.” Kirijo opens a case full of swords, a dagger, and a naginata for some reason. Yukari already has her bow and arrows on hand.

 

“So this is Tartrus.” Makoto blankly says as he grabs his shortsword.

 

“That’s all you have to say!?” Iori shouts in disbelief as he grabs his own sword.

 

“Trust me, nothing phases my bro. I’ve tried.” Kotone repeats what she said to Ren and Morgana the first time they met in the dark hour. The group finds out that the naginata belongs to her.

 

“Meh, I’ve seen crazier.” Ren doesn’t elaborate as he grabs his dagger.

 

“Like a talking cat or something?” Morgana jokes and grabs his simitar. “Not that I am a cat though, Iori.”

 

“Don’t worry, I was given the spiel from Sanada.” Iori holds his sword over his shoulder. “Now's the part where I ask why our school turned into that thing.”

 

“...” Mitsuru’s silence doesn’t reassure anyone in the slightest.

 

“You don’t know?” Makoto questions, kinda assuming she knew everything about this place.

 

“...No.” She reluctantly admits.

 

“Uh, what happens if we’re in the tower once the dark hour ends?” Morgana questions, trying to learn as much about the new place as possible.

 

“It’s highly unlikely that the dark hour will end since time seems to move weirdly in Tarturus. But if it does, I assume we’ll either be taken to the school's roof, or we’ll remain in Tartarus until the next dark hour.” Kirijo explains, shocking everyone.

 

“That’s kinda worrying.” Yukari admits. “I’d hate to be trapped in there for a full day.”

 

“We’ll make sure that doesn’t happen. Now follow me.” Kirijo walks into the tower, and everyone follows.

 

“Whoa, it’s just as crazy on the inside.” Iori looks around in amazement.   

 

“We’d suggest a team of four, but all six of you should go today since it’s your first time.” Sanada puts his suggestion out there. “We’ll also need to appoint a leader to make any necessary decisions.”

 

“Oh, me me! Pick me!” Iori raises his free hand in the air.

 

“Uh… Makoto and Kotone, which of you wants to be leader?” Sanada shuts down his request.

 

“Hm, why them?” Ren questions, a little insulted to be honest.

 

“Because they can summon their Personas without difficulty, unlike the rest of you.” Sanada explains, and Kirijo nods.

 

“That’s definitely true.” Morgana admits. “Rock, paper, scissors?” He then suggests.

 

“You heard the man, Mako. Rock, paper, scissors, paper!” Kotone is beyond upset that Makoto didn’t join in.

 

“Why don’t we both lead?” Makoto questions. “Seven people are a lot to lead at once, and it’s only going to become more crowded.”

 

“Oh, I like that answer!” Kotone shouts in agreement.

 

“Very well, both of you shall be our leaders.” Kirijo quickly says to hurry them up.

 

The Velvet Keys glow in both Makoto and Kotone’s pockets, and they enter the blue door to their left.


Velvet Room

 

“I’ve been waiting for you two. The time has come for you to wield your power.” Igor says, ominous as ever. “Your power is unique, like the number zero. Empty, but holding infinite possibilities. You both have the ability to summon multiple Personas. Your power will grow over time; keep this in mind. Now then, until we meet again, farewell.”


Dark Hour


“That’s what I looked like?” Ren whispers to Morgana since they both know why the two are staring into space.

 

“Yeah, did I ever tell you about that time we put everyone’s mask on you at once?” Morgana whispers back.

 

“Wha- That’s actually kinda funny.” Ren admits with a chuckle.

 

Their conversation gets cut off as Makoto and Kotone return to reality.

 

“*Yawn* Sorry, dozed off.” Makoto lies out of his ass the second he regains consciousness. 

 

“Same here, sibling things.” Kotone follows up with. “Let’s go!”

 

“So it’s the real deal from here.” The nerves finally hit Iori as they walk inside.

 

“Looks easy to get lost in...” Takaba follows up with.

 

“Can you all hear me?” Kirijo’s voice asks through her Persona’s navigation ability.

 

“Loud and clear!” Kotone cheerfully confirms.

 

“I’ll be providing audio backup from here on out. Keep that in mind.” Kirijo’s voice is filled with the utmost seriousness.

 

“You can see this place from down there?” Morgana jealousy asks, his navigation skills could never.

 

“It’s one of my Persona’s abilities. I’d like to join you up there, but we need someone to provide outside support.” Kirijo quickly explains.

 

“That’s not concerning at all.” Makoto deadpans, but steps into his leader role. “Let’s move everyone.”

 

The first shadow is spotted after a few moments of walking. “This is the first real battle for most of you. Proceed with caution.” Kirijo warns as Kotone slashes the shadow with her weapon.

 

Ren and Morgana instantly notice that it didn’t transform into a Shadow that they are aware of. “Try getting used to your Personas now.” Kirijo commands.

 

Makoto smirks and twirls his evoker. “Orpheus!” The Persona plays his harp and shoots an ice ball directly at the shadow.

 

“Okay… looks like I’m up.” Iori aims the evoker with a little less confidence. “Here goes!” Iori’s Persona, Hermes appears above him and slashes forwards, killing the shadow.

 

“Aw yeah! How’d you like my Persona ability!?” Iori is pumped at the result.

 

“Nice work Iori.” Ren compliments, it’s pretty impressive how quickly he got prepared to use the evoker.

 

“Good work, let’s continue exploring.” Kirijo’s voice says, despite them literally having two leaders.

 

The next shadow is eventually spotted, and Makoto strikes it with his sword, revealing two enemies.

 

“Alright, let’s go over a useful approach for defeating enemies. Most enemies have an elemental affinity that they have low resistance to. Targeting weaknesses is one of the best ways to deal damage.” Kirijo quickly explains. “Not only that, but it will knock enemies down too.”

 

“Weakness huh? I-I’ve got this!” Yukari grabs her evoker and points it to her head. “Just point it to my head… then pull the trigger…!” Io floats above her and fires Garu, knocking the first enemy down. She then finishes it with her bow.

 

“Nice one Yukari!” Morgana compliments. I can’t let my rival best me already! “Come, Mercurius!” Morgana quickly uses the evoker before he has the time to think about it, and knocks the other enemy down with a Garu of his own. He then runs in with his scimitar and finishes the fight.

 

“Excellent work you two.” Kirijo genuinely compliments. “There’s two more shadows on this floor. Let Shiomi and Amamiya handle the next one.”

 

After looting some treasure and looking around, they find the next shadow. “Try sneaking up on them from behind! Make sure to stay out of their field of vision.” Kirijo commands, and Kotone follows as she successfully ambushes it.

 

“Arsene!” The gentleman thief appears and crackles as curse energy is fired onto the shadow.

 

“Persona!” Kotone’s Orpheus shoots a fireball, which knocks down the final enemy.

 

“Now, rush in for an all-out attack!” Kirijo commands with authority.

 

“An all-out attack?” Iori questions with a confused look on his face.

 

“It’s a maneuver that engages the entire team in a coordinated assault when all enemies have been knocked down.” Kirijo quickly explains.

 

“Alright, with me!” Kotone commands, and everyone rushes in with their weapons. Kotone finishes the fight and announces, “Your time is up!” as she spins the weapon above her and poses. 

 

“Ha! They don’t stand a chance with all six of us rushin’ in!” Iori cheers in victory.

 

“Not one word on my fabulous pose?” Kotone wines disappointedly.

 

“Nah.” Makoto instantly responds, causing the others to snicker.

 

“Man, tough crowd.” Kotone shakes her head before getting back to business. “We shouldn’t stand around.”

 

“Shiomi is right, there’s one more shadow ahead.” Kirijo makes sure they take this seriously.

 

Kotone ambushes the next shadow and is the first to attack. “Apsaras!” The new Persona fires Bufu at the first enemy, knocking it down.

 

“Your Persona just now… It looks like you really do have a special power.” Kirijo bewilderly comments.

 

“Apsaras!” Makoto summons the exact same Persona and fires Bufu as well, knocking the other enemy down. “Rush in!” He commands, and everyone all-out attacks again. “Done and dusted.” Makoto states as he adjusts his collar.

 

“Showoffs.” Ren comments like he wasn’t doing the same thing as a wildcard.

 

“It seems you have the ability to summon multiple Personas. I suspected as much after the events from the other day, but now we know for sure.” Kirijo finds herself pleased with this discovery. “I think this is a good place to stop. There’s a device nearby that will teleport you to the entrance.”

 

The group stumbles upon another treasure chest, but it’s locked. “Those chests can only be opened with Twilight Fragments.” Kirijo dejectedly explains.

 

“This thing?” Makoto pulls out a glowing blue orb from his pocket and holds it in front of the chest, causing it to open.

 

“Aww. I guess the lockpicks I made won’t come in handy then.” Morgana crosses his arms. 

 

“You made lockpicks?” Yukari raises an eyebrow.

 

“My Persona is literally the god of thievery, what did you expect?” Morgana answers with a smirk. “Also, isn’t Iori’s Persona the Greek version of mine?”

 

“That is correct.” Kirijo confirms. 

 

“So we have the same Persona? Why’s that?” Iori confusedly questions.

 

“It just means you share similar characteristics.” Kirijo quickly explains. “I do wonder why Amamiya and Morgana’s Personas are the only non-Greek ones so far. They’re both related to thievery too…”

 

“The world may never know.” Ren dramatically comments with a shrug.

 

The team eventually finds the teleporter and meets up with Kirijo and Sanada. “Welcome back.” Kirijo greets them. “So, how was it?”

 

“A stroll through the park.” Kotone casually answers.

 

“Oh, that easy, huh?” Sanada likes that answer. “Don’t get too cocky though; it’ll come back to haunt you.” He adds, likely coming from experience.

 

“Noted.” Makoto quickly agrees. 

 

“Speak for yourself, I’m exhausted.” Iori says and takes a deep breath.

 

“It’s because you were bouncing around like a kid.” Yukari immediately replies. “I’m pretty tired myself though. How about you two?”

 

“I feel completely fine.” Morgana admits with a shrug. 

 

“Same here.” Ren adds, it’s probably due to their Metaverse days.

 

“Really?” Iori bewilderedly questions. “What am I missin’?”

 

“It’s simply the effect of the dark hour; you become fatigued more easily.” Kirijo explains. “Let’s return home for the night.” Kirijo demands, and no mortal dares to disagree.

 

Chapter 2: Exploring the Tower

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

4/21 Early Morning     Waning Crescent

 

“Ren, Morgana, a word real quick?” Kirijo stops them at the door before they head to school. They share a look of fear, ready for her scolding them for bringing Morgana to school.

 

“Yes?” Ren pretends to be oblivious.

 

“I’ve finished the paperwork for Morgana at school. He’s officially considered a therapy cat. You’ll have to wear this while you’re there though.” Kirijo hands them a small shirt for Morgana with the words "Therapy Cat" on it, leaving two shocked faces staring at her. “...You thought I was going to scold you?”

 

“O-Of course not!” Morgana says and nervously laughs. “Thanks, Kirijo!”

 

“Don’t mention it. It would be cruel to separate you after what we’ve observed.” Kirijo says with a smile. “I shouldn’t hold you any longer, let’s go.”


After School

 

After Kirijo’s speech as student council president, Sanada asks the two leaders to meet him at the police station at Paulownia Mall. 

 

“Ah, these are our new leaders, Makoto Yuki and Kotone Shiomi.” Sanada says as the two walk in.

 

The officer inside doesn’t say anything, opting to examine them instead.

 

“This is Officer Kurosawa. He helps keep our squad well-equipped.” Sanada explains once he sees the conversation going nowhere. “Oh, and this is from Kurosawa.” He adds and hands them each 5000 Yen.

 

“Thanks for the donation sir.” Kotone bubbly says. “Why exactly is an officer giving a bunch of kids weapons though?”

 

“My job is to maintain peace in this city, regardless of the circumstances. It doesn’t take a genius to know something strange is going on.” Kurosawa easily explains, expecting that question to come up soon enough.

 

“Cool.” Makoto easily accepts his reasoning. “Let’s see what you’ve got.”

 

They head to the back of the station and find that he has a wide array of weapons and armor that are perfectly sized to each member of SEES, even Morgana. He must have some connection that makes this stuff themself. Makoto buys himself a better sword because he’s an asshole, and Kotone actually pulls a wheel up on her phone, which lands on Takaba. Merry Christmas Takaba, I guess. They exit the police station with the new weapons and enter Paulownia Mall. 

 

“Let’s grab some medicine while we’re here.” Makoto starts walking to the clinic without waiting for an answer.

 

“While on the topic of preparing, have you figured out what Igor was talkin’ about with the whole social link thing?” Kotone questions and pulls out her wallet.

 

“I already have one with SEES, do you not?” Makoto confusedly questions.

 

“What!? No, I don’t.” Kotone thought she was the favored twin in SEES. “Cheater.”

 

“Maybe I’m just better.” Makoto instantly argues. “Ever consider that?”

 

“Ha! You? Better?” Kotone lightly punches his shoulder. “As if!”

 

“We should try hanging out with everyone and seeing if any more links form.” Makoto suggests to Kotone’s surprise.

 

“Wait. YOU want to make friends? What did you do with my brother!?” Kotone jokes in surprise.   

 

“Didn’t say anything about wanting.” Makoto informs her. “Let’s start with each other, movie day?”

 

“I thought you’d never ask!” Kotone excitedly says. “There better be somethin’ besides crap in the cinema.” After an unfortunately crap movie, the two return home. No new social link in sight.


Evening

 

“Perfect timing, I’d like to speak to you for a moment.” Kirijo says the second they walk in. Wow, not even a hello. Kotone thinks to herself. “It’s best to be prepared since we don’t know when a shadow like the other day will show up. Let me know when you wish to explore Tarturus. Also, you’re now free to go out at night.” With that, she returns to the lounge to enjoy her tea.

 

“So, what do you think?” Morgana questions in anticipation.

 

Kirijo lifts the cup to her lips and takes a sip. After a few seconds, she forms her opinion. “It is quite good, perhaps a little more stirring would help though. Where did you learn to make tea?”

 

“Thanks for the feedback, I’ll keep it in mind.” Morgana’s expression then saddens. “I learned from an old friend. You remind me of her quite a lot…” 

 

“Oh?” Kirijo’s eyebrows narrow in curiosity. “How so?”

 

“A lot of ways actually. She had a similar status to you, but used it to help others instead of herself. She looked to me as if I were just a normal person, which you seem to as well; you both enjoy tea, you even both gave me a place to stay when I had nowhere else to go…” Morgana’s eyes slightly tear up. “I miss her a lot…”

 

“... I see. She sounds like a great friend.” Kirijo wasn’t expecting to learn all that from the question. She does want to learn more about his history, but now isn’t the right time.

 

“She was… a-anyway, time to try yours.” Morgana says to change topics. He then takes a sip of the tea Kirijo made. “Oh! Yours is way better than mine.” He quickly takes another sip.

 

“I’m glad it’s to your liking.” Kirijo honestly admits. “It’s admirable that you don’t let your body stop you from doing what you enjoy.”

 

“It took a long time for me to accept that.” Morgana admits with a sigh. “I just want to be helpful, especially for Ren. It wasn’t fair how much he did for me and got nothing in return.”

 

“He doesn’t seem to see it that way.” Kirijo comments to bring his mood up.

 

“I know, he’s too kind for his own good.” Morgana slightly chuckles. “I’m glad to have such a great brother… he’s all that I have left.” Morgana’s head tilts down. “I hope I can be just as good someday.”

 

Those words remind Makoto and Kotone of their own connection even more. 

 

“You seem to already be as good to me.” Kirijo says, taking the twins out of their thoughts.

 

“Huh…?” Morgana was not expecting that.

 

“You’re doing everything you can to help him, are you not?” Kirijo states, putting a shocked face on Morgana.

 

“W-Well yeah… but-” Morgana still doesn’t seem to believe it.

 

“Then that’s enough.” Kirijo cuts in, ending the dispute then and there. “I’m sure he’d say the same if you asked.

 

“... Thanks.” Morgana smiles, and they enjoy the rest of their tea in silence. The twins decide not to go to Tarturus today and opt to sleep instead.


4/22 After School     Waning Crescent

 

Makoto and Kotone decide to check Ren and Morgana for a social link first, since they can get two done at once. “Wanna hit the arcade?” Makoto asks, and both Ren and Morgana are surprised he used the word “wanna.” Maybe he feels closer to them now?

 

“Sure, lead the way.” Ren quickly agrees, and Morgana nods afterwards. The group makes it there and starts with some two-on-two air hockey. 

 

Makoto wears the most serious look Ren and Morgana have seen on him as he puts the Yen into the machine. “Let’s put them in their place, sis.”

 

“You haven’t seen angy Makoto yet, good luck.” Kotone gets into position.

 

“Alright Mona, no mercy.” Ren pops his fingers and focuses.

 

“Of course!” Morgana instantly agrees and readies himself as well. “I broke Yukari’s ego; I can break yours.”

 

The puck flies around for ten minutes without a single point being scored. The group has gathered a large crowd, both because a cat is playing and because of how fast all four of their arms are moving. Even the owner joined in to watch.

 

“They’re on the defense, press the advantage!” Morgana lines up a shot and gets the closest to scoring so far, but it is blocked in time.

 

“Close but no cigar.” Kotone chuckles, fully immersed in the game at this point. “Now!”

 

Makoto wordlessly moves his arm across the table at lightning speed, launching the puck towards the other side, but Ren defends just as quickly. “Ravage them!” Ren imagines Arsene shooting curse energy forward as he does the same to the puck. 

 

Everyone in the arcade is watching at this point, with multiple people recording. Even Iori happens to be here recording as well, though none of the players even realize the crowd is there.

 

None of the players dares say a word now; one mess up is all it takes to lose the chance of victory. They’ve silently agreed to end the game after the first point since they’ll be here all day if not. An entire 45 minutes have passed, and the players are starting to get worn out.

 

Makoto sees his chance. Morgana is a little too far up to react in time if he hits it against the right side wall, and Ren’s defense is getting sloppy, so he makes his move.

 

*BEEP!* The scoreboard shows: 1-0, and the entire arcade cheers, finally letting the players notice the crowd.

 

“*Pant* *Pant*” All four of them finally let go of the breaths they have been holding.

 

“Good *Cough* game *Pant*” Morgana reluctantly accepts defeat and hops off the stool set up next to the table and onto Ren’s shoulder.

 

“You too *Pant*” Makoto truly smiles at someone not named Kotone for the first time in forever.

 

“I am thou… Thou art I… Thou hast established a new bond… Thou shalt have our blessing when thou choosest to create a Persona of the Magician Arcana…”

 

A voice rings through Makoto’s head, showing his new social link with Morgana.

 

“It’s not often that my and Morgana’s teamwork isn’t enough.” Ren admits, impressed at the result.

 

“The same is true for me and Mako. You were very worthy opponents.” Kotone admits back.

 

“I am thou… Thou art I… Thou hast established a new bond… Thou shalt have our blessing when Thou choosest to create a Persona of the Fool Arcana…”

 

A voice rings through Kotone’s head, showing her new social link with Ren.

 

The group enjoys other arcade games for a bit before returning home.


Evening

 

“You should have seen them!” Iori shouts to everyone not at the arcade once they return home. “They didn’t even notice me, they were so focused!”

 

“You sure they weren’t just ignoring you?” Yukari doesn't miss her chance to tease. “That is pretty impressive though, 45 minutes just for the first point?”

 

“Apparently. I lost track of time around the 10-minute mark.” Ren heads to the kitchen to prepare everyone a coffee.

 

“We’ll definitely have a rematch soon!” Kotone cheerfully declares. “Maybe it’ll take an hour next time.”

 

“Probably, we’ve learned each other's strategies at this point.” Morgana stretches and joins the others at the table, awaiting his coffee. “Hope you’re not expecting to win next time though.”

 

“We are.” Makoto easily replies with. 

 

“We’ll show you…” Morgana pouts as the coffees arrive, but is instantly restored once he takes the first sip. “I still don’t know how you do it. I make it the exact same way!”

 

“‘Cause mine's made with love.” Ren replies with a smirk, and Morgana nearly chokes on his coffee.

 

“Y-Your *Cough* “love” just a-almost killed me! *Cough*” Morgana takes a few deep breaths.

 

No one can help themselves from laughing as they enjoy the rest of their coffee. Makoto’s SEES social link reaches rank 2.

 

Makoto doesn’t want to ruin the good mood by going to Tarturus, so they don’t for the day. Eventually, Makoto and Kotone are the only ones left at the table. “Did you get any new social links?”

 

“Yep, I got one with Ren at the arcade.” Kotone happily confirms. “How ‘bout you?”

 

“I got one with Morgana at the arcade too.” Makoto reports. “My SEES one also reached rank two just now.”

 

“I still don’t have the SEES one. Why is that?” Kotone angrily questions.

 

“Maybe it’s the Arcana? Is Ren your Fool Arcana?” Makoto ponders.

 

“Sure is, I assume SEES is yours?” Kotone gets a little less jealous once she learns the reason.

 

“Yep. Morgana is the Magician Arcana. I wonder if anyone here knows much about tarot.” Makoto starts to stand up.

 

“We can ask sometime later, night bro.”

 

“Night.”


4/23 After School

 

Makoto went to join the track team, but Kotone decided to hang out with Iori at his request. He brings her to Hagakure Ramen in the Iwatodai Strip Mall.

 

“Umm… Alright! We’ll have two specials!” Iori clearly didn’t plan very far ahead, not that Kotone minds.

 

“Thanks for treating me, Iori!” Ramen does sound great right now.

 

“No prob, it’s pretty damn good.” Iori places their orders, and they take a seat.

 

After a bit, the waiter delivers their ramen. Kotone’s mouth can’t help but drool at the sight of it.

 

“C’mon, try it.” Iori does not attempt to be a gentleman and dives into his food instantly.

 

“Ohhhh!” It’s even better than it looks. “Screw my diet.” Kotone immediately takes another bite.

 

“Haha! Good, right? And you would never have known if it weren’t for Junpei Iori!” Iori proudly points to himself and smiles. 

 

After they eat most of the food, Iori starts a conversation. “Hey… Do you feel okay now?” Kotone gives a confused face, so he elaborates. “I heard you were in the hospital while you were out. You seem to be full of energy, but I’m worried.”

 

“Oh.” That’s… nice of him. “I’m fine, thanks though.” Kotone cheerfully replies, she means it too.

 

“No need to thank me.” A slight blush appears on his face; it’s kinda cute. “I had some problems of my own when transferring, though you have all this fighting stuff on top of it.”

 

“I am thou… Thou art I… Thou hast established a new bond… Thou shalt have our blessing when thou choosest to create a Persona of the Magician Arcana…”

 

A voice rings through Kotone’s head, showing her new social link with Junpei Iori.

 

“Still guys and girls livin’ in the same dorm? That can’t be good…” A smirk appears on Iori’s face.

 

“Just what are you insinuating…?” Kotone cheekily questions.

 

“Oh, I wouldn’t worry ‘bout it.” Iori waves her question off and chuckles.

 

The two chat for a bit longer before returning home, and Kotone uses Junpei’s first name now.


Dark Hour

 

Makoto and Kotone agreed to start venturing into Tarturus today. “Alright, we’re trying teams of 4 today.” Makoto starts with as they enter Tartarus.

 

“Since we are both leaders, Mako and I will alternate once one of us gets too tired, so who else is willing to be on the backlines for now?” Kotone adds while observing the team.

 

“I’m fine starting in the back.” Yukari speaks up when no one else does.

 

“Thanks. Ren, Morgana, and Junpei, with me.” Kotone takes charge, and the four enter Tartarus.

 

“Each floor’s dimensions may vary, but don’t feel compelled to explore every inch of each new layout. Also, the others can hear and communicate with you through my Persona. We’ll send in backup if needed.” Kirijo gives the rundown, then leaves the leading to Kotone.

 

“Okay, let’s go party people!” Kotone dashes forward, and her eyes scan for enemies.   

 

“Shadow spotted.” Morgana whispers as he looks around a corner. “What’s the plan, leader?” He’s missed saying the word leader.

 

“Kick its ass! What else?” Kotone wears a smirk similar to the one Joker would.

 

“Hell yeah!” Junpei cheers as Kotone sneaks up on the shadow and ambushes it.

 

“These guys were weak to slash.” Morgana used to be the Thieves’ navigator and is used to remembering affinities.

 

“You beat me to it.” Kirijo’s voice says through their ears. “Any of your melee weapons should work.”

 

“Then let’s pummel it!” Junpei rushes in and knocks one down, and Ren does the same to the other one.

 

“Take ‘em down!” Ren shouts as everyone rushes in and all-out attacks. “Show’s over!” Ren announces as he twirls his dagger in front of him and pushes his glasses up with a smirk.

 

“Excellent work everyone. Keep moving.” Kirijo finds herself impressed by their skills already.

 

“You heard the lady, move it.” Kotone does a signal with her hand and starts walking forward.

 

“Oh, treasure chest!” Junpei excitedly shouts, getting the attention of the nearby shadow. “My bad!” He then says as Kotone attacks the shadow, but doesn’t get an ambush.

 

“They are weak to wind.” Kirijo informs them.

 

“Looks like it’s my time to shine, Persona!” Mercurius summons a ball of wind in each hand and fires at both the shadows. “Mwehehehe! Time for some bloodshed!” The team all-out attacks once more. “Mission accomplished!” Morgana cheers as he stabs his scimitar into the ground and balances on it with one foot.

 

“Damn, you definitely win the pose wars as of now.” Kotone comments as he frontflips off the sword and picks it back up.

 

“What can I say? Style’s second nature to me.” Morgana boastfully accepts his crown, and the team continues marching forward.

 

The rest of the fights go perfectly, and the group reaches the fifth floor. “I’m detecting a powerful enemy up ahead! Everyone, stay sharp.” Kirijo warns the team. “There’s a two-way teleporter on that floor; it will allow you to teleport straight back to that floor from the one down here. Give it a try.”

 

The group follows her commands and returns to the first floor. “Welcome back.” Yukari waves them hello as they return.

 

Kotone fuses Apsaras and Pixie into Nekomata, and the team goes back up to fight. The enemies are two bird-like shadows holding lamps. “Get outta our way!” Junpei shouts and fires Agi, knocking the enemy down on the first try.

 

“That’s convenient.” Ren comments as Junpei knocks the other one down. 

 

“Now! Let’s kick some ass!” The group all-out attacks, but does little damage to it. “The hell!? We barely put a dent in ‘em!” Junpei complains with wide eyes.

 

The first bird gets angry and retaliates with Mabufu, knocking Ren down. The bird then prepares to fire again.

 

“I don’t think so!” Kotone’s Nekomata fires Agi twice and knocks the shadows right back down. 

 

“I’ve gotcha!” Morgana heals Ren with Dia. “No sleepin’ on the job Ren.”

 

“Heh, wouldn’t dream of it.” Ren playfully replies back.

 

“That’s great and all, but let's rush in before they get up!” Kotone leaves no room for discussion as she runs in.

 

“You’re almost there! Keep it up!” Kirijo’s voice gives the group motivation.

 

“I’ll focus on healing.” Ren uses a medicine that Makoto and Kotone bought to restore 50 HP to each party member.

 

It was great timing too, as the second bird uses Mabufu and hits everyone but Ren, who makes sure to dodge this one. 

 

“Hermes!” The birds get knocked on their asses again, and the group runs in. “That’s the game!” Junepi cheers as the shadows vanish and he adjusts his cap.

 

“Well done everyone. That was a formidable opponent.” Kirijo compliments as everyone levels up. 

 

“Hrm?” Morgana’s eyes narrow in confusion.

 

“What is it?” Ren questions.

 

“Eh, it’s nothing.” Morgana finds out that he got Lucky Punch before Patra or Media this time; it seems like his skillset isn’t progressing the same way. He decides that he’ll talk to Ren about this when they leave for the day.

 

“In that case, let’s return to the first floor to let the others get some experience.” Kotone commands, and they return to the teleporter. Once she returns, she assigns the new team. “Junpei and Morgana swap with Makoto and Takaba since you used the most energy.”

 

“Hrm, didn’t we agree to keep one of us in the backlines at all times?” Makoto questions in confusion.

 

“Yeah, but you and Takaba are a lower level than the enemies on the upcoming floor, so we’ll need both of us for now.” Kotone’s logic does make sense.

 

“Looks like we’re splittin’ up at last, Ren, good luck!” Morgana gives him a grin and follows Junpei to the main area.

 

Ren finds himself happy that Morgana is finally okay without him. Well, either that or he’s faking it, but Ren doesn’t think he is. “You know I don’t need luck, bro.”

 

“Yeah? Say that again next time an ice attack comes your way.” Morgana chuckles and takes a seat next to Kirijo. “Seriously though, be careful. Not even Kirijo will be able to stop me from running to help you if you pass out.” Morgana says with the utmost seriousness.

 

“Hehe, I know.” Ren turns around and walks through the teleporter with the other frontline members.

 

“I’ve prepared some more tea for you if you’d like.” Kirijo states as the others leave.

 

“Yes, please!” Morgana cheerfully replies.


“There’s a shadow up ahead. I’ll take this opportunity to teach you about shifting.” Kirijo’s voice reaches the main team as they ambush a shadow. “When you knock an enemy down, shifting allows you to leverage that opening to let someone else take action.”

 

“So we can pass our attack to the next person? Got it.” Yukari translates her gibberish into Japanese for the team.

 

“The middle enemy is weak to slash attacks, give it a try.” At Kirijo’s words, Makoto’s blade slashes through the first enemy, knocking it down.

 

“The others were weak to wind, pass it to me!” Makoto grants Yukari’s request, and she feels a surge of power.

 

“Hrm, your power level’s increased?” Kirijo says in confusion. “I haven’t seen shifting do that before.”

 

“Well, it’s nothin’ to complain about.” Kotone gives Yukari a thumbs up. “Go for it!”

 

“Come Io!” The Persona launches two powered-up Garu’s, and the other enemies die in one hit. “Beat ‘em up!” The team runs in at Yukari’s word. “There you have it.” Yukari adjusts her hair as the fight ends.

 

“Great job Takaba. I still don’t understand why your power increased though.” Kirijo admits with slight annoyance. Both Ren and Morgana know it’s from their darts game, but they don’t want to reveal that they have more knowledge about this stuff than the others.

 

“Well, you’re the expert.” Yukari simply shrugs. “Let’s keep moving.”

 

The next shadow is eventually found, and Makoto ambushes it. “Stand down!” He swipes the first one with his sword and shifts to Junpei.

 

“So, Iori didn’t receive a power boost?” Kirijo sounds even more lost than before.

 

“Man, that sucks…” Junpei shakes his head before getting back into focus. “Power slash!” Hermes slashes the second enemy and Junpei shifts to Ren.

 

“Power boost again? Does anyone have an idea?” Kirijo really hates not knowing something about the dark hour since she’s supposed to be the expert.

 

“You’re done!” Ren’s Eiha destroys the shadow in one hit after the boost. The team runs in with their weapons and finishes the fight.

 

“Maybe it’s a Junpei problem?” Yukari says with actual seriousness. 

 

“Wha-” Junpei crosses his arms, angry that he can’t exactly argue that for now.

 

“No, Akihiko and I never got a boost from it.” Kirijo admits as her annoyance grows.

 

“Oh, maybe it was the darts game!” Yukari then suggests to everyone’s confusion but Ren and Morgana, who are impressed instead.

 

“I was thinking that our teamwork during the game felt similar to this; we’d be able to confirm it if Morgana were up here.” Ren pretends not to be in the know.

 

“I don’t know, is it really that simple?” Kirijo questions, kinda hoping the answer is no, since her dart skills are subpar at best.

 

“We’ll try shifting to me and Makoto next fight to make sure.” Kotone says with a yawn, getting pretty tired from the amount of SP she’s been using. “Let’s stroll outta here.” 

 

The team finds an enemy on the next floor that’s weak to curse. “Arsene!” The Persona slams his hand into the ground as curse energy erupts from the floor. “You’re up Kotone.”

 

Kotone accepts the turn but feels no power increase. “I think the darts theory was right.” She says in amazement. She opts to smack the shadow over the head with her weapon to save energy.


After what feels like forever, the team makes it to the next gatekeeper shadow and swaps out Kotone for Morgana since he, Ren, and Yukari can all get boosted by shifting.

 

“We’ll stop for the day after this fight.” Makoto enters the Velvet Room and fuses the Angel and Silky he got through exploring into Forneus, who now has wind, ice, and Tarukaja to boost someone's attack. He then uses an item to increase Ren and Morgana’s SP, and they head back up to fight.

 

The shadow appears to be some Lion wheel thing? That’s the best description the group can give. It’s also surrounded by two magic hands, which they know are weak to fire.

 

“Ara Mitama!” Makoto sends a fireball towards one of the hands, but it dodges the attack. He shakes his head in slight disappointment. “Do we know any other weaknesses?”

 

“No, but I’ve got an idea.” Morgana summons Mercurius, and a yellow boxing glove knocks the hand on the floor. “Ha, it worked!” Morgana wears a proud grin.

 

“What was that?” Kirijo questions curiously.

 

“Lucky Punch, it's a strike attack that does little damage but has a high chance to crit. Anyway, you better not miss twice, Makoto.” Morgana explains and shifts to him.

 

“Agi!” The attack luckily finds its mark, and both hands are on the floor. “Let’s try finding the main one’s weakness, to you, Takaba.”

 

“Come, Persona!” Io appears and fires a powered-up Garu at the Tigerwheel thing, knocking it down as well.

 

“Nice teamwork everyone, now’s your chance!” Kirijo’s voice builds the team's confidence as they beat up the shadows, completely removing the two hands.

 

“Sukunda!” Ren uses Arsene’s new skill to lower the enemy's accuracy and evasion. It unfortunately still hits Morgana with bash though, doing good damage to him.

 

“Dia!” Makoto uses Orpheus to heal Morgana’s wounds so he and Yukari can focus on wind.

 

“Stand aside!” Morgana grins as his wind tears through the shadow, and they run in again. Yukari’s Garu afterwards is enough to finish the enemy. Ren learned Dream Needle and Yukari learned Pulinpa after the fight.

 

“The darts team wins!” Ren cheers, and he, Morgana, and Yukari fist bump.

 

“Is that our team name now?” Yukari says with a laugh. “Surely we can do better than that.”

 

“It’s a work in progress.” Ren shamefully admits. “Anyway, let’s loot this joint and go home.”

 

The team does just that, and returns to the dorm.


4/27 Lunch Time     Waxing Crescent

 

“Junpei, wake up already!” Kotone knocks on his desk right next to his ear.

 

“*Yawn*” Junpei’s eyes open to five annoyed-looking pairs of eyes. “Uh… what’s up guys?”

 

“Finally! How on Earth didn’t you wake up until now!?” Morgana bewilderedly questions. “We were about to ditch you for lunch today.”

 

“Oh.” Is all Junpei says as he blinks himself awake. “Ehehehe… my bad.” 

 

“Are you alright?” Ren questions with concern.

 

“Yeah?” Junpei says with confusion. “Just stayed up playin’ video games and before I knew it, it was the morning.”

 

“Wow. And here I was actually worried about you.” Yukari is more annoyed at herself than at Junpei.

 

“Y-You were?” Junpei asks, genuinely surprised.

 

“Huh, why wouldn’t I be? You don’t think I actually hate you, right?” Yukari gives a surprised look of her own.

 

Junpei just stares without answering.

 

“Wow you’re dense.” Makoto quickly comments.

 

“Wha- I guess you’re not wrong, but you didn’t have to say it so bluntly.” Junpei smiles regardless, happy that people care about him.

 

“Sorry, I will do it again.” Makoto comments just as quickly.

 

“Anyway, I’m starving. You know how exhausting it is sleeping in while you guys have to listen to the boring lectures?” Morgana cheekily questions.

 

“Lucky bastard…” Kotone jokingly comments.

 

“Mwehehehe.” Morgana does his gremlin laugh as Kirijo walks in.

 

“Sorry to interrupt, but I’ll need Yuki and Shiomi’s time after school. I have a special request for you.” Kirijo gets straight to business as usual.

 

“Hm, why us?” Kotone curiously questions.

 

“I’ll tell you more about it after school. Until then.” With that, Kirijo walks out of the room.

 

“Well, that was weird.” Junpei comments once she’s out of sight.

 

“You’d better thank us for waking you up before she showed up.” Ren quickly comments. “No wrath like a woman’s wrath.”

 

“Damn straight!” Kotone shouts and slams the desk. “Speakin’ from experience?”

 

“Maybe…” Ren suspiciously comments.

 

“No you’re not.” Morgana blankly rebuts. 

 

“Wha-” Morgana’s immediate answer caught Ren off guard. “You shut me down fast…”

 

“*Snicker*” Morgana sinks back into Ren’s bag. “Now let’s go to lunch. Bring on the bread!”


Afterschool

 

After joining the student council at Kirijo’s request. Kotone takes the chance to raise her social link with Ren since Morgana decided to go on a walk and explore the area. “So, where do you wanna go?” Kotone asks Ren as class ends.

 

“I’m not sure. Tokyo had a lot more options.” Ren admits while standing up. “Anything you want to do?”

 

“You’re from Tokyo?” That got Kotone’s interest.

 

“Nah, I just stayed in Tokyo during my probation.” Ren just casually reveals that he was on probation.

 

“I just realized that I don’t know much ‘bout you at all. Wanna just grab some food and chat?” Kotone’s interest has been fully piqued now. “I learned of a great ramen spot recently.”

 

“Ramen sounds nice, lead the way.” Ren finds himself interested in how being on this side of a confidant is. After a short walk, they arrive at the place and make their orders.

 

“So, care to explain why you were on probation?” Kotone asks loudly on purpose so the other people in the building hear her.

 

“I’m not going to stab you in your sleep if that’s what you’re worried about.” Ren winks, and Kotone pretends to wipe sweat from her forehead. “I was protecting a woman from some drunk man. He fell down after missing a swing at me and sued.” 

 

It’s clear to Kotone that she got the very short version of the story. “Did he get away with it?”

 

“Yeah. No one cared about the truth, even when everyone learned about it… even my parents.” Ren didn’t even think about the fact that Shido got away scot-free in their world. “It wasn’t all bad though. I met many great friends, and my brother. I wouldn’t change that for the world…” Despite Ren’s tone, he is smiling.

 

“I get that, nothing is more important than our lil’ bros.” Kotone says as the food arrives. 

 

“You’re the older sibling!?” Ren says in shock.

 

“Why does everyone say that? Is it really that surprising!?” Kotone blows on her ramen to cool it. “I’m older by a whole 10 minutes!”

 

“Does it even matter at that point?” Ren questions and blows on his own ramen.

 

“Of course it does! Especially since it makes me a day older. *Slurp*” The ramen is just as good as last time.

 

“Believe it or not, Morgana used to say he’s the older sibling.” Ren chuckles and slurps some ramen of his own.

 

“How did you meet Morgana exactly?” Kotone’s been wondering that forever now.

 

Ren’s expression saddens. “I actually met him locked up in a cell. The person who put him in there… did a lot to him.” Kamoshida! Ren dreads everytime that name pops into his head. “... I wish I could do more for him.”

 

Kotone remembers that Morgana said the exact same thing about Ren. “You’ve been doing plenty. He clearly cares about you a lot.”

 

“I know. My bro’s more loyal than a cult follower.” Ren comments with a grin, and Kotone laughs.

 

“He didn’t seem very loyal when threatening to spill the curry recipe.” Kotone’s suddenly really craving that curry. Wow, I'm fat.

 

“Remember that embarrassing secret we talked about? I actually made that up; he never had the intention of telling you all.” Ren loves seeing the look of betrayal on Kotone’s face.

 

“I’ve been played!” Kotone pouts and crosses her arms.

 

“Like a fiddle.” Ren adds with a chuckle. “That curry has a story behind it, and it isn’t our place to pass out the recipe to anyone.” Ren finishes his ramen in a big slurp. “Thanks for inviting me here, I finally found a restaurant that isn’t shit.”

 

“Hehe, glad I could be of service!” Kotone finishes her ramen, and the Fool social link reaches rank two.


4/28 Dark Hour     Waxing Crescent

 

The leaders decide to venture back into Tartarus tonight. The starting lineup is Makoto, Morgana, Yukari, and Junpei. “Everyone ready? Then let’s go.” Makoto commands as the team walks into the teleporter.

 

“Is this place ever gonna change appearance?” Yukari complains as they walk through the twelfth floor.

 

“Who knows?” Makoto stays focused on his surroundings as the team discusses.

 

“I hope we get some more lighting soon, it’s kinda hard to see me when I blend into the floor.” Morgana really misses his bus form at times like this.

 

“The struggles of the short man, can’t relate.” Junpei comments and smirks.

 

“That’s how it is Iori?” A mischievous grin appears on Morgana’s face. “Expect a ruder awakening next time you sleep in class.”

 

“Oh, sleeping in class, are we Iori?” Kirijo’s voice sends fear down his spine.

 

“Have mercy on my soul…” Junpei dramatically tilts his head down.

 

“*Chuckle* Pick on someone your own size next time Junpei.” Yukari joins the teasing train the second her opportunity arises.

 

“Shadow, get ready everyone.” Makoto bolts towards the shadow and ambushes it. The team gets right back to chatting once the fight is over.

 

“You ever feel bad for these shadows?” Yukari questions as she puts her bow back in its holster.

 

“It’s their fault for bein’ in our way.” Junpei clearly doesn’t.

 

“Stairs located, are we moving up, leader?” Morgana questions, eager to find more tough shadows.

 

“Sure are.” Makoto leads his team to the next floor.

 

“Is that…? There’s a rare shadow up ahead. Perhaps you can ambush it.” Kirijo suggests as the group sees a golden hand running away. “It tries to run away during fights, but the reward is well worth the risk of wasting SP.”

 

“We’re chasing after it, stay focused everyone.” Makoto leaves no room for discussion as he bolts ahead, and everyone silently follows. After a few seconds of chasing, Makoto successfully ambushes it.

 

“Search for a weakness.” Makoto commands and fires Bufu since none of the others have ice skills.

 

“Garu!” The shadow easily dodges Yukari’s wind.

 

“Should I go with Lucky Punch or test wind again?” Morgana looks towards the leader.

 

“Yukari can use wind again next time, try to knock it down.” Makoto appreciates someone actually asking the leader for advice.

 

“Mercurius!” The boxing glove makes its mark and knocks the shadow down. “Tear it apart!” Everyone runs in and destroys it before it gets the chance to run away. “Mission accomplished!” Morgana does his snazzy pose again, and the team feels the rush of experience that the golden hand gave them.

 

“Nice work.” Makoto compliments the team once the fight is over.

 

“I feel way stronger now! Those shadows better fear the might of Junpei Iori!” Iori boastfully praises himself.

 

“Oh brother…” Yukari sighs and places a hand on her face.

 

“Excellent work team, I’ll let you know if I scan any other rare shadows.” Kirijo’s voice puts everyone back on track.

 

“Follow me.” Makoto commands. The rest of this floor and the next one give the team no problems, but things are different on the 15th floor.

 

The shadow they are currently fighting transformed into three cupids. “Owww…” One of the arrows strikes Junpei.

 

“Iori is afflicted with charm, watch out!” Kirijo urgently says through her Persona.

 

“Hermes!” Iori’s Persona sends a fireball straight towards Morgana.

 

“Watch it!” Morgana sounds more annoyed than hurt, but he quickly heals the damage with Dia anyway.

 

“Junpei!?” Yukari shouts in surprise.

 

“The effect will be removed if you defeat the shadows!” Kirijo quickly informs the team.

 

“Hrahhh!” Iori charges towards Makoto with his sword, forcing Makoto to block the attack with his own.

 

“We gotta do this quickly!” Yukari shouts in panic. “Garu!” The attack does little damage.

 

“It’s weak to ice, but I’m a bit preoccupied.” Makoto pushes Junpei back, just for him to charge again.

 

“Sorry Iori, I have to do this.” Morgana fires Garu at Iori, knowing he’s weak to it. “Now’s your chance, Makoto!”

 

“Jack Frost!” Makoto fires Mabufu, knocking all the shadows down at once. “Take them down.” The three run in and make quick work of the enemies.

 

“Nrgh… what happened?” Iori rubs his head as he stands up.

 

“The enemy took control of you for a sec.” Yukari explains and casts Dia on his wounds.

 

“Since when could they do that!?” Iori shouts, mostly embarrassed.

 

“No hard feelings.” Makoto comments and starts moving once more. The team eventually reaches the 17th floor, where they find a new guard shadow and main teleporter. They decide to take a 5-minute break before challenging the shadow.

 

“Good work up there.” Sanada says as he sees them return.

 

“Thanks. Takaba and I will switch with Ren and Kotone when the break’s over.” Makoto states, and everyone takes a seat.

 

“Fightin’ the shadows is so badass!” Junpei excitedly cheers. “We’re like superheroes or something.”

 

“Superheros, huh? I haven’t really thought of it like that.” Yukari admits, surprisingly not making fun of him for it.

 

“Superheroes are lame.” Makoto blankly expresses his opinion.

 

“You’re lame.” Kotone immediately replies and pokes her brother, causing everyone to snicker.

 

“She’s right y’know. Heroes are awesome!” Morgana matches Junpei’s excitement.

 

“So I finally got you to admit you like Featherman?” Ren questions in victory.

 

“O-Of course I don’t like that kids' show!” Morgana tries to defend himself. “I-I just watched it to make Taba happy.” Sis…  Morgana thinks to himself as he looks downwards.

 

“Taba, who’s that?” Junpei, being the most oblivious to Ren and Morgana’s situation, asks that with zero tact.

 

“... She was our sister.” Ren quietly answers. 

 

“O-Oh, my bad.” Junpei instantly apologizes.

 

“It’s not your fault, I shouldn’t have brought her up…” Morgana hates worrying everyone more than he needs to. “Let’s just talk about something else.” 

 

After a relatively quiet discussion, the main team heads up to fight the guard shadow.


“This one looks strong. Make sure to guard if you need to.” Kirijo warns as the team challenges the guard shadow.

 

The fight is relatively straightforward, with Kotone utilizing Zio and Tarukaja, Ren employing Sukunda and Eiha, Morgana concentrating on Dia, and Junpei guarding or using Agi. After a few minutes, the fight is over.

 

“If I get knocked on my ass one more time…” Junpei semi-jokingly comments as the fight ends. 

 

“At least you weren’t stuck on babysitting duty… I had to heal you every other turn.” Morgana yawns at the amount of healing energy he used.

 

“Just you wait until your weakness is struck, it ain’t fun!” Junpei can’t really risk insulting his healer, so he settles for that. “What are you weak to anyway?”

 

“Electricity, I just hope it doesn’t puff my fur up too much…” Little do the others know that he’s speaking from experience.

 

“I’d personally love you to be more fluffy.” Ren slyly comments to embarrass Morgana.

 

“R-Ren!” Morgana pouts and crosses his arms, causing everyone present but him to laugh. “I miss the peace and quiet when you were down there.” That isn’t true, of course, but still.

 

“Sure ya do.” Ren knows he’s lying too. 

 

“A-Anyway, I’m runnin’ a bit low on SP.” Morgana quickly moves the topic. “How about everyone else?”

 

“I’m feelin’ good!” Junpei may be lying, but he at least seems energized.

 

“All good here.” Ren hasn’t been fighting for as long as Morgana today, so it makes sense.

 

“Takaba, are you energized enough to swap with Morgana?” Kotone asks, knowing she can hear her through Kirijo’s navigation.

 

“Yeah, I’ll be right there.” Yukari and Morgana make their way to the teleporters, and the new main team continues forward.


“There’s another rare shadow somewhere on this floor.” Kirijo tells the team.

 

“Neato, let’s knock some sense into it!” Kotone grins and scours the floor for the shadow. They find and ambush it after a few minutes.

 

“Everyone, throw shit at it until something works!” Kotone’s strategy works surprisingly well as Ren’s Eiha knocks the golden hand down.

 

“Show’s over.” Ren says his catchphrase as they receive the EXP from the enemy. “I like your gung-ho leading style.”

 

“I’ll admit it’s much more fun than Makoto’s.” Yukari comments, fully aware that he won’t care.

 

“Heck yeah! That’s been my strategy for years now.” Junpei easily admits.

 

“Looks like we’ve got the perfect squad here. M&M just don’t get it.” Kotone says with a smile.

 

“M&M?” Junpei confusedly questions. 

 

“Lil’ bros.” Kotone wants to test how oblivious Junpei really is.

 

“Uh…”

 

“Makoto and Morgana genius!” Yukari says, fed up with his stupidity. “That’s a cute nickname though.”

 

“They’re our lil’ M&M’s.” Ren laughs, and everyone else follows. Morgana and Makoto’s sighs can be heard through Kirijo’s navigation. “I’m getting scratched later for sure…”

 

“Totally worth it!” Kotone bubbly assures him. “Team gung-ho is a go! Move it people.”

 

Nothing of note happens until they reach floor 22. “This floor… There’s no mistaking it! We’ve reached the first border floor.” You know it’s something good when Kirijo sounds excited.

 

The floor contains a two-way teleporter and an old note. A barrier blocks the team from progressing further, so they return to the entrance. “Everyone’s got a tad bit of energy left, we could do some extra training or leave now.” Kotone reports as they return.

 

“We probably aren’t coming back for a while. If anyone wants to train, I’ll join you.” Makoto gets up and stretches.

 

“Sure.” Morgana does the same.

 

“I’m drained *Yawn* That’s all you guys.” Junpei shakily sits down.

 

“Same here, sorry.” Yukari quickly joins Junpei.

 

“I’ll come with you.” The whole reason Ren is here is to train, after all.

 

“It’s finally sibling dungeon-crawling night!” Kotone excitedly cheers. “I’ll grab the popcorn!”

 

“Your turn Makoto!” Morgana shifts his turn as he dodges an attack.

 

“Know your place!” Makoto’s Mabufu hits all ten enemies that surround them.

 

“I still don’t agree with this idea.” Kirijo sighs, knowing it’s too late now.

 

“To you Ren!” Makoto says as he shuffles through his Personas. “What better way to train?”

 

“Perish!” Arsene crackles and fires Maeiha, striking two of the enemy's weaknesses. “Finish it Kotone!”

 

“With pleasure, Pixie!” The Mazio hits the remaining weakness, putting all ten enemies on the floor. “Strike ‘em down!” With lightning speed, the four beat all the enemies to a pulp. “Your time is up!” Kotone cheers as everyone catches their breath.

 

“Impressive work guys.” Sanada complements.

 

“Don’t condone this recklessness, Akihiko.” Kirijo shuts him down immediately. “Especially when the reserve squad is too tired to help if something went wrong.”

 

“That’s what happens when you put two pairs of very competitive siblings in the same room.” Morgana comments and snickers. “And we WILL win the air hockey rematch!”

 

“Keep telling yourself that.” Makoto comments and actually smiles.

 

“So, we doin’ that again?” Kotone questions, having full confidence they’d win.

 

“No.” Kirijo strongly responds, and all four of them feel the temperature drop despite being nowhere near her.

 

“Looks like we’re going back to normal training, bummer.” Ren comments as the team starts moving again. After a bit more training, they return home for the night.


4/30 After School     Waxing Crescent

Ren and Junpei agreed to hang out at a nearby batting cage, which Morgana has no interest in. Makoto decides this is a good time to boost his social link. “Any bright ideas on where we’re going?” Morgana questions in Makoto’s overcrowded bag.

 

“I don’t know. What’s something you think we’d be evenly matched in?” Morgana seems to be good at pretty much everything, so Makoto’s interested in what he says.

 

“Well, I’m good at pretty much everything.” Morgana takes the words right out of Makoto’s mind. “Oh! Do you happen to be good at chess?”

 

Oh, Morgana has no idea who he just challenged. “Better than you, I’m sure.”

 

“Is that so?” Morgana’s excitement grows. “Don’t disappoint me!” 

 

In the dorm’s lounge, the competitors sit at opposite sides of the table. They look each other in the eyes as they finish setting up the board. 

 

“I’ll go first.” Morgana smirks and moves his first piece.

 

“Pawn e4? How original.” Makoto rolls his eyes and makes a just as unoriginal move.

 

“You literally played Pawn e5!” If Makoto’s strategy is to confuse the heck out of Morgana, he’s succeeding. “Let’s make this quick.” Morgana plays pawn f4, the King's Gambit. “Do you accept the gambit?”

 

“I do.” Makoto captures the pawn. 

 

“You’ve got more guts than Ren, that’s for sure.” Morgana comments and plays Knight f3.

 

“Is he any good at chess?” Makoto tries to distract Morgana, so he makes a careless mistake. He also plays Pawn d5.

 

“Yeah, he’s actually really good.” Morgana captures Makoto’s pawn with exd5. “Only bested by me, of course.”

 

“You’re even more competitive than me and sis.” Makoto comments and moves his bishop to d6.

 

“I’ll take that as a compliment.” Morgana picks up his Knight and places it on c3. “Your move.”

 

“I’m well aware.” Makoto puts his Knight into action as well with Knight e7.

 

“Planning to castle?” Morgana questions as he examines the board. “Time to push up then.” Morgana plays Pawn d4.

 

A normal person would change strategies after being called out, but Makoto Yuki is no normal person. “Right in one.” He says and castles.

 

“Gotta target that.” Morgana moves his bishop to f3, looking for a future check opportunity.

 

Makoto completes his defense with Knight d7, allowing him to cover most squares close to him. “By the way, how did you and Ren meet?” Makoto asks both out of genuine curiosity and to distract his opponent.

 

Morgana castles then explains. “He saved me from a cell; all I’ll say is that calling the person who trapped me there terrible would be way too generous.” Morgana is not going to explain Kamoshida or what he did, so that’s the answer Makoto is getting.

 

“Reminds me of sis.” Makoto genuinely comments and plays Pawn h6.

 

Morgana notices Makoto’s face looks genuinely upset for the first time; usually it just looks emotionless or slightly content. “That’s an oddly specific thing to remind you of something.” Morgana wonders if he’ll explain further and plays Knight e4.

 

“Maybe another day.” Makoto says, once he sees Morgana’s face. He also captures Morgana’s Pawn with Knight d5

 

“That’s fair, there’s a lot I haven’t told anyone about either.” You can’t exactly tell someone that you and your brother shot yourselves after everyone you’ve ever met died in front of you.

 

“Are you okay? You’re shaking.” Makoto’s words take Morgana out of his thoughts.

 

“Y-Yeah, just thinking about everything.” Morgana feels angry at himself for not getting more upset, but then he realizes that this must be exactly how Makoto feels every day. “You’re up.” Morgana says as he plays Pawn c4.

 

Makoto silently plays Knight e3, pinning Morgana’s Rook and Queen. 

 

Morgana captures the Knight with his Bishop, and Makoto’s Pawn captures the Bishop in turn. “Hey, uh… does what happened ever stop haunting you?” Morgana hopes the question wasn’t too personal. Morgana also plays Pawn c5.

 

“No.” Makoto immediately answers and retreats his Bishop to e7. 

 

“I don’t think I’ll ever fully recover from what happened.” Morgana’s Bishop does a retreating move of its own and goes to c2. “Every time I think I’m getting better, I wake up shaking from my nightmares… sometimes it feels like I’m still there… ” Morgana once again doesn’t elaborate what that means.

 

“I was like that for a long time.” Makoto quickly plays Rook e8, and the game moves further to completion in silence. Morgana eventually decides to speak up.

 

“Do you ever compare your relationship with Kotone to mine and Ren’s?” Morgana plays Bishop b3; victory is basically certain.

 

“All the time.” Makoto easily admits. “It almost feels like fate that we met.” Makoto plays Bishop e5, a fatal mistake.

 

“Fate, huh?” That puts Morgana into deep thought. What if this all WAS fate? “Maybe I should do a tarot reading later...” Morgana then plays Knight captures e5. “Check.”

 

“I shouldn’t be surprised you know tarot.” Makoto attempts to hide his King with King h7.

 

“And that’s the game! Checkmate!” Morgana cheers and moves his Queen to e4. “Do you know tarot too?”

 

“I’ve had interest in it.” Makoto isn’t technically lying, but isn’t telling the full truth either. 

 

“Do you want a reading?” Morgana questions, honestly very curious about what he’ll find.

 

“Nah, I don’t need that hanging over my life.” Makoto quickly comments, earning a saddened expression from Morgana.

 

“That makes sense. I haven’t given myself a reading in a while either. I’m too scared to find out what it shows me.” Morgana starts to wonder just how far his and Makoto’s similarities go.

 

“You know, this is the first chess game I’ve ever lost.” Makoto admits, actually happy about the result.

 

“Really!? Well, I’m happy to be the first.” Morgana was not expecting that. “I think you’re slightly better than Ren; you two should play together sometime.”

 

“Nah, it doesn’t count if I don’t beat the best.” Makoto means it too.

 

“Then we should make this a regular thing, maybe without the depressing stuff next time.” Despite Morgana’s words, he can’t help but laugh. Makoto’s mouth curves into a slight smile as well, and the Magician social link reaches rank two. “Let’s make a deal, whoever loses the next game reveals something about their story.” Morgana doesn’t really feel ready for that, but he can at least say small stuff.

 

“Sounds like a deal.” Makoto just has to make sure to win next time.


5/1 After School     First Quarter

 

“Hey, didja hear? Sanada’s gettin’ checked up at the hospital today.” A huge grin then appears on Junpei’s face. “And guess who he asked to bring him something? You guessed it, Junpei Iori!”

 

“He only asked you ‘cause you don’t have anything better to do after school.” Yukari says the second she joins the conversation.

 

“H-Hey, I resent that!” Junepi immediately defends himself.

 

“Should I come with you to make sure there’s no trouble?” Morgana is happy that the teasing is a group effort this time.

 

“Can someone in the peanut gallery give a guy some support?” Junpei asks, and receives silence in response. “Oh, that’s cold.”

 

“*Chuckle* What does Sanada want you to bring?” Kotone questions.

 

“The class roster for 2-E.” Junpei then pulls out said roster.

 

“What’s he want that for? Got a hot date or something?” Ren sarcastically questions.

 

“Somehow I doubt it.” Makoto doesn’t see Sanada as the type who wants a relationship.

 

“His only love is that boxing glove, I swear he’s polishing it every time I look his way.” Morgana’s been meaning to comment on that for a while.

 

“I guess there’s only one way to find out, lead the way Junpei.” Kotone jumps out of her seat.

 

“W-Wait a minute… it was me he asked…” Junpei scratches the back of his neck.

 

“That sucks.” Makoto stands up as well. 

 

“Fine, I guess you can come…” The group makes their way to the hospital, but Sanada isn’t the one in his room.

 

“Is Sanada in here?” Makoto doesn’t at all seem concerned by his appearance.   

 

“...” The visitor simply looks their way.

 

“What are all of you doing here?” Sanada says as he walks in, he wasn’t expecting a whole crowd to show up.

 

“To check up on you dummy.” Kotone chuckles.

 

“You seem to be fine.” Ren knows how a broken rib heals from experience.

 

“That’s because I was just here for a checkup.” Sanada sounds more annoyed than anything.

 

“We done here Aki?” The visitor impatiently says.

 

“Yeah, uh, thanks.” Sanada stands a bit taller while talking to the visitor.

 

“Tch… I don’t have time for this shit.” The visitor shakes his head and walks straight past everyone and out the door.

 

“Wh-Who was that?” Junpei seems to be the only one shaken by him.

 

“A friend from school… Sort of.” Sanada puts his hand on his hip. “Hey Junpei, did you bring what I asked?”

 

“‘Course I did.” Junpei reaches into his bag and grabs the roster.

 

“Thanks. Let’s get going; I’ve wasted enough time already. I need to get back to my training.” Sanada cracks his knuckles.

 

“By the way, Senpai, why boxing?” Yukari questions with genuine interest.

 

“I just wanted to learn how to fight with my bare hands. I know what it’s like to feel powerless… I don’t want to feel that way ever again.” Sanada’s head tilts down. Ren and Morgana know exactly what feeling powerless feels like after what happened, and they tilt their heads down too.


5/2 Dark Hour     First Quarter

 

“Hehe.” The mysterious boy wakes the twins up from their sleep again.

 

“You again?”     

“Most of my stalkers give up by now.”

 

“It’s been a while.”          

“I’m always by your side.”

 

“One week from now, there’ll be a full moon… Be careful. A new hardship is coming…”

 

“Hardship?”                    

“Just what I wanted to hear.”

 

“On that day, you’ll face a great challenge. You need to be prepared, but your time is limited. I’m sure you’re aware of that, though.” The boy says his piece and leaves.

 

Fam: Emo, Not Emo

 

Emo: Creepy guy?

 

Not Emo: Creepy guy.

 

Emo: Did he say something about the next full moon?

 

Not Emo: Yeah, somethin’ ‘bout a “great challenge” too.

 

Emo: Can we trust him?

 

Not Emo: Can you do something besides ask a question?

 

Emo: Can I?

 

Not Emo: Guess not. Anyway, I think we should go to Tartarus.

 

Emo: Should we?

 

Not Emo: … 


5/3 Daytime             First Quarter

 

“Mornin’ Mona.” Ren rubs his eyes awake and picks Morgana up off his chest. “You’re getting fat.”

 

“Wha- Hey!” Morgana lightly slaps Ren with his paw. “Says the guy who did all three big bang challenges in one sitting just for fun.” Morgana still has no clue how that’s even possible. 

 

“Heh, you got me there.” Ren suddenly wishes Wilduck Burger wasn’t the only burger place around. “That’s when Momgana was born.”

 

“*Snicker* Someone had to keep your sick butt in bed.” Morgana pokes Ren’s face. “That reminds me though, the Captain Badge gave a bonus 50 HP, right? Why aren’t we using our accessories?”

 

“Weren’t you the one who said we shouldn’t be way more powerful than the others?” Ren questions, but does have interest in what Morgana is saying.

 

“I’m not saying we should equip Megidolaon, maybe just a bonus 20 SP or something?” Morgana walks over to the accessory box and opens it to explore the catalog. “I do miss throwin’ Megidolaons at shadows though.”

 

“It was very therapeutic.” Ren quickly agrees. “Will our accessories even work here?”

 

“Who knows?” Morgana does the best shrug a cat's body can. “Makoto said Kurosawa was selling weird rings though, so I think they will.”

 

“I guess there’s only one way to find out.” Ren joins Morgana, looking at the box. “We’ll use bonus 20 HP accessories as a test.” Ren grabs said accessories and puts them in his pocket.

 

“Now, what say we fatasses get some sushi? It’s been a while.” Morgana comments, then laughs.

 

Ren joins in the laughter. “Sounds like a plan, just don’t crush me in my sleep. Remember that time you accidentally rolled onto my face?”

 

“Hehe, of course. You trapped me in hug purgatory for a week to make sure it didn’t happen again.” Morgana then gives Ren a look. “Though that wasn’t the real reason.”

 

“Can you blame me? You’re so fluffy!” Ren squeals out of character.

 

“Urgh… you should feel lucky I don’t take your petting privileges away.” Morgana enters Momgana mode.

 

“Y’know it’s ‘cause you like me petting you.” Ren replies with a smirk.

 

“L-Let’s just go already.” The duo heads out to look for the nearest Sushi place.


Lunch Time

 

“All is forgiven once you put Sushi in front of me.” Morgana slams his head straight into the fatty tuna. “Remember when you tried teaching me how to make sushi? It was a disaster.”

 

“*Chuckle* You can’t cut a fish to save your life.” Both Ren and Morgana are happy to be reminiscing on the good memories.

 

“Give me two to three business days and I’ll cut the fish masterfully!” Morgana hasn’t laughed this much in a long time. It’s been a while since he and Ren hung out with just each other.

 

“Y’know, I always forget that it’s 2009 right now.” Ren doesn’t even have a phone anymore since his old one got destroyed from Yaldabaoth’s attack. I should probably get one already.

 

“It is pretty weird.” Morgana takes a huge bite. “I’m pretty sure this is the journey Lady Elizabeth helped with.”

 

“Elizabeth? Is that one of the attendants?” Ren questions.

 

“Yeah, I remember her from a little bit after I was created. She only stopped by the Velvet Room briefly to introduce herself to me though, so I don’t know any details about what will happen.” Morgana licks the fish off his paws. “The only reason I think this is her journey is because she said it happened in 2009.”

 

“What does an attendant do after their journey?” Ren finds himself fascinated by this whole Velvet Room system.

 

“I don’t know to be honest. Probably just waits forever until their services are required again.” Morgana suddenly looks downwards. “I don’t know what my fate would be though… my Master died in that world… Does this Igor know about me?”

 

That’s something Ren has never considered. “I don’t know, but I don’t think he would’ve forced you to stay in the Velvet Room forever if you didn’t want to.”

 

“I think so as well, he wasn’t careless in my creation.” Morgana officially feels the extra pounds after his meal. “My eating is proof of that; the attendants don’t have to eat like I do.”

 

“I wish you didn’t have to eat, my wallet would be a lot happier.” Ren jokes and smiles.

 

“I’m paying for my own food, stop your whining.” Morgana jokes back. “The whole reason I take some of the profits is so you don’t spoil me with stuff.”

 

“It’s not spoiling you if you deserve it.” Ren scratches Morgana behind the ear.

 

“Hey, if you're offering to pay the whole bill, I won’t stop you.” Both Morgana and Ren look towards the price written on the receipt.

 

“On second thought, we’ll both pay.” The two burst out laughing and pay for their food.


Dark Hour

 

“We’re going to get as much training in as possible today.” Makoto announces after selecting the first main team of Ren, Morgana, and Junpei. “Oh, and this is for winning the chess match.” Makoto hands Morgana a new scimitar from Kurosawa’s shop.

 

“Alright, team dudes!” Morgana cheers as he takes the weapon. He also realizes that the accessories still work here. “We’ve got a team name for almost every combination at this point.”

 

“Wait a sec, you beat bro at chess!? I’ve been trying for years! Years I tell you!” Kotone stomps the ground like an infant.

 

“Mwehehehe! Looks like I have a new prodigy.” Morgana rubs his paws together like a cartoon villain.   

 

“This is a very sad squad.” Junepi pouts at the prospect of guys' night. “Oh, any of you got your eye on someone?”

 

“How about we save that talk for when Kirijo isn’t hearing everything we say?” Ren adds for Junpei’s sake.

 

“It’s okay to tell them no Ren.” Morgana immediately replies. “You couldn’t get a girlfriend despite the world's best attempts.”

 

“Damn Mona. You’ve really been a younger sibling recently.” Ren teases as if that were a slur.

 

“What’s that supposed to mean!?” Morgana pouts and crosses his arms. “I only speak the truth!” He adds and laughs.

 

“This team was a mistake…” Makoto whispers where only Kotone can hear him.

 

“Good luck!” Kotone waves and giggles as the main team enters the teleporter and goes to floor 11.

 

“These enemies are weak, but don’t do anything stupid.” Makoto adjusts his collar and walks forwards.

 

“Shouldn’t ‘ave brought me if that is the goal.” Junpei laughs at himself. 

 

“Hey, don’t call yourself stupid.” Morgana has learned that lesson.

 

“Just you wait until our exam scores are posted across the entire school… Hermes!” Junpei’s fireball melts the shadow in one hit.

 

“Perhaps a study session shall soon be arranged.” Kirijo says to everyone’s dismay once the fight finishes.

 

“First no ladies, then this?” Junpei sighs but accepts his fate.

 

“If that’s the most of your problems, consider yourself lucky.” Makoto leaps forwards and ambushes another shadow. “Zio! You’re up Morgana.”

 

“Just what I wanted to hear!” Morgana shouts as his Garu knocks the other shadow down. “This’ll end it!” The group all out attacks and moves on with their lives.

 

“I’ve been told my coffee increases studying proficiency by at least 30%.” Ren’s definitely been told the truth as well.

 

“Well, if it’s an excuse for some coffee, I guess studyin’ won’t be so bad.” Junpei fully plans to get no studying actually done, but still.

 

“One time, Ren forced me to do his homework or he’d ban me from coffee for a week. Can you believe this injustice!?” Morgana pretends to be distraught.

 

“Don’t twist the story, you spilt coffee on it when I nearly completed it the first time, so I had to get another copy the day before it was due.” Ren will never forget the hours wasted… 

 

“Did the school not notice the change in handwriting?” Kirijo is suddenly concerned for the Japanese education system.

 

“I did all the work on a separate paper and Ren copied it from there, it was honestly pretty easy so I don’t know why he’s complaining.” Morgana prides himself on being half the reason Ren’s top of his class.

 

“Of course you’re good in school.” Makoto comments, not surprised in the slightest. “What’s something you really suck at?”

 

“Drawing.” Morgana immediately admits. “I was so bad, my art friend used my piece as a tissue.”

 

“Hahaha! God, that was funny.” Ren can’t hold in his laughter. “It was my phone wallpaper for a month.”

 

“Don’t remind me…” Morgana suddenly wishes he hadn’t admitted that so quickly. “Ren said it was the worst thing his eyes ever had the displeasure of seeing.”

 

“That’s hysterical!” Junpei joins in the laughing. “Can you show us sometime?”

 

“NO!” Morgana yells a bit too loudly. “I-I mean, nah.” 

 

“Nice save.” Makoto’s mouth curves into a smile. “We’re heading up the stairs.”

 

“A rare shadow is on this floor.” Kirijo reports once they make it there.

 

“Then our objective is clear.” Makoto draws his evoker in preparation and walks forward.

 

“I miss operation gung-ho is a go…” Ren wines and follows Makoto.

 

Morgana’s Lucky Punch really is a godsend for these fights as the golden hand falls to the floor. “The end!”

 

“How many quotes you got!?” Junpei questions as the wave of EXP courses through them.

 

“All of them!” Morgana crackles like a weirdo.

 

After they make it back to the 22nd floor, the group heads back down and tries the first team of three to let the others rest, that team being Makoto, Kotone, and Yukari.


“It sucks we don’t get to be on the same team often.” Kotone honestly admits as they head back to floor 11.

 

“Yeah, it’s a real travesty.” Makoto sarcastically replies.

 

“Oh, come on. You know you miss your sis.” Kotone lightly punches Makoto’s shoulder.

 

“Don’t make me regret that.” Makoto forms a smile and lightly punches her back.

 

Yukari feels pretty outta place next to the twins; she’d even take Junpei on the team right now to have someone to talk to. “Shadow spotted.” She informs the team as she looks around the corner.

 

“Aye-aye, let’s take ‘em down!” Kotone runs towards the shadow and smacks it right in the back of its head. “Bye!” She waves and smacks it across the face again, killing it instantly.

 

“This barely counts as training.” Makoto sighs as they continue walking. “I could be asleep right now.”

 

“Don’t be such a baby.” Kotone teases. “Just think of it as sibling bonding.”

 

“I’d rather sleep.” Makoto immediately replies, and Kotone slaps him across the face. “Oww…”

 

“Hehe, like Ren said, “No wraith like a woman’s wrath.” Kotone quotes and walks by before Makoto has the chance to get payback.

 

“I’m taking the last cookie.” Makoto blankly states.

 

“Wha- No you aren’t!” Kotone sounds genuinely offended at his statement. “You’ve already taken most of them!”

 

“Then what’s one more?” Makoto questions while eyeing his sister. 

 

“Meanie.”

 

“Says you.”

 

The jealous feeling creeps back into Yukari while watching the siblings dispute. She knows it’s unfair to them, but still. “*Sigh*”

 

“You okay, Takaba?” Kotone questions, kinda forgetting that she’s even here.

 

“H-Huh? Yeah, no worries.” Yukari wasn’t expecting to be called out so quickly. “The stairs are up ahead.”

 

After some more climbing, the shadows finally put up some what of a fight. “Your turn Takaba!” Makoto’s just knocked down the middle shadow.

 

“Come, Io!” Yukari always forgets how good the power boost feels until it happens. “Blow ‘em away!” Yukari has finally unlocked Magaru, and the attack knocks down all three remaining enemies. “There you have it!” 

 

“Nice work.” Makoto compliments, then continues walking. “We’re almost to the 22nd floor.” 

 

After a few more fights, they make it to said floor and return to the entrance.

 

“Alright, everyone not named Makoto has used about half of their SP, so we’ll each take one more trip through Tarturus.” Kotone reports, and everyone groans. “Two of you will come this time and the other two will join me and Makoto for the final trip. Which of you wants to sit out the first go-through?”

 

“I can.” Ren volunteers since he’s currently eating a snack he brought.

 

“This is the same guy who called me fat this morning…” Morgana shakes his head in disbelief. “I’m down for team siblings though.”

 

“Looks like Junpei Iori is joinin’ the party!” Junpei says as he stands up.

 

Remember when Yukari said she’d even take Junpei? She takes that back. “Alright, let’s go.”


“There’s a rare shadow on this floor, it may be hard to defeat in time with just three of you though.” Kirijo doesn’t boost their confidence in the slightest.

 

“Meh, I’ve faced way worse odds. Let’s mosey on outta here!” Kotone does want to save her SP for sibling squad training, but that EXP is too much to pass up.

 

“Alright! That hand ain’t gonna know what hit ‘em!” Junpei raises his fist into the air.

 

“Save the cheering for when we actually beat it.” Yukari grabs her evoker, ready to initiate operation gung-ho is a go at a moments notice.

 

“Yeah, yeah.” Junpei’s enthusiasm falters. “You’re such a buzzkill sometimes.”

 

“Someone needs to keep you in check.” Yukari retorts and follows Kotone.

 

“I’m not some little kid.” Junpei softly retorts.

 

“Sure act like one.” Yukari shakes her head.

 

“Break it up ladies!” Kotone’s command silences the two. “This is war! We’ve got no time for bickerin’!” 

 

Both Yukari and Junpei are taken aback by war general Kotone. “Okay…?” The two say in sync.

 

“Good, now let’s dance!” Kotone cheers as the golden hand appears in her gaze. “Y’know what to do!”

 

“Persona!” The three shout in unison as wind, fire, and ice attack the hand at once, none of them causing the hand to fall down though.

 

“Why’s it just staring at us like that!?” Junpei complains as the hand continues to stare at him. “Make a move!”

 

Junepi seems to have jinxed it as the hand quickly runs away. “Good going Junpei.” Yukari complains as everyone puts their evokers back in their holsters.    

 

“What a coward!” Kotone complains and crosses her arms. “Give me 5 push-ups now!” Kotone commands and points towards Junpei.

 

“H-Huh? Now!?” Junpei is once again taken aback.

 

“You heard me, drop down!” Kotone starts laughing as Junpei actually does it.

 

“... And 5!” Junpei cheers as he gets back up. “Never knew how dirty the floor was here until now.”

 

“One word from a woman and Junpei moves.” Yukari says with zero shock in her voice.

 

“Your turn Takaba!” Kotone then points towards her.

 

“Wha-!?” Why didn’t Yukari see this coming?

 

“Haha, what goes around comes around!” Junpei is very pleased by this turn of events. “You’re not going to back out, are you?”

 

“As if!” Yukari accepts her fate and does the 5 push-ups.

 

“Wow, your form sucks.” Junpei easily admits as she finishes.

 

“Oh shut it.” Yukari wipes the dirtiness off her hands with Junpei’s shirt.

 

“Now march soldiers!” Kotone starts walking away while lifting her knees high. “No time to waste!”

 

After what feels like forever, they return to the entrance. “That was certainly something…” Yukari admits as she takes a seat.

 

“I now prefer Makoto’s leadin’.” Junpei sighs and takes a seat as well. “And that’s sayin’ something.”

 

“I’m honored.” Makoto lies as he stands up and walks to the teleporter.


“These readings!? There appear to be multiple rare shadows on this floor!” Kirijo hasn’t seen this before.

 

“We’ve got the perfect squad for it too!” Kotone cheers as she already spots one. “Don’t let ‘em escape!”

 

“One’s running to the left! We won’t catch them all at this rate!” Morgana reports as everyone runs as fast as they can.

 

“Let’s split up, with me Morgana!” Makoto makes a sharp left, and Morgana follows immediately.

 

“Group up this instant!” Kirijo makes her disapproval very apparent. “That is very reckless!”

 

“It’s a bit late now, let’s not lose to the M&Ms Kotone!” Ren and Kotone share a wide grin as they chase their hand.

 

“Hehe, I’d never live it down!” Kotone picks up the pace.


“Get back here!” Morgana really wishes he had his slingshot right about now. “Any dead ends coming up Kirijo!?”

 

“Makoto’s team, take a right!” Kirijo decides she might as well make the best of their stupidity.

 

“Got it.” Makoto weaves past one of the many shadows chasing them and continues the main chase. “Now’s our chance!” He slashes the shadow with his sword, but reinforcements arrive.

 

“Mwehehehe, this should be fun! Mercurius!” Morgana’s wind hits 14 of the 17 enemies, knocking 5 down.

 

“Kotone’s team, continue straight!” Kirijo confirms to Morgana and Makoto that they are ahead.

 

“Seven of them are weak to electricity!” Kirijo quickly reports as Makoto switches his mask.

 

“Omoikane!” The lighting knocks down all seven of them, and even the golden hand as a bonus. “Vacuume Slash!” The physical attack does big damage across the board.

 

“They’re getting ready to attack on Makoto’s side. Be careful!” Kirijo’s warning comes just in time as Morgana ducks under an ice ball.

 

“Whoa! Let’s split their attention! I’m heading south!” Morgana quickly makes a game plan and weaves through the onslaught of elements and shadows, not without some injuries though. “Dia!”

 

“Copy!” Makoto doesn’t have time to disagree, not that he would anyway. “Maragi!”

 

“Five weak to bless on Kotone’s side!” Kirijo is fully focused. 

 

“Three weak to wind over here!” Makoto’s starting to regret fusing his angel away.

 

“Firing now! Guard!” Morgana sends a huge wave of wind across the battlefield, hitting everyone and thing in its way. “Golden hand is officially gone!” He then reports.

 

“Use Fire on Kotone’s side!” Kirijo’s stress seems to be lessening.

 

“Only two left over here, how about you!?” Makoto is officially out of SP, so he charges forward with his sword.

 

“Four more, two of them are resistant to wind! Need any heals!?” Morgana pierces through one of the shadows and quickly evades the follow-up attack.

 

“I could use a patch up, heading there now!” Makoto finally finishes the fight on his side.

 

“Copy, I’m on route!” Makoto suddenly feels a wave of healing as Morgana enters his vision. “That was all the SP I had left!”

 

“Then let’s take them down the old-fashioned way!” Makoto and Morgana enter their regular battle stances. After a few more slashes with their swords, the fight finally ends. 


“For having no legs, it’s pretty damn fast!” Kotone says as she and Ren give chase.

 

“Makoto’s team, take a right!” Kirijo decides she might as well make the best of their stupidity.

 

“Look at ‘em already needing help.” Ren comments while trying to shake off the incoming enemies.

 

“You say that like we aren’t running in circles. Care to grace us with your wisdom Kirijo?” Kotone’s really hoping the answer is yes.

 

“Kotone’s team, continue straight!” Kirijo quickly comes to their aid. “Seven of them are weak to electricity!”

 

“Seven? What kinda mess did they get themselves into?” Ren questions with worry in his voice.

 

“Nothing good, I’m sure.” Kotone finally reaches the enemy and ambushes it. “Strike ‘em down!” Kotone’s Bash does decent damage to the shadow.

 

“They’re getting ready to attack on Makoto’s side. Be careful!” Kirijo’s voice is filled with focus.

 

“Looks like we got company!” Ren shouts as the enemies chasing them catch up. “Maeiha!” The curse attack knocks 5 of the 13 enemies down. “Show ‘em what you’ve got Kotone!”

 

“Five weak to bless on Kotone’s side!” Kirijo informs them.

 

“I thought you’d never ask! Makouha!” With ten enemies down, Kotone uses Vacuum Wave to damage all of them.

 

“On your left!” Ren shouts and intercepts a shadow with Eiha. 

 

“Thanks, hope you're not expecting a kiss for it.” Kotone slyly smirks.

 

“There goes my night’s plans.” Ren jokingly replies back.

 

“Use Fire on Kotone’s side!” Kirijo’s stress seems to be lessening.

 

“Got it, Maragi!” Kotone is very pleased that she’s not commenting on her and Ren’s previous statements where their brothers can hear. “I’m outta SP!”

 

“Then let’s make this quick, Arsene!” Another Maeiha finishes most of the enemies, including the gold hand. “I’m out too, let’s just smack some sense into them!”

 

“I like that plan!” The two grin and slash towards the shadows until they’re no more.


“*Pant* *Pant*” All four of them are completely exhausted after the battles, but they shakily walk to meet with each other.

 

“What the hell were you all thinking!?” Kirijo’s voice pierces their ears and sends chills down their spines. “You’d best return right now, lest you wish to be executed!” 

 

The group’s gulps can be heard as they reluctantly follow her commands. “...” No one dares to say a word as they see Kirijo waiting in front of the teleporter for them. Junpei, Yukari, and Sanada are completely silent as well. The room’s temperature is several degrees below usual.

 

“That was beyond careless of you four.” Kirijo’s voice is cold and calculated. “Explain yourselves.”

 

“It was my idea.” Makoto quickly defends his team.

 

“Yes. But Morgana followed you without question, and the others made no attempt to stop it.” Kirjio only got angrier if anything. “I will not hear your excuses.” Kirijo then slaps Ren, Makoto, and Kotone. “Morgana.”

 

“Y-Yeah?” Morgana’s eyes widen.

 

“Get on Ren’s shoulder so I don’t need to kneel.” Kirijo demands.

 

“U-Understood.” The second he gets there, Kirijo slaps him too. 

 

“*Snicker*”

 

“Is something funny Iori?” Kirijo’s gaze shifts to him.

 

“N-No ma’am! I swear!” Junpei quickly replies and shakes his head violently.

 

Kirijo’s gaze returns to the four idiots. “You four will no longer be allowed on the same team at once until you prove you’ve learned your lesson.” Kirijo states, and no one dares to argue. “We’ll be leaving now.”  


5/4 After Dark Hour       Waxing Gibbous

 

Post Traumatic Slap Disorder - Renny, Momgana, Emo, Not Emo

 

Not Emo: Welcome to the sibling squad chat! Since Momsuru put us in timeout.

 

Momgana: Momsuru!? You’ll be executed if she ever finds out.

 

Not Emo: You’re all my accomplices. If I go down you’re comin’ with me.

 

Emo: Morgana has a phone?

 

Momgana: Nah, I’ve got a laptop though. Bought with my own money.

 

Renny: I had him work in the mines for it.

 

Emo: Fair.

 

Momgana: Whadda mean fair!? 

 

Emo: I mean it’s fair.

 

Not Emo: Agreed.

 

Momgana: Glad to see you guys have my back.

 

Renny: They’re actually saying they don’t.

 

Momgana: I’m aware! Ever heard of sarcasm?

 

Renny: Nope.

 

Emo: Nope.

 

Not Emo: Nope.

 

Momgana: This group chat was a mistake…

 

Not Emo: On to the important stuff… Air hockey rematch later today?

 

Renny: Sounds good.

 

Emo: Sure.

 

Momgana: Y’know it!


Daytime

 

The four players have once again gathered at the arcade. Junpei, Yukari, and Sanada all showed up to spectate the game, and Kirijo is here to make sure they don’t do anything stupid. Junpei gives the opening ceremony. “In the blue corner, Ren and Morgana! Quite a dynamic duo, wouldn’t you agree?” Junpei pretends to hold a microphone in front of Yukari.

 

“H-Huh? I never agreed to this!” Yukari should be used to Junpei’s antics by now.

 

“An interesting opinion Yukari! With their speed and tactics, defeating them shall be no easy feat!” Junpei doesn’t slow down for a second. “In the red corner, Makoto and Kotone! What do you have to say about the reigning champions?” He then pretends to hold a microphone in front of Sanada.

 

“Uh…”

 

“What wise words! I can’t wait to see how this match fares.” Junpei’s announcing has gathered a crowd, many of them remembering the four players from last time. “Are the players ready?”

 

The four players nod. “How about the crowd? Who’s ready to watch a blood-pumping, relentless, unimaginable match!” Junpei actually manages to get the crowd to cheer. “Then let’s beeeeginnnn!”

 

Time seems to halt for the players as Ren makes the first attack, Makoto analyzes the whole table in the time it takes the puck to reach him. The puck flies back to the blue corner, but Morgana quickly intercepts and strikes the puck against the right wall. Kotone is ready for this strategy from last time though, and her counterattack flies at an incredible pace.

 

10 Minutes Later

 

The arcade is completely silent as the game progresses. Ren sees Makoto moving the hair out of his eyes and strikes, but Makoto reacts in time regardless. He knows that the opposing team wins in tactics, so his and Kotone’s brute force must be enough to take the championship. He strikes so fast that only someone with cat-like reflexes could react in time. Luckily, Morgana has that in spades.

 

30 Minutes Later

 

“Thirty minutes and counting! Who shall be the victor?” Junpei continues his commentary as the game progresses. “Let’s ask this young gentleman from the crowd, what do you think?”

 

“Huh?”

 

“What a beautiful message, I shall never forget your words!” It’s honestly a miracle Junpei hasn’t been kicked out yet.

 

55 Minutes Later

 

Both teams are still giving it their all. If Ren and Morgana lose, they lose the whole tournament. “I’m on the edge of my seat here! Has our opinion on the outcome changed as the game continues?” Junpei holds the fake microphone to Kirijo, and pulls away after she gives him a glare.

 

70 Minutes Later

 

The players are starting to get exhausted, one wrong move means defeat once again. Looks like it’s time for the forbidden strategy. “Ren thinks Kotone is hot!!”

 

“Huh!?” Ren, Makoto, and Kotone say in sync *Beep* The scoreboard reads 0-1, and the crowd erupts into cheering.

 

“And that’s the game folks! What a nailbiter it was!” Junpei starts clapping like a child.

 

“That’s cheating!” Kotone complains in outrage. 

 

“Mwehehehe! Victory tastes so sweet!” Morgana winks towards his competition before hopping on Ren’s shoulder.

 

“Can’t even be mad.” Makoto is honestly impressed.

 

“Not even I was expecting that.” Ren admits and gives Morgana pets. 

 

“That was a great game everyone.” Sanada compliments the players as the crowd disperses.

 

“Seriously, who knew Air Hockey could get so competitive?” Yukari admits in amazement.   

 

“I must acknowledge your skills as well.” Kirijo speaks up for the first time, and Makoto’s SEES confidant reaches rank 3. “This is a much better way to test yourselves.”

 

“So… we’re forgiven?” Ren asks with hope.

 

“No.” Kirijo immediately shuts him down. “In fact, I believe the storage room could use a good cleaning.”


Evening

 

“And done…” Ren sighs as they shove the last box back into the closet.

 

“I haven’t lifted this much in forever…” Morgana’s back is killing him. “It’s a good thing my arms and legs are much stronger than a regular cat’s.”

 

“I still can’t believe four teenagers are actually getting chores from another teenager.” Kotone stretches her arms. “We aren’t even getting paid for it!”

 

“If you want to take it up with Kirijo, by all means.” Makoto knows a losing battle when he sees one.

 

“Nah, I still got stuff to live for.” Kotone comments and laughs. “And what are you lookin’ at Junpei?”

 

“*Chuckle* Sorry, you gotta admit this is funny.” Junpei’s been playing a video game in the room for the past two hours.

 

“My back disagrees…” Morgana lies on the chair now that the task is complete. “I could use a coffee right about now.” Morgana’s gaze turns to Ren.

 

“More labor…? I can’t say no to you though.” Ren places Morgana on his shoulder. “Anyone else?” The other three people present ask for coffee, so the group heads down to make them.

 

“The mission is complete, Kirijo. Would you like some coffee?” Ren asks to bring her opinion up.

 

“No thank you. I’d like some tea if you don’t mind though.” Kirijo doesn’t exactly care if they mind.

 

“Looks like it’s my time to shine. I’ll make this cup much better than my last.” Morgana promises, then gets to work.

 

“I didn’t know you made her tea before.” Ren comments as he prepares the first coffee.

 

“It was quite a bit ago, I’m glad to have a fellow tea connoisseur in this dorm.” Morgana replies and makes sure to stir it enough this time. “Still don’t know why she wants mine when hers was way better.”

 

“I simply wish to see how much it’s improved since then.” Kirijo replies from the lounge. “Your cup wasn’t too far behind my own.”

 

“It must’ve been pretty good if she’s choosing it over my coffee.” Ren compliments and walks towards the table.

 

“Maybe we should open a coffee and tea shop, see which is more popular.” Morgana carefully walks down the steps he prepared with Kirijo’s tea in hand. “Here ya go.” He successfully hands her the tea without spilling any.

 

“I’ll never get used to seeing him walk on his hind legs.” Makoto whispers to Kotone, causing her to giggle.

 

Kirijo takes a sip and takes in the flavor. “This is very good. Great work.”

 

“T-Thank you.” Morgana accepts the praise and smiles. 

 

With Kirijo’s opinion slowly being restored, the crew drinks their drinks and turns in for the night.

Notes:

The gang has reached their first of many border floors; if only they knew how many more were ahead of them. Since writing fights is not my strong suit, Tartarus will mostly be conversations that I thought of in the shower or something. I think I made Tartarus pretty fun in this story. Makoto and Kotone have begun creating social links with their fellow teammates. Only the members of SEES and Pharos will have written out social links in this story, though it is implied that the twins do the other social links as well. Next time, the group will be facing the first of many full moon shadows, though like Lavenza said previously, the fights are much harder in this world.

Chapter 3: Full Moon Full Life

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

5/9 Afterschool Full Moon

 

“Me and bro are holding movie day at the dorm, and we humbly invite all of you!” Kotone’s real reason is because of mysterious kid’s warning, but movie day does sound nice. “And by invite, we mean it’s a requirement.”

 

“Sounds fun!” Junpei is immediately on board. “What are we watchin’?”

 

“We’ll have a vote.” Makoto answers with little interest. “Let’s head back now.”

 

The team eventually decides to go on a Yakuza movie marathon to Yukari’s dismay. “D-Do we really have to watch these?”

 

“What, you scared or somethin’?” Junpei grabs a handful of popcorn and shoves it in his mouth.

 

“O-Of course not!” Yukari argues and takes a seat. 

 

“Luckily, I’ve got my emotional support bro available for hugging anytime.” Ren brags as he pets Morgana, who is currently lying on his lap.

 

“I wish my bro was friend-shaped.” Kotone teases and wraps an arm around Makoto. Makoto doesn’t answer, but forms a smile.

 

“Just don’t squeeze me too hard this time. We don’t want movie day ending prematurely again because my popcorn came back up.” Morgana shudders at the memory.

 

“TMI dude.” Junpei suddenly stops grabbing the popcorn. “Now let’s do this!”

 

By the time it hits midnight, everyone watching the movies is fast asleep. 



“Hrm…” Kirijo and Sanada are currently in the command room. Kirijo is scanning for shadow activity.

 

“You’re still at it?” Sanada questions, despite not being surprised.

 

“Yes. You never know wh- …! It’s a shadow!” Kirijo says in shock.

 

“What!? You actually found one!?” Sanada asks with equal shock.

 

“I’ve never detected an enemy of this size… get the others in here now!” Kirijo commands in panic.


Dark Hour

 

“We’re here!” Yukari shouts as they arrive at the command room.

 

“What’s the situation?” Morgana then questions.

 

“We’ve detected a shadow outside of Tarturus. We don’t know for sure, but we think it’s another big one like last month.” Kirijo says with worry. 

 

A whole month already? Ren and Morgana think in unison. “Where’s it located?” Ren asks.

 

“It’s located on a monorail, not too far from the station.” Kirijo confirms and looks towards the team. “Since we don’t know how powerful these shadows are, all six of you will be on the front lines.”

 

“Sweet, it’s time for the ultimate team-up!” Kotone happily cheers.

 

“Don’t take large risks unless necessary though, understood?” Kirijo looks towards the four from last time, and they all nod. “Good, then go on ahead without me. I’ll meet up with you momentarily.”

 

After getting to the station and rendezvousing with Kirijo, the six frontline members head up to the tracks.

 

“Holy hell, we’re high up! I think I’m gonna hurl…” Junpei’s legs are slightly shaking.

 

“The three bars of chocolate certainly didn’t help.” Morgana adds with an unapproving face.

 

“There should be a monorail about 200 meters ahead from where you are now.” Kirijo’s voice cuts off the unimportant discussion. “Get there as quickly as you can. We don’t want any passengers to get hurt.”

 

“Alright, let’s go.” Makoto signals with his hand, and the crew runs as quickly as they can.

 

“I wonder how tough this will be.” Ren hopes it won’t be any harder than Kamoshida’s fight because that went kinda terribly.

 

“Well, there are six of us and one of it.” Yukari remains optimistic.

 

“We shouldn’t underestimate it though.” Morgana speaks from experience. 

 

“C’mon, how bad can this be?” Junepi wears a confident smirk. “I’m freakin’ pumped!”

 

“It’s a full moon huh? Looks even creepier during the dark hour.” Yukari comments, and everyone’s gaze turns to it.

 

“I think it’s kinda cool.” Kotone wishes she could snap a photo with her phone.

 

“Alright, we’ve arrived.” Makoto states as they reach a parked monorail.

 

“Can everyone hear me?” Kirijo asks to ensure they’re in range.

 

“Loud and clear.” Morgana confirms and nods even though Kirijo can’t see it.

 

“Good, the readings are definitely coming from that monorail. Proceed with caution, and stay together.”

 

“Understood.” Makoto rolls his neck and climbs in with the ladder, and everyone else quickly follows.

 

“So, all the coffins are people.” Ren more so states than asks.

 

“...!” Everyone’s eyes shift to the door as it traps them in the monorail.

 

“Damn, it won’t open!” Junepi shouts in panic.

 

“What’s wrong? What happened!?” Kirijo wasn’t expecting a problem to arise so quickly.

 

“It seems like we’re trapped inside.” Makoto reports as Junpei gives up on forcing the door open.

 

“The shadow must know you’re there. Stay on alert!” Kirijo demands as she scans the monorail for shadow activity.

 

“Copy.” Morgana quickly agrees. “I’ll keep an eye behind us from Ren’s shoulder just in case.” He then adds and does just that.

 

“Good idea, let’s proceed.” Makoto says, and everyone draws their evokers.

 

“I-It’s too quiet here…” Junpei comments while praying that nothing pops out of the coffins next to them.

 

“I actually agree with Junpei for once…” Yukari already has her evoker pointed at her head to react at a moment's notice.

 

“Nothing behind us so far.” Morgana reports, but doesn’t move his eyes away for a second.

 

“Maybe it’s just our luc-” Kotone starts to say as a shadow appears out of nowhere. “God dammit!”

 

The shadow doesn’t attack however, it just observes the team, then floats straight through the door ahead of them.

 

“Okay…?” Ren hasn’t seen a shadow do that before.

 

“What are we waitin’ around for? We need to go after it!” Junpei impatiently asks.

 

“I don’t think that’s a good idea.” Makoto doesn’t like how that shadow is acting.

 

“I agree with bro.” Kotone follows up with. “It’s actin’ weird.”

 

“Agreed. It would be dangerous to blindly chase after it.” Kirijo emphasizes their point even more.

 

“So what!? We can’t stand here and let it get away! We can beat that thing no problem! Hell, I’ll do it myself!” Junpei’s anger quickly rises, and he runs after it.

 

“Junpei! wai-” Yukari desperately shouts before getting cut off.

 

“Behind us!” Morgana quickly leaps off of Ren’s shoulder and gets into battle position. 

 

“Find a weakness!” Makoto commands and fires Makouha, doing decent damage to the two shadows.

 

After the team fires Garu, Bufu, Agi, and Eiha, the shadows go down with the weakness still undiscovered.

 

“No time to waste, we need to find Junpei!” Kotone commands as three more shadows appear.

 

“Gah! Get out of our way!” Yukari shouts and fires Magaru, hitting the middle one’s weakness. “Your turn, Kotone!”

 

“Thanks, you shouldn’t have!” Kotone grins and fires Mazio, finally finding the weakness of the previous enemy. After the all-out attack, the team moves forward without talking this time.

 

The team eventually finds Junpei in front of six shadows. “Junpei!” Yukari shouts as she sees him.

 

“Be careful, these shadows were each designed to counter one of you!” Kirijo confirms as she scans them.

 

“That must be what the shadow from earlier was doing.” Ren twirls his dagger in his fingers. “Let’s do this!”

 

The shadow’s eye the team, and they all float to the person they counter. “There’s no use attacking the one targeting you! It’ll nullify your element and melee weapon!” Kirijo warns a little too late as Junpei fires Agi at his shadow, doing absolutely nothing.

 

At once, the shadows fire the element their target is weak to. “Argh!” All six of them shout in unison as they get knocked down. They then fire the attacks again, making Ren and Kotone too dizzy to get up.

 

“This is bad!” Yukari immediately uses Media. 

 

“Everyone uses your multi-hit skills to check for weaknesses!” Makoto commands as he, Morgana, and Junepi do just that. 

 

“It seems like they share the weakness of their target!” Kirijo states after looking over the results.

 

“Target the one in front of me Morgana!” Junepi says and looks across the battlefield. “Any of them weak to fire!?”

 

“Ren and Sis, since she was using Jack Frost, attack theirs!” Makoto opts to use electricity since both Morgana and Yukari’s are weak to it. With the targets set, the three attack as Yukari used Media again.

 

“Nrgh…” Ren and Kotone get up as the dizziness goes away. With a better understanding of the enemies, you’d hope some more dodges would happen, but that’s kinda hard in a monorail, so only Kotone successfully dodges, earning more cries of pain from the others.

 

“You’ll regret that, assholes!” Kotone knows that no one on the team has a strike melee weapon, so Swift Strike will hit everyone. “Persona!” The attack works even better than predicted because she lands a crit on the one targeting Yukari. “It’s combo time!” She then shouts and shifts to Makoto.

 

“Zio!” The one targeting Morgana falls, and Makoto passes to him.

 

“Garu!” The wind tears through the one targeting Junpei, and the turn shifts to him. 

 

“Agi!” Ren’s shadow goes down, and it’s now his turn.

 

“Eiha!” The persona Kotone has equipped is weak to it, and Yukari takes the last turn.

 

“Garu!” Makoto’s shadow is the last to fall down. “Now let’s finish this!” Everyone shares a grin and all-out attacks. Yukari then heals everyone back up with Media.

 

“Man, that sucked…” Morgana says, and everyone silently agrees. “That wasn’t even the main shadow, was it?”

 

“I’m afraid not.” Kirijo confirms to everyone’s dismay.

 

“So… Are you okay?” Kotone asks Junpei as everyone catches their breath.

 

“O-Of course I am!” Junpei quickly assures them.

 

“Hey, what’s your problem?” Yukari questions with concern.

 

“I told you not to und-” Morgana suddenly gets cut off as the monorail starts moving!? “W-What the!?”

 

“If we don’t stop it, it’s going to crash into the next train!” Kirijo’s voice is full of panic.

 

“Hurry! No time to waste!” Kotone snaps everyone out of their panic, and they continue forward. After fighting a few more shadows, they eventually find the main one.

 

“Whoa, the hell is this…? Junpei questions as the shadow licks its lips. “That’s our target?”

 

“It must be.” Makoto draws his evoker. “Let’s put it down!”

 

“About 30 minutes until impact, careful!” Kirijo warns as the fight begins.

 

“Y’know the drill, check for a weakness!” Kotone commands.

 

“Persona!” The six say in unison as every element but Bless crashes into the shadow, but none of them knock it down, and the Ice gets absorbed.

 

“Hehehe!” The shadow mocks them and summons an ice storm at their feet, knocking Ren down.

 

“Since when could shadows talk!?” Junpei questions as they guard a second ice storm.

 

“Not the time!” Morgana quickly comes to Ren’s aid with Dia, and Yukari follows up with Media.

 

“I’m low on SP!” Yukari announces after the healing.

 

“New plan, use any buff or debuff you’ve got!” Makoto commands and uses Tarunda.

 

“Here ya go Ren!” Junpei sends a Rakukaja his way.

 

“Thanks. Sakunda!” Ren lowers the shadows' Accuracy and Evasion.

 

Kotone switches to Jack Frost, so she’s immune to Ice. “Rakunda!”

 

“Aaaaaaaaaahh!!” The shadow gives a terrible cry as the monorail starts to violently shake.

 

“There’s even less time until impact, hurry!” Kirijo immediately warns.

 

“Warn a guy before you scream next time!” Morgana complains, being the most sensitive to sound. “I’ll search for a crit!” Morgana’s Lucky Punch does nothing of the sort, unfortunately.

 

Yukari opts to use her bow to conserve SP, and Makoto raises Junpei’s attack damage.

 

“Strike Hermes!” Junpei’s Bash does good damage to the shadow.

 

“How’s it lookin’, Kirijo?” Kotone questions as the temperature around them drops. She also uses Bash and Ren guards.   

 

“You’re about halfway, keep at it!” Kirijo says after analyzing its health.

 

“Enjoy, pretties!” The shadow waves with its fingers and casts an even colder ice storm, and the monorail's temperature drops to near freezing.

 

“c-c-cold…!” Morgana shakily says as the ice washes through his fur. “a-any-yone h-h-have s-some fir-re…?”

 

“I-I’ll be w-we-weak t-to ice if I s-swap…!” Kotone replies as she looks around; both Makoto and Junpei were frozen by the attack. “i-it’ll ta-take too mu-uch SP t-to…”

 

“Aaaaaaaaaahh!!” The monorail shakes once again.

 

“The monorail is going even faster now! You’re running out of time!” Kirijo loudly shouts.

 

“g-guess we g-g-gotta de-eal with i-it…” Yukari dejectedly says and heals with another Media. “n-no more SP…!”

 

“p-perso-ona…!” Ren fires an Eiha, then immediately gets back to holding himself tightly to warm up.

 

“Two minutes until impact!” Kirijo’s warning gives the team no choice but to push through the coldness.

 

“d-dammit…!” Morgana grits his teeth as he chucks a Garu at the shadow, and Yukari fires her bow.

 

“g-go do-down a-alre-eday…!” Kotone gives Ren an attack buff, and Ren fires another Eiha.

 

“One minute remaining!” Kirijo is fully panicked.   

 

“You don’t like my gift?” The shadow mocks as the temperature drops even lower, and Ren is nearly knocked out by getting hit with his weakness.

 

“Ren!” Morgana shouts clearly despite the coldness. “Mercurius!” The wind crashes straight into the shadow, causing a groan of pain.

 

“I-I’m o-o-okay Mona.” Ren forces himself back on his feet. “f-f-fin-nish i-it…!” Arsene does just that as the curse attack engulfs the shadow, and the temperature returns to normal, and both Makoto and Junpei are unfrozen.

 

“D-Did we do it?” Junepi questions as he looks around, and Morgana uses the last of his SP to cast Dia on Ren. “Wait! Why are we still moving!?”

 

“15 seconds until impact! Shut it off!” Kirijo screams at full volume.

 

Makoto sprints into action on instinct and pulls a lever in the cart, bringing the monorail to a screeching halt.    

 

“*Pant *Pant*” All six of them catch their breath in unison. “Did *Pant* Did we stop?” Junpei is the one to ask.

 

“*Pant* L-Looks like it.” Ren shakily answers.

 

“Do you read me!? Is everyone alright!?” Kirijo worryingly asks.

 

“*Cough* D-Define alright.” Kotone stumbles onto one of the seats.

 

“... I’m sorry I couldn’t do more on my end. At least it appears everyone is safe.” Kirijo shamefully says. “I don’t detect any more shadows. I believe you can come back now.”

 

“I’m *Cough* c-comin’ back no matter what you believe…” Morgana reluctantly stands up, and everyone slowly makes their way to the exit.


“It’s me.” Sanada says from the command room after receiving the call.

 

“Reporting in from the scene. We’ve just finished up over here.” Kirijo’s voice is filled with relief. “Everyone is alright, and the monorail didn’t sustain any noticeable damage. They’ve learned a lot in a surprisingly short time.”

 

“But what was up with that shadow?” Sanada then questions. “They’ve never done something like hijacking a train before. This is getting out of hand.”

 

After some more discussing, the team returns home.


5/10 Early Morning                       Waning Gibbous

 

Ren and Morgana wake up the following morning sick as hell. “This *Sniffle* s-sucks…” Morgana makes his opinion very clear.

 

“*Cough* *Cough* A-Agreed.” Ren is really starting to dislike Arsene’s Ice weakness. “I wonder if it’s just us.”

 

Post Traumatic Slap Disorder - Renny, Momgana, Emo, Not Emo

 

Renny: You guys sick AF too?

 

Emo: Yep.

 

Not Emo: I could really use some of Momgana’s tea right about now…

 

Renny: Unfortunately, Mona is super sick as well. 

 

Renny: He doesn’t even have the motivation to go to his laptop to type.

 

Renny: Mona asks if anyone has Momsuru’s number so she can make us some tea.

 

Emo: Nope.

 

Not Emo: Nope.

 

Renny: Shit… 

 

Not Emo: Hopefully she’ll come to our rescue soon enough.

 

Emo: Doubt it.

 

“*Cough* I-I was thinking… *Cough*” A huge headache stops Morgana in his tracks.

 

“You? Thinking? *Cough*” Ren reaches over to their desk fan and turns it on full blast.

 

“Very funny *Sniffle*” Morgana still finds the energy to smack Ren across the face. “Remember how Lady Lavenza said this journey was a lot harder than the same one from our world? *Cough* What if they never made it past here?” Morgana rolls towards the fan, his body completely blocking it from Ren on purpose. “I mean, we barely beat it with both of us there too.”

 

“I don’t *Cough* love that idea *Sniffle* considering it means Lavenza dropped us in a severely losing battle. But I can’t deny the possibility.” Ren picks Morgana up and puts him in hug purgatory for his crimes, Morgana doesn’t fight it though.

 

“Just for today, I’m actually happy for your clinginess.” Morgana comments and hugs him back. “Just for today though, got it?”

 

“You know you love it.” Ren feels way better about the sickness with Morgana by his side. “*Cough*” It still sucks though.

 

“Yeah…” Morgana is more than fine to admit that by this point. “*Cough* I’m sure coughing in each other’s faces isn’t *Cough* helping at all though.”

 

“Eh, we breathe the same air constantly anyway.” Ren should probably listen to what he’s saying, but how can he not hug his fuzzy bro?

 

“I guess you’re right.” The two then lie in silence for a while.


Lunchtime

 

*Knock* *Knock* “It’s Kirijo. Are you two joining us for lunch?”

 

“S-Sorry, we’re *Cough* sick from the cold last night.” Ren’s throat hurts from speaking that loudly.

 

“... My apologies. I can bring some here if you’d like.” Kirijo should’ve known from how quickly Junpei walked past her and out the door today.

 

“Y-Yes please. *Cough* Can we have some tea too?” Morgana doesn’t feel bad in the slightest for asking her to make them some. He NEEDS that tea pronto.

 

“Of course. I’ll be right back.” Kirijo then quickly goes downstairs. A few minutes later, she returns. *Knock* *Knock* “I’ve placed them by your door, and great work last night. Let me know if you need to take school off tomorrow.” With that, Kirijo leaves to ask if the others want food too.

 

“Ugh… I know we’re sick, but did she have to place it outside?” Morgana slowly rolls off Ren’s chest and onto the bed. “It was still *Cough* nice of her though.”

 

“Rock, Paper, Scissors for who has to get it?” Ren questions since neither of them are going to do it at this rate.

 

“Fine…”

 

“Rock, Paper, Scissors” 

 

“Scissors.”

 

“Paper.”

 

“L-Looks *Cough* like I win.” Ren says with full relief.

 

“Why must life be so cruel…” Morgana sighs and slowly but surely makes his way to the door. With a leap that hurts his head more than it should, he reaches the door handle and opens it. “Looks like Miso Soup is on the menu.” Morgana grabs the first bowl and brings it to Ren.

 

“Thank bro.” Ren makes sure not to cough in it while he prepares to eat.

 

“No prob.” After three more trips, Ren and Morgana sit on the bed with their bowls of Miso Soup in front of them. “Chow time.” After a completely silent meal, they do their best to fall back asleep.


Dark Hour

 

“Nrgh… I really hate my form changing every night… *Sniffle*” Morgana complains as his headache only grows stronger from the change.

 

“Mona… will sleep spells stay active *Sniffle* after the dark hour?” Ren knows that’s the only way he’s sleeping.

 

“God, I hope so…” Morgana walks over to their item box at a snail's pace. “Here we are. *Cough*” Morgana grabs some sleep-inducing items and returns to the bed. “It takes a while for the effect to wear off naturally though. We’ll definitely miss school if this works.”

 

“I am more than fine with that.” Ren grabs one of the items from Morgana. “G’night bro.”

 

“Night.” The two use the items and instantly fall asleep.


5/11 Early Morning     Waning Gibbous

 

Post Traumatic Slap Disorder - Renny, Momgana, Emo, Not Emo

 

Not Emo: How’s it goin’ manly men?

 

Emo: Never say that again. 

 

Not Emo: No promises.

 

Emo: To answer your question, I feel fine.

 

 

Not Emo: Looks like they aren’t goin’ to school today. You better not ditch me too!

 

Emo: Do I have to go…

 

Not Emo: Yep! Kotone Shiomi wills it so!

 

Emo: You try too hard.

 

Not Emo: You say that, but you’re still going.

 

Emo: Nah.

 

Not Emo: Whadda mean nah!?

 

Emo: Nah.

 

Not Emo: Fine, I’ll be the successful one! 


Afterschool

 

“Midterms next Monday, huh?” Junpei says with dread as the lesson ends. He and Kotone are the only second years who went to school today. “Why hast thy world done this to me…?”

 

“‘Cause thou art a dumbass.” Kotone immediately replies and giggles.

 

“Way to knock a guy while he’s down!” Junpei says in shock at her reply. “My scores are so bad, the school will consider it a threat letter…” 

 

That comment gets Kotone fully laughing. “It can’t be that bad.”

 

“I wish that were true…” Junpei looks downwards and sighs. 

 

“Y’know what, today is now make sure Junpei doesn’t disappoint his relatives day!” Kotone suddenly stands up. “To the library, pronto!”

 

“I guess a bit of studyin’ won’t hurt…” Junpei gets up much slower, and the two make their way to the school’s library.

 

“Y’know, lotta dudes are envious of me for hangin’ with you. You’re quite the crowd pleaser.” Junepi immediately converses instead of studying.

 

“Over lil’ oh me?” Kotone puts her hand over her mouth. “There are better ways to fix touch deprivation.”

 

“*Snort* You really give no mercy to men, huh?” Junpei is impressed by her antics. “... Is there a story behind that?” He then asks with the same caring tone as the ramen place.

 

“Somethin’ like that.” Kotone admits with much less energy than usual and shrugs. “That’s surprisingly perceptive of you.”

 

“... It just reminds me of my shitty Dad.” Junepi shakes his head. “Enough of that sad stuff for now. Let’s get to it.”

 

You know there’s a problem when Junpei wants to study. “You wanna talk about it?”

 

“Nah, not now at least…” The conversation ends there, and Kotone’s social link with Junpei reaches rank two.

 

After a lot of studying and some other small conversations, the two return home.


5/12 Evening               Waning Gibbous

 

Ren’s eyes slowly open to his room, and he immediately notices that he doesn’t feel sick anymore.

 

“Mrrrrr… *Yawn* Good morning.” Morgana wakes up at the same time as the item wears off. “What time is it?”

 

Ren reaches for his phone and checks the time. “Uhhh… 7:23 PM… May 12!?”

 

“What the!? We slept for over 43 hours?” Morgana gets up and stretches. “I feel great now though. How about you?”

 

“Same here. We should meet up with the others.” Ren gets up before getting an answer, and Morgana quickly follows.

 

“Aha! Told ya they weren’t dead!” Kotone brags in victory. “How the hell didn’t you two wake up though!? We had Junpei scream as loud as possible outside your room.”

 

Morgana and Ren share a look; apparently the medicine is more powerful than they thought. “‘Cause we wanted an excuse to cuddle longer.” Ren eventually decides on. 

 

“Ren!” Morgana immediately shouts. “I-It sounds weird when you say it like that…” Morgana can’t believe his brother sometimes.

 

“You didn’t deny it though.” Yukari teases with a giggle.

 

“W-Well… h-he’s not wrong…” Morgana admits with slight embarrassment. “ A-Anyway, where’s Makoto, Iori, and Kirijo?” 

 

“Bro and jump man went to the arcade a bit ago, they should be back soon.” Kotone’s still angry she wasn’t invited. “Kirijo’s probably crashing the stock market as we speak.”

 

“*Snicker* Probably.” Morgana’s finally getting used to Kotone’s Kotoneness. “Should we do something instead of sitting here? I’ve been doing nothing for long enough.”

 

“I’ve got the perfect idea! Ghost stories!” Kotone excitedly shouts.

 

“H-Huh?” Yukari’s eyes shoot open.

 

“Sounds exciting.” Sanada is immediately on board.

 

“W-Wait a second! Why ghost stories…” Come on, take the hint people! Yukari thinks to herself.

 

“Fine…” Kotone shakes her head in disappointment.

 

“Phew-”

 

“We’ll tell embarrassing stories instead!” Kotone yells with a giggle.

 

“Huh?” Everyone says this time.

 

“Whadda mean Huh? We’ve gotta do something!” Kotone’s not giving up so easily.

 

“Do we really?” Ren jokingly asks. “I’m down to spill all of Mona’s secrets though.”

 

“Wha- you traitor!” Morgana shouts in fake heartbreak. “I’ve got some stories you wouldn’t like me to reveal either!”

 

“You’re too loyal to tell my stories.” Ren says with full confidence.

 

“That’s true, as long as you don’t reveal mine!” Morgana fully knows Ren won’t say anything he wouldn’t want him to, but still.

 

“Didn’t you say that embarrassing story was fake?” Kotone’s gonna be pissed if she was played twice.

 

“Yeah, that doesn’t mean there’s nothing to share though.” Ren cheekily comments. “I could always show you Mona’s drawing…”

 

“You better not!” Morgana shouts way too loudly. “It deserves to burn in hell!”

 

“*Chuckle* There’s no way it was that terrible.” Yukari can’t imagine what could possibly warrant such a reaction.

 

“It was.” Ren and Morgana say in sync, then look at each other.

 

“Well, does anyone else have a bright idea on what we should do?” Kotone asks in desperation.

 

The dorm enters a complete silence.

 

“You guys are unbelievable…” Kotone needs new friends.


5/13 After School               Waning Gibbous

 

“I didn’t miss school for a second.” Ren says as everyone but him, Morgana, and Junpei have left the classroom.

 

“I need another 43-hour nap…” Morgana agrees in Ren’s uncomfortable bag. “I have to listen to the lectures so I can help study for the midterms too… *Sigh*”

 

“It’s no fair you’ve got a free cheat sheet!” Junpei whisper-shouts so the teacher doesn’t hear.

 

“It’s not like he gives me the answers or something. Just, puts me on the right track sometimes.” Maybe it is cheating, but Ren doesn’t care.

 

“I’ve only given answers for a test once.” Morgana admits with a reminiscing smile.

 

“So you did help Ryuji on that test! You told me you weren’t coming with me ‘cause you felt sick.” Ren could never get Morgana to admit it. “Shame on you.”

 

“Yeah, yeah, I’m a failure to society…” Morgana rolls his eyes.

 

“Is Ryuji an old friend of yours too?” Junpei carefully asks. Ren and Morgana didn’t even realize his name slipped.   

 

“Yeah, he was.” Ren softly admits. “He was kinda similar to you.”

 

“Good similar, or bad similar?” Junpei asks with a slight grin.

 

“Both.” Morgana quickly answers. “Although not being the brightest, he always worried about others before himself… even right before…” His death goes unsaid. 

 

“...” Junpei has a pretty good idea of what Morgana is implying. “Now’s a pretty bad time to ask you to give me the answers, huh?”

 

That got both Ren and Morgana to chuckle. “Maybe a little.” Ren answers with a smile.

 

Morgana’s face suddenly looks serious. “... Do you have someone who means the world to you?” Morgana’s question surprises both Ren and Junpei.

 

“Uhh… where’s this comin’ from?” Junpei narrows his eyes in confusion.

 

“I was just thinking about why I helped Ryuji. He constantly talked about how his mom was always so stressed out, and I thought her son getting a great grade on the finals would cheer her up…” Morgana’s mouth curves into a large smile. “She took a weekend off work to celebrate with Ryuji, and he said it was one of the best weekends of their lives. That’s the stuff I work so hard for. To help as much as I can despite my form.”

 

“Mona…” Ren softly pets Morgana. “You’ve grown so much.”

 

“Hehe, it’s thanks to you.” When did I become such a softy?

 

“...”

 

“... Junpei?” Ren takes Junpei out of his thoughts. “You’re being uncharacteristically quiet.”

 

“Oh, sorry. Just lost in thought.” Junpei honestly says.

 

“Sorry if I reminded you of something, that wasn’t my intent.” Morgana quickly apologizes.

 

“... Don’t worry about it.” Junpei's tone does nothing to assure him. Morgana decides not to comment on that right now though. 

 

“... Alright, then let’s get goin’, Iori.” Morgana taps Ren’s leg three times, which signals: Stop being lazy.

 

“Y’know you’re the only one still callin’ me Iori right? You don’t need permission to use my first name.” Junpei says as he stands up.

 

“Is that so? I haven’t really made friends on my own before for obvious reasons.” Morgana gestures to the rest of his body. “I’ll keep it in mind Junpei.”


5/16 Evening     Waning Gibbous

 

The day Junpei was dreading has finally arrived… second year study group. “Man, this sucks… Guess I don’t have much choice with Kirijo getting on my case.” Junpei does a heavy sigh. “She was like, “If you fail your midterm, there will be consequences.” I feared for my life for a second!”

 

“Well, that’s what we’re here for!” Kotone excitedly says. “Lowest score buys lunch!”

 

“Please, anything but that!” Junepi practically begs.

 

“You won’t have to buy if you’re not last.” Yukari knows there’s no other outcome, but still.

 

“Then what’s a guy gotta do!?” Junpei perks up. “Any and all help is appreciated!”

 

“The first thing you need to do is chug down Ren’s coffee as fast as possible!” Morgana gives his terrible advice.

 

“Got it!” Junepi grabs his mug and nearly falls out of his chair while chugging the drink. “*Cough* W-What next!?”

 

“A good learning mood.” Ren explains from experience. “Your mindset helps more than you’d think.”

 

“A good mood, huh? Then I, Junpei Iori, volunteer to set the perfect mood!” Junpei suddenly slams his book shut.

 

“Oh god.” Makoto blankly says. “This should be fun.”

 

“What lecture would you like to hear from the great Junpei? History? Arithmetic? Literature?” Junpei winks as he says literature, showing that he wants to give that one.

 

“Literature.” Ren honestly would say literature anyways.

 

“Aha, a man of culture. Literature it is! Have you ever read the famous dystopian science fiction novel “1984”?” Morgana’s eyes and ears perk up when Junpei says this. “Oh, you haven’t? That’s a shame, but Orwell…!”

 

“My opinion on Junpei has risen exponentially in the past 2 minutes.” Morgana quickly comments as his lecture ends.

 

“It seems the great Junpei already has a fan! What about everyone else?” Junpei eagerly asks. 

 

“Another! Another!” Kotone cheerfully asks.

 

“Ah, quite the studious crowd. Then allow me to perform my best lecture yet!” Junpei jumps out of his seat. “This one’s about a certain archaeologist team. They spent their whole lives excavating, only to find nothing. In the end…”

 

“If you say, “Their career was in ruins.” I will hit you.” Yukari eyes Junpei.

 

“How’d ya know!? And don’t hit me either!” Junpei asks in panic as he sits down.

 

“It was pretty obvious.” Makoto quickly comments. “Let’s get back to studying before Kirijo slaps the whole table.”

 

That puts all of them in focus, and the group finally gets some work done.

 

“Done.” Ren, Makoto, and Kotone say in sync.

 

“Whadda mean done!? I’m not even halfway!” Junpei can’t believe his ears.

 

“Stupid paws makin’ it hard to write…” Morgana grumpily mumbles. “*Sigh* Guess I’m not part of the smart kids club.” He adds as he too finishes.

 

“You too!?” Junpei feels like a fool. “At least tell me I’m not the only one, Yuka-Tan…”

 

“I’ve still got some questions to go. How did you do it so quickly?” Yukari can’t hide her envy.

 

“‘Cause it’s easy.” Makoto casually replies. “Even sis could do it.”

 

“Whadda mean, even sis could do it!?” Kotone gives him a well-earned slap. “I saved your ass in first year.”

 

“Still can’t beat me in chess though.” Makoto immediately rebuts.

 

“That’s not the same!” Kotone crosses her arms. “It’s honestly pathetic how good at chess you are.”

 

“Ouch.” Makoto and Morgana say in sync. “What does that make me then?” Morgana then questions.

 

“A nerd.” Ren replies with a smirk.

 

“Says the guy in glasses.” Morgana quickly argues. “You don’t even need them!”

 

“You don’t!?” Kotone shouts in shock. “I’ve been lied to!”

 

“They’re just here to increase my already dashing looks.” Ren says with a wink.

 

“And ‘cause you’re a nerd!” Morgana quickly adds.

 

“Am not!”

 

“Yes you are!”

 

“You’re the nerd!”

 

“No, you’re the nerd!”

 

Yukari places both hands on her face in annoyance. “You’re both nerds, end of argument.” 

 

“Aww…” Ren and Morgana say in sync. 

 

“*Giggle* Imagine being a nerd.” Kotone jokingly says.

 

“Couldn’t be me.” Makoto jokingly adds.

 

“Couldn’t be Junpei either.” Yukari non-jokingly adds.

 

“Hey, says you!” Junpei fires back.

 

After a bit more studying and Junpei officially giving up, the team heads to bed for the night.


5/17 Evening           Third Quarter

 

Kirijo has decided to hold a “non-mandatory” study group the day before midterms, so that’s how everyone found themselves at the table once again.

 

“Yes, correct. The answer is “May Blues.” Next, for the following sentence…” Kirijo wastes no time preparing the second years to the best of her ability.

 

“...” Junpei is the complete opposite of yesterday, completely quiet.

 

“What’s the matter, Iori? Feeling the May Blues?” Kirijo questions.

 

“Did Kirijo just make a joke!?” Kotone couldn’t stop herself from shouting.

 

“Um, Kirijo! Can you help me with this question?” Yukari yells to bail Kotone out of Kirijo’s wrath.

 

“Huh, sure.” Kirijo and Yukari then focus on their conversation.

 

“Hey… you guys smell that? It’s insane…” Junpei whispers to the guys. 

 

“Smell what?” Makoto asks without actual interest. 

 

“Y’know, the floral scent coming from Kirijo’s direction…” Junpei wafts again.

 

“It’s so strong…” Morgana complains as a small headache starts to form. “I hate my sensitive nose sometimes…”

 

“At least it’s not Yusuke’s budget cologne…” Ren whispers back, causing them both to chuckle. 

 

“I don’t even want to know where he bought that…” Morgana can’t believe he’s calling that a good memory now.

 

*Beep* “Looks like my beef bowl is finally done.” Sanada gets up and heads to the kitchen.

 

“Beef Bowl! You wouldn’t happen to have extra, would you?” Junpei’s mouth starts to water.

 

“No eating until you’ve gotten some work done.” Kirijo says as if she were scolding a child.

 

“You wound me so…” Junpei sighs and picks up his pencil once more.

 

The team gets a decent amount of studying done until Junpei once again becomes distracted. “Beef, beef, beeeeef!” He chants as his patience is lost.

 

“For goodness sake… All right, if you answer 5 more questions correctly, you can have your food.” Kirijo's patience is just as thin as Junpei’s

 

“Hraaaaaah! Beef. Beef! BEEEEEEEF!” Junepi blows out everyone’s eardrums.

 

“You’re like a horse with a carrot dangled in its face…” Sanada says with the most unimpressed face ever.

 

“Turns out all it takes is food for him to give a crap.” Yukari dumbfoundedly says.

 

Once Kirijo finally gives the okay, everyone dashes away from the table and to bed.


5/18 Morning     Waning Crescent

 

“Urgh… Do they really have to post our scores across the school…” Junpei already accepts defeat as he looks over the test.


5/19 Morning     Waning Crescent

 

“Mwehehehe, too easy.” Morgana smugly thinks as he writes what he would answer with on a separate sheet of paper in Ren’s bag.


5/20 Morning     Waning Crescent

 

“Even Shujin was easier…” Ren thinks as he speedruns the questions.


5/21 Morning             Waning Crescent

 

“Is it this one…? or maybe this one…?” Yukari feels like she’s doing pretty good.


5/22 Morning     Waning Crescent

 

“...” A quiet Makoto is a focused Makoto. Not that this test requires much focus though.


5/23 Morning     Waning Crescent

 

“I bet Mako got this one wrong.” Kotone smirks as she confidently puts in her answers.


After School                

 

 “It’s finally over!” Junpei cheers as the final bell rings. 

 

“We’ve gotta go back to actual lectures, bummer.” Ren gets up and stretches after sitting still all day.

 

“Ugh, don’t remind me.” Kotone quickly stands up. “I wonder which of us got the highest score.”

 

“Probably Ren, he did really good.” Morgana states matter-of-factly. “Though for question 14 on day 2, I think the answer should be C. And number 17 on day 4 was obviously D! I’m disappointed in you for that one.”

 

“You were taking the tests the whole time!?” Junpei says, absolutely stunned. “How’d you do the work?”

 

“I have my own notebook in Ren’s bag, and I can poke out of his bag to view the questions since the school thinks I’m a therapy cat.” Morgana wears a proud smirk as he grabs the notebook from Ren’s bag. “Ren would’ve finished way before you guys if he wasn’t waiting on me.”

 

“Let’s see… You got number 26 wrong on day 3. It should’ve been B.” Ren comments with just a quick glance. “Missed 31 too? Day three wasn’t your day.”

 

“You’re saying that like you have the answer sheet or something.” Yukari is impressed by his confidence.

 

“My confidence is sometimes misplaced though. One time, me and Mona were arguing over which answer was correct, and it turns out we were both wrong.” Ren hasn’t forgotten how embarrassed they were.

 

“I was so sure too…” Morgana quietly whispers.   

 

“Can we get outta this class already. I want bliss to wash over me, as the ocean washes over the shore.” Junpei’s not looking forward to next week.

 

“Ever the dramatic, huh?” Kotone comments with a chuckle.

 

“Sure, Sanada said he has something to tell us.” Makoto finally speaks, only to leave immediately after.

 

Once everyone returns to the dorm, they find Sanada sitting in the lounge. “Good job on completing midterms.” He greets them with.

 

“I don’t wanna hear that word right now…” Junpei slowly makes his way to a seat, and everyone else follows.

 

“So, what do you want to tell us?” Yukari questions.

 

“If the doctor gives me the OK today, I’ll finally be able to fight with you guys again.” Sanada happily reports.

 

“Good to hear, broken ribs are such a pain.” Ren says from experience.

 

“Tell me about it...” Morgana quickly adds.

 

“I didn’t know you two had a broken rib before.” Sanada comments. “Did you get in a fight or something?”

 

Ren and Morgana look at each other. “Or something.” They say in unison. Ren’s was from the interrogation, which he’s definitely not comfortable talking about. And Morgana’s was from Shadow Kamoshida, again, not comfortable talking about. “Let’s just leave it at that, okay?” Morgana asks, and everyone follows despite their curiosity.

 

“In that case, there’s more to tell you all.” Sanada slightly leans forward. “We found another Persona-user.”

 

“Really! I was gettin’ tired of you guys.” Kotone jokingly says.

 

“Is it a girl?” Junpei wastes no time in asking that question.

 

“Yeah, she’s a second year who goes to our school.” Sanada was kinda hoping for another Third year. “Her name is Fukka Yamagishi. Do you guys know her?”

 

“Yamagishi? I think she’s in class E…” Yukari says with little confidence. “I don’t see her at school very much. She gets sick a lot, from what I’ve heard.”

 

“She was at the same hospital as me.” Sanada gives her comment more credibility. “That’s how we found out about her. But considering her health, she probably won’t be able to fight.”

 

“I don’t think we should give up on her so easily.” Ren comments, thinking she could be a navigator like sis. 

 

“Agreed. The big shadow earlier this month was tough with the six of us.” Makoto adds in his leader voice.

 

“We’ll be sure to check her progress often.” Sanada would like another member of the team too. “I’ve got to get back to training.” He then makes his way back to his room.

 

“It’s after midterm celebration time!” Kotone happily cheers once he’s out of sight. “Hide and seek during the dark hour!”

 

“Huh!?” Everyone says in unison.

 

“Are you gonna “huh!?” at every suggestion I make?” Kotone says with a little more annoyance in her voice than intended.

 

“There’s not exactly a lot of places to hide here.” Ren comments while looking around.

 

“That is true…” Kotone says with a saddened expression. “How about we play some darts so we can all get boosted from shifting?” 

 

“There’s an idea I can get behind!” Morgana excitedly shouts.

 

Everyone else agrees shortly after, and the gang plays darts until it’s time to return home.


5/24 Dark Hour       New Moon

 

“All right… it’s finally time.” Sanada says as the group enters Tarturus. “Make sure to put me on the advance team, it’s about time I show you my worth.”

 

Despite how funny it would be to not put him on the advance team, Makoto decides to see what he’s got. The first team consists of Makoto, Sanada, Ren, and Junpei.

 

“Why does Morgana get to stay with the ladies…?” Junpei complains in envy.

 

“I’m proud of you bro. Looks like I’ve taught you well.” Ren comments at the sight.

 

“Yeah, taught me what not to do.” Morgana cheekily replies. 

 

“Wha-” Ren looks genuinely baffled.

 

“Hehehe, only kidding.” Morgana is not kidding. “See ya soon guys!”


“When I said I wanted this place to look different, this isn’t what I had in mind.” Junpei says as they observe the new floor.

 

“It’s definitely something.” Makoto blankly comments. “Let’s see how the shadows are.” He then ambushes the first shadow of the day.

 

“Arsene!” Ren shouts as curse energy surges through his enemies. 

 

“Tag me in!” Sanada shouts, and Ren shifts to him. “Polyduces!” Sanada’s Persona rains thunder from above and knocks the remaining shadows down. “I’ve been waiting for this!” On his signal, the team runs in and all-out attacks. “On to the next bout.” He wipes off the sweat from his forehead as the battle ends.

 

“You put ‘em in their place Sanada!” Junpei pats him on the back. 

 

“It’s good to have you fighting.” Makoto honestly comments.

 

“I couldn’t agree more.” Sanada casually answers as the team starts walking again. “It’s nice to be back in the ring.”

 

“I’ve been wondering if we could spar sometime, I think you’d be surprised how much of a fight I’ll give.” Ren’s training has put him well above most people in terms of physical strength.

 

“Do you have a death wish?” Junpei whispers to Ren.

 

“Oh, is that right?” A competitive smirk appears on Sanada’s face. “Sounds like a good warmup.”

 

“It’ll be much more than a warmup.” Ren matches Sanada’s smirk. “Y’know, I’ve fought a Yakuza member and won.” Sanada doesn’t need to know that it was only a cognition in the Metaverse.

 

That definitely got Sanada’s attention. “I wouldn’t recommend doing that again. Once they’ve got you in their sights, it’s not easy to get out.”

 

“I’ve faced worse odds.” Ren isn’t even lying. “Don’t tell me you’re scared.”

 

“Of you?” Sanada mocks with a laugh. “Not for a second.”

 

“U-Uh… how ‘bout we take it out on the shadows…?” Junpei suggests before things get violent.

 

“Speaking of, shadow ahead.” Makoto quickly ambushes it, and the fight ends as quickly as it begins.

 

“Show’s over!” Ren proudly announces. “That was easy.”

 

“Why do they even bother challenging us?” Sanada questions in a casual tone.

 

“We’re the ones challenging them. It was just going about its day until we showed up.” Makoto speaks the truth. “Maybe we’ve been the bad guys all along.” He then doesn’t speak the truth.

 

“Heh, yeah right!” Junpei proudly grins. “We aren’t the ones causin’ Apathy Syndrome.”

 

The crew cruises through the floors until they reach the next gatekeeper shadow. “Is everyone ready?” Makoto asks the team, after he gets three nods, they walk towards the shadow.

 

The fight is nothing special as Junpei’s fire and Makoto’s wind tear through the birds, it's over after about 7 minutes.

 

“Sweet sweet EXP!” Junpei shouts as he unlocks Vacuum Slash. “But man, I’m spent.”

 

“You sure you aren’t just saying that to stay down there with the girls?” Ren comments and glances at Junpei.

 

“Of course not! Though it doesn’t hurt…” Junpei replies with a wink.

 

“Me and Junpei are swapping with Kotone and Takaba.” Makoto states and starts walking towards the teleporter.

 

“Wha- I-I was just kiddin’! Ehehehe…” Junpei sighs and reluctantly follows Makoto.


“Oh how I’ve missed you my sweet Tartarus!” Kotone skips over to a shadow and bashes its head in. 

 

“You actually missed this place?” Yukari wishes she never had to set foot in here again.

 

“It’s the perfect place to train.” Sanada clearly agrees with Kotone.

 

“Where else can I summon a demon?” Ren does just that and finishes the fight with Maeiha.

 

“Am I the only sane person here…?” Yukari asks in a whisper. 

 

“Yep!” Kotone cheerfully replies as she continues skipping through Tartarus’ halls. “Sanity is bad for the skin.”

 

“Must be why my skin is flawless.” Ren brags and pushes up his glasses for the heck of it.

 

“You should toss the glasses, you’d look way better.” Kotone yanks them off his head before he can reply.

 

“Have my eyes mesmerized you?” Ren actually says with a straight face.

 

“Nope!” Kotone instantly denies him.

 

“Just as I said, he taught me what not to do.” Morgana’s voice comes through Kirijo’s navigation.

 

“Quiet in the peanut gallery!” Ren shouts back.

 

“*Snicker*” Yukari can’t keep her laugh in.

 

Conversations pick back up after a few more floors. “Takaba, what made you pick archery?” Sanada’s been wondering that for a bit now.

 

“Nothing really made me choose archery. It just seemed like the best choice to me.” Yukari’s answer is a little boring. “I’ve always had great aim though.”

 

“I’m a bit surprised the school even has an archery team.” Ren probably would’ve joined it in Shujin if it was available. “I assume you're not looking for new recruits?”

 

“Sorry, team is completely full.” Yukari would’ve liked having a fellow SEES member on the team. “I’ll let you know if someone quits.”

 

“Sounds good.” Ren quickly replies. It’s a shame my gun doesn’t work anymore…    

 

“The boxing team is looking for new members, you should join if you’re as good as you say.” Sanada would like an equal in the team.

 

“Maybe. Mona would definitely claw someone’s eyes out if I ever got knocked out though.” Ren knows that’s the truth.

 

“Maybe he should join the team then!” Kotone would LOVE to see that.

 

“That’s not exactly boxing though.” Sanada actually thought she was serious. “Let’s head to the next level.”

 

“Rare shadow on this floor.” Kirijo bestows her knowledge.

 

“Then what are we waitin’ for!?” Kotone needs to get revenge for the golden hand that ran away. “Let’s get huntin’!” The hunt doesn’t take very long though.

 

“Zio!” Sanada’s Persona causes the hand to stumble. “Fall by my hand!” Sanada socks the hand right in the face during the all-out attack, reducing it to nothing.

 

“I’m starting to have doubts about our fight.” Ren comments as the EXP is gained.

 

“You’re not going to back out, are you?” Sanada mocks with a smirk.

 

“Nah, I’ll gracefully get my ass beat.” Ren blankly replies, and Kotone laughs.

 

“There’s nothin’ graceful about that.” Kotone pictures the fight in her mind.

 

Once again, a gatekeeper shadow waits for them on the floor. The fight is once again underwhelming, with the poison being the only annoying part of the fight.

 

“Good work everyone!” Kotone passes highfives around. “Ren, swap with Morgana since you’ve used the most SP.”

 

“Got it Capt’n!” Ren salutes and makes his way to the teleporter.


The team unexpectedly finds another guard shadow on the very next floor. But with only physical attacks being sent their way, the team makes quick work of them.

 

“Morgana, have you ever actually clawed someone’s eyes out?” Sanada asks once they start walking

 

“Something like that, a creep named Sugimura was trying to pull my friend into his car.” Morgana’s eyes narrow in anger. “I jumped on his head and stabbed both his eyes with my claws. I also stole his car’s spark plug just to spite him.”

 

“Damn.” Kotone says on reaction. “Remind me to stay on Morgana’s good side.”

 

“... Well, he did win the first time.” Morgana admits with embarrassment. “Just treat me like any other person and you’ll be fine though; it really pisses me off that assholes like that see me as lesser.” Morgana adds with a sigh. “That’s one of the main reasons I don’t like being called a cat.” 

 

“I get what you mean, nothing feels better than proving egotistical assholes wrong.” Sanada clenches his fist. “That’s one of the many reasons I choose to fight.”

 

“Why does everyone on this team like fighting so much but me?” Yukari questions as the first shadow is spotted.

 

“Eh, I’m not a fan of fighting other people.” Kotone comments as her fire burns through the enemy. “Your turn, Morgana! I like fighting things that can put up a challenge, like shadows!”

 

“Garu!” Morgana shouts as the second enemy falls. “I thought you were gonna say something like, “I don’t like hurting others.” To you Sanada!”

 

“Nah, I’ve got no quarrels hurting people who deserve it. And boy do a lot of people deserve it.” Kotone has a few people in mind.

 

“Don’t I know it.” Sanada comments as the third and final enemy falls. “This world is full of terrible people.”

 

“Terrible is being generous.” Morgana coldly states as they continue moving. “I’ve seen the absolute worst of humanity.”

 

“Uh, it’s not a competition.” Yukari is honestly glad to have a bunch of capable fighters in the dorm. “... Not that I haven’t seen my fair share of them too.”

 

“That’s why we were given this power instead of them.” Morgana says with full confidence. “The world wants to believe that there’s hope for it.” That’s why he’s here at least.

 

“Then we just have to prove that there is.” Sanada says with reinvigorated determination.

 

“Right! Nothing is gonna stand in my way!” Kotone shouts in agreement.

 

“Me too!” Yukari says with full seriousness.

 

“... Don’t forget it.” Morgana knows that these people wished for the Thieves’ deaths in his world, everyone did. He won’t let that happen again! “Let’s move!”

 

The shadows on the next few floors get absolutely slaughtered, and a new conversation is underway. “There’s no way you can eat an entire dozen donuts in 10 minutes!” Yukari can’t believe they’re actually debating this.

 

“My record is 10 and a half. I’d just have to starve myself for a day or two, then it’ll be easy.” Kotone is not backing down.

 

“You have a record for this?” Sanada asks in curiosity. “I like making competitions out of things, but that’s a little sad.”

 

“Sad? I think you mean commendable.” Kotone rolls her neck.

 

“I think you mean idiotic.” Morgana joins in. “Imagine your cause of death is donuts of all things.” 

 

“I’d happily have that engraved on my tombstone!” Kotone says a little too much excitement.    

 

“Yeah? I guess there’s worse things to write on it… A-Anyway, shadow spotted!” Morgana quickly throws that thought out the nearest window.

 

After plenty more uneventful fights, the team makes it to the fourth gatekeeper shadow of the day. “Sanada, Takaba, and me are swapping with Makoto, Junpei, and Ren.” Kotone declares. 

 

“I guess I am getting a little exhausted…” Sanada reluctantly admits as they walk towards the teleporters.


 This fight isn’t nearly as kind as the previous ones. “It scanned all of your weaknesses! Be careful!” Kirijo shouts as soon as the fight starts.

 

“Again…!?” The four boys complain in unison. Despite their complaining, the fight wasn’t too bad, and it’s over after around 15 minutes.

 

“Electricity weakness has got to be the worst one…” Morgana complains as the fight ends.

 

“No way, gettin’ tossed around by wind absolutely sucks!” Junpei’s head still hurts from all that.

 

“I’d take that over getting frozen any day of the week.” Ren really should start bringing a blanket to Tartarus.

 

“It doesn’t matter, let’s go.” Makoto ushers the children to the next floor.

 

“Nice work, there’s another checkpoint under our belt. Come on back whenever you’re ready.” Kirijo says once they find out it’s a barrier floor.

 

“Hell yeah! All it took was one day!” Junpei happily cheers as they grab the note and return to the entrance.

 

“We’ll take a five minute break, then do some more training with this team.” Makoto reports as they take their seats. After a five minute break that feels like one minute, the group heads back to floor 28 to train.

 

“We might as well ask you too, why baseball?” Morgana questions as their adventure continues.    

 

“It’s kinda stupid, but I always dreamed of bein’ a pro baseball player as a kid… That’s clearly not happenin’ though.” Junpei slouches as they continue walking.

 

“Why not? You were pretty damn good at the batting cage.” Ren honestly says.

 

“Eh, not as good as I used to be.” Junpei waves off his compliment. “Any idea what you wanna do in the future?”

 

“Not yet.” Ren easily admits. “My only goal for the future is to make it there.”

 

“...” Morgana gives him a sympathetic look.

 

“Well that’s kinda depressing.” Junpei replies with a shrug. “How ‘bout you Morgana? You would make it big in a dart league.”

 

“I think that’s kinda a selfish profession personally. Isn’t the point of having a job to better the world?” Morgana gives his input.

 

“There’s more ways to better the world than just helping people, like givin’ motivation. I used to always look up to those guys on TV playing baseball, and I’m sure many people feel the same.” Junpei says with a reminiscing smile. “My dream was to have kids all around the world look towards the TV, and see themselves in me.”

 

“That’s actually a surprisingly good point.” Morgana says, that’s exactly what the Phantom Thieves were doing. “Though, I don’t know how much motivation I could give looking like a cat. If anything, people would get unmotivated after seeing me perform so well.”

 

“That’s probably true.” Junpei sure would be unmotivated if a cat played baseball better than him. “And you Makoto? You’ve been even quieter than normal today.”

 

“Have I?” Makoto says with a shrug. “Same as Ren I guess, just keep living until I don’t.”

 

“Aren’t you all a bunch of optimists.” Junpei sarcastically says.

 

“I try.” Makoto says, and no one knows if he’s telling the truth or not.

 

The team fights through a couple more floors until Junpei starts a conversation up again. “You think the school will bump up my midterm grade if I beg enough?”

 

“There’s nothing to lose for trying, except for your pride I guess.” That’s the best answer Morgana can give.

 

“The score’s just gonna tear down my pride anyway, might as well give it a shot.” Junpei replies with a shrug.

 

“I wouldn’t do that if I were you.” Kirijo’s voice says, and Junpei doesn’t dare to ask what she means by that.

 

“You weren’t doing bad when food was shoved in your face. Just think about beef bowls during your next test.” Makoto’s input isn’t helpful at all.

 

“And don’t forget the coffee.” Ren doesn’t miss the chance to promote it. “Remember, 30% study efficiency increase.”

 

“Don’t forget my patented Morgana muffins either! I haven’t made those at the dorm yet, have I?” Morgana promotes his business as well.

 

“Great, now I’m hungry…” Junpei can’t wait to return to the dorm. 

 

“Do you actually have a patent on your muffins?” Makoto wouldn’t be surprised.

 

“Nah, they’re just chocolate, banana, and blueberry muffins, nothing too special.” Morgana really should make some soon. “I did choose what goes in it because of me though. The chocolate is my fur, the blueberries are my eyes, and the banana is my collar/scarf.”

 

“He thought that was the most clever thing.” Ren blankly states after his explanation.

 

“”Cause it is!” Morgana still stands by that.

 

“You don’t even like blueberries.” Ren then adds.

 

“I’ll never understand why you do.” Morgana follows up with. “I’m so glad I can eat chocolate though, it’s so good!”

 

“I couldn’t imagine not eating chocolate.” Junpei quickly comments. 

 

“We put that together when you had three whole bars during movie day.” Makoto almost chuckles.

 

They eventually make it back to the barrier floor and into the teleporter. “We’ll return on the 31th to train more.” Makoto states the second they return to the entrance.


5/25 Lunch Time       New Moon

 

“The moment of truth has finally arrived…” Junpei states as they walk towards the exam results. “Oh god…” Junpei says in embarrassment. “That’s terrible, even for me…”

 

“Nice work Ren! Topping the charts once again!” Morgana compliments with pride. ”I bet I’d be first if I could get a score though.”

 

“Doubt it.” Ren immediately replies. 

 

“Looks like I’m the smarter one sis.” Makoto flashes a wry smile at her.

 

“... I’ll win next time!” Kotone lightly slaps his shoulder.

 

“I’ll definitely take top 20.” Yukari is honestly a bit surprised at the result.


Evening

 

“Ah, perfect timing.” Ikutsuki says as the second years return home. “Would you mind heading to the rooftop with me?”

 

“You’re not gonna mug us are you?” Kotone semi-jokingly asks.

 

“Haha, no need to be so wary of me.” Ikutsuki waves her question off. “It isn’t anything important… I just wanted to show you something.”

 

The group decided to get this over with and follows him to the roof where they find a little garden. “So what do you think? Not too shabby, eh?” Ikutsuki asks with anticipation.

 

“Meh.” Makoto immediately replies. “All you did is stuff soil into some boxes.”

 

“Well, you’re free to forget about the garden if you wish, but I think it’s a great way to grow stuff for your cooking.” Ikutsuki hopes his back pain wasn’t for naught.

 

“I used to help with the garden on my old school’s roof.” Ren seems to be the only one with interest.

 

“In that case, it’s time to raise the roof and elevate this garden to new heights! And to top it off…”

 

“I swear if you say, “Eat your veggies, peas.” Yukari says, and Ikutsuki stops in his tracks. “Of course…”

 

“... Whelp, I guess it’s time to make like a tree.” Ikutsuki gets his crap joke in and leafs.

 

“*Sigh*” All six of them sigh in unison.


5/26 After School     Waxing Crescent

 

“Ladies and gentlemen, boys and girls. It’s time for the airhockey finallllssssss!” Junpei announces to the huge crowd. “The winners of this game will win 1000 Yen each, courtesy of owner Nakamura! The mic is all yours.”

 

“Thank you co-host Iori.” Nakamura says as he takes the fake mic. “Let’s reintroduce the players to both the new and old viewers. In the blue corner, Ren Amamiya and fan-favorite, Morgana! This pair has captured hearts all across Iwatodai! Back to you Iori.”

 

“And in the red corner, Makoto Yuki and Kotone Shiomi! Will these twins get the win? Only one way to find out!” Junpei excitedly says.

 

“I still can’t believe we got the owner to do this…” Yukari whispers to Sanada and Kirijo.

 

“He’s probably making a lot of money with all the people who showed up.” Sanada casually suggests. “I hope everyone’s ready to stand here for at least an hour.”

 

“IS EVERYONE READY!? THEN LET THE FINAL MATCH COMMENCE!!” Junpei yells at full volume.

 

*Bang!* *Bang!* *Bang!* The sound of the puck crashing against the walls pierces everyone’s ears as the match goes on. The four players are dead-silent in concentration.

 

*Bang!* *Bang!* *Bang!* The puck flies faster than the eye can see, the players must predict where it will go before their opponents even take the shot.

 

*Bang! Bang! Bang!* The sound gets more common as the puck moves even faster. The players’ eyes never risk blinking once as they continue playing.

 

*Bang!! Bang!! Bang!!* The players are putting their full strength into the game, eyes are narrowed in concentration. Breathing is no longer their main focus.

 

*BANG!!! BANG!!! BANG!!!* “Holy shit… I-I mean, which team do you favor, Nakamura?” Junpei asks in astonishment.

 

“I can’t say for sure, this one’s too close to call! How about an opinion from the crowd, any takers?” Nakamuru motions towards the crowd.

 

“Blue!” “Red!” “Blue!” “Red!” “Blue!” “Red!” “Blue!” “Red!” “Blue!” “Red!” “Blue!” “Red!” 

 

“It seems the crowd isn’t sure either!” Nakamura likes commentating more than he thought. “We’ll just have to continue watching!”

 

120 Minutes later

 

“Pant!* *Pant!* *Pant!*” The players still haven’t given up, but god are they exhausted. They’ve definitely scarred medical experts across the globe.

 

“They’re still breathing… right?” Yukari asks with genuine concern.

 

“Maybe this would be a good way to train…” Sanada thinks out loud. 

 

“Do I need to stop this game?” Kirijo asks as she looks at the players.

 

“Not a chance!” Junpei shouts as the game goes on. “The prize pool has been raised to 10000 Yen thanks to our wonderful viewers!”    

 

“They signed a waiver.” Nakamura grabs a piece of paper with all of their signatures, even Morgana’s. “We are not responsible for any injuries caused to and from the players.”

 

“They actually signed a waiver!? Why am I not surprised…” Yukari feels like she’s in a fever dream.

 

150 minutes later

 

“*Yawn* Two and a half hours and counting.” Junpei reports as his legs hurt from standing. “Are we sure they aren’t robots?”

 

“They’re your friends, aren’t they?” Nakamura questions with a yawn of his own.

 

“*Pant* … *Pant* … *Pant* …” The players’ breathing definitely doesn’t sound normal.

 

“I think we should call the game here.” Nakamura suggests after hearing them.

 

“Yeah...” Junpei agrees with a reluctant sigh as Nakamura shuts the air off of the table.

 

“h…h-huh…?” The four question in sync.

 

“Since I’d prefer my friends to live, the game is ending prematurely!” Junpei announces to both the players and the crowd. “The 10000 Yen will be split evenly among the four of you.”

 

“*Pant* ... *Cough* t-that’s *Pant* probably f-for the best… *Pant*.” Ren struggles to say as the players stumble to the nearby chairs.

 

“I *Cough* g-guess w-we tie… *Pant*” Morgana follows up with.

 

“*Cough* f-fitting… *Pant* h-honestly…” Makoto reluctantly agrees.

 

“w-we *Pant* are n-never *Pant* d-doing that a-again…” Kotone finishes the agreement.

 

“Are you all stupid or something!?” Yukari’s disapprovement is apparent. 

 

“j-jury *Pant* is o-out…” Makoto regrets speaking the second he does.

 

“a-are *Cough* we s-stuck here u-until our legs w-work…?” Morgana’s limbs are sore as hell.

 

“A bit late to think about now.” Sanada essentially confirms their fears. 

 

“g-guess we a-are *Cough* sp-spending t-the night…” Kotone half-jokingly says.

 

“I’ll order a pizza!” Junpei shouts, and the owner actually lets him.


Evening

 

“So, you just grab it with your hands?” Kirijo questions as she watches Junpei eat. “Is that really the proper etiquette?”

 

“You can eat it with a fork if you’re a caveman.” Kotone comments as she bites into her own slice.

 

“You’ve really never had pizza before?” Yukari comments in surprise. 

 

“I can’t say I have.” Kirijo casually admits.

 

“Now that I think about it, I’ve never had pizza before either.” Morgana can’t see the appeal just by looking at it.

 

“I never got you pizza!?” Ren can’t believe his ears.

 

“No…? Is it any good?” Morgana sure hopes it is.

 

“It’s alright.” Makoto comments with a shrug. “Did we really have to get plain cheese?”

 

“I wasn’t ordering a pizza for everyone. Two cheeses is the best I could do.” Little do they know that plain cheese is Junpei’s favorite.

 

“Wish there was more protein…” Sanada thinks out loud. 

 

The group eats their pizza and goes home after another hour.

Notes:

SEES has tackled their first of many full Moon shadows and the team's bond continues to grow. I try to make all the full moon shadow fights interesting, and I think they get better as the story progresses. This chapter has a lot of Ren and Morgana's sibling bond in it, though they will get more friendly with the others in time. Don't ask what I was on when writing the air hockey matches because I couldn't tell you.

Chapter 4: Ghost Stories and New Dangers

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

5/30 Morning     Waxing Crescent

 

“Hey, did you hear about that girl in 2-E?” A classmate asks.

 

“Yeah, I heard they have no idea what happened.” Another classmate says.

 

“Oh my god, isn’t it so bizarre?” The first classmate says.

 

“Man, everyone’s talkin’ about it. People sure gotta lotta time on their hands.” Junpei says despite talking about it as well. “You all hear ‘bout it too?”

 

“A girl in 2-E went missing last night and was found unconscious in front of the school gate.” Morgana answers after popping out of Ren’s bag.

 

“Nobody knows what happened, and she’s supposedly still unconscious.” Ren follows up with.

 

“Man, this is a tough case, even for Junpei Iori, Ace Detective.” Junpei grins and crosses his arms.

 

“Ace Detective?” Makoto blankly questions.

 

“You’re so dumb…” You can see the cogs moving in Yukari’s head. “... More like Stupei, Ace Defective.”

 

*Snicker*

 

“Where’d that come from!?” Junpei’s detective act falls right on its face.


5/31 Dark Hour             First Quarter

 

“Since today is just for training. We’re going to try all going at once.” Makoto steps into his leader role once they enter Tartarus.

 

“Those shadows aren’t ready for the full might of SEES!” Kotone laughs like an insane person.

 

“Although I agreed to this, don’t push your luck, you four.” Kirijo doesn’t say who those four are, but it’s pretty obvious.

 

“Looks like we’re on babysitting duty Sanada.” Yukari comments and sighs. It’s going to be a long night, isn’t it.

 

“Why aren’t you including me!?” Junpei makes his complaints well-known.

 

“...” Everyone just gives him blank stares.

 

“That’s cold.” 

 

“Anyway, we’ll be starting from the beginning and going as high as we can, is everyone ready?” Kotone doesn’t wait for an answer and starts walking up the stairs.

 

The team takes 3 trips throughout Tartarus before deciding to quit for the day. “That was some good training.” Sanada states once they return to the entrance.

 

“The beginning floors were a bit boring though.” Ren holds in a yawn.

 

“Too much walking.” Morgana adds to the complaints. 

 

“You can say that again.” Yukari quietly comments.

 

“Come on, are you saying Kotone didn’t properly entertain?” Kotone takes great offense to that.

 

“...” The blank stares are directed towards Kotone this time.

 

“That’s cold.”


6/1 Evening       Waxing Gibbous

 

“You know how last week that girl was found by the front gate? Well, now they’re sayin’ it was an angry spirit from this one ghost that did it!” Junpei shifts his gaze between the others at the table.

 

“C’mon, nobody really believes that stuff. Right…?” Yukari definitely isn’t worried at all.

 

“We’ve seen enough weird stuff to not completely rule it out.” Ren comments to Yukari’s dismay.

 

“What’s this ghost story about?” Kirijo asks, hoping to find out if it has something to do with the shadows.

 

“Oh, it’s finally ghost story time!” Kotone jumps up and down. “It better be a good one.”

 

“Oho, it’s a ghost story you want, and it’s a ghost story you’ll get! Someone get the lights.” Junpei asks, and Makoto abides.

 

Junpei grabs a flashlight from who knows where and points it up towards his face. “Good evening and welcome to Junpei’s Believe it, or Don’t. There are many strange things in this world.” Junpei has been practicing this, and he’ll make sure it goes well. “Legend has it, late at night, after everyone had gone home… A maniacal ghost roams the halls and devours anyone caught in its grasp! The other day, this friend of mine, let’s call him, “Witness A.” Anyway, he said to me, “Hey, Iori, I saw something weird the other day.” He sounded so serious, so I asked him what he had seen. He told me he saw the girl from 2-E. And claims he saw her go into the school on the night before the incident!” Junpei forms a huge grin. “I told him, “I don’t believe it. Not even for a second. That girl from 2-E isn’t the type to go wanderin’ around at night!” But Witness A was as white as a sheet. He swore to me it was true! Then, it hit me.” Junpei slams his free hand onto the table, causing Yukari to scream. “If the girl was found unconscious at school, then maybe the ghost really did make her its dinner! It all made sense! She went into the school at night, and walked right into its deadly trap! I felt a chill run down my spine, and I broke into a cold sweat. Yes, there are truly some strange things in this world… Believe it… or don’t.” Junpei turns off the flashlight and Makoto turns the main light back on.

 

“Bravo! Bravo! Oncore! Oncore!” Kotone claps and whistles.

 

“I think you’ve found your calling!” Morgana can’t whistle, so he settles for just clapping.

 

“... What do you think, Akihiko?” Kirijo breaks the compliment streak.

 

“Sounds like it’s worth investigating.” Sanada adjusts his glove.

 

“You’re afraid of ghosts Yuka-Tan? Didn’t know you were such a chicken.” Junpei mocks with a grin.

 

“What!?” Yukari slams her hands onto the table. “Who’re you calling a chicken!? Fine then. Let’s investigate it. Each of us will ask around for the rest of the week and gather information. This ghost story is just a bunch of nonsense! I’ll show you!”

 

“Sounds like you all have it handled. The story is a bit unnerving, isn’t it?” Kirijo comments and stands up.

 

“We’ll leave it to you guys then. Would’ve been too scary for me.” Sanada quickly follows.



Makoto and Kotone met up with Sanada in front of Iwatodai Station at his request. 

 

“As a thanks for stepping up as leaders while I’ve been focusing on recovering. Tonight’s on me.” Sanada spreads the good news.

 

“I’ll never say no to free food!” Kotone cheers.

 

“Thanks for saving me from her whining.” Makoto comments right to her face.

 

“I wasn’t whining! Just, continuously asking!” Kotone retorts with.

 

Two excited fans then show up. “Ah, I knew it! You’re Sanada from Gekkokan High!” The first one shouts.

 

“I’ve heard you live in Iwatodai, but wow, I never thought I’d run into you here.” The second fan can hardly believe her eyes.

 

“Who’s that, is he a celebrity?” Another person asks as a crowd starts to appear.

 

“... Come on.” Sanada breaks into a sprint, and the twins follow. “...I’ve had this problem at school, but I didn’t think it’d happen out here too.” He sighs as they make it far enough from the crowd.

 

“Weirdos like that never know when to quit.” Kotone shoots a gaze backwards.

 

“... I guess I’ve probably got it better than you from the sounds of it.” Sanada places a hand on his hip. “Let’s just forget about them and head out to eat.”

 

“... Hey, don’t be like that. I know a place that’d be perfect for us, girls.” Some thug says to the girls from earlier. 

 

“Leave them alone. You don’t want the police getting involved, do you?” Sanada glares at them with his arms crossed.

 

“Huh? Who the hell are you?” Another thug says as the girls run away.

 

“What loyal fans…” Makoto sarcastically comments.

 

“You think you’re a tough guy, huh? Let’s go a few rounds, there’s a place around the corner.” The biggest thug walks towards him.

 

“Stay here, you two, I’ll be done in a minute.” Sanada rolls his neck. “Don’t worry, I won’t go all out against an amateur. It’s gotta be a fair fight.”

 

“Hey, over there! Break it up!” An officer shouts once he sees them.

 

“... I told you officer. They were the ones antagonizing us.” Sanada says while the officers continue to question him.

 

“I’ll handle these three. I’ve already cleared it with the brass.” Kurosawa comes to the rescue just in time, and the other officers leave. “You’d better not be starting any trouble.”

 

“Nah, just your typical thugs.” Makoto speaks from experience. 

 

“They wanted to test my strength. I was just giving it to them.” Sanada simply shrugs.

 

“In the middle of a public street? You really need to think things through.” Kurosawa gives the three a disapproving look. “I’m an officer of the law, anyone who disturbs the peace has to deal with me.”

 

“Noted.” Sanada says despite not noting it at all.

 

“I have a hunch the guys you ran into are part of a gang that’s been active around here recently.” Kurosawa warns them.

 

“What could’ve possibly given you that idea?” Makoto sarcastically asks.

 

“Just be careful not to get on their bad side. And it’s getting late, you’d better head on home.” Kurosawa then walks away.

 

“*Sigh* So much for eating out, I’ll make sure to deliver next time.” Sanada says as they jog home. “Thanks for joining me though.”

 

“I am thou… Thou art I… Thou hast established a new bond… Thou shalt have our blessing when thou choosest to create a Persona of the Star Arcana…” A voice rings through Kotone’s head, showing her social link with Akihiko Sanada.


Dark Hour

 

“Good evening. I’m back, just as I promised. How’ve you been?” Mysterious kid once again makes an entry.

 

“Get out of here.”                                                                                    

“Get out of here.”

 

“I believe you should listen. In another week, the moon will be full again. The next ordeal will be upon you, be careful.” With that, the kid disappears again.

 

Fam - Emo, Not Emo

 

Not Emo: I wonder if I could just jump the weird kid. He’s not that tall.

 

Emo: Nothing is ever that easy.

 

Emo: And how will we know the next ordeal is upon us without his guidance?

 

Not Emo: Hehe, I’m pretty sure he thinks we’re stupid.

 

Not Emo: Why is he even trying to help us?

 

Emo: Probably some ulterior motive, maybe he’ll kill us and take the credit.

 

Not Emo: I’m not dying to an elementary kid. Anyway, night.

 

Emo: Night.


6/5 Evening       Waxing Gibbous

 

“Okay, as we agreed on Monday, we’ll now hold a meeting to discuss what we’ve learned.” Yukari starts the discussion.

 

“Wow, you’re really into this.” Junpei admires the determination.

 

“I assume that means you got some good info?” Morgana asks with hope.

 

“Sure did. And it turns out there was no angry ghost involved.” Yukari reveals with relief.

 

“Aww…” Kotone crosses her arms and sighs. “Fighting a ghost would’ve been cool.”

 

“First off, let’s talk about how this rumor got started.” Yukari wastes no time. “The girl was found on the school grounds, so it does match the ghost story there. But why did the rumor spread so fast, if this was the first time anything happened?”

 

“Her dying message.” Makoto answers with a blank face.

 

“Her dyi- No! It’s because there were three victims.” Yukari places a hand on her face. “The three victims were all connected in some way. Anyone know what it was?”

 

“Their dying messages.” Makoto replies again.

 

“Anyone besides Makoto?” Yukari impatiently asks.

 

“...” Only the grasshoppers outside are to be heard.

 

“Oh my god.” Yukari lets out a loud sigh. “They hung out together. Which is why we’re going to do some field research.”

 

“Field research?” Ren’s eyes narrow in curiosity.

 

“Yep, there’s one place where they were all three regulars.” A determined look appears on Yukari’s face.

 

“Whoa, hang on. You’re not talkin’ about that spot behind Port Island Station, are you?” Junpei doesn’t like where this is going.

 

“Oh, you know about it?” Yukari casually asks.

 

“Bad idea!” Morgana shouts quite loudly. “I went there on one of my walks, it was full of thugs even during the daytime.”

 

“Then more the reason we should all go together.” Yukari clearly doesn’t understand the severity of the situation. “All we’ve done until now is follow orders, isn’t it about time we think for our own.”

 

“We’re definitely not letting you go alone.” Ren reluctantly agrees.

 

“Then it’s settled. We’ll go tomorrow night, so plan accordingly.” Satisfied, Yukari returns to her room.


6/6 Evening       Waxing Gibbous

 

“All right, it’s time. Let’s get going.” Yukari says once only the second years remain in the lounge.

 

“Sh-Shouldn’t we talk about this some more!? I still think this is a bad idea…” Junpei scratches the back of his neck out of nervousness. 

 

“Sounds like a party!” Kotone cheers as happily as ever.

 

“Remember the plan, I’ll scout out first, and the guys stand in front of the girls.” Morgana needs to make sure this goes well.

 

“You’re saying that like I’m defenseless!” Yukari shouts in anger. “I don’t need protectors.”

 

“A friend of ours thought something similar and owed 3000000 Yen to the mafia.” Ren makes sure she knows the severity. “She only got out because we risked our lives to expose the bastard responsible.”

 

“The mafia!?” Junpei’s eyes shoot open. “The hell do you do in your freetime!?” Junpei receives no answer.

 

“Big deal, so it’s a little “dangerous.” Yukari is still as determined as ever.

 

“Did you hear anything they just said?” Makoto no longer thinks Junpei is the dumbest on the team. 

 

“It’ll be fine with all of us.” Yukari replies with a shrug.

 

“I guess we’re doing this, let’s go grab the armory just in case.” Morgana says, and both he and Ren go to their room.

 

“T-The armory…!?” Junpei can’t believe he’s a part of this.

 

“Alright, me, Makoto, and Junpei will each take one, they’re just models but they look nearly identical to the real things.” Ren puts the box of model daggers in front of them. “Keep them hidden, and only pull it out if absolutely needed.”

 

“This is a nice collection.” Makoto grabs a dagger and twirls it in his fingers.

 

“W-W-Wait a sec guys! We can’t just carry fake knives!” Junpei is more against the idea than ever.

 

“Shhh! Those thugs will be the least of our concern if Kirijo finds out, you can stay here if you want.” Morgana glares at him. “There’s smokebombs and a kitchen knife in Ren’s bag if things get really bad.”

 

“Where the hell did you get smokebombs!?” Junpei is astonished.

 

“I made them myself!” Morgana is a bit too proud about that. “If everyone’s ready, let’s get this over with.”

 

Morgana finally gets back from his intel gathering. “Four guys and two girls, no weapons in clear sight. One of the guys is the one from Sanada’s hospital room.”

 

“Good work Mona, it seems you aren’t too rusty.” Ren gives him a proud grin.

 

“Heh, my Persona is the god of thievery for a reason.” Morgana grins back.

 

“You seem way too used to this.” Makoto actually is interested in the story.

 

“We’ve been in this kind of situation before, let’s just hope it goes a bit better this time.” Ren’s comment doesn’t raise anyone’s confidence in the slightest.

 

“...” Morgana’s silence isn’t very reassuring either.

 

“Alright, enough waiting. Let’s go.” Yukari says, and the team marches forward.

 

“The hell are these guys?” A punk says the second they see them.

 

“Check out those rags. They’re from Gekkou High.” The punk’s buddy adds.

 

“You musta taken a wrong turn, ‘cause this place ain’t for you.” The punk says.

 

“Uh… well, I…” Junpei’s excuse making fails miserably.

 

“What I’m sayin’ is, you being here is ruinin’ the vibe.” The punk adds.

 

“And? We don’t need your permission to be here.” Yukari glares at them. “You think I’m intimidated by some punks!?”

 

“What’d you just say?” The punk’s eyes narrow. 

 

“She just called us punks.” One of the girls in the back says. “Come on, let’s post some pictures that’ll make her daddy cry!”

 

“Hate break it to you, but literally none of us have a dad in our lives anymore.” Ren casually responds. “You’ll have to try harder than that.”

 

“Are you tryin’ to piss them off…!?” Junpei should NOT be here.

 

“These guys are scum.” Yukari says right to their faces.

 

“Oh, so now we’re scum, huh?” The punk walks closer to them, and Morgana pokes out of Ren’s bag and holds onto his shoulder just in case he needs to take action.

 

“Look around you, this isn’t a fight you’ll win.” Makoto takes his hands out of his pockets.

 

“Tell ‘em bro!” Kotone cheers with a cocky grin.

 

“That’s enough.” A familiar voice rings through the crew's ears. “They didn’t know what they were getting into. I’ll make sure they leave.”

 

“Who do you think you are dumbass!?” The punk walks over to the guy from Sanada’s hospital room. “They’re not walkin’ outta this! You want some too!?”

 

Sanada’s friend slams his head into the punk's face, causing him to stumble back. “These guys seemed to have it handled without me, do you really want to do this?”

 

“N-No… maybe not.” The punk holds his bleeding nose. “You're Shinjiro Aragaki right? You won’t get away with this!” The punk and his friend run off as the girls laugh.

 

“I remember you. You guys were in Aki’s room at the hospital.” Aragaki glares at them. “You idiots! Go home. You don’t belong here.”

 

“Wait! There’s something we need to know before we leave!” Yukari shouts as he starts to turn around.

 

“Did Aki tell you to come here?” Aragaki asks with his hands in his pockets.

 

“Nah, he wouldn’t have missed the chance to beat up these thugs.” Makoto rolls his neck.

 

“Ain’t that the truth.” Arakagi agrees from experience. “Well, what do you want to know? Is this about that ghost story?”

 

“Right in one.” Ren immediately admits. “You know anything useful?”

 

“Who knows? They’d brag about all the stuff they did to some girl named Yamagishi. That’s why people are sayin’ it’s Yamagishi’s ghost that did it.” Aragaki doesn’t even blink.

 

“Yamagishi’s ghost? What do you mean by that?” Yukari’s expression turns grim.

 

“This Yamagishi girl might be dead. I heard she hasn’t been home in over a week. If that’s all, you should get out of here.” Aragaki turns and walks away before they can answer.   

 

“Aww… we didn’t get to stab anyone.” Kotone wines as they return home.


6/8 Lunch Time     Full Moon

 

Everyone in SEES besides Sanada is gathered in the faculty room with Mr. Ekoda and a brunette girl. Kirijo starts the questioning. “Mr. Ekoda, I’m here to ask you about a student named Fukka Yamagishi.”

 

“NO!” The brunette girl loudly shouts. “Please I… I never thought it'd turn out this way. Fukka…”

 

“What did you do to Yamagishi?” Kirijo questions further.

 

“She always looked so frazzled whenever I gave her a hard time. That’s when I realized. She may be a model student, but deep down, she’s just like us. And because of that… I knew exactly which buttons to push.” The girl’s eyes shoot open in panic. “We were just messing with her earlier that day too! We took Fukka to the gym, and locked the door from the outside…”

 

“You trapped her inside!?” Junpei shouts in outrage.

 

“That’s beyond just bullying.” Ren adds with narrowed eyes.

 

“That night, Maki got worried Fukka might commit suicide, so she went back to the school herself.” The girl’s head tilts down. “And the next morning…”

 

“She was found lying outside the school gate.” Yukari finishes for her.

 

“I went to the gym to let Fukka out myself, but she wasn’t inside. We all freaked out and went to look for her. But every night, another one of us wouldn’t come back, and they all ended up like Maki!” The girl is shaking heavily.

 

“I see.” Kirijo says as professional as ever. “Mr. Ekoda. All this time you’ve been reporting Yamagishi absent due to “illness.” But the truth of the matter is that she was missing. You had to have known about this.” Her gaze locks in on Mr. Ekoda. “Explain yourself.”

 

“I-It was in her best interest. I wouldn’t want her record to be stained by something like this. Her parents agreed!” Mr. Ekoda tries to explain himself.

 

Kirijo doesn’t want to hear any excuses. “So to protect your career, you ignored your responsibilities as a teacher. Dispictable… You can go now, we’ll handle the rest. And this isn’t the last you’ll hear of this.”

 

The teacher nods and walks out of the classroom.

 

“About your friends. Did you notice anything unusual about them before they went missing?” Kirijo’s focus turns to the student.

 

“... A voice… A creepy voice… They all mentioned it before they went missing. They said they could hear it calling their name.” The girl answers in essentially a whisper.

 

“That voice has to be the shadows, right?” Morgana hasn’t seen a shadow do that before.

 

“It’s them, no doubt about it. This must be how people become aware of the dark hour. Shadows are most definitely the enemy of mankind.” Kirijo crosses her arms and looks towards the girl. “Stay in our dorm tonight, it’ll be safest. If you hear the voice, tell us immediately. And don’t leave your room no matter what. If you can manage that, you should be okay. Everyone else, we’ll meet after school in the student council room to discuss tonight’s operation.”

 

“Tonight? What’s happening then?” Kotone has an idea due to mysterious boy, but still.

 

“We’re going to rescue Fukka Yamagishi.” Kirijo says with confidence.


After School

 

“Good. You’re all here.” Kirijo says to everyone, including Sanada this time. “Tonight, we’re infiltrating the campus. Our objective is to rescue Fukka Yamagishi.”

 

“Are you suggesting she’s in Tartarus?” Makoto doesn’t favor her odds if that’s the case.

 

“Correct, that’s why she wasn’t in the gym.” Kirijo confirms his question.

 

“But that was ten days ago! No matter how you look at it, she’s gotta be…” Junpei’s head tilts down.

 

“Don’t lose hope just yet.” Sanada joins the conversation. “Tartarus only appears during the dark hour. So where does it go for the rest of the day?”

 

“So you think it’s only been ten hours for her?” Ren questions, kinda understanding the logic.

 

“But doesn’t time seem to move slower in Tartarus? It’s probably felt like way longer to her.” Morgana thinks her living even ten hours is a stretch. 

 

“Although it does feel longer, it’s only been 10 hours. I think it’s still worth a shot.” Kirijo isn’t very confident this time.

 

“Let’s try to enter Tarturus the same way she did. We’ll go to the gym and wait for midnight. That’ll be the quickest way.” Sanada is not deterred in the slightest.

 

“How are we planning to get back into the school?” Yukari doesn’t like making this plan sound more impossible.

 

“Mehehehehe! Leave it to me!” Morgana smugly comments. “I’ve broken into worse.”

 

“Then we’ll leave that in your hands.” Kirijo flicks her hair back. “Let’s return to the dorm for now.”


Evening

 

“Ah, how I've missed breaking into places.” Morgana comments as he unlocks the door. “Nothing’s more thrilling than doing what you're not supposed to!”

 

“You wouldn’t happen to be doing something I wouldn’t approve of, would you?” Kirijo looks towards him.

 

“O-Of course not!” I definitely didn’t bring a knife in Ren’s bag yesterday… “I only cause mischief when needed.”

 

“We both know that’s not true.” Ren immediately shuts him down.

 

“...” Morgana has no answer.

 

“Anyway, we should find somewhere to get ourselves ready. Your classroom should work, right?” Sanada heads that way before getting an answer.

 

“Our first goal is to find the keys to the gym. It should be in either the faculty office or the janitor’s room.” Kirijo reports as they enter the classroom. “Meet in the main hallway when you’re done searching.”

 

They do just that, and the key is found in the faculty office. “All right, we’ll divide into teams. Four of you will enter Tartarus, and three of you will remain outside with me. Once the dark hour begins, I’ll pinpoint Yamagishi’s position.”

 

“I’m going in.” Sanada immediately states.

 

“Me too, my better night vision could prove useful.” Morgana follows up with.

 

“Can I go too? I really wanna make up for the monorail!” Junpei practically begs.

 

“All right, Junpei, we’ll give you another shot. All that’s left is which leader is joining us.” Sanada looks towards Makoto and Kotone.

 

“No way I’m lettin’ the boys have all the fun. I’m going too!” Kotone volunteers herself.

 

“Sure. Then me, Ren, and Takaba are staying with Kirijo.” Makoto is fine with this turn of events.

 

“Alright, let’s go.” Kirijo says as the team splits off.


Dark Hour

 

“Mitsuru, can you hear me?” Sanada asks through her navigation.

 

“I’m here. I’ve confirmed your positions. You’re higher up than I expected. You’re barely in communication range.” Kirijo reports as she tinkers with her speaker. “Is everyone alright?”

 

“...don’t know… got… separ…” Sanada’s voice cuts in and out.

 

“Akihiko! Come in, Akihiko!” Kirijo shouts, but gets no answer.

 

“They’re out of range? That’s worrying.” Yukari is suddenly not too upset about being stuck down here.

 

“You better be alright Mona.” Ren says to himself.


“...?” Kotone opens her eyes only to find herself alone. Well, until mysterious kid shows up anyway.

 

“Are you awake?” He asks the clearly awake Kotone. “This is the first time we’ve spoken outside of your room.”

 

“If you want to be useful, where are the others?” Kotone glares at him.

 

“Don’t worry, you’ll see them soon. But we don’t have much time to talk. Tonight, there is more than one ordeal you must face. You should hurry. She’s waiting for you. You guys will need her.” The boy vanishes once more.

 

“Welp, time to get searching.” Kotone runs through the halls and up the stairs until she eventually finds her team.

 

“There you are!” Morgana says with relief. 

 

“I don’t think we should enter Tartarus this way again.” Sanada states, not suggests.

 

“Oh yeah. Did you hear a voice on the way here?” Junpei places a hand on his hip.

 

“Who’s there…? Are you… human?”

 

“There’s the voice again!” Junpei looks around for the source.

 

“Ah...” A pale-faced girl reveals herself to the four.

 

“Are you Fukka Yamagishi?” Sanada questions the girl.

 

“Y-Yes!” The relief on Yamagishi’s face is very apparent.   

 

“Good to see you’re alive.” Morgana says with a smile. “Uh, it’s a long story, but I’m on their side.” He adds when seeing her confused face about his looks.

 

“Never fear, the heroes are here!” Junpei raises his fist to the air.

 

“Come with us.” Sanada says with a serious face.

 

“Are you hurt?” Kotone asks and kneels down alongside her.

 

“N-No, I’m just relieved.” Yamagishi slowly stands up.

 

“Try contacting Kirijo.” Morgana suggests since their mission is complete.

 

“... No good. All I hear is static.” Sanada shakes his head and sighs.

 

“How’d you avoid the monsters down here?” Junpei finds that pretty unbelievable.    

 

“Umm, it’s kinda hard to describe, but… I can sorta tell where they are.” Yamagishi can’t give a better explanation.

 

“So she has the same power as Kirijo.” Morgana summarizes. And sis… 

 

“Actually, she may even be stronger. Misturu’s Persona was always more combat-focused to begin with.” Sanada then hands an evoker to Yamagishi. “Hold on to this. Think of it as a lucky charm; it doesn’t actually fire bullets.”

 

“Um… okay.” Yamagishi reluctantly takes the evoker from his hands.

 

“I think it’s time to hop outta here!” Kotone looks out the window. “I’m still upset I can’t take a picture of the moon…”

 

“A full moon… Wasn’t it a full moon the night we went to the monorail?” Junpei questions while scratching his neck.

 

“Hm? It was?” Sanada gets lost in thought for a second. “Was it a full moon the night the dorm was attacked back in April?”

 

“I was kinda… preoccupied… but I think so?” Morgana isn’t all that confident.

 

“It was!” Kotone can’t believe it’s taken them this long to realize.

 

“So they were both full moons… Mitsuru, are you there!?” Sanada asks again.

 

“Akihiko… shadows are-” Kirijo’s voice is full of static. “...Be …Caref…”

 

“Mitsuru!? Mitsuru!” Sanada swings his arm in anger. 

 

“What… is that…?” Yamagishi says in a panicked voice. “It’s much bigger than the others… and it’s attacking someone!”

 

“If it’s anything like the monorail, we’ve gotta hurry!” Morgana shouts in panic.

 

“Agreed, let’s move!” Sanada breaks into a sprint, and the others shortly follow. When they return to the entrance, two shadows tower over the four that stayed down there.

 

“Are you guys okay!?” Kotone has no cheerfulness in her voice.

 

“Nrgh…” is all they answer with.

 

“Ah… Fukka…” The brunette girl makes an appearance.

 

“Moriyama!?” Yamagishi quickly runs towards her. “Please, get out of here! It’s not safe!”

 

“I… I had to tell you I’m sorry…” Moriyama falls to her knees, and the shadows turn to face her.

 

“Hey! Look out!” Junpei quickly warns.

 

“...! I have to protect her!” Yamagishi aims the evoker at her head as the shadow prepares to attack. “... Persona.” As she says that word, Lucia forms around her, shielding them from the shadow’s attack.

 

“I… I can see these monsters’ weaknesses…” Yamagishi says with renewed determination.

 

“Then give us all the info you can, we’ll take it down!” Morgana won’t let them get away with hurting Ren.

 

“Alright, just give me some time.” Yamagishi holds her hands together. 

 

“Buffs and debuffs everybody!” Kotone shouts and uses Sakunda on the Empress. Junpei uses Rakukaja on Kotone, Sanada uses Tarunda on the Emperor, and Morgana casts Rebellion on himself to increase his crit rate.

 

“More peasants raise their blades at us?” The Empress says in an offended tone.

 

“No worries my Empress. They shall kneel soon enough.” The Emperor looks towards the Empress.

 

“The hell am I doin’ wrong if shadows can find love before me!?” Junpei heaves a sigh.

 

“Not the time Junpei!” Sanada grits his teeth as Bufula and Getsu-ei are fired towards him, knocking him down.

 

“It’s done. I can start the analysis at any time!” Yamagishi’s eyes glow a shining blue.

 

“Check the Empress!” Kotone commands, and a green aura surrounds it.

 

“It’s weak to fire! Nothing else will work though.” Yamagishi is impressed with her power.

 

“Let’s tear her apart Junpei!” Kotone grins, and Junpei matches as they both fire Agi. “Your turn Morgana!”

 

That was the right move, as Morgana’s wind knocks the Emperor down. “Rip them to pieces!” Morgana commands as they all-out attack.

 

“Hmph, such a cowardly trick.” The empress looks hardly affected.

 

“Says you!” Junpei unhelpfully buts in.

 

“Watch your tongue boy!” The Emperor’s voice is full of rage. “Paradigm shift!” A huge ring of multiple colors circles the battlefield.

 

“They changed everyone’s affinities! Be careful!” Yamagish loudly warns.

 

“Ours too?” Morgana is almost relieved about not being weak to electricity. “Wait! I have Bless skills now!?”

 

“Royalty makes the rules, not snobs such as yourselves.” The empress mocks and casts Megido.

 

“Check both their weaknesses!” Kotone commands and casts Media on the party.

 

“... Huh!? Nothing works!?” Yamagishi says in panic. “Does anyone have almighty attacks!?”

 

“I’ve got Wind break! That’s the best we’re getting!” Sanada says as he casts the spell. “I don’t even have wind though!”

 

“I do!” Junpei declares and instantly fires Garu on the Empress. “Suck on that!”

 

“What heathens!” The Empress’ anger now matches the Emperor’s. “Grovel at my feet!” The Maragi knocks all four of them to the ground. “Get these peasants out of my sight.” The Empress looks towards the Emperor.

 

“It will be my pleasure.” The Emperor is happy to oblige. “Swift Strike!”

 

“Arrrghhh!” The four scream in unison.

 

“Now do as I say and kneel.” The Empress looks down on them.

 

“Fat chance!” Kotone forces herself up and pushes the shadow back with Garu. “Anyone have healing!?” She quickly asks.

 

“I do! Only single target though!” Morgana answers with a scowl. “Who needs it the most!?”

 

“*Cough*” Sanada’s cough gives him his answer, and he cast Dia on him. “T-Thanks. Time for payback!” Sanada uses Wind Break on the Emperor.

 

“Go down already!” Junepi shouts as his Magaru slams the shadows into the wall.

 

“Know your place!” The Emperor shouts in fury as he casts Paradigm shift again.

 

“What’s everyone got!?” Kotone immediately asks.

 

“I’ve got Fire break, anyone have fire moves!?” Junepi immediately answers.

 

“Me! Use it!” Morgana prepares his Persona as the Empress gets hit with the debuff. Sanada also buffs him with Tarukaja. “You’ll be the one to kneel!” The Agi crashes straight into her face, causing the first scream of pain from the enemies. Morgana then fires Agi once more.

 

“Keep up the pressure!” Kotone shouts and heals everyone's HP with her one Bead Chain.

 

“This will not do. We will not be harmed by mere men!” The Emperor uses Paradigm Shift once more.

 

“Is there anything we can use?” Kotone asks with doubt.

 

“Huh? They’re weak to all elements…?” Yamagishi reports in a confused tone.

 

“You imbecile!” The Empress yells at the Emperor. “You’ve cast the spell the wrong way!”

 

“Ha! What a clown!” Junpei mocks as everyone fires their new elements. “Now for the finishing move!” The group pummels the shadows to dust in the all-out attack, and the fight is won.

 

“D-Did we win?” Yamagishi asks as her Persona disappears.

 

“Looks like it. Great work Yamagaishi.” Sanada happily compliments.  

 

“You alright Ren?” Morgana casts Dia now that his normal skills have returned. “You slept on the job the last two big shadow fights, are you doin’ it on purpose?” Morgana jokingly asks.

 

“You caught me.” Ren holds his hands in the air. “Seriously though, I’m fine. More so embarrassed than anything.”

 

“How ‘bout you bro?” Kotone then asks.

 

“I think I’m dying.” Makoto pretends to faint.

 

“*Snort* See, you can be fun when you want to be.” Kotone helps him back up. 

 

“Are you alright?” Yamagish asks Moriyama.

 

“Yeah…” Moriyama’s head tilts to the floor.

 

“Thank goodness.” Yamagishi says, then immediately falls unconscious.   

 

“Fukka…!?” Moriyama shouts in worry.

 

“She’s just exhausted.” Kirijo assures her.

 

“Um, what are we gonna do about Moriyama? She knows about the dark hour and shadows.” Yukari doesn’t exactly want a bully living at their dorm.

 

“She’s not like us, so she won’t remember anything about the dark hour.” Sanada answers with relief. 

 

“That means she’ll forget that Yamagishi saved her life.” Yukari looks sad. “That doesn’t seem right.”

 

“I get the feeling things will work out.” Kirijo comments as Moriyama thanks Yamagishi.


6/9 Evening     Waning Gibbous

 

“Kirijo and Sanada are at the hospital with Yamagishi.” Makoto reports as everyone else returns from school.

 

“Which means the dorm is third year free!” Kotone excitedly follows up with. “Break all the rules your hearts desire!”

 

“And blame it all on Junpei!” Yukari adds with a laugh.

 

“Please have mercy, I’m already in enough trouble with my midterm grades as is…” Junpei says with no energy.

 

“I’m just glad we’re not super sick this time.” Morgana prays that he didn’t just jinx it.

 

“So you don’t want another 40-hour cuddle?” Ren actually sounds upset.

 

“That’s not what I said. And why do you still word it like that!” Morgana will never understand. “I’d rather you didn’t cough in my face though.”

 

“On to the important stuff… It’s game night!” Kotone quickly rushes to her room.

 

“Uh oh.” Makoto isn’t ready to deal with Kotone’s competitiveness in video games right now.

 

“Are we in danger?” Ren asks as he hears a crackle from upstairs.

 

“Aha!” Kotone comes rushing down with a Wii in her hands. “If there’s one thing I refuse to lose at, it’s Mario Kart!”

 

“She found my weakness…” Morgana’s head lowers in defeat.

 

“I have!? Sweet!” Kotone is now even more excited. “Prepare to eat my dust!” That’s exactly what happens, because Kotone gets first every race for the entire 3 hours they play. “Hahaha! I am the victor today!”

 

“We got our asses kicked…” Junpei comments even though they were targeting her with items the entire final race. 

 

“And they say girls can’t drive!” Kotone rubs it in even more. 

 

What none of them notice is that their Persona’s agility increased by 3 after the games.


6/11 Evening     Waning Gibbous

 

Everyone gathers in the room on the fourth floor once Yamagishi is released from the hospital. “So, you’re Fukka Yamagishi, right?” Ikutsuki loves to talk first apparently.

 

“Y-Yes!” Yamagishi announces and stands up.

 

“You don’t gotta be so nervous, we don’t bite, usually.” Kotone assures her, and Yamagishi sits back down.

 

“I just want to quickly mention that everyone did an excellent job uncovering the truth.” Ikutsuki then continues. “Ah, and one more thing to report. I’ve heard that all three girls regained consciousness.”

 

“That’s great news…” Yamagishi says with a smile.

 

“I don’t think we could have won that fight if you hadn’t been there.” Kirijo looks towards Yamagishi. “You saved our lives. That’s not something just anyone could’ve done. Take pride in that.”

 

“Seriously, you saved our bacon.” Junpei compliments with an appreciative smile. 

 

“You have a special power that you can use to help others, we call it “Persona.” Kirijo continues to state her case. “And right now, our group absolutely needs your abilities. Can we count on you to help us?”

 

“Are you asking me to join you?” Yamagishi says in surprise.

 

“Why wouldn’t we? You did great.” Ren knows they need all the help they can get.

 

“Only if you want to.” Makoto follows up with.

 

“I think you’d make a good addition to the team too.” Sanada’s looking forward to having Kirijo back in battle.

 

“Same here!” Junpei excitedly shouts.

 

“It’s about time we get another girl!” Kotone already knows she’ll say yes.

 

“...”

 

“C’mon Mona, you should know by now that you talking isn’t the craziest thing ever.” Ren pokes his head.

 

“Yeah…” Morgana sees Yamagishi look shocked for a second, before returning to a mostly neutral face. Someone probably told her about him already. “You’d be a great asset to the team Yamagishi.”

 

“That just leaves you, Takaba.” Ikustsuki looks towards her.

 

“Aren’t we dragging her into this a bit fast?” Yukari voices her concerns.

 

“It’s not an issue, I’ll do it!” Yamagishi says with a determined face.

 

“If you’re sure. You’ll have to move into the dorm though.” Yukari reminds her.

 

“That’s fine. I’d rather live here than home anyway.” Yamagishi actually looks happy about hearing that.

 

“Good to have you.” Ikutsuki smiles at her. “One other topic I’d like to discuss is those special shadows. We had another encounter this month. They seem to appear alongside the full moon. This, at least, will help us plan for the future.”

 

After a little more discussing, the team heads to bed for the night.


6/12 After School     Waning Gibbous

 

“It’s finally time to pay up Junpei!” Kotone shouts after she gathered everyone after school.

 

“Huh, pay up for what?” Junpei asks with worry.

 

“For doing the worst on the midterms.” Makoto answers for him. 

 

“Yamagishi’s celebration is all on you!” Morgana happily adds.

 

“I already bought the pizza at the arcade!” Junpei could barely even afford that. “I’m broke as a joke right now.”

 

“You really don’t need to have a celebration for me.” Yamagishi assures them.

 

“Sure we do!” Ren isn’t letting her get out so easily. “How’s curry sound?”

 

“Yes! My wallet lives another day!” Junpei shouts way too loudly.

 

“She hasn’t even agreed yet.” Yukari reminds him. “Ren’s curry is really good though.”

 

“Ren AND Morgana’s curry.” Morgana makes sure she’s aware. 

 

“That sounds great. Thank you.” Yamagishi has an appreciative smile, and they return to the dorm.

 

“How are you with spice?” Morgana asks once he and Ren make it to the kitchen. “We’ll make it how you prefer since it’s your celebration.”

 

“I personally like a lot of spice, if that’s fine with everyone else of course.” Yamagishi doesn’t receive any no’s, so she assumes it’s fine.

 

“Sweet, let’s turn up the heat, Morgana!” Ren announces with a grin.

 

“Mwehehehe! They aren’t ready for this!” Morgana grins back. “I’d recommend you get some cold water, you’re going to need it.”

 

“We’re going to die.” Makoto nonchalantly states.

 

“Well, if I’m goin’ out, their curry is the best way to do it.” Kotone’s mouth practically waters as she waits. Luckily, she doesn’t have to wait long.

 

“Eat it slowly if you aren’t great with spice.” Ren warns with a serious face. “As for the rest of us…” Ren quickly shoves a huge portion into his mouth.

 

“Mmm! We nailed it once again!” Morgana devours his curry at a concerning pace.

 

“Hot! Hot!” Junpei chugs his entire ice water in one gulp. “How the hell can you eat this so fast!?”

 

“Ish no’ evn ‘at hot.” Morgana replies without stopping his eating.

 

“Ohh, it’s spicier than I expected.” Yamagishi seems to enjoy that fact. “It’s really good.”

 

After everyone finishes their food, Yamagishi speaks up. “Thank you everyone.”

 

“No biggie.” Ren waves her compliment off. 

 

“Yeah, we should be thanking you for joining.” Sanada follows up.

 

“Um, if we still have the time, I’d like to get to know everyone better. I don’t know much besides your names.” Yamagishi’s request turns the dorm silent.

 

“In all honesty, we don’t know all that much about each other either.” Kirijo informs her. 

 

“In other words, we’re all depressed as shit.” Kotone says way too happily.

 

“O-Oh.” Yamagishi is taken aback by her comment.

 

“Once again, not depressed.” Junpei still denies the accusations.

 

“Well, everyone ‘cept for Junpei.” Kotone amends herself. “Maybe Kirijo and Sanada too, are you depressed?”

 

“Depressed isn’t the word I’d use.” Sanada doesn’t really give a clear answer.

 

“I wouldn’t say so.” Kirijo’s answer is a little more clear.

 

“Well, that’s 5.5 depressed people outta 8.” Morgana quickly calculates.

 

“Why’s everyone including me?” Yukari confusedly questions.

 

“I haven’t heard anything about your story, but you haven’t spoken up like Junpei did so it’s pretty obvious.” Morgana explains himself.

 

“Oh.” Is all Yukari replies with.

 

“How did Yamagishi’s party turn into this?” Makoto zoned out about 5 minutes ago.

 

“U-Um, I’m sorry.” Yamagishi begins damage control.

 

“Don’t worry ‘bout it.” Kotone tells her. “Maybe we should learn more about each other though.” Kotone adds, which surprises everyone.

 

“Let’s not ruin her party with all that.” Morgana is surprised to find that he doesn’t hate the idea of explaining at least some stuff about him.

 

“Agreed, let everyone know if you’re ever feeling shit so we don’t ruin a good day.” Makoto says with full seriousness. 

 

“O-Okay…” Yamagishi confusedly accepts.


Dark Hour

 

“You’ve prevailed yet again.” Mysterious boy reappears. “Do you remember what I said before? About everything coming to an end? Well, I recalled something else. I’m pretty sure the end is unavoidable. Hey, if you don’t mind, can I be your friend?”

 

“Sure.”  

“You tell me that the end is unavoidable then ask to be my friend!?

 

“Thank you.”         

“Is that not how it works?”

 

“My name is… Pharos. I know we’ll get along great.”

 

“I am thou… Thou art I… Thou hast established a new bond… Thou shalt have our blessing when thou choosest to create a Persona of the Death Arcana…”

 

Both Makoto and Kotone unlock the Pharos Social Link.

 

Fam - Emo, Not Emo

 

Not Emo: Weird kid is a social link!?

 

Emo: Guess so.

 

Not Emo: His Arcana is death, maybe he IS going to kill us.

 

Emo: Is all his cryptic messages just some weird death threat?

 

Not Emo: Y’know what, probably.

 

Emo: He’s trying too hard.


6/13 Evening     Waning Gibbous

 

Everyone was told to meet in the room on the fourth floor with the promise of gifts from Ikutsuki, but Yukari decides to meet up with Yamagishi in her room before the meeting starts. “Are you looking into something?” Yukari asks when she finds her typing away on her laptop.

 

“Yes, I figured I should know everyone’s defining characteristics and whatnot, to prepare for battle. I can’t do any actual fighting, so I need to make myself useful.” Yamagishi answers as she continues typing.

 

“You’re a really hard worker Yamagishi, and you’ve got an amazing ability too. Now that I think about it, everyone in this dorm is pretty amazing, huh?” Yukari looks slightly upset about that. “Sanada is hands down one of the strongest, Makoto and Kotone have their special power, Kirijo’s super smart and probably pretty strong too, Ren is top of his class despite just transferring, and Morgana is super talented even with paws. Oh, and Junpei is Junpei.”

 

“*Giggle*”

 

“But what do I have? I’m only half the person everyone else here is. I was the first to get knocked out last full moon too.” Yukari fidgets with her hair. “Maybe I don’t need to be here after all, haha.”

 

“That’s not true at all.” Yamagishi cuts off her laughing. “I was told that a Persona is the power of the soul, also known as the other self. That’s why I think a person’s personality and feelings are reflected in their Persona. For example, your Persona has healing powers, right?”

 

“W-Well, yeah. But so do Sanada and Morgana.” Yukari doesn’t know where she’s going with this.

 

“Yes, but only you have multi-target healing. That’s because there’s a kindness in you that no one else has.” Yamagishi says with certainty.   

 

“H-Huh? I… I’m not kind at all.” Yukari tries to refute her. “I just don’t want to see anyone go down or get hurt, that’s all.” All Yukari’s comment does is form a knowing smile on Yamagishi’s face. “C-C’mon. I think Ikutsuki’s gonna be here soon.” Yukari then turns around. “And feel free to call me Yukari if you’d like.”

 

“Okay, Yukari. Go ahead and call me Fukka.” Fukka says as they make their way to the meeting.



“Sorry for bugging you all again so soon, but I brought something special today.” Ikutsuki opens the suitcase on the table. “I’d like to provide you with some new equipment. After spending quite some time in development, we’re ready for the battle testing phase.” Ikustuski’s face shows a serious expression for once. “Combat gear, complete with a matching armband, and… Your new trump card in the battle against shadows: cartridges that enable the use of Theurgy.”

 

“Theurgy?” Makoto questions with a decent amount of interest.

 

“To put it simply, it synchronizes with the user’s emotions, and when the right conditions are met, allows them to unleash an attack of immense power.” Ikutsuki explains with a hint of excitement in his voice.

 

“Oh, you’re talkin’ about signature attacks! It’s about time!” Junpei is full of excitement.

 

“How does it work?” Ren decides to question.

 

“Well about that…” Everyone groans as Ikustsuki says that. “It’s a bit difficult to explain. I think it might be easier if you just try it out for yourselves.” After saying that, Ikutsuki leaves.

 

“Well, since everyone’s already gathered. Why don’t we try them out tonight?” Kirijo suggests, and everyone is on board.


Dark Hour

 

Everyone comes strolling into Tarturus in their new uniforms with “Ultimate style points.” According to Junpei.

 

“This is awesome!” Kotone happily shouts. “No shadows will get in our way now!”

 

“We’re like a super elite task force!” Junpei shares her excitement. “The new weapons look great as well.”

 

“Huge fan of the scarf!” Morgana doesn’t know how they knew to give him a scarf, but he’s definitely not complaining. “This uniform seems very sturdy as well.”

 

“I see that everyone’s is a bit different.” Ren wears a coat similar to the one he wore in the Metaverse.

 

“Each one is made to compliment our physiques and fighting styles.” Sanada explains as he throws a few punches as a test.

 

“It seems like this armband isn’t just for decoration either.” Kirijo finds herself impressed with the outfits.

 

“According to the manual, there are a bunch of features built into it. For example, it can give you a readout of your vitals. What else…?” Fukka flips through the pages. “There’s also a function that notifies you when you can use your Theurgy…? There doesn’t seem to be much information on it though. All it says is to insert the cartridge into your evoker to use it.”

 

“Then that will be our goal for the day.” Kirijo adjusts her hair.

 

“The four on standby last time will be the ones testing this. So me, Takaba, Ren, and Kirijo.” Makoto declares, and no one refutes.

 

“Before you go, Tarturus seems kinda weird right now. It seems… distorted, it’s probably just temporary.” Fukka warns them.

 

“Thanks for the warning, let’s go.” Makoto leads the frontliners into the teleporter.

 

“You’re approaching a shadow!” Fukka warns as the team continues exploring.

 

“Let’s take it down.” Makoto ambushes the shadow in the blink of an eye.

 

“The middle one is weak to strike.” Fukka informs them.

 

“It’s all mine!” Ren smirks and uses Bash. “I hope you’re not rusty, Kirijo!” Ren shifts to her.

 

“You need not worry. Penthesilea!” Kirijo’s ice knocks the remaining two shadows to the floor. “Time for an execution!” It all comes back to her as they all-out attack. “Kneel before me” Kirijo brushes her hair to the side.

 

Once the team finds the stairs, Fukka gives them a warning. “I’m sensing something on the floor above us. Something strange. It feels similar to the distortion from earlier.”

 

“Got it, we’ll be careful.” Ren doesn’t like hearing the word distortion after hearing it so much in Tokyo.

 

“Huh!?” Everyone says as they reach the floor.

 

“Stay calm everyone! It seems like you were sent to different locations on this floor. The lights are out too.” Yamagishi scans the floor. “Yukari, look out!”

 

“Aaah!” Yukari yells as a shadow sneaks up on her. Makoto hears the scream nearby, so he runs that direction, when he gets there, he sees Yukari standing in front of a huge shadow.

 

The shadow notices Makoto’s presence and fires an unknown attack that knocks him to the floor.

 

“Makoto! Not again…” Yukari thinks about the first full moon fight at the dorm where she was useless to help him.

 

“Argh!” Makoto gets hit with another attack, and is low on HP.

 

“Everyone’s always protecting me and getting hurt because of it.” Yukari then thinks about the recent full moon fight, where she was the first to fall unconscious. “I always mess things up! What am I even doing!?”

 

“Yukari…” Fukka says in an understanding tone.

 

“Fukka, I need you to back me up. I’ll hold this thing off until everyone gets here!” Yukari’s face is full of determination.

 

“Wait, is this…!?” Fukka quickly opens the manual. “Yukari! Load the cartridge into your evoker!”

 

“... I know.” Yukari was already doing it before she asked. “Now’s the time!” Yukari's eyes glow red as her Persona summons arrows of wind in her bow, which Yukari wastes no time firing. “Haha! Bullseye!” Yukari is lifted into the air by a small tornado and fires one more charged arrow at the shadow, killing it instantly. “Makoto, are you okay?” She wastes no time asking after the fight.

 

“Yeah, seems like you are too.” Makoto quickly heals himself up as the others arrive.

 

“Good, no one died.” Ren comments as he sees them.

 

“Hehe, sorry I worried everyone.” Yukari quickly apologizes.

 

“It’s all right. You did well handling an unexpected situation. I believe we should return to the entrance for now though.” Kirijo states, and her word is law, so everyone does as asked.

 

“That special attack was awesome, Yuka-Tan. How’d you do it?” Junpei actually wants to take notes for once.

 

“I just focused really hard and thought to myself, I have to do whatever it takes.” That’s the best explanation Yukari can provide.

 

“Ikutuski did say it synchronizes with your emotions.” Ren reminds the team.

 

“Right, I should be able to tell when someone can use their Therugy from now on.” Fukka states to everyone's excitement.   


6/14 Evening               Waning Gibbous

 

“Since our M&Ms are asleep at 7:00 PM for some reason, wanna do something?” Ren asks once he finds Kotone in the dorm.

 

“Sure! I was lookin’ for a free meal.” Kotone’s already decided that she’s not paying.

 

“How’s breakfast for dinner sound? There’s never enough time in the morning to cook.” Ren heads into the kitchen.

 

“Sounds like fine dinnin’ to me!” Kotone grins and takes a seat at the table.

 

“I aim to please.” Ren winks and gets to work.

 

“Whadda makin’?” Kotone is already starving despite not being that hungry 5 minutes ago.

 

“Pancakes.” Ren answers with a smile. “Me and Mona used to have pancakes for breakfast every Sunday since there was no school.”

 

“I wish!” Kotone cries in jealousy. “Just pancakes though?”

 

“There’s actually a reason for that.” Ren’s grin grows. “An old enemy of ours got caught because he heard Morgana say “pancakes.” Only people who’ve heard him talk in the other form can understand him.”

 

“*Chuckle* That’s a pretty pathetic way to get caught.” Kotone must admit. “You seemed to have a lot of enemies from what I’ve heard. What the heck were you two doin’?”

 

“Trying to fix our shitty world.” That’s the understatement of the century.

 

“And how’d you do that?” Kotone’s interest has been piqued.

 

“Trade secret.” Ren still doesn’t think it’s a good idea to reveal too much.

 

“Aww…” Kotone will pry more info someday. “One more question, why’d you stop?”

 

Ren’s expression immediately saddens. “...” 

 

“O-Oh, sorry.” Kotone quickly apologizes.

 

“It’s fine.” Ren heaves a sigh as he flips a pancake. “What did you do before moving here?”

 

“Eh, just made minimum wage and did good in school really.” Kotone definitely is telling the full truth… 

 

“I was about the same before my probation. Just kept my head up so my parents would give a crap about me.” Getting sent to Tokyo was honestly the best thing that’s happened to him, assuming you don’t count the getting tortured by god and dying part that is. “Not that they did in the end.”

 

“They sound like great people to me.” Kotone sarcastically comments as the pancakes arrive.

 

“Yep, disowning your kid so he doesn’t “ruin” your reputation definitely gets you on that list.” Ren stabs his fork into his pancakes. 

 

Kotone wonders what he isn’t comfortable talking about is considering he easily admitted to being disowned, it must be really bad. “I’d be happy to ruin their reputation for you!”

 

“Heh, thanks, but it’s a little late for that.” Ren’s pancakes are perfect once again. “Whadda think?”

 

“I didn’t know pancakes could be so good!” Kotone squeals as she shoves an entire pancake into her mouth at once. “Is there anything you suck at cooking?”

 

“Not really.” Ren admits with a shrug. 

 

“Cheater!” Kotone isn’t complaining for a second though.

 

“Are you a good cook?” Ren would like a cooking buddy besides Morgana for once.

 

“Nah.” Kotone doesn’t seem very happy about that. “Mako’s the chef of us two.”

 

“Then how about you become my apprentice?” Ren happily offers. “Maybe you’ll even learn the curry recipe someday…” That may be a dirty tactic, but Ren doesn’t care.

 

“Deal!” Kotone immediately shouts, and her social link with Ren hits rank 3.


6/15 Evening     Waning Gibbous

 

*Knock* *Knock* “Come in!” Ren shouts from his room, and Makoto enters.

 

“I’m letting you know that we’re going to Tartarus tonight.” Makoto informs them.

 

“Cool, we’ll get ready.” Morgana reluctantly turns off the TV.

 

“I was also wondering if I could get a quick reading about our Tartarus trip from you.” Makoto quickly adds.

 

“Mwehehehe!” Morgana dashes towards the closet and grabs his tarot cards. “Let’s see which way the cards fall.”

 

“Uh oh.” Ren comments from the side. “Mona gets really into character when giving readings.”

 

“Have a seat young man.” Morgana sets up the cards, and Makoto swears his eyes are glowing more blue than normal. “Hmm… I see…”

 

“Uh, see what?” Makoto questions with a hint of concern.

 

“I see both great fortune and great power ahead of you. I also see the birth of new powers… though not without a price.” Morgana finds himself intrigued by the cards.

 

“That doesn’t sound good.” Makoto comments with worry.

 

“Luckily, the death Arcana is nowhere to be found, but the Star is in the reversed position. I believe whoever that card represents will be negatively affected in some way.” Morgana sadly reports. “Though which form that will take is unknown.”   

 

“Any idea who that represents?” Makoto then asks.

 

Morgana is surprised that Makoto doesn’t know, considering he’s one of the people selected by his master. “All I know is that it’s not me, you, or Ren. Both you and Ren appear to be the Fool, and I appear to be the Magician. I’d have to look into the others.”

 

Makoto is shocked that he got all three of their Arcanas correct. “Alright, and what does the birth of new powers mean?” 

 

“I think it’s both new skills from the shadows and our Theurgies. It’s possible that the Star Arcana represents that person having some issue in using their Therurgy.” Morgana hopes it’s that simple.

 

“Got it, thanks.” Makoto is glad to have a warning about this, and saving his 3000 Yen too.

 

“No prob, just put me on the starting team as payment.” Morgana grins and winks.


“Hey, do you have a social link of the Star Arcana?” Makoto quickly asks Kotone.

 

“Yeah, Sanada is my Star Arcana, why?” Kotone tilts her head.

 

“Acording to Morgana’s reading, something bad is going to happen to him in Tartarus tonight.” Makoto reports, and Kotone’s face shows worry.

 

“Bad, like what?” Kotone then questions.

 

“I don’t know.” Makoto admits with a shrug. “He said it’s not death at the very least. It could be something very little.”

 

“Alright, we’ll keep an eye on him.” Kotone intends to keep that promise. “It’s about time to go.”


Dark Hour

 

“Our main goal today is to successfully use everyone’s Theurgy.” Makoto rolls his neck. “The first lineup is me, Morgana, Sanada, and Kirijo.” Makoto hopes to get Sanada’s over with.

 

“Alright, let’s do this.” Sanada cracks his knuckles, and the team enters the teleporter.

 

“I’ll continue to research your Therugies.” Fukka comments as they make it to the floor. “It seems Yukari’s increases after healing someone, but I’ll need more data for the rest of you.”

 

“Thanks Yamagishi.” Makoto leads the team up through the newly unblocked path.

 

“Woah…!?” Fukka comments as they reach the floor.

 

“What is it?” Kirijo quickly asks.

 

“I sense both powerful and rare shadows on this floor.” Fukka says in an alert voice. “Be careful if you choose to fight them.” 

 

This must be the great fortune and power Morgana saw. Makoto thinks to himself. I’d be a waste not to fight them. “We’re engaging, be careful though.” Makoto slowly leads his team to the first shadow, which is one of the strong ones.

 

“Only one enemy, it’s strong though!” Fukka warns as the fight begins.

 

“Buffs and debuffs everyone.” Makoto aims the evoker at his head. “Persona!” The four shout in unison, Makoto, Sanada, and Kirijo apply all three debuffs while Morgana puts Sukukaja on Sanada.

 

The shadow looks angry as it casts Mabufudyne, doing heavy damage to everyone except Kirijo and knocking Sanada down. It then reverts all its stats with Dekunda.

 

“That power…!?” Fukka says with concern.

 

“I’ve got to keep its power down. Yamagishi, check for a weakness, Kirijo, use all the healing items you need to, Morgana, look for a crit, Sanada, keep your guard up.” Makoto quickly casts Tarunda again.

 

“Understood!” The four others all do as asked, and Morgana’s lucky punch knocks it down. “Time for payback!” Morgana shouts as they all-out attack.

 

“Still about 80% health to go.” Yamagishi informs them. “No updates on your Theurgies.”

 

“Looks like we’re in for the long haul.” Sanada shakes his head as the shadow sends another Mabufudyne their way.

 

“Kirijo, try your status ailment, Morgana, you’re on healing duty this time.” Makoto updates and switches to an Ice resistant Persona. “Persona!” Makoto uses Assault Dive since he knows it’s not resistant to strike.

 

“Looks like charm doesn’t work.” Kirijo begrudgingly reports as the item used by Morgana heals everyone back to full health.

 

“C’mon! Show me what you’ve got!” Sanada holds strong as another Mabufudyne crashes into him.

 

“Morgana’s been frozen!” Fukka reports after the attack.

 

“Dang it.” Makoto mutters under his breath. “We aren’t getting enough damage at this rate... Kirijo, heal everyone up. How long on the analysis, Yamagishi?”

 

“Not too much longer.” Fukka immediately says.

 

“Alright, looks like we’re waiting for the right moment to attack.” Makoto raises Sanada’s defense, and Sanada guards once again. The shadow tries something new though, and attacks Sanada with Diamond Dust, breaking through his defense and knocking him down despite guarding. “Aaaaahhh!”

 

“Akihiko!” Kirijo shouts as the attack crashes into him again.

 

“Sanada is unconscious!” Fukka is full of worry. “Kirijo, your Therugy is ready!”

 

“Stand down!” Kirijo’s eyes glow red as she summons ice all across the floor. “You’ll be executed for that!” She swings her rapier at full power as she skates around the enemy, before her Persona fires a volley of ice at it. “Know your place.” Kirijo hops onto the iceberg her Persona created and snaps her fingers, breaking the ice and dealing severe damage to the shadow, it’s also inflicted with freeze.

 

“That was awesome Kirijo! Analysis complete!” Fukka happily reports. “It’s weak to Bless and… drains Ice?”

 

“It looks like Therugies ignore resistances.” Makoto is definitely glad about that.

 

“Mrrrr…” Morgana emerges from the ice. “Sanada!”

 

“We’ll heal him back up after the fight.” Makoto assures him. “Wanna get some revenge?” Makoto motions to the frozen enemy.

 

“Hehe, of course!” Morgana runs in with his blade and crashes through the ice, knocking the enemy down. “All-out attack!”

 

“Stay down!” Makoto shouts once the attack is over and uses Kouga, knocking it down again. “Let’s get him!”

 

“30% Health to go! Keep it up!” Fukka feels motivated after seeing them turn the odds. “My Therugy is ready!”

 

The shadow uses Concentrate to increase its power. “Use it now Yamagishi!” Makoto quickly commands.

 

“Lucia, protect them all!” Fukka holds her hands together as everyone receives Heat Riser.

 

“Whoa, nice work Yamagishi!” Morgana happily compliments. “Should we go for the win now?”

 

“Kirijo, decrease its defense, I will attack since me and Kirijo are resistant to Ice, you guard.” The others do as asked, and Makoto fires another Kouha and switches back to his ice resistant Persona. “Rush in!”

 

The Concentrated Diamond Dust nearly knocks out Morgana despite being full health and guarding. “Let’s finish this now!” Morgana gets another lucky crit, and the all-out attack finishes the fight.

 

“*Phew* That was tough…” Morgana comments as the fight ends. “We got so much EXP though!” He then uses an item to wake up Sanada.

 

“Nrgh… Did we win?” Sanada holds his head as Morgana heals him back to full HP.

 

“Yeah.” Makoto is impressed by how accurate Morgana’s reading was. “We’ll keep you on the front lines to fight the rare shadows, but you’ll head back down when we challenge the other powerful one.”

 

“Sounds good.” Sanada is glad he isn’t being kicked immediately.

 

After 3 successful golden hand fights, Sanada is replaced with Kotone to power through the shadow quickly.


“It’s a different enemy!” Fukka disappointedly says once Makoto ambushes the shadow.

 

“Great…” Makoto quickly gets back into his role as leader. “Same drill as last time.” The same buffs and debuffs are used in the first round.

 

The enemy appears to smirk as huge projectiles reduce everyone to 1 HP. “What!?” The four shout in unison.

 

“You’ll need to do at least 300 damage to avoid punishment!” Fukka used nearly all her SP to quickly scan the shadow. “You shouldn’t get attacked if successful.”

 

“Alright, send everything ya got!” Kotone shouts. Luckily, the four on the frontlines are the ones with Medium damage magic by this point.

 

“Persona!” The four elements do a whopping 321 damage.

 

“We’ll be in trouble if someone misses.” Morgana warns with a sigh. “We can’t even heal ourselves.”

 

“Same with the debuff wearing off.” Kirijo says with just as little enthusiasm.

 

“Everyone, make sure your attack lands!” Kotone commands, and the attacks do slightly over 300 damage again.

 

“About 1500 damage to go.” Fukka doesn’t seem pleased by that fact.

 

“This is the last round with the debuffs.” Makoto says, and everyone focuses to make sure their attacks make their marks.

 

“The debuff is gone! 1200 HP to go!” Fukka doesn’t know how they’ll win this one.

 

“You’ll have to try Lucky Punch Morgana!” Makoto knows that’s their only chance.

 

“... I can’t! Not enough HP!” Am I going to fail again…? No, I wont let Ren down! No matter what! “Time for plan B!” Morgana’s eyes glow red as a huge tornado appears under the shadow, pieces of the ground float around it. “I’ve gone through too much to lose now!” Morgana zips across the pieces of the floor while slashing the shadow with his simitar. “Don’t underestimate me!” Morgana gathers all the pieces in a ball of wind and slams it down onto the shadow, doing severe damage and reaching the 300 threshold himself.

 

“Nice work Morgana.” Kirijo quickly reapplies the Rukunda, and Makoto puts Tarukaja on Kotone.

 

“Now the damage’s arrived!” Kotone fires Bufula, which inflicts freeze.

 

“775 HP left!” Fukka lets go of a deep breath.

 

“I’ve got this one!” Makoto casts Fatal End, doing 200 damage and knocking it down. “Charge!” The all-out attack reaches the damage requirement again. “Don’t let up!”

 

“Persona!” The others shout as their attacks crash into the shadow.

 

“300 HP! You’ve got this!”

 

“Everyone, show your power!” Kotone cheers as the four summon their Personas. 

 

“PERSONA!!” The shadow is turned into nothing as the attacks finish.

 

“Great job everyone!” Fukka excitedly cheers. “I’ve gotten some new information after scanning you during the battles. Kirijo’s Theurgy increases when successfully inflicting a status ailment, Yuki and Shiomi’s Theurgys increase by attacking with new Personas, and Morgana’s increased from worrying about Ren.”

 

“Y-You didn’t have to say that outloud!” Morgana’s cheeks glow red. 

 

“Aww… you didn’t want to let me down.” Ren cheekily comments through Fukka’s Persona.

 

“I-I don’t want you to be alone…” Morgana softly admits.

 

“Mona…” Ren smiles despite Morgana not being able to see it. “Same here.”

 

“Whoa, Amamiya’s Theurgy is ready now!” Fukka says in shock.

 

“Alright, me, Morgana, and Kirijo will swap with Ren, Sanada, and Iori.” Makoto is already tired after one floor.


The group makes it to the first gatekeeper shadow with little issue. “It’s strong, be careful everyone!” Fukka warns as they enter battle.

 

“Give ‘em hell Ren!” Kotone grins and buffs his attack with Tarukaja, and Sanada lowers the middle one’s attack with Tarunda.

 

“Sanada’s Therugy charges when debuffing enemies!” Fukka then learns.

 

“I’ll give them worse than hell!” Ren’s red eyes pierce through the black smoke Arsene created. “HAHAHAHAHAHA!!” Ren and Arsene laugh in sync as they slash the shadows from all angles. Ren’s red eyes disappear from the shadows’ sight before they get engulfed in curse energy, “Now for the finale!” Ren appears from behind them and jumps into the air while throwing his dagger into the floor next to the shadows, which explodes in a huge blast of curse energy, doing heavy damage and inflicting all the shadows with fear. 

 

“I love the theatrics!” Kotone compliments and claps.

 

“Anyone ever told you that you’re a little scary sometimes?” Junpei comments after witnessing that.

 

“I take it in stride.” Ren replies as Junpei’s Vacuum Slash does good damage and gets a crit on an enemy.

 

“It looks like Iori’s increases when landing a crit!” Fukka explains after that hit.

 

“Then I’ll have to do it again!” Fate actually decides to be kind and grants him another crit. 

 

“Iori, your Therugy is ready!” Fukka excitedly announces.

 

“Hell yeah!” Junpei’s eyes glow red as Hermes is summoned behind him. “Char- whoa!” Junpei trips while running towards the shadows, but Hermes slashes the enemy multiple times. “You’re out!” Junpei recovers and leaps into the air before slamming his sword down onto the floor, doing severe damage and completely destroying the main shadow.

 

“It was very you.” Ren comments with a smile.

 

“That’s what I was gonna say!” Kotone complains with her arms crossed.

 

“Both Shiomi and Sanada’s Therugies are almost ready!” Fukka informs the team.

 

“Time to farm these guys!” Kotone cheers and debuffs one with Rakunda.

 

“Sure thing.” Sanada also uses a debuff.

 

“Sanada’s Theurgy is ready now!” Fukka then reports.

 

The two enemies try to use Puplina, but miss twice. 

 

“It’s time Polyduces!” Sanada’s eyes glow red as he leaps into the air while Polyduces charges a ball of electricity. “This one’s just for you!” Sanada punches the ball full force towards the shadows, doing heavy damage to both of them and finishing the fight.

 

“Those poor shadows didn’t deserve 3 Theurgies…” Kotone says as the fight ends. “They deserved 4!”

 

“And here I thought you were being merciful for once.” Ren jokingly comments.

 

“Why would I do that?” Kotone cheerfully questions. “I guess crushing a regular shadow will do. Sanada, trade with Mako so we can get through everyone’s today.”

 

“Got it.” Sanada doesn’t love getting sent back twice, but he won’t argue her leadership.


It’s an unfortunate pair of shadows that must deal with the twins’ wrath. “Both of your Theurgies are ready!” Fukka reminds them.

 

“Jack Brothers!” The two shout in unison, and their Persona’s have a rousing debate on who’s funnier. They apparently all four suck though, because the shadows die before they even finish.

 

“It looks like your Theurgies use two of your Personas.” Fukka comments as the fight ends. “You both also have one called Cadenza that heals 50% and applies Sukukaja to everyone.”

 

“Of course you get special treatment…” Junpei comments with his arms crossed.

 

“Our mission has been accomplished for tonight, so we’ll call it for now.” Makoto is more than okay with that. “Let’s go.”

Notes:

The second full moon shadow is toppled, and Fukka Yamagishi joins the team. They've also unlocked their trump card, Theurgies. This chapter doesn't have that much content in it because the game really doesn't have a whole lot for this arc, but that will change as we progress further. This chapter gives the first insight into Ren's parents, whom you will definitely grow to hate later down the line.

Chapter 5: Off Time

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

6/16 Evening           Third Quarter

 

“Welcome back everyone.” Kirijo greets the second years when they return to the dorm. “It appears all the second years are present.”

 

“I didn’t do it!” Kotone immediately shouts and puts her hands into the air.

 

“Likely story.” Morgana comments as he hops out of Ren’s bag.

 

“So… got somethin’ to tell us?” Junpei asks with a confused expression.

 

“Ah, I had planned to give Yamagishi a tour of the dorm… but I realized I never actually showed it properly to any of you since you moved in.” Kirijo looks between everyone. “I apologize for that. I’d like to take this opportunity to make it up to you all.”

 

“Sure.” Makoto easily agrees.

 

“Uh, we’ve kinda been livin’ here all this time… I think we get the picture.” Junpei scratches the back of his neck. 

 

“Just think of it as a field trip.” Ren suggests to appease Junpei.

 

“And if anyone needs a tour, it’s you.” Yukari says with a blank face. “You break it, you buy it.”

 

“How clumsy do you think I am?” Junpei rhetorically asks. “And I know the place so well, I could give a tour myself!”

 

“Heh… you’ll make a great assistant then.” Kirijo smiles and brushes her hair to the side. “With that, let’s begin. Yamagishi, follow me.”

 

“This is the communal kitchen.” Kirijo explains once they reach the first destination. “You’re free to use any of the kitchenware here.”

 

“Does anyone besides me and Mona know how to cook?” Ren would like more students than just Kotone for cooking.

 

“I’ve seen Akihiko in here from time to time.” Kirijo answers since he’s not present.

 

“I’m pretty good.” Makoto casually answers.

 

“I can do it… but I’m no chef.” Yukari doesn’t sound very content about her skills.

 

“Very impressive guys.” Fukka happily comments. “I can’t say I’m a very good cook myself.”

 

“Same here. I nearly chipped a tooth after burning my bacon too much…” Junpei shamefully admits.

 

“How on Earth…!?” Morgana can’t believe his ears. 

 

“A-Anyway, next place!” Junpei quickly exits the kitchen. “This is where we hang!” He then points to the lounge.

 

“This is the lounge… Well, I suppose it doesn't require further explanation.” Kirijo explains with a hand on her hip.

 

“Is that an upgraded DVD player!?” Kotone excitedly shouts.

 

“Oh, that’s mine.” Fukka quietly admits. “I brought it with me from home.”

 

“Thanks Fukka. These sofas make this the perfect place to sit back and watch a movie.” Yukari admits with a smile. “There are some movies I’ve been wanting to see, but… I’d rather not watch them alone…”

 

“It’s also the perfect place to play Mario Kart!” Kotone still won’t stop bragging about that. “If anyone ever wants to get their ass kicked, I’d be happy to oblige.”

 

“That wraps up the first floor. Let’s move up to the next.” Kirijo leads the team to floor two.

 

“Um, are we allowed to borrow those books on the shelf in the back?” Fukka asks once they pass it.

 

“Of course.” Kirijo quickly answers. “Those books were donated by residents of the dorm. I peruse them from time to time myself.”

 

“When I cozy up here with a good book, I end up readin’ late into the night.” Junpei admits to everyone's surprise.

 

“All you read is manga…” Yukari says with a disapproving look.

 

“Hehe, I think manga is a respectful form of literature. Maybe I’ll try reading here myself…” Fukka admits while looking through the book options.

 

“It’s also a great place for a chess match!” Morgana happily adds.

 

“Please utilize it however you’d like. Our last destination is the roof.” Kirijo then leads them there.

 

“As Ikutsuki has informed you, we’ve started a small garden up here. It seems to be progressing nicely.” Kirijo is impressed.

 

“Thanks, they should be ready to harvest in two days.” Ren can tell at a glance.

 

“You sure you can do this yourself? Maybe I should give it another try…” Junpei ponders while remembering his failure of a garden from elementary school. 

 

“Maybe I should give it a try too, it could be fun.” Fukka follows up with.

 

“Cooperating with someone on this may be worth your time.” Kirijo comments, and leads everyone back to the lounge. “That concludes our tour.”

 

“Being shown around kinda makes me more motivated to use those places.” Yukari says with surprise.   

 

“Any questions?” Kirijo asks to the crowd, but receives no reply. “In that case, I hope your stay here is an enjoyable one. I’ll use this time to read, feel free to join if you’d like.” And with that, she heads upstairs.

 

“As leader, I demand that everyone makes use of something from the tour tonight!” Kotone orders and heads to the kitchen. “Time for Kotone’s cookin’ lessons to begin!”

 

“Sure thing, I’ll transform you into a master by morning!” Ren boldly comments and heads into the kitchen as well.

 

“I'm going to sleep.” Makoto declares and does just that.

 

“I’d be down to watch the movie with you.” Morgana jumps onto the sofa. “I’m pretty good at calming people down.”

 

“Thanks!” Yukari heads to her room to grab the movie.

 

“Looks like it’s time to ruin another garden.” Junpei says non-jokingly.

 

“Hehe, looks like I’ll have to keep you in check.” Fukka comments, and they head to the roof.


“Alright, time for cooking bootcamp.” Ren prepared the necessary ingredients for his class. “Lesson 1, how would you go about cutting these chives?”

 

“Uh…” Kotone picks up the knife and gets to chopping.

 

“ERRRR!” Ren’s noise nearly causes Kotone to cut herself. “Hold the knife like this.” He then shows her the proper way. “Now, when you’re cutting, hold your other hand like this.” Ren does the claw method and quickly cuts a fourth of the chives into perfect pieces. “You do the rest.”

 

Kotone then tries it herself. “Like this?”

 

“Don’t go too fast to start out with or you’ll cut yourself.” Ren warns her from experience. “And make the pieces more even.”

 

“So demanding…” Kotone says under her breath and continues cutting. “And… done!” Kotone finishes after way too long.

 

“Lesson 2.” Ren grabs two drinks from the fridge. “One of these is regular milk, the other is lactose-free. See if you can tell which is which.”

 

“How does this help me cook exactly?” Kotone tilts her head.

 

“You need a good palate in order to tell what your recipes are missing.” Ren quickly explains. “This is a very basic test.”

 

“Whatever you say, Chef Ren.” Kotone takes a sip of the two cups. “... They taste the same!”

 

“Really…?” Ren blankly says with disappointment plastered across his face.

 

“Don’t give me that look!” Kotone wants to smack it right off his face, but refrains. She then takes another sip of both. “I think the left one is regular.”

 

“Correct!” Ren couldn’t be more relieved. “You’d be fired on the spot for getting that wrong.”

 

“I’m unemployed.” Kotone immediately replies.

 

“Uh… fair enough.” Ren admits with a shrug. “Final lesson of the day.” Ren rolls his neck and grabs 5 different ingredients. “Name all 5 of them.”

 

“Let me see… Onions, cheese-”

 

“What kind of cheese?” Ren cuts her off.

 

“Huh? It’s uh… swiss?” Kotone only knows because of the holes in it.

 

“Good, go on.” Ren crosses his arms.

 

“I think this is a dragonfruit…?” Ren doesn’t stop her, so she continues. “What’s this called again…”

 

“Starts with a z.” Ren gives a hint.

 

“Oh, zucchini.” Kotone remembers instantly. “And lastly… uh…” Kotone scratches her head. “What the heck are these…!?”

 

“Do you give up?” Ren questions with a smirk.

 

“Yeah…” Kotone reluctantly submits.

 

“The answer is lotus roots.” Ren tells her.

 

“How do I know you didn’t make that up?” Kotone sourly questions.

 

“Are you discrediting the master!?” Ren points towards Kotone. “Shame on you.”

 

“Please forgive me, oh wise one!” Kotone gets on her knees.

 

“Hehe, all is forgiven.” Ren says, and Kotone gets up. “I’ll teach you how to make coffee next time.”

 

“Will you!?” Kotone says with excitement.

 

“It’ll take a while to get down though. Mona still can’t replicate mine after all this time.” Ren admits to Kotone’s dismay.

 

“Welp, gotta start somewhere.” Kotone keeps her optimism up.


“Whoa, that teaser was so dramatic! It’s like the stuff from overseas.” Yukari comments before the movie starts.

 

“Hopefully the actual movie doesn’t disappoint.” Morgana has made himself comfortable on the blanket Yukari provided for them.

 

“I’ve heard good things about it.” Yukari’s expectations are high. “I’ve also heard that it has horror elements though…”

 

“I’ll be fine if it’s just some jumpscares.” Morgana has been forced to watch enough horror movies with Ren. 

 

“Yeah, those aren’t too bad.” Yukari only kinda means that. “Oh, it’s starting! Man, the tension is palpable…”

 

After The Movie

 

“That was surprisingly good.” Morgana happily reports. “The main character was cool.”

 

“I agree!” Yukari cheerfully says. “She was just a regular person, but she stood so strong in the face of adversity.”

 

“Reminds me a lot of Ren.” Morgana easily admits. “Facing impossible odds is kinda his thing.” Hopefully we can do it again against Yaldabaoth.

 

“Says the guy who’s good at everything despite his form.” Yukari says with a laugh.

 

“I-I’m not good at everything!” Morgana shakes his head. “A-And it's only because Ren was a great teacher.”

 

“Give yourself some credit.” Yukari tells him. “Most people don’t have half the talent you do.”

 

“Thanks. And you need to give yourself some credit too.” Morgana says back. “I remember you saying that you always mess things up before you used your Therugy, and that isn’t the case.”

 

“I’ve already realized that, thanks anyway though.” Yukari assures him.

 

“Have you really?” Morgana looks towards her with a serious expression. “I used to think I messed everything up too, then I ran off and almost… got myself killed because of it.”

 

“Really?” Yukari can’t imagine Morgana thinking that.

 

“Yeah… it was shortly after that when me and Ren officially became brothers though.” Morgana says with a smile.

 

“I’ll admit that I still feel a little inadequate compared to the rest of you…” Yukari’s head tilts down. “Everyone at this dorm is so talented.”

 

“Including you.” Morgana assures her. “The team isn’t complete without everyone.”

 

“Thanks Morgana.” Yukari says with a smile. “I needed to hear that.”

 

“So did I.” Morgana reminds her.


6/17 Evening

 

Makoto joins Sanada in the kitchen at the ladders request. “Chicken tenderloin, eggs, broccoli… We’re gonna boil them one after another.” Sanada explains the steps. “This is a staple for an athlete. Full of valuable nutritions, and not too hard to cook either.”

 

“Sounds simple enough.” Makoto says with a shrug.

 

“Not so fast, the problem is what comes after.” Sanada quickly warns. “Next you gotta portion everything out, and then put it in the freezer, it’s a lot of work.”

 

“I’m surprised you don’t just pour protein powder and call it a day.” Makoto motions to the protein powder on the counter next to them.

 

“If only it were that simple.” Sanada says with a small chuckle. “All right, let’s get started.”

 

After a few minutes, the food is successfully made and stored in the freezer. “It’s done. This should last for a while.” Sanada happily reports. “Go ahead and take some, it’s a good midnight snack, since it won’t really put on fat.”

 

“Thanks.” Makoto takes his share and heads to his room.


6/19 Dark Hour             Waning Crescent

 

“It’s time for Tarturus!” Kotone seems to be the only one happy about that.

 

“Yay.” Makoto blankly says.

 

“Don’t be like that.” Kotone lightly slaps him. “A leader’s supposed to hype their troops up!”

 

“*Yawn* Kinda late for that, considering you forgot to tell us until 5 minutes before we left.” Ren forces himself awake. 

 

“Seriously, I finally got Ren to sleep, then this happens.” Morgana loudly sighs. “My efforts were all for naught...”

 

“One must always be prepared for war!” Kotone loudly shouts. “Our enemies won’t wait until we wake up!”

 

“Uh… they kinda do?” Junpei tilts his head. “It’s not like they’re gonna bust into the dorm while we’re sleepin’.”

 

“You better not have jinxed it, Junpei.” Yukari has a few choice words for him if he did. “Though the full moon is still far away, couldn’t we have just gone tomorrow…”

 

“No complaining! In fact, you three have just signed yourselves up to be on the first team!”

 

“Huh!?” Yukari, Junpei, and Morgana shout in unison.

 

“Lift them legs, soldiers!” Kotone immediately orders the new team.

 

“This sucks.” Junpei shakes his head, and they follow Kotone into the teleporter.

 

“It looks like there’s still a long way to the barrier floor.” Fukka doesn’t let her tiredness show. 

 

“Kotone, how did your cooking lessons with Ren go?” Morgana starts conversation.

 

“It went great! I think…” Kotone scratches her head.

 

“You think?” Junpei doesn’t seem convinced. 

 

“I didn’t burn the place down, did I?” Kotone says as if that’s an accomplishment.

 

“If that’s what you call a success, I’m worried about trying your actual food.” I didn’t do that bad my first try, did I? Yukari asks herself.

 

“Then you don’t get any.” Kotone sticks her tongue out. “How ‘bout you two’s movie night?”

 

“It was fun.” Morgana quickly admits. “They could’ve cut the entire hospital scene and nothing would’ve changed though”

 

“What do you mean? It showed the main character’s bravery way better than the stupid warehouse scene.” Yukari doesn’t appreciate the number of jump scares in that part.

 

“The warehouse scene was awesome! Especially when she ran over like, 50 zombies with that forklift!” Morgana gets way too into the argument.

 

“She was scared out of her mind right before that! It’s completely unrealistic!” Yukari rebuts with. “She hadn’t even driven a forklift before!”

 

“She wasn’t gonna just sit there and die! Your brain just does that in life or death situations!” Morgana’s experienced that a few too many times at this point.

 

“Would a forklift even crush zombies!?” Yukari doesn’t give up.

 

“*Sigh* Oh god, there’s two of ‘em…” Junpei quietly comments.

 

“And how about your gardening with Yamagishi?” Kotone asks as Yukari and Morgana continue to bicker.

 

“I successfully poured water on them without killin’ ‘em.” Even Junpei knows that’s not impressive in the slightest.

 

“He also fell backwards after a caterpillar crawled up his arm.” Fukka says with a chuckle.

 

“It was the biggest caterpillar on planet Earth!” Junpei defends himself.

 

“Sure it was.” Morgana says with clear doubt once he and Yukari agree to disagree.   

 

Battle after battle pass, and the crew only now finds the next gatekeeper shadow.

 

“My legs are gonna be so buff by the time this tower’s gone.” Junpei complains as they continue their adventure.

 

“I’ll definitely be skipping leg day for a while.” Yukari actually agrees with Junpei for a change.

 

“You know the drill guys, chuck Therugies at it until it no longer exists.” Kotone gives her crap plan and charges into battle.

 

They actually had the perfect team for this fight; Morgana and Yukari could knock down the two side shadows with their wind, and Junpei’s physical attacks made quick work of the main one. “That was nothin’!” Junpei proudly declares.

 

“Yeah, if only the full moon fights were so easy.” Morgana can’t help but think.

 

“Sounds like we’re ready to continue!” Kotone bubbly states. “Though Yukari’s SP is kinda low, wanna swap?”

 

“Yep!” Yukari immediately answers.

 

“Got it, get up here Ren.” Kotone quickly commands.

 

“Comin’ right up!” Ren was getting tired of the silence at the bottom.


“It’s been a bit since we’ve been on the same team Mona.” Ren comments as they start moving. “It’s a lot more boring without you.”

 

“Hopefully our Theurgies charging quicker when we’re together changes that. We’re the perfect team!” Morgana excitedly shouts.

 

“Kinda gay.” Kotone says super quickly.

 

“*Chuckle*” Junepi fails to hold his laughter.

 

“We’re brothers!” Ren and Morgana shout in unison with red cheeks.

 

“I’m just sayin’, me and Mako’s Therugy doesn’t charge like that.” Kotone says with a laugh. 

 

“... There’s a lot more than just OUR lives at stake if one of us dies.” That’s the most information Ren has given about their situation so far.

 

“I don’t even want to know what that means.” Junpei admits with worry.

 

“You’re definitely right about that…” Morgana takes a deep breath. “But that’s why we won’t fail.”

 

“Are you guys ever planning to tell your story?” Kotone’s been dying to know.

 

“Maybe.” The two reply in sync again.

 

“How about you?” Morgana returns the question. “I heard Mrs. Toriumi say something about it in the faculty office on the first day of school, but I was… y’know.”

 

“More depressed than Mako? Yeah.” Kotone quickly answers. “And to answer your question, ask Takaba for the short version if you’re really interested.”

 

“Nah, stuff like this should only be told if you actually want to.” Ren would hate it if someone just blurted out his story for everyone to hear.

 

“I feel kinda outta place for not bein’ depressed.” Junpei says in a surprisingly serious voice.

 

“Oh, it’ll happen eventually.” Kotone says with less energy than usual. 

 

“The world just waits for the worst time.” Ren follows up with.

 

“Or worst times.” Morgana corrects him.

 

“...” Junpei doesn’t like those responses at all.

 

“... Uh, the stairs are to your right.” Fukka quietly chimes in.

 

“Good, let’s move!” Kotone walks at a quickened pace.

 

After a few floors of fighting shadows, the team has moved on to more pleasant topics. “Guess who actually got a 100 on the quiz yesterday? Me!” Junpei brashly compliments himself.

 

“... You know the questions were opinion-based, right?” Morgana stares blankly at him.

 

“T-They were…?” Junpei’s pride instantly shatters.

 

“Oh my god.” Kotone puts her hands over her face. “Junpei… You impress me sometimes.”

 

“We need to hold study groups more often.” Ren adds to Junpei’s dismay.

 

“The world is so cruel…” Junpei can only blame himself though.

 

“Has Junpei finally had his depressed moment?” Morgana comments with a chuckle.

 

“I’m sure my next exam scores will do it.” Junpei says with a chuckle of his own as they head up the stairs.

 

“The gatekeeper shadow is on this floor!” Fukka warns them.

 

“Not a problem!” Kotone wastes no time rushing in.

 

Despite both Wind and Curse not working against the shadow, nothing can withstand four Therugies for very long.

 

“Good goin’ guys!” Kotone happily compliments.

 

“I really could go for some coffee.” Morgana misses how effective it was in the Metaverse. “Can whoever made Kirijo’s bike make a coffee siphon that works in the dark hour?”

 

“Now there’s an idea!” Ren is clearly onboard.

 

“Anyway, team switchero time!” Kotone loudly shouts. “Mako, Sanada, and Kirijo trade with me, Morgana, and Junpei.”


“So, Kotone tells me you're the family cook?” Ren says with interest.

 

“All that means is that I’m better than her, which isn’t saying much at all.” Makoto slightly smiles.

 

“You seemed pretty experienced when we cooked together.” Sanada was surprised at his speed.

 

“It was a simple meal.” Makoto quickly replies.

 

“Can you just take a compliment already?” Ren loudly sighs. “You’re as stubborn as Mona.”

 

“I’ll think about it.” Makoto will not be thinking about it. “The rare shadow is up ahead!” That got everyone back into focus.

 

After killing the rare shadow and progressing forward, Fukka speaks once they reach a new floor. “My goodness… This floor is huge, isn’t it? I imagine mapping the whole thing out would be a lot of work… Oh, I should tell you something Kirijo told me… She said that there’s a Reaper that appears in Tartarus.”

 

Ren’s eyes widen at that name. He’ll have to fight a lot of them to train for the rematch, won’t he? “What is that?” He pretends not to know.

 

“Apparently, it will appear out of nowhere and chase you endlessly…” Fukka says with slight shakiness. “And if you get caught, um… I think you know what happens if a “Reaper” catches you.”

 

“It appears if you stay on a floor for too long.” Kirijo adds to her explanation. “If we hear the sound of chains, we are to exit the floor immediately, understood?” Kirijo says with more seriousness than ever.

 

Luckily, they never find the Reaper today, but they do find the next barrier floor. “Good work everyone. You’re free to head back now.” Fukka tells them.

 

“Let’s grab the document and go.” Makoto says, and the team does just that. After a few more teams and grinds, they return home for the night.


After School     Waning Crescent

 

“Do you have a moment?” Kirijo asks as she walks into every second year but Fukka’s classroom. “I was just told that the chairman will be stopping by this evening. When you get back, make sure to come to the fourth floor.” She leaves immediately after.

 

“Talk about short notice. Maybe he wants to tell us a new joke?” Junpei suggests and scratches the back of his neck.

 

“I sure hope not.” Morgana makes his opinion clear.

 

“He might be the single most unfunny person on the planet.” Ren follows up with.

 

“Even lil’ bro is funnier than him.” Kotone pokes said lil’ bro.

 

“I can be funny when I want to be.” Makoto won’t take that lying down.

 

“I guess we should find out what it is.” Yukari reluctantly says. “Let’s head straight back today.”

 

Once everyone gets to the dorm’s entrance, they find Fukka and a white dog waiting there. “Koro, shake!” Fukka asks, and the dog abides.

 

“What a smart dog.” Yukari comments as they get nearer.

 

“Oh, welcome back everyone.” Fukka greets them with a wave.

 

“What’s this fine gentleman doing here?” Kotone questions while looking towards the dog. “I require petting permission now!”

 

“Hehe, go ahead.” Fukka says to her delight. “Say hi, Koro.”

 

“Woof!” Koro struts over to Kotone.

 

“Me next!” Junpei volunteers himself.

 

“He’s all yours, I’ve got Mona all to myself!” Ren grins and pets his head.

 

“R-Ren…” Morgana pouts, but leans into the petting despite his embarrassment.   

 

“His name is Koromaru.” Yukari informs the team. “He’s usually sitting near the shrine.”

 

“Oh, this dog still goes on walks all by himself?” A passing housewife says as she spots him.

 

“What do you mean?” Makoto questions.

 

“He used to belong to the priest at the Naganaki Shrine.” The housewife explains. “Every afternoon, the two of them went this way for a walk.”

 

“So that’s what he was doing here.” Fukka quickly realizes.

 

The woman's head tilts down. “That is, until the priest passed away… The priest was hit by a car while walking his dog. He didn’t survive. Ever since then, he continued to go on walks, always stopping to sit by the site of the accident. He won’t let anyone take him in either.” The woman gives his story and leaves.

 

Yukari crouches down and pets him. “Aww, you’re such a loyal dog!”

 

“Isn’t the chairman coming today? We should probably go get ready.” Fukka reminds the team.

 

“Fine… we’ll be back soon boy!” Junpei energetically promises.

 

“Arf!” Koromaru seems happy.


Evening

 

“Hello everyone.” Ikustsuki greets them as he arrives. “I gathered you all here because I wanted to let you know how my research has been going. It concerns the shadows that have been appearing during full moons. Now, I want you to listen closely. It might be hard to follow. Shadows can be divided into 12 categories, according to their characteristics. This, we’ve known for a while. Think of it like their class or order.”

 

Ikutsuki pushes his glasses up and continues explaining. “I’ve classified the special Shadows we’ve seen so far and, well, it’s simply fascinating.”  

 

“The point beingggg…?” Kotone’s head tilts forward.

 

“Oh, right.” Ikustsuki finally takes a seat. “Those shadows belonged to categories I through IV, in order of their appearance! They may have looked different than regular shadows, but the classification scheme still applies.”

 

“So… that’s good?” Junpei asks in confusion.

 

“Oh, I get it. There are 12 in total, and 8 we haven’t seen yet.” Fukka says with more energy than usual.

 

“That’s exactly right, Yamagishi! You’re quite sharp.” Ikutsuki compliments.

 

“Do we know their end goal yet?” Morgana asks despite doubting that to be the case.

 

“That’s what we haven’t figured out yet: Their motive.” Ikutsuki confirms while thinking. “They don’t kill their prey; they feed on their minds. Is there actually an underlying intent behind their actions?”

 

“That is interesting. But no matter their intent, we still have to beat the rest of ‘em.” Sanada’s one-track mind speaks again.

 

“I agree.” Kirijo quickly adds. “That’s about all we can do at this point.”

 

“8 more huh? Lucky us.” Yukari sarcastically says.

 

“They’re stronger every time too. We’ll have to train much harder to keep up.” Ren rolls his neck.

 

“We’ll manage. We’ve got plenty of time.” Sanada can’t hide his excitement. 

 

“But why does Tartarus even exist in the first place…?” Yukari scratches her chin.

 

“That’s the million Yen question.” Morgana wishes Liz had told him more about her guest’s journey.

 

“...” Kirijo tilts her head down, and only Yukari notices.


6/21 Daytime                     Waning Crescent

 

“Good morning.” Sanada greets Kotone as she makes it to the lounge. “I’m about to head out for a jog.”

 

“Can I join?” Kotone asks to Sanada’s surprise.   

 

“Sure, I’ll go grab an extra water real quick.” Sanada dashes to the kitchen. “Alright, let’s go.”

 

“*Pant* *Pant* Really makin’ a girl work! *Pant*” Kotone keeps up with Sanada’s pace despite her body’s objections.

 

“I said I wouldn’t go easy on you just because you’re a girl.” Sanada barely even seems winded.

 

“*Pant* N-Now you’re makin’ it sound weird.” Kotone smirks and shakes her head.

 

“Huh? How so?” Sanada seems genuinely lost.

 

“You’ll understand when you’re older.” Kotone laughs despite her lack of breath.

 

“What’s that supposed to mean!?” Sanada runs faster to make it more difficult for her. 

 

“You asshole…” Kotone accepts the challenge anyway and increases her pace. “*Pant* This was supposed to be a jog *Cough* n-not running for my life!”

 

“If you can play air hockey for two and a half hours straight, you can do this.” Sanada finally makes it to his destination, Nakanaki Shrine. “Though it would be bad to overexert yourself more than you need to, let’s take a break.” The two take a seat at a nearby bench. “That was fun, I usually train in the club room or in my own room alone.”

 

“Why didn’t we train in there?” Kotone asks with a large smirk.

 

“W-Well, we can’t both be in my room, you know.” Sanada is taken aback by her comment. “In any case, I should’ve changed into my workout gear. I’m drenched in sweat…”

 

“And whose fault is that?” Kotone points at Sanada before he can answer. “Yours!”

 

“I know…” Sanada seems slightly embarrassed. “Hey, wanna try that before we head back?” Sanada points at the horizontal bar. “You can’t do a back hip circle, can you?”

 

“Only one way to find out!” Kotone dashes to the bar.

 

“Wait! You probably shouldn’t try it when you’re all sweaty like that. I learned the hard way.” Sanada shakes his head.

 

“Aww… you’re right though. Thanks for savin’ my life!” Kotone cheerfully says.

 

“That’s an exaggeration. I need to get stronger… or I won’t be able to save anything.” Sanada looks out into the distance.

 

Kotone feels closer to Sanada, and his social link reaches rank 2.

 

“We should get going.” Sanada takes her out of her thoughts. 


Evening

 

“Hey Morgana, I rented the next movie in the series. Wanna watch it with me?” Yukari asks after finding him reading on the second floor.

 

“Sure!” Morgana immediately agrees. “Hopefully you’ll have some better opinions this time.”

 

“Right back at you!” Yukari points at him and smiles. “Anyway, let’s do this.”

 

The two make their way to the first floor. “Do you want some coffee before we start? I’m no Ren, but my coffee is still pretty good.” Morgana heads to the kitchen to make himself some regardless.

 

“Coffee sounds good, thanks.” Yukari puts the DVD into the player. “Looks like I’m in charge of the snacks.” Yukari heads into the kitchen as well and grabs some chocolate covered strawberries from the fridge. “These will probably taste terrible together, but whatever.”

 

“We’ll just have to eat them all before our coffee gets cold.” Morgana definitely won’t say no to free snacks.

 

The two take their seats in the lounge. “This series always has such crazy plot twists.” Yukari says after they watch the teaser. “It looks like the girl’s best friend is gonna betray her… or is that just a red herring? Being backstabbed by the person you trust most is just horrible.”

 

“Yeah, I wouldn’t know what to think if Ren ever betrayed me… That’s about the only way life can screw with me more at this point.” Morgana tilts his head down and closes his eyes. “At least I don’t have to worry about that happening though.” Morgana says with full confidence.

 

“I had it happen to me once. A girl I was close to suddenly started avoiding me.” Yukari sadly says.

 

“Did you ever figure out why?” Morgana caringly asks.

 

“No. I moved shortly after that… happened a lot because of my mom.” Yukari didn’t mean to let that slip.

 

“... I had a friend like that. She struggled to make friends because she was part American and from how often she moved for her parents’ job.” Morgana always finds himself surprised with the similarities between the Thieves and SEES. “I don’t think I’ve met someone with two happy parents yet, almost makes me happy to have none.”

 

“I’m sorry to hear that… what happened to them? If you don’t mind answering, of course.” Yukari hopes she isn’t prying too much.

 

“Oh, I’ve actually never had parents… and the closest I got to a father isn’t around anymore.” Morgana’s head tilts down. “I wish he could understand me sooner, there’s so much I didn’t thank him for in time…”

 

“... I’m the same with my father.” Yukari doesn’t know why it’s so easy to talk about this stuff with Morgana. 

 

“... Sorry for reminding you.” Morgana slowly takes a sip of coffee.

 

“Don’t worry about it.” Yukari quickly assures him. “Y’know, my dad’s actually the reason I joined SEES in the first place.”

 

“Oh?” Morgana asks in surprise.   

 

“He died in an explosion while working in a lab for the Kirijo group.” Yukari softly explains. “When I got this power… it felt like he was telling me to uncover the truth of what really happened. Hopefully I’ll find out if I stay around long enough.”

 

“... I’m actually the same.” Morgana’s head tilts down even more.

 

“What do you mean?” Yukari’s eyes narrow.

 

“I’ve tried so hard to save the people I care about, but I couldn’t. SEES is my chance to change that.” Morgana says with determination. “This isn’t our fight, it’s theirs.”

 

“Yeah.” Yukari agrees with a nod. “And we’ll both succeed.”

 

“Right!” Morgana wears a huge smile. “Now let’s actually watch the movie like we planned.” 

 

“Oh, right.” Yukari completely forgot. “Here it goes.”

 

After the movie

 

“How dare they end it there!?” Morgana sounds genuinely offended.

 

“Right!? I hate cliffhangers!” Yukari wipes the sweat off her face from the movie’s intensity.

 

“We’ll have to finish the series soon!” Morgana loudly demands. “Maybe without a sad talk this time, sorry I always do that…”

 

“I don’t mind at all. It was actually nice to talk about my dad, and our talk the first time helped me a lot.” Yukari admits with a smile.

 

“I-I’m glad to hear that!” Morgana smiles even bigger. “And make sure we have more strawberries next time. Those were amazing!”

 

“Hehe, will do.” Yukari and Morgana return to their rooms.


6/22 After School     Waning Crescent

 

“Remind me why I’m here again?” Junpei asks as Ren, Makoto, and Kotone begin the Wildduck Burger challenge.   

 

“Because I can’t help one of them if they choke like this, and no one else cared to show up.” Morgana answers from Ren’s bag. “This is one competition I’m more than fine with losing.”

 

“Your stomach is about the size of one burger, so that makes sense.” Junpei takes a bite out of the single burger he ordered.

 

“I can eat a lot more than it looks, don’t test me.” Morgana takes a bite of his burger as well. “This place is just as okay as I remember.”

 

“I think it’s pretty good. Just never order their milkshake, worst decision of my life.” Junpei takes a huge bite. “I actually applied for a part-time job here recently.”

 

“Yeah?” Morgana says with surprise. “I hope you don’t have to deal with these three lunatics if you get the job.”

 

“*Chuckle* Same here.” Junpei laughs and smiles. “Though, talking to what appears to be a cat sure isn’t doing me any favors.”

 

“If that’s why they don’t hire you, I can always break in and give you their money anyway.” Morgana says with the utmost seriousness. 

 

“Good to know.” Junpei knows who to ask if he’s ever running low on dough.

 

After way too long, the challenge is officially over. “You fail, and you fail, and you fail!” Junpei points at each of them.

 

“What happened Ren!? Old you woulda crushed this competition!” Morgana looks him in the eyes.

 

“Old me also didn’t eat lunch before doing food challenges.” Ren replies and holds his stomach.

 

“Eh, fair enough.” Morgana admits with a shrug.

 

“I would’ve won if these actually tasted good.” Makoto says matter-of-factly

 

“Quit makin’ excuses bro.” Kotone rolls her neck. “I ate the most burgers, so I’m the unofficial winner!”

 

“Congratulations…?” Junpei slowly says. 

 

After some more small talk, everyone returns to the dorm.


Dark Hour

 

In the back alleys of Port Island Station, a person suddenly emerges from their coffin. “Huh? How did I- Whoa! Wh-What the heck is this!?” The teenager says.

 

“Good evening.” A tall, pale young man, along with a girl in a white dress and a boy with blue hair, greet the guy.

 

“...!?” The teenager quickly turns to look at the three.

 

“Are you surprised?” The pale guy says with a grin. “Truth be told, we all visit this world every night.”

 

“Wh-What are you saying? Who the hell are you?” The teenager says with a slight tremble.

 

“Didn’t Mommy teach ya any manners? You haven’t even introduced yourself.” The blue-haired boy pushes his glasses up. “C’mon, take a look. Name, address, age, et cetera. This is you, right?” The blue-haired boy shows the teen a paper.

 

“Huh!? Where did you get this!?” The teen answers the question for them.

 

“Somebody’s gotta grudge against ya, and they asked us to get revenge.” The blue-haired boy answers.

 

“Revenge? What kinda bullshit is this!? The teen tries to hide his fear. “Who put you up to this!?”

 

“Can’t tell ya, we’re professionals.” The blue-haired boy coldly replies.

 

“Oh shit… those rumors online… You’re sayin’ they’re true? for real?” The teen’s legs shake.

 

“Shall we get this over with now?” The pale guy grabs his gun.

 

“Why me? What’d I do!?” The teen asks in panic.

 

The pale guy walks towards him. “That is not our concern. My client’s wishes are all that matters. People hear what they choose to hear, and believe what they want to believe.”

 

“N-No… Stay away… Get away from me!” The teen breaks into a sprint.

 

“You squeal most magnificently!” The pale guy says with a sinister grin. “Such raw emotion!” He adds and fires a bullet at the teen.

 

“He’s not dead.” The girl in the dress informs them after a few seconds.

 

“Doesn’t matter.” The blue-haired boy simply shrugs. “We held up our end of the bargain.”


6/23 Early Morning       New Moon

 

“Have you heard of this revenge website?” A chatty girl asks her friend.

 

“Revenge website?” Morgana whispers from Ren’s bag. “We should listen.”

 

“If you post someone’s name on the website, they’ll get revenge for you.” The girl continues. “It’s a 100% guaranteed success rate and completely anonymous.”

 

“Seriously!? Give me the URL! I wanna check it out now!” The girl’s friend shouts as they both walk away.

 

“What is wrong with that girl!?” Yukari shouts in outrage. “Does she even know what the “revenge” is?”

 

“Death probably.” Makoto answers and shrugs.

 

“Something like that would get caught quickly, right?” Kotone scratches her head.

 

“Depends, people in power can get away with that stuff easily.” Ren speaks from experience.

 

“Do I want to know how you know that?” Junpei asks, despite knowing the answer.

 

“Nope.” Ren instantly says. “My life isn’t for the faint of heart.”

 

“Understatment of the century.” Morgana comments with a chuckle.

 

“Urgh, there you go bein’ secretive again!” Kotone crosses her arms.

 

“And you just have to deal with it.” Ren smugly comments.

 

*Ring!*

 

“Shoot, we gotta get to class!” Yukari says, and they all head there.


Evening

 

Sanada enters the ramen restaurant, where Aragaki is currently eating. “I’ll have what he’s having.” Sanada says while taking a seat, getting Aragaki’s attention.

 

“Comin’ right up.” The server says and heads to the kitchen.

 

“Don’t you get sick of eating the same thing all the time?” Sanada asks despite being the same way.

 

“Shut up. You’re the one always eating that protein shit.” Aragaki quickly replies.

 

“Hmph.” Sanada simply shakes his head as his food arrives. “... So, you still haven’t made up your mind?”

 

“Is that what this is about?” Aragaki asks with a heavy sigh.

 

“We’ve got seven new members this year. We’re a lot more aggressive now.” Sanada plays into Aragaki’s wants.

 

“I’m not interested.” Aragaki shakes his head.

 

“Think about it, Shinji. Don’t let your power go to waste.” Sanada doesn’t give up.

 

“My power ain’t worth shit.” Aragaki says with clear annoyance in his voice. “I made up my mind a long time ago. I ain’t goin’ back.”

 

“You have to let the past go.” Sanada says in a softer tone. “What’s done is done. It’s time you moved on.”

 

“Hmph… You should talk.” Aragaki glares at Sanada. “Face it. You’re no different than me.” Aragaki gets up and leaves.


6/24 Evening     Waxing Crescent

 

“You’re finally ready to challenge the master once more?” Morgana smirks as he and Makoto set up the chessboard.

 

“I’m ready.” Makoto’s eyes narrow in seriousness. “You still remember the deal, don’t you?”

 

“Sure do. Loser reveals something about their story.” Morgana is feeling way more okay with that at this point. “The winner can ask the loser some questions, and the loser should answer them unless they’re really uncomfortable with it.”

 

“Sounds fair.” Makoto agrees as the board is completely set up. Makoto flips the coin for who gets to go first. “Looks like I’m the white pieces this time.”

 

“That’s fine, I’ve been looking to practice my defense anyway.” Morgana heads to his side of the table.

 

Makoto starts the game with Knight f3. 

 

“Huh, wasn’t expecting that start.” Morgana does the same and puts his Knight on f6.

 

“No one ever does.” Makoto plays Pawn c4.

 

“I don’t think I’ve seen this opening before…” Morgana says to himself and plays Pawn g6.

 

The game continues to progress, with Makoto sending most of his main pieces into the fray, and Morgana creating a strong defense.

 

“You really love movin’ that Queen.” Morgana hates being on the backfoot. “Time for sacrifice!” Morgana captures Makoto’s Queen, and his Queen is captured in return. Morgana then pushes his Pawn up.

 

A calculated smirk appears on Makoto’s face as he sends his bishop right into one of Morgana’s Rooks. “What!?” Morgana shouts in shock. “Where’d that come from!?”

 

“You tend to sacrifice your pieces a lot, so I sent this up.” Makoto casually answers. “That’s not all though.”

 

Morgana looks towards the board again, and his eyes widen.

 

“Check.” Makoto smugly says with a grin.

 

“Grrr…” Morgana feels like such a clown. “It was nice knowin’ you, my beautiful Bishop.” Morgana has to sacrifice his Bishop to protect his King.

 

“His death is in vain.” Makoto swiftly slides his Bishop to e4. “Checkmate.”

 

“Huh- Oh…” Morgana is indeed in checkmate. “Good game.”

 

“Good game.” Makoto and Morgana shake hand and paw. “Time for my prize.”

 

“Yeah, yeah… What’s it gonna be?” Morgana doesn’t actually hate this turn of events.

 

“I’ve been wondering about your other form. How’s it work?” Makoto brushes his hair to the side. “You clearly knew of it before the dark hour.”

 

“...” Morgana thinks about how much he should say. He doesn’t intend to back out of the deal; might as well make his time worth it. “That’s technically my true form.” Morgana starts with.

 

“True form?” Makoto leans in a bit.

 

“Yeah, I was created for a specific purpose. And that purpose required my other form.” Morgana is really trying not to explain the Metaverse.

 

“You were created?” Makoto then asks. 

 

“Yes, I wasn’t born in the traditional sense.” Morgana quickly confirms.

 

“Do you know what that purpose is?” Makoto probes further.

 

“Yes, though it took a while to figure it out.” Morgana tilts his head down. 

 

“Can you tell me what that purpose is?” Makoto leans back into his chair and crosses his arms.

 

“...” Morgana takes a while to think. “I’d have to explain way too much, sorry.”

 

“That’s fine. Can you tell me how you turned into that form without the dark hour?” Makoto quickly changes the question.

 

“If I really concentrate, I can transform for a bit without it.” Though not the main answer, that isn’t a lie either. “Let me try real quick.” Morgana hops off his chair and readies himself.

 

Morgana takes a deep breath and transforms into his other form. 

 

“Cool.” Makoto earnestly comments.

 

“*Pant* T-That’s all you have to say!?” Morgana asks in disappointment. “And n-now I’m stuck like this for a bit since it *Pant* takes way too much energy transforming twice…” Morgana sighs and rolls his eyes.

 

After clearing and putting away the chessboard, Morgana transforms back into his cat form.

 

“*Pant* *Pant* I-I haven’t done that in a while…” Morgana sits on the floor. “I *Cough* c-could do it for longer before *Pant* but I’m out of practice…”

 

“Alright, thanks for answering.” Makoto is happy with what he’s gathered, and his social link with Morgana reaches rank 3.

 

“Oh, and before I forget. Don’t tell Ren that I did that.” Morgana slowly gets up. “I passed out for a while after being in that form for a whole day, damn near gave him a heart attack.”

 

“Got it.” Makoto and Morgana head into their rooms.


6/27 Dark Hour     Waxing Crescent

 

“The full moon is in 10 days, so we’ll have two training days.” Makoto starts with.

 

“We’ll be back in 5 days, and potentially another just in case.” Kotone quickly adds. “If there are no questions, let’s get to it!” 

 

The team trained for what felt like decades, but became way stronger because of it.

 

“Phew, we’re finally gettin’ outta here!” Junpei shouts with joy as the training comes to a close.

 

“Even I’m happy to be leaving for once.” Kotone easily admits. “So let’s a go!” Kotone hops towards the exit.


6/28 Daytime     Waxing Crescent

 

“Oh, hey Kirijo.” Ren says as he makes it into the kitchen.

 

“Good morning, Amamiya.” Kirijo responds back. “I know this is long overdue, but good work getting top of your class on the midterms.”

 

“Thanks, I’m sure you did the same?” Ren asks while making his coffee.

 

“Yes, though my score should’ve been higher.” Kirijo admits with slight annoyance. “I’ll have to study even harder for the next exam.”

 

“I honestly find myself doing worse if I study too much.” Ren makes it to the lounge with a coffee for himself and one for Kirijo even though she didn’t ask for one. “Worrying about it doesn’t help anyone.”

 

“I suppose that’s true.” Kirijo takes a sip of her coffee. “Though I can’t say the same applies to me.”

 

“Everyone learns in a different way.” Ren takes a sip of his own coffee. “Junpei just needs some food in his face and he’ll ace the exams.”

 

“If only it were so simple.” Kirijo slightly chuckles. 

 

“Everyone in this dorm is pretty smart, I’ll have to keep up if I want to stay at the top.” Ren means that too. “Maybe I’ll even pass you someday.”

 

“We’ll see about that.” Kirijo brushes her hair to the side.


Evening

 

“Have you heard? Something’s up with the equipment in the command room.” Yukari greets Makoto and Kotone with. “Kirijo would like you to take a look at it.”

 

“We’ll do our best not to disappoint!” Kotone says, despite having no idea how to fix electronics.

 

“Let’s take a look.” Makoto and Kotone head to the command room.

 

“Yep, no idea what I’m lookin’ at.” Kotone comments after barely looking at the thing. 

 

“It looks like there’s some videos recorded.” Makoto opens the first one.

 

05/10/2009 01:23:02

Starting Playback…  

 

The video starts with Ikustsuki alone in the command room. “Hm… A shadow in the middle of town… it managed to take over public transportation. I should investigate whether this means it’s finally begun… The monorail… I bet this would make for a good “one-liner” …! Hehe… Ahahahaha! Unfortunately, lady luck played a large part in our victory… For shadows to work in a group to overrun large machines is unprecedented. The engine… That was an engine-ious move!”

 

“Turn this off now.” Kotone covers her ears, and Makoto abides.

 

“I’m just going to tell him that his jokes suck next time.” Makoto starts the next video.

 

06/14/2009 16:17:49

Starting Playback…  

 

“Dang, Junpei’s room is a mess.” Kotone comments once the video starts.

 

Suddenly, Kirijo and officer Kurosawa walk in. “This way officer.” Kirijo leads him. “By the time I noticed the door was halfway open, his room was already like this. I’ve left the place untouched as you requested.”

 

“...” Officer Kurosawa examines the room. “Who’s room is this?”

 

“Junpei Iori, a second year student.” Kirijo quickly answers. “I’ve been trying to reach him on his cell phone, but he hasn’t responded in the last half hour.”

 

“...” Kurosawa takes another look around the room.

 

“It was careless of me to let my guard down. The dorm was attacked once in the past. Perhaps Iori himself is at fault here, however, if harm has fallen upon him, as head of SEES I am accountable…” Kirijo speaks faster as she continues.

 

“I hate to say it Kirijo, but he most likely-” Kurosawa is cut off by Junpei walking in.

 

“Huh? Kirijo? Wh-What the hell!? Kurosawa? What’s goin’ on here!?” Junpei wears a confused face.

 

“Iori!?” Kirijo says with relief. “Where were you? I’ve been trying to get a hold of you!”

 

“Huh? Oh, uh… It was hot and the AC was busted, so I went to the manga cafe, but I fell asleep.” Junpei puts his hands in his pockets.

 

“Well, I’m just glad you’re safe.” Kirijo lets go of the breath she’s been holding. “So, if it wasn’t an attack it must’ve been theft. Why would the burglar target this room?”

 

“Burglar!?” Junpei loudly shouts.

 

“What else could it be? Someone clearly ransacked this place looking for something.” Kirijo holds her chin with her thumb and index finger. “Vandalizing a school dorm… When I found out who did this, I’ll see to it that they face a swift execution.”

 

“Well, son, sounds like you’ve got a death sentence.” Kurosawa looks towards Junpei. “How about it, Iori? Was this room really vandalized?”

 

“Ah, uhhh, well…” Junpei scratches the back of his neck. “This is… how my room always looks?” Junpei practically whispers.

 

“Wh-What!?” Kirijo is completely taken aback. “But, I mean… You can’t possibly live like this, can you!?” She adds in disbelief. “Wh-What about the door? It was open.”

 

“I was just airin’ the place out while I was gone. No one we don’t know ever come around, so…” Junpei quietly explains.

 

“I think this case is closed.” Kurosawa looks towards Kirijo. “May I get back to my duties now, young lady?”

 

“Oh, y-yes.” Kirijo softly answers. “I’m… sorry you had to witness something so disgraceful.”

 

“...!” Junpei looks surprised, and Kurosawa leaves.

 

“I apologize for all this.” Kirijo shamefully admits. “It seems I grew up more sheltered than I realized.” Kirijo leaves as well, and the video ends.

 

“Oh my god! I’m never letting him live this down!” Kotone says between laughs.

 

“Looks like coming up here was worth it in the end.” Makoto slightly smiles.

 

“We’ve definitely gotta spy on people more often.” Kotone follows up with. 


6/29 Evening     Waxing Crescent

 

Fukka meets up with Yukari in the command room at her request. “Hey, sorry to bother you, Fukka…” Yukari starts with.

 

“It’s okay, what’s on your mind?” Fukka asks with concern.

 

“Well, uh… I was hoping you could do me a favor. With your skills, I mean.” Yukari tilts her head down. “I was doing some research on our school, and I came across something strange.” Her head tilts back up to face Fukka. “Ten years ago, a lot of students stopped coming to school for some reason. They were reported as absent at the time, but I found some records that suggest otherwise. Do you know anything about it, Fukka?”

 

“Me? Um, not really.” Fukka quietly admits.

 

“I know it was a long time ago, but… doesn’t it seem suspicious to you?” Yukari fidgets with her hands. “From what I’ve heard, this isn’t the first time shadows have appeared.”

 

“Wait, are you saying…?” Fukka asks with a shocked face.

 

“I don’t know. But I do wonder.” Yukari loudly sighs. “And, I’m not trying to make trouble or anything. But Kirijo acts kinda weird when someone brings up Tartarus.”

 

“Does she?” Fukka tilts her head to the side.

 

“I just wanna know what happened back then. And if it doesn’t have anything to do with the shadows, then fine.” Yukari assures her.

 

“I understand.” Fukka says and nods. “I’ll see what I can do.”


6/30 After School             First Quarter

 

“Ren, are you still interested in the Archery club?” Yukari asks after school. “One of our members just transferred.”   

 

“Yeah, where can I sign up?” Ren’s been looking for something to do after school.

 

“Follow me.” Yukari signals with her hand.

 

“I’ll leave you to it.” Morgana hops into Makoto’s bag without asking. “See ya!”

 

“We’ve got our new member guys!” Yukari announces once they reach the room. “Go ahead and introduce yourself.”

 

“Ren Amamiya, nice to meet you.” Ren says with a wave.

 

“Practice is on Tuesdays and Thursdays, though we don’t have practice the week before exams or if it’s raining.” Yukari informs him. “We’ll supply a bow for you, but feel free to upgrade as long as it fits the school’s requirements.”

 

“Got it, thanks.” Ren takes the bow from her.

 

“No problem. We’ll just have you watch for today.” Yukari says and heads to the practice area.

 

After practice ends, Ren and Yukari head to Chagall Cafe. “It’s not bad.” Ren says after a few sips of his coffee. “Was expecting worse to be honest.”

 

“It definitely doesn’t compare to yours though.” Yukari takes a sip of her own cup. “Whadda think about the club?”

 

“I can definitely see why you’re the team leader.” Ren says with a chuckle.

 

“I’m pretty good aren’t I?” Yukari says with pride. “But I don’t really care about being the best, it’s just for fun.”

 

“I’m definitely the opposite.” Ren easily admits. “Being the best is how I have fun.”

 

“Hehe, I hope your not expecting to take my spot so easily.” Yukari says and finishes her coffee.

 

“I am.” Ren rolls his neck.

 

“If that’s how it is, I’ll just have to take practice more seriously!” Yukari accepts the challenge.


Evening

 

“It’s finally time to make some coffee!” Kotone excitedly shouts as they enter the kitchen.

 

“You’re going to use Blue Mountain since it’s easy and cheap.” Ren grabs the coffee beans. “First, let me show you how I do it.”

 

Ren carefully creates a cup of coffee. “Take a sip.” Ren hands her the cup.

 

“Great as always.” Kotone takes much more than a single sip.

 

“Don’t expect yours to be as good, but you’ll pass as long as it’s edible.” Ren really hopes she doesn’t find a way to fail that.

 

“Alright, here goes!” Kotone makes her cup with a lot less precision. “... Eh.” Kotone says after taking a sip.

 

“... It’s okay at best.” Ren takes a sip from his own cup. “I definitely would never serve this.”

 

“You’re just building me with confidence.” Kotone sarcastically comments.

 

“Would you prefer I lie to your face?” Ren questions and takes a sip of his actually good coffee. “At least I didn’t spit it out.”

 

“So I pass!” Kotone puts her hands on her hip. 

 

“Yep.” Ren doesn’t entirely think she should, but whatever. “I’ve got the perfect idea for our last test too.” 

 

“What is it?” Kotone asks in anticipation.

 

“You’ll just have to wait and see.” Ren rubs his hands together like a weirdo.


Dark Hour

 

“Hey.” Pharos says as he appears. “Can you guess what I’m going to tell you?”

 

“Not a clue in the world.”                                

“Yep.”

 

“The next full moon will be in a week. Are you prepared? Be careful.” Pharos warns them and leaves, and the Pharos Social Link reaches rank 2.


7/1 After School       Waxing Gibbous

 

“Whoa, so this is what the inside of this cafe is like…” Junpei says as he and Kotone enter Chagall Cafe. “I’ve haven’t been here before, since guys can’t really come to places like this with each other…”

 

“Why’s that?” Kotone will never understand boys. 

 

“It’s just a little pathetic.” Junpei answers with a shrug.

 

“Where do guys usually go then?” Kotone then asks.

 

“Uhh… Karaoke, Wild-duck Burger, the manga cafe…” Junpei suddenly grins. “That sounds a lot lamer when I say it out loud!” Still this is some damn good coffee, not as good as Ren’s though.” Junpei still downs the entire cup in seconds somehow. “By the way, are there any guys you’re interested in? If you want, I’ll totally help you out. It'd be fun being your cupid.” He adds with a laugh. “Like Sanada, girls are all over that guy.”

 

“I haven’t had great experiences with that sort of thing.” Kotone sighs while thinking of all her weird stalkers in her hometown.

 

“Yeah, some guys really suck.” Junpei says with sympathy. “Not all of them though.” He quickly adds.

 

“That’s true.” Kotone quickly agrees. “I don’t have interest in someone right now though.”

 

“Well, let me know if that changes. I’ll be the perfect wingman!” Junpei boldly states.

 

After some more talking, Junpei’s social link reaches rank 3.


Evening

 

“Grow up big n’ strong, my precious veggies.” Junpei says as he and Fukka tend to the garden.

 

“You’re surprisingly diligent.” Fukka compliments and wipes the dirt off her hands with a rag.

 

“'Course I am! Can’t let my children wilt away.” Junpei replies with a chuckle.

 

“Hehe, right. Let’s get back to it.” Fukka’s face shows more determination than before.

 

After a few minutes, they finish tending to the garden for the day. 

 

“Ta-dah da-daaah! The veggies have leveled up!” Junpei happily cheers.

 

“I think we’ve leveled up too.” Fukka slowly stands up.

 

“For sure! Junpei Iori’s proficiency just hit max rank!” Junpei stands as well.

 

“I think max might be a bit presumptuous.” Fukka says with a giggle.

 

“Then we’ll just have to do this again.” Junpei excitedly says. “We shall return children!”


7/2 Dark Hour

 

“Ya guessed it, more training.” Kotone confirms as they make it to Tartarus. “Would be a shame if we all died horrid deaths, now wouldn’t it?”

 

“Uh… yeah, let’s go with that.” Junpei gives a weak thumbs up.

 

“Let’s start.” Makoto quickly commands. 

 

After more and more fighting, the team feels confident that they can win the next full moon fight.


7/4 Evening       Waxing Gibbous

 

“Hey, Yamagishi.” Morgana finds her reading alone on the second floor.

 

“Ah, hey, Morgana.” Fukka sets her book down. “What brings you here?”

 

“Just coming to say hi, I’m not bothering you, am I?” Morgana softly questions.

 

“No, of course not.” Fuuka assures him. 

 

“That’s good.” Morgana takes a seat on one of the chairs. “Have you been feeling left out?”

 

“Huh? Why do you say that?” Fukka asks with interest.

 

“For one, you’re the only second year not in our classroom, and two, I haven’t seen you talk to many people.” Morgana quickly explains. “Yukari told me you two have been talking, so that’s good.”

 

“Thanks, but you don’t need to worry. I’m just not used to living with so many people.” Fukka explains with a smile. “I’m actually less lonely than ever.”

 

“Alright, don’t be afraid to talk to us though. At the very least, I’d be happy to chat.” Morgana assures her.

 

“Okay, I’ll try to be more open.” Fukka appreciates his concern. “If we’re going to chat, you should use my first name.”

 

“Got it.” Morgana considers this mission a success.


7/6 After School       Waxing Gibbous

 

“Tomorrow’s the day.” Junpei says in a surprisingly serious voice.

 

“We’ve gotten a lot of training in, and our Therugies.” Makoto keeps the team optimistic.

 

“Right, we’ve got this.” Morgana believes what he said.

 

“It is concerning that the lost has tended to be couples recently. I hope the shadows aren’t planning something weird.” Yukari loudly sighs.

 

“Knowing our luck…” Ren lets the others fill in the rest.

 

“Anyway, we’re goin’ on a team shopping trip for supplies.” Kotone jumps out of her seat. “To the police station!”

 

“What’s with the crowd?” Kurosawa asks as they walk into the station’s back area.

 

“We’ve got an important mission coming up, so we’re here to get supplies.” Makoto answers and takes a look at the inventory.

 

“Is that so?” Kurosawa rhetorically asks.

 

After upgrading everyone’s melee weapon and spending too much money, they head to the nearby pharmacy, where they also spend way too much money.

 

“My wallet will never recover…” Kotone complains as they exit.

 

“Boohoo.” Makoto blankly comments.

 

“Welp, at least we’re stocked up.” Ren reminds her.

 

“Small victories…” Kotone practically whispers.


7/7 Dark Hour         Full Moon

 

All the SEES members and Ikutsuki have gathered in the control room. “Any luck, Fukka?” Sanada questions as she scans for the shadow.

 

“Just a moment…” Fukka doesn’t lose her focus. “I found it! I’m picking up a large shadow in the city!”

 

“Looks like our theory is proven right.” Ren happily comments.

 

“It’s located in Iwatodai, inside a building on Shirakawa Boulevard.” Fukka continues to scan in case there’s more.

 

“Hmm, Shirakawa Boulevard…” Ikutsuki ponders and pushes up his glasses.

 

“So that’s why the lost have been couples lately…” Yukari rolls her eyes.

 

“What’s on Shirakawa Boulevard?” Fukka asks as she exits her Persona. “I’m not familiar with the area.”

 

“It’s where all THOSE hotels are. That explains a lot!” Junpei sounds excited for some reason.

 

“Ah, it’s like that one manga Re- Agh!” Ren suddenly covers Morgana’s mouth.

 

“Come now, don’t let your imaginations get carried away. They’re no different from any other hotel.” Ikutsuki assures them. “The rooms are just more… exotic, that’s all.”

 

“Aww…” Kotone pouts like a child.

 

“Alright, let’s go.” Makoto ends the pointless conversation, and they head to the hotel.

 

“Whoa! Looks just like I imagined.” Junpei comments as they stare at the huge building.

 

“Champs De Fleur, huh?” Ren flexes his french knowledge.

 

“This is the place. I can sense the presence inside.” Fukka regrettably informs them.

 

“Then c’mon, let’s get this over with!” Yukari can’t wait to get out of here.

 

“I’m detecting a major presence upstairs!” Fukka warns them. “It has to be our target! It’s hiding in a larger room on the third floor.”

 

After finding the right room, the team enters. “Yep, about what I expected.” Kotone comments after seeing the shadow.

 

“Get ready everyone, here it comes!” Fukka loudly warns. “It’s part of the Hierophant Arcana!”

 

“Buffs and debuffs guys.” Makoto twirls his evoker.

 

“Persona!” All six buffs and debuffs are applied, with Ren using an item to cast Tarukaja since both he and Yukari have Sukunda.

 

The shadow laughs and attacks with Makouga, which none of the team is weak to.

 

“The enemy is immune to Bless and Curse!” Fukka informs them after scanning.

 

“Thanks, Yamagishi!” Kotone rolls her neck. 

 

“Here ya go, Junpei!” Morgana increases his crit rate with Rebellion.

 

“Now we’re talkin’!” With both attack up and an increased crit rate, Junpei does big damage and knocks the enemy down. “Beat ‘em up!”

 

“I don’t appreciate that.” The Hierophant summons a huge wave of dark energy.

 

“Yukari, Iori, and Kirijo are paralyzed with fear!” Fukka loudly warns.

 

“Ren, Morgana, Sanada, use items to remove the fear.” Makoto commands, and they quickly abide. “The rest of us, throw whatever you can at it.”

 

“Sounds like a party!” Kotone shouts as the attacks collide into the shadow.

 

After a few more rounds of that, the shadow goes down.

 

“That was… very easy.” Ren comments in confusion.   

 

“That just means we’re super strong now!” Junpei excitedly says.

 

“I don’t buy it.” Morgana follows up with. “There wasn’t any crazy gimmick like the other fights.”

 

“I’m not sensing any more shadows, but I do agree that it’s strange.” Fukka continues scanning. “For now, come back to the entrance.”

 

“Alright, stay alert everyone.” Makoto commands, and they go to open the door, but it won’t budge. “Yep.” Makoto doesn’t sound surprised.

 

“...! No way… I sense another shadow in that room!” Fukka checks again to make sure she’s right. “Try to find where it’s hiding.”

 

“Hey guys!” Yukari shouts during the search. “Something about this mirror seems off…”

 

As she says this, everyone’s vision is suddenly obscured by a blinding white light and they are separated.

 

After a few… setbacks, the team regathers on the second floor to discuss how to open the barrier blocking the shadow’s location.

 

“So… we gonna talk about it?” Junpei asks after a few seconds of silence.

 

“There’s nothing to talk about!” Yukari instantly shouts

 

“What happened?” Morgana and Sanada ask in unison.

 

“N-Nothing!” Ren suspiciously shouts. 

 

“Uh huh…” Morgana is only more confused now.

 

“I’ve figured it out, it’s the mirrors!” Fukka excitedly shouts. “You’ll have to break all the mirrors that don’t show your reflection to open the barrier.”

 

After breaking all the required mirrors, the team reenters the large room on the third floor.

 

“So it was you!” Yukari says with ire once they see the shadow, and her Theurgy fully charges.

 

“It’s part of the Lovers Arcana!” Fukka explains after analyzing it.

 

Everyone applies their buffs and debuffs, and Yukari’s Therugy does big damage.

 

“It’s not too late to submit to your desires~” The Lover purrs and fires a Holy Arrow at Sanada, knocking him down and inflicting him with charm. “Just close your eyes~” The shadow then fires Heartbreaker, doing huge damage to Sanada.

 

“Aaah!” Sanada’s mind slowly clears from the charmed state.

 

“It’s immune to Fire, and resists both Peirce and Electricity!” Fukka explains after scanning it.

 

“Can’t say I’m a fan of this shadow.” Morgana admits while casting Diarama on Sanada. It reminds him of Kamoshida’s shadow.

 

“Couldn’t agree more.” Yukari removes the charm with Patra.

 

“Let’s get rid of it quickly.” Kirijo wastes no time firing Bufula, and the others follow with their attacks.

 

“Aww… you’re breaking my heart.” The Lover fires Marin Karin at Sanada, inflicting him with Charm again.

 

“Someone’s got a favorite…” Kotone comments, happy that it isn’t her. “Fix ‘em up Takaba!”

 

“Got it!” Yukari does as asked.

 

Morgana increases his crit rate, and the others attack once more.

 

“My Therugy is ready!” Fukka informs them.

 

“Hehehe, not bad.” The Lover heals back to full health with Diarama.

 

“The hell!? No fair!” Junpei loudly complains.

 

“Reapply debuffs!” Makoto commands, and Ren, Sanada, and Kirijo do just that. “Is there a way to stop it from healing?”

 

“Maybe I could use Soul Drain until it runs out of SP, but that would probably take forever.” Ren regrettably says.

 

“Just keep up the pressure for now!” Kotone states, and everyone attacks. Morgana’s Lucky Punch successfully knocks it down, allowing for even more damage.

 

“Let’s make this a bit more… exciting.” The lover creates a pink mist in the room.

 

“This mist…!” Fukka says with worry. “Be careful! That mist can hypnotize you!”

 

“Just what I wanted to hear.” Sanada complains, already sick of being charmed. “Get outta our way!”

 

“Persona!” All eight of them fire their strongest attacks.

 

“All Therugies are ready!” Fukka happily reports.

 

“Who wants to be my plaything first?” The lover uses Sexy Dance, and inflicts Charm on everyone but Makoto, Morgana, and Yukari.

 

“This isn’t good!” Morgana says with clear worry. “Do we have a way to remove it from all of them at once?”

 

“Fukka, how about your Therurgy!?” Yukari asks with hope.

 

“Sorry, it doesn’t have that ability.” Fukka dejectedly answers.

 

“...!” Makoto sees Sanada load the cartridge into his Evoker. “Everyone, Guard!”

 

The warning comes just in time, and they all successfully guard the attack. 

 

“It would’ve been a real problem if our weakness was struck, thanks.” Morgana says with relief. 

 

“Use Oracle now!” Makoto quickly commands.

 

“On it-”

 

“Look out!” Yukari warns as Junpei activates his Theurgy and his Persona crashes into Morgana.

 

“Aaahhh!” Morgana crashes to the ground. 

 

“Back off!” Yukari then pushes Junpei away from Morgana with her wind.

 

“I’ve got you!” Fukka’s Therugy fully restores the party’s HP.

 

“T-Thanks.” Morgana slowly gets up.

 

“Cure Kirijo before she uses hers!” Makoto wastes no time when he sees her starting it.

 

Yukari doesn’t say a word before she does just that.

 

“How do we get out of this!?” Morgana asks in panic.

 

“I’ve got an idea.” Makoto uses Jack Bros to knock everyone inflicted with charm down. “Cure Ren with an item since he hasn’t used his Therugy yet, I’ll cure Kotone!”

 

“Understood!” Morgana won’t complain about helping Ren.

 

“Everyone up, all-out attack!” Makoto runs in, and the others shortly follow.

 

“Why won’t you behave~” The Lover inflicts Morgana with Charm.

 

“We’re doing no damage!” Yukari heals Sanada’s Charm.

 

“We wasted a bunch of Therugies too.” Makoto says, and both he and Sanada use items to remove Morgana and Junpei’s charm. “Everyone with a Therugy available, use it!”

 

Five Theurgies crash into the shadow back to back, finally causing the Lover to cry in pain.

 

“Persona!” Kotone uses Media to restore the party, and Kirijo uses an item to heal the rest.

 

“I can grant your wildest dreams~” The Lover uses Sexy Dance again, inflicting everyone but Makoto, Ren, Sanada, and Kirijo with Charm.

 

“Persona!” Both Yukari and Morgana instantly heal the Lover with Diarama.

 

“What a pain.” Sanada says as everyone uses more Dis-Charms.

 

“Go down already ya stupid shadow!” Junpei wills a crit into existence, and they all-out attack.

 

“Keep up the pressure!” Kotone demands, and fires her strongest attack.

 

“You should be all over me!” The Lover says with clear anger in her voice. 

 

“Why the hell would we!?” Kotone loudly questions. “What a creep.” 

 

“Persona!” Another eight attacks fly into the shadow.

 

“This was supposed to be my perfect harem!” The Lover shouts even louder.

 

“Eww!” Yukari shouts in disgust at that idea, and everyone else was thinking the same.

 

“Everyone’s Theurgy is charged!” Fukka holds her hands together. “Finish it!”

 

“No need to ask twice.” Makoto says as everyone loads the cartridge into their evokers. “Now!”

 

One by one, the team uses their Therugies until the Lover is no more.

 

“Good riddance.” Ren comments as everyone catches their breath.

 

“Let’s just get out of here already.” Yukari quickly complains.

 

SEES grows stronger after the tough fight, and Makoto’s SEES social link reaches rank 4.


“That was faster than I expected.” The pale guy comments after seeing them leave from his vantage point. “Quite a show, I must admit. They’ve been rather busy these last few months, haven’t they.” The pale guys wears a huge grin. “And it seems they’ve gained new recruits, too. Their fighting style is most fascinating. Not to mention they’ve made several forays into the tower…” The pale guy turns to face the blue-haired boy. “Well, Jin? Are they our enemy?”

 

“How ‘bout we go ask our “buddy”? Gonna be seein’ him real soon.” Jin quickly answers.

Notes:

The team does a lot of bonding in this part. I know Kirijo didn't get a dorm hangout, and that will change in time. I just plan to pair her with another character. All characters will only have one kind of dorm hangout (So just watching a movie for Yukari or just cooking for Ren). This chapter is the introduction to Strega; they do have some interesting stuff further in, but for now, they're just generic villain 1, 2, and 3. I was going to put this full moon fight in the next chapter, but this one felt kinda short, so I slapped it in here. No need to thank me. The next chapter is probably one of my favorites, so hopefully you guys agree.

Chapter 6: Changing Tides

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

7/8 Evening     Waning Gibbous

 

“It’s party time!” Kotone excitedly shouts as everyone gathers at the table, everyone except for Junpei that is.

 

“Junpei, you coming?” Ren has never seen someone deny his curry before.

 

“Nah, I’m good.” Junpei waves him off.

 

“We didn’t make it so spicy this time.” Morgana tells him, assuming that’s the problem.

 

“I said I’m good!” Junpei quickly heads to his room.

 

“Junpei!” Yukari yells to no avail. “What’s his problem?”

 

“Shouldn’t someone go talk to him?” Fukka quietly asks after a few seconds.

 

“Let’s give him some time to cool off.” Sanada shakes his head. “We’ll see what the issue is later.”

 

“We can’t have a celebration without everyone!” Kotone loudly complains.

 

“We’ll celebrate next time then.” Makoto shrugs and takes a bite of his curry.

 

Without Junpei, they have a relatively quiet meal and head to bed shortly after.


7/9 After School     Waning Gibbous

 

“I’m heading home now.” Junpei says the second the bell rings and walks out of the classroom.

 

“Seriously, what is up with him?” Yukari asks with more concern than yesterday.

 

“Maybe it’s something to do with the fight two days ago?” Morgana pokes out of Ren’s bag. 

 

“Junpei’s honestly the last person I see being weirded out by all that.” Kotone crosses her arms. 

 

“I guess talking to him is the only way to find out.” Ren quickly suggests. “It should be one of the leaders.”

 

“I’ll do it.” Makoto volunteers himself, and everyone returns to the dorm.


*Knock* *Knock* “Iori!” Makoto tries to get Junpei’s attention.

 

“Whaddya what?” Junpei says with clear anger in his voice. “Leave if it’s not important.”

 

“I’m just checking up on you.” Makoto quickly answers.

 

“Of course you are. That’s what a “good” leader should do.” Junpei’s voice now is filled with spite.

 

“Do you think I’m a good leader?” Makoto asks with genuine curiosity.

 

“As good as anyone else.” Junpei quietly answers. “Go, now.”

 

Makoto does as asked.


“How’d it go?” Fukka is the first to ask.

 

“Not great.” Makoto reports, to everyone's disappointment. “I think he’s jealous or something.”

 

“Jealous? Of what?” Morgana tilts his head.

 

“Me and sis.” Makoto quickly answers. “He thinks he should be leader.”

 

“Yeah right.” Yukari rolls her eyes. “And here I thought it was something serious.”

 

“So what’s the plan? We could let him lead for a day or something.” Ren immediately looks for solutions.

 

“I think that’d actually be fun!” Kotone’s clearly on board.

 

“Are we sure?” Yukari raises her concern. “Our lives are on the line out there.”

 

“I think it’ll be fine.” Morgana speaks up. “And just disobey his orders if he says something stupid.”

 

“Couldn’t have said it better myself.” Makoto follows up with. “I’ll ask him tomorrow at school, we shouldn’t bother him for now.”


Evening

 

The sibling squad decides to join Sanada and Kirijo’s study session. “I was hoping to go for another run after rehydrating…” Sanada complains, but opens his textbook anyway.

 

“I believe you’ve done enough physical activity for one day.” Kirijo looks towards him. “Any more, and you’ll hurt yourself.”

 

“You better not black out in Tartarus!” Kotone says more jokingly than with actual concern.

 

“I’m not that fragile…” Sanada shakes his head. “Anyway, what subjects do you all need help with?”

 

“Nothing really, how about some studying tips?” Makoto could work on the actual studying part a bit.

 

“Sure, try a quick workout between problems.” Sanada says with genuine seriousness. “The brain perks up once you get the circulation flowing.”

 

“Uh, I can’t exactly do that in Ren’s bag.” Morgana reminds him.

 

“Then I’ll just shake the bag!” Ren wears a mischievous grin.

 

“It’s your stuff I’ll be vomiting on.” Morgana wipes the grin right off of Ren’s face.

 

“I’ve been meaning to ask, Morgana doesn’t help you during tests, does he?” Kirijo looks dead into Ren’s eyes. “The sentence for that is execution.”

 

“Nah.” Ren casually says. “I’m not trying to lower my score.”

 

“What!? I’d score way better than you!” Morgana loudly fights back.

 

“So much for studying…” Makoto turns the volume on his music up.

 

“Eh, this is way more fun.” Kotone continues to eat instead of study.

 

After Kirijo finally gets everyone back on track, they study for a little over an hour. “Let’s call it here for today.” Sanada quickly heads to his room.


7/10 After School     Waning Gibbous

 

Junpei stands up as soon as the bell rings. “Junpei, wait a sec.” Ren quickly asks.

 

“Tch, make it quick.” Junpei puts his hands in his pockets.

 

“Do you want to lead next time?” Makoto looks at him and asks.

 

“Huh?” Junpei’s eyes narrow. “Like, in Tartarus?”

 

“Yep!” Kotone happily confirms. “Whadda say?”

 

“... Are you sure?” Junpei sits back down. 

 

“You’ll be great.” Morgana assures him. “Even Fukka agrees.”

 

“... In that case, hell yeah!” Junpei’s enthusiasm has been restored. “Those shadows will regret facing Junpei Iori’s team!”

 

“Yep…” Yukari whispers to herself.


Evening

 

“Now it’s celebration time for real!” Kotone’s mouth once again drools at the sight of curry. “Cheers to no shadow harem!” Kotone lifts her coffee cup in the air.

 

“Cheers!” Everyone else shortly follows.

 

“That’s probably the weirdest thing anyone’s done that for.” Ren comments as he sips his coffee.

 

“Nothing we do is normal.” Morgana quickly reminds him.

 

“Fair point.” Ren isn’t complaining.

 

The group enjoys a lively celebration now that Junpei is back to being himself.


7/11 Evening     Waning Gibbous

 

Everyone has gathered on the fourth floor. “... And that’s the summary of what happened on the night of the seventh.” Kirijo informs Ikutsuki.

 

“I see. So our enemies are growing stronger as well.” Ikutsuki slowly nods. “Well, it’s not all bad news. In fact, I called today’s meeting because-”

 

“Hold on.” Yukari turns to face Kirijo. “Before we go on, I’d like to ask Kirijo something.”

 

“Oh?” Kirijo slightly leans forward.

 

“I know I’m not the only one thinking this. So much has been happening lately…” Yukari starts with. “I feel like I’ve just been getting dragged along without really understanding anything. But now, I want answers.” A serious expression shows on Yukari’s face. “So I’m going to ask you straight out. You’ve been hiding something from us, haven’t you?” Everyone turns to face Kirijo. “You’re always acting like you don’t know anything about the dark hour or Tartarus. But they’re connected to that accident 10 years ago, aren’t they?”

 

“What accident?” Junpei questions with a confused look.

 

“Y-Yukari…?” Fukka caringly looks towards her.

 

“There was an explosion near the school, and a lot of people died…” Yukari’s expression saddens. “It must have been big news back then. You know about it, don’t you?”

 

“... Yes.” Kirijo confirms and nods.

 

“Luckily, no students were injured. But something is off here.” The seriousness reappears on her face. “At the time of the accident, there were several unexplained absences. Seems like more than just a coincidence to me.”

 

“What do you mean?” Kirijo’s eyes narrow just slightly.

 

“Well, I dug up some old school records and found something interesting.” Yukari fidgets with her hands. “Those students weren’t just absent. They all suddenly collapsed and had to be sent to the hospital! Sounds familiar, doesn’t it?”

 

“...” Kirijo tilts her head down.

 

“I want an explanation!” Yukari quickly stands up. “What really happened on the day of that accident? The Kirijo group built our school, so you must know something!”

 

“I wasn’t trying to hide anything from you. It just never seemed relevant.” Kirijo looks towards Ikutsuki with a frown. “But…”

 

“It’s okay.” Ikutsuki quickly assures her. “It’s not your fault.”

 

“All right. I’ll tell you everything.” Kirijo unfolds her arms, and Yukari takes a seat. “Shadows have many mysterious abilities. Some research indicates they can even affect time and space.” Kirijo loudly sighs. “What if we could use them to our advantage? They could be a source of unimaginable power, couldn’t they?”

 

“What…?” Yukari’s eyes narrow.

 

“14 years ago… one man pursued that very line of thinking. He was the former leader of the Kirijo group, Kouetsu Kirijo.” Kirijo’s head tilts down. “My grandfather… My grandfather was obsessed with the shadows. He wanted to harness their power to create something extraordinary.”

 

“Create something extraordinary…?” Fukka holds her hands together.

 

“To that end, he assembled a research team and had them amass a number of shadows.” Kirijo shakes her head.

 

“They were collecting shadows?” Ren asks in surprise. 

 

“But 10 years ago, during the final stages of the project, there was an accident… and the experiment failed…” Kirijo’s face shows guilt. “They lost control of the shadows’ power, altering the nature of the entire world.”

 

“Tartarus.” Morgana states instead of asks.

 

“Yes… both Tartarus and the dark hour.” Kirijo sadly confirms. “According to the records, the accumulated shadows split into several large ones that dispersed later.”

 

“Those are the shadows on the full moons.” Makoto quickly puts together.   

 

“Maybe… that’s why they’re so hard to predict when they’ll appear.” Fukka’s eyes widen slightly.

 

“Wait a minute… then why did our school turn into Tartarus?” Yukari then questions.

 

“Is that where the experiment took place?” Kotone looks towards Kirijo.

 

“Yes.” Kirijo looks downwards and away from the others.

 

“Just what are you trying to say here?” Anger builds inside Yukari. “So that’s the whole point behind SEES? We were dragged into this just to clean up their mess!?” Yukari quickly stands up again. “You lied to us!?”

 

“...” Kirijo doesn’t answer.

 

“And you knew too, didn’t you, Sanada?” Yukari’s eyes narrow. “You’ve both been using us!”

 

“I… have my reasons.” Sanada’s head tilts down as well.

 

“Think what you’d like, but it was my decision not to reveal that information.” Kirijo looks towards everyone. “I’m sorry. It was never my intent to deceive you. Convincing you to join SEES was my highest priority.”

 

“Takaba, it’s only those in the past who are to blame.” Ikutsuki informs her. “And they lost their lives as a result of what they did. We’re all in the same boat here. None of us deserve the burden that’s been thrust upon us.”

 

“...” Yukari wordlessly takes a seat.

 

“It’s been 10 years since the incident in question. No one knows why those shadows suddenly returned.” Ikustsuki suddenly pauses for a second. “But now that they’re here, we have the chance to find and destroy them. Do you realize what that means? What if I told you that the 12 shadows are the cause of everything?”

 

“You’re saying if we defeat them all, Tartarus and the dark hour will disappear?” Sanada asks with excitement.

 

“Exactly!” Iksutuski confirms with just as much excitement. “That’s what I was going to tell you earlier. See, it’s good news, isn’t it?”

 

“Do you have proof?” Makoto questions with doubt.

 

“There’s evidence to support it.” Ikutsuki leans forward. “And this is where our true battle begins. Regardless of what’s happened in the past, we must fight to protect the people.” 

 

After the meeting, everyone quickly goes to bed.


7/12 Daytime     Waning Gibbous

 

“Lounging as usual, huh?” Sanada walks towards Aragaki in Tatsumi Port Station’s backstreets.

 

“Hm?” Aragaki’s head tilts up to see Sanada. “You. What do you want? If you’re going to ask me to go back, the answer is still no.”

 

“That’s not why I’m here.” Sanada puts a hand on his hip. “I was just making sure you’re still around.”

 

“That so?” Aragaki doesn’t seem convinced.

 

“We’ve known each other a long time.” Sanada reminisces with a natural expression. “It’s been almost 14 years since we met at the orphanage.” A smile appears on his face. “You, me, and Miki. We used to run around here until the sun went down. Back then, it seemed like we had all the time in the world.” 

 

“Hah, you haven't changed one bit.” Aragaki puts his hands in his pockets. “If you want to go get all sappy, do it with your other pals.”

 

“What was that!?” Sanada’s anger quickly rises.

 

“It’s rare for you to think about the past. Usually, you just charge in like a damn fool.” Aragaki’s head tilts down and to the side. “You’ve never been good at hiding shit.”

 

“...” Sanada puts a hand on his head. “Everyone thinks about the past, even me… Anyway, we finally know how to get rid of Tartarus and the dark hour.”

 

“No shit?” Aragaki asks with actual interest.

 

“Yeah.” Sanada quickly confirms and puts his hand back down. “All I’ve cared about until now is getting stronger. Everything else came second. But yesterday, someone made me question my reason for fighting.”

 

“Your reasons for fighting, huh?” Aragaki is surprised he’s questioning that. “It’s different for everyone. But, if you don’t have a good one, you can always quit. That’s what I did.”

 

“I’m not like you…” Sanada shakes his head, and a smile forms. “Man, I can’t believe I’m the one getting lectured here.”


“Good morning Mona.” Ren does his usual greeting, but Morgana doesn’t answer. “Mona?”

 

“... Morning.” Morgana doesn’t bother opening his eyes.

 

“What’s wrong bro?” Ren scratches Morgana behind the ear.

 

“It’s nothing.” Morgana can’t help but lean into the scratches.

 

“If it’s nothing, then you can tell me.” Ren continues to persist.

 

“... I don’t think they trust me.” Morgana’s head tilts down.

 

“Huh, why?” Ren’s eyes narrow.

 

“When Ikustsuki said he doesn’t know why the shadows suddenly reappeared… both he and Kirijo glanced towards me for a second.” Morgana loudly sighs. “They think I have something to do with it.”

 

Anger builds up in Ren. “What!? Have they not seen how much you’ve helped!?”

 

“I guess some weird cat thing isn’t easy to trust, I can’t really blame them…” Morgana slowly sits up. “The others are probably thinking the same…”

 

“Mona, you’re not some weird cat thing. You’re as much of a person as me.” Ren assures him. 

 

“I’m glad you think so.” Morgana’s mood doesn’t lift in the slightest. “Hopefully the others do too…”


*Knock* *Knock* 

 

“Yes?” Fukka asks after someone knocks on her door.

 

“Can I talk to you for a moment?” Kirijo asks from the other side.

 

“Please, come in.” Fukka gives permission.

 

“So, not only do you excel at providing support during battle, you are quite skilled at gathering information.” Kirijo simply observes. 

 

“Oh, I-I’m sorry for doing that without permission.” Fukka quickly apologizes.

 

“Don’t worry, you’re not in trouble. But I do have an important favor to ask you.” Kirijo puts a hand on her hip. “I want you to find out as much as you can about that incident 10 years ago.”

 

“Oh, well, very little of that was made public…” Fukka regrettably informs her.

 

“I know. That’s why I’d like you to access the Kirijo group’s database.” Kirijo says with seriousness. “I’ll give you my ID and password, so you won’t be held accountable. But I need to know the truth, in detail. Of course, I’ll understand if you refuse.”

 

“Okay, I’ll see what I can do.” Fukka promises with a smile.


“So, Tartarus and the dark hour are on the way out. Tch!” Junpei sits outside the movie theater. “No, that’s a good thing. That’s what we’ve been fighting for.” Junpei’s head tilts down. “So then, why…? Dammit! Why am I so pissed!?”

 

“Gosh it’s hot. Even for July.” One of two girls who walked out the theater says.

 

“Wow, can’t believe we’re already third years. Guess this’ll be the last time we wear these uniforms and hangout after school.” The second girl says.

 

“Ugh, who cares. I just wanna get into college and start having fun already.” The first girl adds, and they walk off.

 

“Haha… I get it.” Junpei slowly stands up. “My problem is me. Been goin’ on like fighting was my duty and all. But actually… it’s just all I’m good at. ‘Cause without that… Without that, I’m nothing. Hah, so much for bein’ a hero. I can’t fight worth a shit anyway. Not compared to them at least.” Junpei suddenly stomps the ground. “Dammit! Nothing I do is good enough! I’ll probably get us all killed if I lead!” Junpei’s head tilts down. “Ugh…”


“... Why am I only ever right about the worst things…?” Yukari sits on the bed in her room. “Am I stupid for trusting in something so blindly? Dad… I got this letter from you last spring. I must’ve read it a thousand times since then.” Yukari looks over the paper once more. 

 

“To my family, ten years into the future. Tomorrow, I’ll bring this letter to the opening ceremony for the Moonlight Bridge. It will be stored in a time capsule and sent to you in 10 years’ time. Yukari… you may be small now, but in 10 years, you’ll be sixteen. You’ll be in high school. I know you’ve been sad because I have to work so late, but you always manage to greet me with a smile. I’m really proud of myself. Kirijo appointed me head researcher. I’ll be starting on a new project soon. It feels good to receive so much recognition for my work. But I swear to you, nothing is more important than you and your mother.”

 

“Oh, Dad…” Yukari says with a saddened expression. 

 

“Yukari… I wonder. Are you enjoying life? Do you have high hopes for the future? Do you still look towards the future with excitement and wonder, like you do now? No matter what happens in the next 10 years, I hope you're happy. And I hope this letter brings a smile to you and your mother’s faces. Eiichiro Takaba. March 6th, 2000.”

 

“No matter what happens, huh?” Yukari sets the letter down. “All I can do is believe… I won’t turn my back, I won’t be like Mom. Not ever.”


Dark Hour

 

“How long has it been since we first met?” Pharos once again appears. “Time moves so quickly. So tell me, how’s life as a Persona-user?”

 

“It’s fine.”              

“It’s great!”

 

“I see… I remembered something else about the coming of the end. It all stems from something that took place 10 years ago. Oh… didn’t your parents pass away 10 years ago? A Persona is like a mirror. Which means, a Persona-user can never escape their true self. But no matter what, I won’t leave you. Because we’re friends… right?”

 

The Pharos Social Link reaches rank 3.


7/13 Evening     Waning Gibbous

 

“...” Morgana, Junpei, Yukari, and Kirijo all stay silent and tilt their heads down as everyone sits in the dorm.

 

“What’s wrong? You all hungry or something?” Sanada breaks the silence.

 

“N-Not really...” Yukari quietly answers.

 

An awkward silence fills the room.

 

“Umm…” Fukka tries to start a conversation. “Y-You know, it’s almost summer break.”

 

“Oh yeah, it is, huh…” Junpei says with way less energy than you’d expect.

 

“Does anyone have plans?” Fukka then asks.

 

“I wish I could go to the beach.” Junpei tries to act normal. “Hot sand, cool breeze… babes in bikinis… But starting tomorrow, we gotta get through our exams… Aw man, this sucks.”

 

“It would be nice to go somewhere with beautiful beaches. Like Okinawa!” Fukka seems to be the only person smiling.

 

“Well, it’s not Okinawa, but how about Yakushima?” Ikustsuki suddenly enters. 

 

“Mr. Chairman. I didn’t realize you were here.” Kirijo finally speaks.

 

“I happened to be in the area, so I thought I’d drop by and tell you my schedule for next week.” Ikutsuki explains to them. “Oh, Kirijo. Your father will be vacationing in Yakushima during the break.”

 

“He… he will…?” Kirijo asks with surprise.   

 

“You’ll all have some time off after exams. Why don’t you go enjoy a change of scenery?” Ikutsuki crosses his arms.

 

“YESSS! Beaches and Bikinis! Beaches and Bikinis!” Junpei stands up and chants.

 

“This guy…” Yukari rolls her eyes.

 

“How about it Kirijo?” Ikutsuki looks towards her. 

 

“Well, my father is a busy man… I don’t want to ruin his vacation.” Kirijo would love to go to Yakushima though.

 

“Please. I’m beggin’ ya!” Junpei wears a huge grin.

 

“... All right.” Kirijo says to everyone’s delight.

 

“Woohoo!” Junpei excitedly cheers.

 

7/18 After School     Waning Crescent

 

Thanks to all the studying, everyone except for Junpei feels proud of their scores. “I’m done, babyyy!” Junpei has never shouted so loud in his life.

 

“The beach is just a stone’s throw away!” Kotone shares his excitement.   

 

“How’d you guys do?” Yukari shatters Junpei’s mood instantly.

 

“Well, I aced P.E.” Junpei sits back down.

 

“We’re all proud of you.” Makoto sarcastically replies.

 

“Speakin’ of proud, I win this time!” Kotone brags and sticks her tongue out at Makoto. “How’s third place feel?”

 

“How’s not first feel?” Ren questions with a smirk. “How about you Mona, wanna compare answers?"

 

“... I didn’t do them this time.” Morgana keeps his whole body in Ren’s bag. “Why should I bother working hard if I’m not viewed equally regardless?”

 

“Huh? Whadda mean?” Yukari questions with concern.

 

“*Sigh*” Morgana’s sigh ends that discussion.

 

When the group exits the school, they find Sanada standing there.

 

“Hey Sanada. Don’t see you here everyday.” Ren comments as the group stops walking.

 

“Ikutsuki called me. I think he wants to talk about a new candidate.” Sanada informs them.

 

“Ah, hello everyone.” Ikustsuki and some kid walks towards the group.

 

“Hello.” The kid greets them.

 

“Oh, Amada. What’re you doing here?” Yukari confusedly questions.

 

“You know him?” Sanada asks with shock.

 

“He doesn’t leave during the break because of his… circumstances.” Ikutsuki informs them.

 

“Something about your parents, right?” Yukari sympathetically asks.

 

“It used to be only me and my mom, but she got in an accident. So now it’s just me.” Amada somberly states. “It happened two years ago.”

 

“I’ve decided to move him to your dorm for the summer.” Ikutsuki says to everyone’s surprise.   

 

“Is he the new candidate!?” Kotone asks in shock.

 

“Why, of course. He has the potential. But as you can see, he’s just an elementary school student. So, it’s only a possibility for now.” Ikutsuki continues with.

 

“Are you… Akihiko Sanada!” Amada excitedly asks.

 

“Uh, yeah.” Sanada casually confirms.

 

“I’ve heard a lot about you. You’ve never lost a boxing match!” Amada’s excitement grows even more. “Nice to meet you!”

 

“Um, yeah, nice to meet you.” Sanada returns the greeting.


Evening

 

“Yukari, do you happen to have the last part of that series yet?” Morgana asks once everyone goes their separate ways in the dorm.

 

“Sure do, wanna finish it off?” Yukari is more than okay with the idea.

 

“Yeah, I also want to talk about something.” Morgana loudly sighs. “I’ll make some more coffee.”

 

“And I’ve got the snacks covered!” Yukari grabs an even bigger portion of chocolate-covered strawberries.

 

“Alright, what do you wanna talk about?” Yukari questions as they get comfortable on the couch.

 

“I want to know if you trust me.” Morgana tilts his head down.

 

“Huh? Why wouldn’t I?” Yukari asks in confusion.

 

“Full moon shadows suddenly start appearing when this weird creature who won’t explain anything about himself shows up. Isn’t that suspicious?” Morgana asks with seriousness. “And tell the truth too.”

 

Yukari hadn’t really considered that train of thought. “You haven’t done anything suspicious. And we definitely would’ve failed by now without you.” Yukari answers with honesty. “Why do you bring it up?”

 

“... When Ikutsuki was explaining that he didn’t know why the shadows suddenly started appearing, he looked towards me. Kirijo did too.” Morgana shakes his head. “They definitely don’t trust me, and I’m worried that they won’t trust Ren either. I don’t want to cause anymore problems for him…”

 

“Hehe, always worrying about Ren.” Yukari comments with a smile.

 

“O-Of course!” Morgana stutters for some reason. “I’d be dead 10 times over at this point if it wasn’t for him.” That’s not even a lie.

 

“Well, I trust you. Especially more than Kirijo.” Yukari takes a sip of her coffee. “Why’d you tell this to me?”

 

“I’ve lost all my friends before… I don’t want it to happen again.” Morgana somberly answers. “... I’m tired of not being good enough.” Morgana adds shortly after.

 

“You told me not to say that about myself.” Yukari reminds him. “I thought Ren told you that you are good enough.”   

 

“He did.” Morgana slightly smiles. “I just wish people would think the same. I never asked to be born like this…”

 

“I do.” Yukari assures him. “And the others will soon enough. Your old friends did, didn’t they?”

 

“... They did.” Morgana’s smile grows. “Heh, didn’t I say I wouldn’t talk about sad stuff last time? Maybe you shouldn’t trust me after all.” He jokingly adds.

 

“*Chuckle* Maybe not.” Yukari jokingly replies. “Alright, time for the finale!”

 

After the movie

 

“That ending was so good! I hope they make more…” Yukari says with slight tears in her eyes.

 

“Agreed! And thanks for earlier.” Morgana gives her an appreciative smile. “You really helped me.”

 

“No problem, it’s only fair I help you with your problems when you helped with mine.” Yukari replies with a smile of her own.

 

Both Yukari and Morgana’s eyes suddenly shine blue, and they feel new potential within them. “W-What the?” Morgana asks in confusion.

 

“You felt that too?” Yukari asks with some relief. “I wonder what that was.”

 

“Maybe it’s similar to how the darts game boosted our Shift power…?” Morgana ponders with curiosity. “Don’t know how watching a movie would help in Tartarus though.”

 

“I guess we’ll just have to find out next time.” Yukari says with excitement.   


7/20 Daytime     Waning Crescent

 

After an exciting boat ride, the team arrives at Yakushima to begin their vacation. “Wow…” Fukka comments on the interior of the building they’re in.

 

“It’s like we're in an episode of Lifestyles of the Rich and Fabulous…” Junpei adds in wonder.

 

“Welcome back, Milady.” Two of Kirijo’s maids say in unison. 

 

“We won’t be here long, but I’ll be relying on you during our stay.” Kirijo informs them.

 

“You have maids?” Makoto asks without any surprise in his voice.

 

“And you must be her associates from school, correct?” One of the maids asks. “Welcome to the Kirijo vacation home. Please follow me.” 

 

“Not even Haru could afford this…” Morgana holds onto Ren’s shoulder and looks around.

 

“I knew she was from an important family, but this definitely proves it.” Fukka enjoys the plentiful flowers she sees.

 

An impressive-looking man suddenly makes his entrance. “...”

 

“It’s good to see you.” Kirijo greets him.

 

“I heard the news. There isn’t much here, but make yourselves comfortable.” The man examines all the guests, then walks away.

 

“What does he mean there isn’t much here? This is crazy!” Kotone shouts with excitement.

 

“Shhh.” Makoto places a finger over her mouth.

 

“That was her father, right?” Ren doesn’t see the resemblance.   

 

“We won’t be here long, but make yourselves at home.” Kirijo says with a smile.

 

“Beach time!” Junpei excitedly shouts.

 

“We just got here.” Yukari reminds him with an unimpressed face.

 

“Guess I’ll see you later then. I’m not wasting a single second!” Junpei runs towards the beach.

 

“You haven’t even changed into your swimming trunks!” Ren shouts at the already distant Junpei.

 

“Oh, right.” Junpei says and does an embarrassing walk back.

 

“*Snicker* This should be interesting.” Morgana comments as everyone heads to their rooms for the stay.


The guys go ahead since the girls are taking forever to get ready. “Ahh… Got my sandals on, givin’ my feet a chance to breathe.” Junpei has a huge smile. “Yep, summer’s here!”

 

“Darn. There’s nothing out there I can use as a marker. Too bad. I was hoping for a good swim.” Sanada looks to the horizon with disappointment.   

 

“So, wanna tell us why you’re wearing… that?” Ren looks towards Sanada.

 

“They’re better for swimming.” Sanada answers with a shrug.

 

“Now you need to take the shirt off.” Makoto blankly comments.

 

“Please don’t.” Morgana quickly asks. “I’d prefer my nap not to be interrupted by that image.”

 

“So Sanada’s trainin’ and you’re taking a nap? Why even go to the beach!?” Junpei asks in confusion.   

 

“It’s not like I can swim, and you’ve gotta try sleeping on the beach.” Morgana hops off Ren’s shoulder and stretches. “It’ll be the best nap of your life.”

 

“Wow, it’s beautiful.” Yukari says, and the 5 boys’ heads turn to greet the girls.

 

“Say hello to contestant number one. Yukari Takaba!” Junpei pretends to hold a microphone again. “That’s quite a bold design.” He comments on the swimsuit.

 

“Can we go ahead and claim the umbrellas?” Fukka asks as she appears.

 

“Ohh! Next up is contestant number two, Fukka Yamagishi!” Junpei examines the swimsuit. “Wow, Fukka, um… Do you wear swimsuits often…?”

 

“H-Huh?” Fukka quickly hides behind Yukari.

 

“And for our next contestant…” Junpei spins around to see Kirijo. 

 

“What happened? Is something wrong?” Kirijo asks while fixing up her hair.

 

“N-Nope, everything’s just fine…” Junpei says with a mischievous grin. “Last but certainly not least…”

 

“Choose your words carefully.” Makoto quickly warns him with a glare.

 

“O-Of course! Ehehehe…” Junpei scratches the back of his neck. “You’re looking uh… great, Kotone! Definitely not mesmerizingly gorgeous or anything…” Junpei’s eyes beg to differ.

 

Makoto suddenly starts walking towards him.

 

“*Chuckle* Good luck Junpei!” Kotone salutes to him.

 

“Uh, it’s swim time! Last one there’s a… something!” Junpei breaks into a mad dash.


After having fun at the beach, everyone except for Kirijo heads to their room. “It’s been a while.” Kirijo greets her father with a smile. “I’m glad that you’re in good health.”

 

“Our guests are residents of the dorm, I presume.” Mr. Kirijo goes straight to business.

 

“I’m sorry for bringing such a large crowd.” Kirijo crosses her arms. 

 

“I heard you told them about the incident. Why did you hide it for so long?” Mr. Kirijo asks in a disapproving tone.

 

“I wasn’t hiding it…” Kirijo’s head tilts down.

 

“I’ve told you time and time again. None of the blame is yours.” Mr. Kirijo assures her. “You must learn to trust in others, Mitsuru.”

 

“I understand.” Kirijo says, despite still having some doubts.

 

“You accessed our database, didn’t you?” Mr. Kirijo then asks. “Why didn’t you ask me directly, instead of using this trip as an excuse?”

 

“I… I’m sorry.” Kirijo can’t make an excuse.

 

“Bring them here. All of them.” Mr. Kirijo orders and crosses his arms. “I’ve made preparations to disclose everything.”

 

Evening

 

“From what I understand, Mitsuru has already given you the short version.” Mr. Kirijo starts with once everyone is gathered in a fancy lounge. “Well, it’s true, we adults are to blame. If I could’ve atoned for it with my life, I would have done so. Now, I have no choice but to rely on you.” Mr. Kirijo crosses his arms. “What my father wanted to create with those monsters’ power… It was a time manipulation device.”

 

“That’s what he was trying to do?” Even Kirijo is surprised.

 

“Imagine if you could control the flow of time, eliminate unwanted events before they occur.” Mr. Kirijo slowly explains. “With such a device, you could shape the future to your liking.”

 

“...” Both Ren and Morgana tilt their heads down.

 

“Damn, that’s insane.” Junpei says with wide eyes.

 

“Unfortuently, under my father’s direction, the research began to stray from its original goal.” Mr. Kirijo’s expression hardens. “In his later years, my father seemed to have only nihilism in his heart. In fact, his madness may have resulted from his struggle to break free from that.” Mr. Kirijo then grabs a remote. “It’s only natural that you want to know the truth. And it’s my duty to tell you.” He clicks the button, and a video starts playing.

 

“I can only hope that this recording reaches someone with a conscience.” A man’s voice says.

 

“Wait a sec…” Yukari’s eyes widen.

 

“My employer has become obsessed with a loathsome idea. This experiment should’ve never been conceived…” The man continues with urgency. “I’m afraid the damage will be staggering. At this point, it’s unavoidable… But… I didn’t have a choice… If I didn’t do this. It could have destroyed the entire world!”

 

“Destroyed the… entire world?” Fukka softly questions.

 

“Whoever is watching this, please… I need you to listen to me very carefully.” The man’s voice is full of seriousness. “The shadows that were amassed here have been dispersed as a result of the explosion. In order to end this, you have no choice but to eliminate all of them!” The man’s head tilts down. “I am the one responsible for this. I knew the risks, but I was blinded by the promise of success… and so, I chose to continue without objections. I am… responsible…” The video ends.

 

“Dad?” Yukari slowly stands up.

 

“Wait, that was…?” Ren caringly asks.

 

“His name was Eiichiro Takaba. He was the head researcher at the time, and a very talented man.” Mr. Kirijo solemnly explains. “But, we are the ones who are responsible. We pushed him to continue the research. The Kirijo group is to blame for his death.”

 

“So, that means… my dad caused it all…?” Yukari softly speaks. “The dark hour, Tartarus… the people who died… it was all his fault?”

 

“H-Hey…” Sanada tries to calm her down.

 

“So is that why you were hiding this?” Yukari asks with anger. “Becuase you felt sorry for me? Is that it!?”

 

“No, Takaba, I…” Kirijo tries to explain.

 

“I don’t want your pity!” Yukari yells and runs off.

 

“Takaba!” Kirijo shouts to no avail.

 

“Um… shouldn’t someone go after her?” Fukka questions with worry.

 

“...” Kirijo tilts her head away.

 

“Can I do it?” Morgana speaks with full seriousness. “... I think I know how to calm her down.”

 

Ren knows exactly what this is reminding him of. “I think it’s a good idea.” Ren tries to convince the others. Ren also notices that Mr. Kirijo has no reaction, meaning he’s probably aware that Morgana can talk.

 

“I’ll come too.” Makoto quickly offers.

 

“... Very well.” Kirijo gives them permission. and the two head to find Yukari.


“I believed in him for so long.” Yukari loudly sighs. “This is too much.” …! Yukari notices a presence, and turns around to see Makoto and Morgana.

 

“Makoto, Morgana.” Yukari does her best to smile. “It’s not a coincidence that you two are the ones to show up. You’re the only ones I’ve told about my father before.” Yukari’s expression saddens. “You understand now, right? He died in that accident. Nobody knew the truth, so there were all sorts of rumors. Because he was in charge of the research team, people were really mean to me and my mom. We even had to move a few times.”

 

“That must’ve been tough.” Makoto genuinely states.

 

“... Yeah.” Yukari fidgets with her hands. “But all this time, I kept telling myself that it wasn’t his fault. I loved him a lot, and believed he’d never do anything wrong. I received a letter from him back in spring. It was written 10 years ago.” Yukari forms a smile. “It cracked me up ‘cause, even though he said, “to my family,” it was more or less all about me.” Her smile quickly disappears. “And that only made me believe in him more. But now… Now I can see it was all for nothing.”

 

“That’s not true.” Morgana assures her.

 

“You’re just saying that to make me feel better.” Yukari smiles regardless. “Reality sure is harsh, huh? I tried so hard to fight my fear, and this is what I get. And, you know… I think maybe I was jealous too. I mean, after all that’s happened, why does Kirijo’s father get to live, and mine doesn’t? … I’m a horrible person, aren’t I?”

 

“That’s how life is.” Makoto knows that better than anyone.

 

“Wow, I don’t know how you do it.” Yukari says with slight envy. “You’re always so calm. Nothing ever fazes you. Did you think I could just be cheered up so easily?” Yukari glares at Makoto. “You think you know me!? You don’t know anything!”

 

“...” Makoto and Morgana stay silent.

 

“… I’m sorry. I can barely make sense of it all. I’m so afraid.” Tears form in Yukari’s eyes. “I just feel so lost now. Tell me, what am I supposed to do now?”

 

“Keep fighting.” Morgana immediately answers. “I know it’s hard to keep fighting when it seems hopeless; I know that more than anyone else… But letting it end like this won’t make you happy.”

 

“... Yeah.” Yukari slowly agrees. “You’re right… Did Kirijo ask you to bring me back?” 

 

“You know she wouldn’t trust me with that.” Morgana sadly answers. 

 

“She agreed when I offered as well.” Makoto quickly adds.

 

“Sounds about right.” Yukari manages a smile. “Thanks guys.”

 

The three finally decide to head back, and they quickly introduce Morgana to Mr. Kirijo during the dark hour so he can hear him.


7/21 Daytime     Waning Crescent

 

“Ah, the air is so fresh.” Fukka comments as the girls walk through the island’s trails. “I never thought a walk through the woods would be so enjoyable. You can’t do this in Iwatodai.”

 

“...” Both Yukari and Kirijo stay silent.

 

“Oh, did you hear about Junpei yesterday?” Fukka continues to talk. “He was acting so indecent, I didn’t know how to react.”

 

“He'll stop if you genuinely ask.” Kotone assures them. “And ask me to knock some sense into him if he doesn’t.”

 

*Ring* *Ring* Kirijo’s phone suddenly buzzes.

 

“Mitsuru speaking.” She professionally answers. “... One moment, let me switch over to speakerphone… Go ahead.”

 

“Well, I’m at the lab here on the island...” Ikustsuki informs them. “And a machine that was considered inoperable suddenly left the facility on its own.”

 

“A machine?” Yukari questions and narrows her eyebrows.

 

“What kind of machine is it? I need more information to locate anything other than shadows.” Fukka informs him.

 

“It’s a type of combat vehicle, an anti-shadow weapon to be exact.” Ikutsuki quickly explains.

 

“A combat vehicle… you mean like a tank!?” Yukari asks with worry. “We gotta tell the others! Where’s my phone?”

 

“We’re not currently with everybody, so it might take some time for us to regroup.” Kirijo explains to Ikutsuki.

 

“I see… In any case, I want you to handle this situation as soon as possible.” Ikutsuki tasks them with.

 

“You want us to destroy it?” Kotone doesn’t see how that’s gonna happen.

 

“I highly doubt you’ll be able to destroy it. Just do your best.” Ikutsuki says and hangs up.

 

“... Great no one’s answering.” Yukari gives up on calling everyone.

 

“Don’t worry about it. Let’s go back and get our equipment.” Kirijo starts walking that way.


“Huh? Are the girls not up yet?” Junpei asks as the boys once again arrive at the beach. “Man, those sleepyheads! The ocean’s not gonna sit around and wait for us, y’know.”

 

“Uh, yeah it will.” Ren breaks the news to him.

 

“Eh, details.” Junpei shrugs his comment off.  

 

“Junpei, didn’t one of the maids give you something as we were leaving?” Sanada asks shortly after.

 

“Heheh, you saw that?” Junpei grins and scratches the back of his head. “One of the maids gave me a letter. Man, what if it’s a love confession!?”   

 

“There’s a better chance of this beach freezing over.” Morgana unhelpfully comments.

 

“Fine, let’s just find out.” Junpei holds the paper and reads it aloud. “We’ve gone to see the Jomon Cader Tree.”

 

“They got up early to stare at a tree?” Makoto blankly comments.

 

“Why aren’t they going to the beach!?” Junpei asks with clear disappointment in his voice. “That’s just not right!”

 

“Because you almost drowned after staring at them instead of swimming?” Ren comments with an unimpressed face.

 

“Looks like we're on our own, just the guys!” Junpei’s voice is filled with determination for some reason. “This is the frontier of romance! We’re bound to meet someone new out here! We’ll call it: Operation Yakushima Beach Fling!”

 

“I assume you won’t take no for an answer?” Makoto sighs and accepts his fate.

 

“Nope! We’ve got an important operation on our hands!” Junpei’s excitement is palpable.

 

“Hopefully you’ll have better luck this time Ren.” Morgana comments with a smirk.

 

“That was just ‘cause Yusuke kept trying to draw them and Ryuji stuttered every time a conversation got going.” Ren defends himself. “I don’t have an interest in random people at the beach anyway.”

 

“If this operation is going to succeed, I’m appointing Makoto as leader.” Sanada looks surprisingly serious.

 

“Sure.” Makoto doesn’t fight it.

 

“I’ll be our spy!” Morgana happily volunteers. “I’ll find out exactly what they wanna hear.”

 

“Sweet! With all of us here, this mission’s sure to succeed!” Junpei raises his fist into the air. “Let’s begin the operation.”   

 

Unfortunately for the group of boys, calling the operation a failure is the nice way of putting it. “This sucks so much.” Junpei states like that wasn’t apparent.

 

“...” Sanada’s head is titled down.

 

“I didn’t expect you to be so into this.” Ren looks towards Sanada.

 

“If I’m in a match, I want to win.” Sanada shakes his head and answers.

 

“Well thanks to Junpei, we lost.” Even Makoto seems serious about the operation.

 

“Why are you blamin’ me!?” Junpei sounds genuinely offended. “You guys didn’t do any better, and what happened to “I’ll find out exactly what they wanna hear?”

 

“My bad, guess my snooping skills aren’t as good as I thought…” Morgana quickly apologizes.

 

“Man… I guess there’s always tomor- … whoa…” Junpei’s eyes widen.

 

“Is Junpei broken?” Ren waves his hand in front of Junpei’s face.

 

“Talk about savin’ the best for last! Now that’s what I’m talkin’ about!” Junpei quickly leads the team behind a large rock. “Holy hell, she’s cute.” Junpei is referring to a girl standing alone on a wooden bridge going over the water.

 

“Yeah, she is…” Sanada quickly agrees.

 

“Hey Ren, it’s time for our secret tactic.” Morgana whispers a bit too loudly.

 

“Secret tactic?” Makoto questions with worry.

 

“Oh, NOW you’re interested?” Ren rolls his eyes. “You’ve got good taste. Fine, secret tactic it is!” He adds with a huge grin. 

 

“How about this time, we go one at a time instead of together.” Junpei won’t let the others ruin this catch.

 

“Sure.” Makoto rolls his neck.

 

“Let’s decide turn order, rock, paper, scissors!” After the game, the order is Junpei, Sanada, Ren, then Makoto.

 

“Aw yeah, I win!” Junpei shouts with relief. “Here goes.” Junpei then walks up to the girl. “Uh, hey… I noticed you’ve been, uh, starin’ at the ocean.” A blush is already on Junpei’s face. “So, um… You here with anybody? My name’s J-Junpei.”

 

“J-Junpei?” The girl’s head tilts to look at Junpei.

 

“Er, um… I was wondering if you’d be down to talk. If you’re not busy, that is.” Junpei’s legs shake with nervousness.

 

“... I am looking for someone... You are not that someone.” The girl’s head tilts back towards the water.

 

“...” Junpei stands there for a moment before walking back.

 

“Wow, you got shot down faster than I expected.” Sanada comments once he returns.

 

“She’s a tough one…” Junpei crosses his arms.

 

“Heh. Don’t worry about me.” Sanada walks towards the girl with confidence. “Oh hey, do you like the ocean?”

 

“Is your question directed at me?” The girl’s head tilts again.

 

“Oh uh, yeah. I mean, I like the ocean.” Sanada puts a hand on his hip. “You know, I heard some interesting things about triathletes who train at indoor pools. Apparently, they get outperformed by athletes who train in the ocean.”

 

“That information is irrelevant to me.” The girl faces the ocean again.

 

“...” Sanada does the walk of shame and returns to the guys. “I won, I talked to her longer than you did.”

 

“I don’t think that’s how it works.” Makoto doesn’t know why he’s even bothering.

 

“Looks like I’m up, let’s do this Mona!” Ren holds Morgana in his arms.

 

“Time to show these fools what charm really is!” Morgana smiles and laughs, and they head to the girl's location.

 

“Hey there!” Ren greets her with.

 

“Mroww!” Morgana meows towards the girl.

 

“Hehe, I think he likes you.” Ren holds Morgana towards her.

 

“Meow! Mrrrrr…” Morgana rubs his head against the girl’s arm.

 

“So, how’s your day going?” Ren asks with a smile.

 

“What do you intend to do with that information?” The girl questions.

 

“If you’re feeling down, I’d be happy to cheer you up.” Ren politely offers with a wink.

 

“Mrow!” Morgana headbutts the girl's hand, asking for pets.

 

“I do not require cheering up.” The girl quickly answers. “What I require, you cannot provide.”

 

“...” Both Ren and Morgana decide to give up there.

 

“So much for our secret tactic…” Morgana frowns and sighs.

 

“I thought our plan was guaranteed to work…” Ren sets Morgana down and crosses his arms. “How can anyone resist my lil’ bro’s cuteness!?”

 

“R-Ren!” Morgana’s face is burning hot, and it isn’t because of the sun. “Why are you always like this…?”

 

“It’s all up to you Makoto.” Junpei still hasn’t lost hope. “If you can’t pull this off, I’m gonna be traumatized for the rest of my life.”

 

“I’ll avenge you guys.” Makoto says in his leader voice, then walks towards the girl. “Hello.” He goes for a safe greeting.

 

“...!? You…” The girl fully turns to face him. “Initiating evasive maneuver. Confirmation must be made at a secure location…” The girl quickly dashes away.

 

“What did you say to her to make that happen?” Junpei asks once Makoto returns. “Well, what are you waiting for? Go after her!”

 

“Alright, let’s move.” Makoto leads the boys through the forest until they reach a dead end.

 

“I was correct.” The girl approaches Makoto. “I have found you.” She gets even closer to him. “I have been searching for you. My highest priority is to be by your side.” She launches herself towards Makoto and hugs him.

 

“...!” The four others look absolutely bewildered.

 

“Maybe it’s the blue hair…” Ren ponders out loud.

 

“There you guys are!” Yukari says with annoyance in her voice.

 

“Is my bro hugging a girl!?” Kotone shouts in pure disbelief. “And such a cutie as well!? I’ve never been prouder!” 

 

“I’m sorry to interrupt your vacation, but I need everyone to go back to the house and gear up.” Kirijo says with urgency. 

 

“Ah, that won’t be necessary. We’ve found what we were looking for.” Ikutsuki looks towards the girl. “You had me worried. You can’t just leave the lab on your own, Aigis.”

 

The girl suddenly stops hugging Makoto. “... Understood.”


Evening

 

“Sorry for all the trouble. Everything is under control now.” Ikutsuki assures them once they return to the house. “Aigis, join us over here.”

 

“Understood.” The girl from earlier walks over, but it’s much easier to tell that she’s not actually human without the huge blue dress.

 

“This is Aigis. As you can see, she is a machine with the form and face of a girl.” Ikutsuki introduces her.

 

“I am Aigis. My objective is to terminate shadows. I have been assigned to SEES, effective immediately.” Aigis’ voice is clearly robotic now that the guys aren’t distracted.

 

“No way, it’s like she’s… alive.” Yukari says in shock.   

 

“This is unbelievable…” Sanada adds with equal shock.

 

“Are you good at cleaning rooms? Mine’s been dirty for a while now.” Kotone gets straight to the important questions.

 

“You haven’t picked up a broom a day in your life, have you?” Makoto questions despite knowing the answer.

 

“Nope! I’m lazy as shit!” Kotone answers way too happily.

 

“Ten years ago, a plan was enacted to create anti-shadow weapons; a contingency in the event a shadow became unimaginable.” Ikutsuki ignores their irrelevant conversation. “Aigis was the last one to be made. And she’s the only one that remains today.”

 

“An anti-shadow weapon… Does that mean she has a Persona too?” Even Kirijo doesn’t seem to know much about Aigis.

 

“Correct.” Aigis quickly responds. “I am capable of wielding the Persona called Palladion.”

 

“She suffered major damage in combat her first year out, and she’s been kept in the lab ever since.” Ikutsuki continues the explanation. “I’m still not sure as to why she suddenly reactivated herself this morning… In any case, I hope you’ll get along.”

 

“Uh, if you don’t mind me asking… When we first saw you earlier, you were, uh, hugging Makoto?” Yukari puts a hand on her hip. “Do you know him?”

 

“Yes. It is very important for me to be by his side. Hers too.” Aigis points to Kotone.

 

“Lil’ oh me? Why thank you.” Kotone flicks her hair to the side.

 

“Hm. Maybe her facial recognition system is malfunctioning?” Ikutsuki holds his chin with his thumb and index finger. “Or maybe she’s still half-asleep? Very interesting.”


7/22 Daytime       New Moon

 

Everyone has once again met up at the beach. “Do we have a mission on the beach?” Aigis asks once they arrive.

 

“Nah, nothin’ like that. We just came here to have some fun.” Junpei says with excitement.

 

“Do you understand what it means to have fun, Aigis?” Fukka softly questions.

 

“Yes, I am informed of the concept. Recreation is sustenance for one’s mental well-being.” Aigis states with certainty.

 

“Something like that.” Makoto says with a shrug. 

 

“Alright, let’s take one more dip before we leave!” Junpei dashes towards the water, and Aigis shortly follows.

 

“She’ll be fine in the water, right?” Morgana asks with concern.

 

“I’m sure she’s fine.” Yukari says despite not being sure.

 

Aigis comes running back to the group.

 

“Oh, are you done already?” Fukka questions once she reaches them.

 

“It is best that everyone partake in this activity together.” Aigis slightly hops up and down. “Deriving enjoyment alone is not the optimal method to “have fun.”

 

“You’ve got some strong feelings on some weird things.” Yukari easily admits. “But what the heck, might as well!” Yukari and Aigis walk towards the water.

 

“We should join them.” Fukka looks towards Kirijo.

 

“Agreed.” Kirijo says with a smile, and they head to the water as well.

 

“Come on Mona, you haven’t touched the water yet!” Ren quickly gets up from his chair.

 

“Fine… j-just be careful.” Morgana reluctantly tags along as well.

 

“Well, what are we standin’ around for? Charge!” Kotone runs towards the water.

 

“She won’t take no for an answer.” Makoto and Sanada are the last ones, and they too make their way.

 

“Aigis, wait!” Junpei blocks the barrage of water being fired from Aigis’ fingers. “That’s not what water gun means! Aaaaaack!” He then falls over.

 

“Hehe, Junpei is down!” Fukka cheers with a smile.

 

“All right, here’s our chance for an all-out attack!” Yukari quickly adds.

 

“Now!” Makoto and Kotone shout in unison, and everyone splashes water in Junpei’s direction.

 

“Wait, time out! I seriously can’t take-! Gyaaaaah!” Junpei lies on his stomach once the attack is over, and everyone else laughs in victory. Makoto’s SEES social link reaches rank 5.


7/23 Evening     Waxing Crescent

 

“*Cough* *Cough* Ungh…” Aragaki holds his chest in the backstreets of Port Island Station.

 

“You seem to be in great pain.” Pale guy unhelpfully comments as his crew walks towards him.

 

“You again…” Arakagi manages to say.

 

“Jin. Give him the capsules.” Pale guy tilts his head towards Jin, who throws the pills Aragaki’s way.

 

“Thanks. I’ll pay you the usual way.” Aragaki stands up.

 

“Now, hold up.” Jin stops him in his tracks.

 

“This time, we’d like your payment in the form of information.” Pale guy follows up with. “Your acquaintances have been busy lately. I’m referring to their activities on the nights where the moon is full, of course. They’ve spent a great deal of time in the tower as well. I wonder, why did they take this burden upon themselves?”

 

“...” Aragaki puts his hands in his pockets.

 

“You do know, don't you?” Pale guy rhetorically asks with a grin. “But you don’t wish to say… Is it perhaps because… you’re one of them?”

 

“I’m not!” Aragaki stomps the ground. “I’ve got nothing to do with them anymore.”

 

“Then tell us.” The pale guy demands with a glare. “I’m sure you’d agree these pills are more important than a group you have nothing to do with.”

 

“Tch…” Aragaki shakes his head. “I don’t know the details, but… Supposedly, destroying all those creatures will put an end to the dark hour, and that weird-ass tower will disappear. That’s all I know, alright?”

 

“You mean… they intend to eliminate the dark hour completely?” Pale guys asks with confusion. “Why would they do such a thing!? To give up such power… To destroy the tower of demise!?”

 

“Tower of Demise…?” Who wouldn’t want to take out that damn thing?” Aragaki removes one of his hands from its pocket.

 

“Takaya…” Jin says while looking towards the pale guy.

 

“... Yes, I know.” Takaya quickly answers, and the three walk off.

 

“Hmph. I can’t go back.” Aragaki says and takes a seat. “I won’t use my power again. Not after last time…”


7/24 Morning     Waxing Crescent

 

After the tiring trip, Ren and Morgana went to bed as soon as they got home. “Good morning bro.” Ren is the first to speak as per usual.

 

“Mornin’.” Morgana follows shortly after. “I’m glad that I actually got to go on the trip this time.”

 

“Same here, I was missin’ you on the Hawaii trip.” Ren pets Morgana’s back.

 

“We’ll have a lot of free time until our journey starts in Tokyo, assuming we succeed here.” Morgana reminds him. “We should take a trip to Hawaii during it.”

 

“Sounds like a plan!” Ren’s immediately on board. “Speakin’ of plans, what should we do today?”

 

“Sleep.” Morgana immediately answers. “I don’t wanna get up…”

 

“You’re so lazy sometimes.” Ren comments with a smirk.

 

“I’m not lazy, I’m unmotivated.” Morgana quickly replies.

 

“Uh, isn’t that the same thing?” Ren rolls his eyes.

 

“Eh, who cares?” Morgana sure doesn’t. 

 

“Hey, you won’t catch me complaining.” Ren shrugs, then captures Morgana in a hug. “You’re so cozy…”

 

“And you’re so weird.” Morgana replies with a warm smile.   

 

“I’m not weird, I’m unique.” Ren says matter-of-factly.

 

“Uh, isn’t that the same thing?” Morgana mocks in a nerdy voice.

 

“It isn’t wise to mock the guy holding you hostage.” Ren evilly laughs and plays Morgana’s absolute least favorite song at full volume.

 

“This is cruel and unusual punishment!” Morgana yells in protest as he tries to escape Ren’s grasp.   

 

“Hehe, I thought you loved this song.” Ren cheekily smirks.

 

“I’ll remember this, bro.” Morgana gives up on escaping Ren’s hold. “Don’t you hate this song too!?”

 

“Sure do!” Ren cheerfully replies. “It’s absolute shit!”

 

“*Chuckle*” Morgana can’t help but laugh at Ren’s honesty. “I guess we’re in this hell together.”

 

“What else is new? There’s no better way to bond.” Ren laughs, and the two suffer through the terrible music.

 

“Wait a sec!” Morgana yells after a whole minute of listening to the music.

 

“Huh? What is it?” Ren’s head tilts in confusion.

 

“Isn’t there school today!?” Morgana looks towards the calendar, which does indeed say that the break ended yesterday.

 

Ren’s eyes widen. “Shit!” He then looks at the time, school started an hour ago. “I must’ve forgotten to turn the alarm back on after the trip.”

 

“The top scorer is gonna fail for skipping class.” Morgana shakes his head in disappointment. “Did you miss a single day of school last year? Not including your fake death of course.”

 

“The day after you ran away.” Ren immediately answers.

 

“R-Really?” Morgana asks in shock.

 

“I was too worried about you.” Ren’s head tilts down.

 

“Ren…” Morgana gives him an appreciative smile. “That’s why I still love you despite playing this shit music.”

 

“*Chuckle* Let’s turn it off already.” Ren smiles and does just that. “Looks like you win today, back to bed it is!”

 

“Let’s just hope Kirijo doesn’t have any choice words for us when she finds out.” Not that Morgana really gives a shit about her opinion right now though.


Dark Hour

 

“Do we really have to come back right after the trip?” Junpei complains as they enter Tartarus.

 

“Sure do!” Kotone happily cheers.

 

“Hm…?” Fukka enters her Persona.

 

“What is it, Yamagishi?” Kirijo quickly asks.

 

“It looks like Yukari and Morgana both gained a new passive ability!” Fukka says as she exits her Persona.

 

“Oh right, remember the blue glow after the movie?” Morgana looks towards Yukari.

 

“So it is something to do with Tartarus!” Yukari says with excitement. “What are they?”

 

“For you, healing skills cost only a fourth of the SP now.” Fukka then looks towards Morgana. “Morgana’s is a 50% damage reduction.”

 

“That’s awesome!” Morgana says with a huge grin.

 

“And this happened from watching a movie?” Makoto asks in confusion. 

 

“Well, that and talking about depressing shit.” Morgana explains further.

 

“Looks like I know who I’m bringin’ first!” Kotone happily cheers. “You too, Aigis. Let’s see what ya got!”

 

“Understood. I will “strut my stuff,” as Junpei says.” Aigis exposes Junpei then just walks off.

 

“Oh, this area looks different.” Yukari comments once they pass the previous barrier floor. 

 

“The shadow is within optimal striking range, requesting authorization to engage.” Aigis reports as they flank around.

 

“Leave the engagin’ to me!” Kotone swings her weapons like a golf club straight into the shadow’s back.

 

“This is a new enemy. What kinda attack do you have, Aigis?” Kotone questions later than she should’ve.

 

“Palladion is equipped with Pierce and Strike damage, along with both Tarukaja and Rakukaja.” Aigis quickly informs them. “I am also weak to Curse attacks.”

 

“Got it! Pierce their hearts, Aigis!” Kotone excitedly commands.

 

“I comprehend.” Aigis fires Arrow Rain, knocking the two shadows down. “Let’s press our advantage!” The group's all-out attacks and quickly destroys the shadows. “Target neutralized.” Aigis comments and reloads her guns after firing at the shadow.

 

“That was some fine shootin’ girl.” Kotone compliments once the fight is over.

 

“Got it. I will increase my proficiency to great.” Aigis took her compliment as an insult.

 

“And I thought I was bad at taking compliments.” Morgana says with a chuckle.

 

“You still are.” Yukari smiles and teases.

 

“W-Well, I’m learning.” Morgana crosses his arms. “And the same goes for you.”

 

“You got me there.” Yukari easily admits.

 

“I don’t believe this discussion is relevant to the task at hand.” Aigis informs them.

 

“Nah, keeping spirits high is vital to our sanity.” Kotone counters with.

 

“I see. I am sorry for disturbing your mental well-being process.” Aigis quickly apologises. 

 

“No biggie, now let’s go!” Kotone leads her team through a couple more floors until a strange clock appears beside the stairs.

 

“I’m getting a strange reading from that clock. Will you touch it, please?” Fukka kindly requests.

 

“I’ll touch whatever ya like.” Kotone replies and presses her hand against the clock, causing her to be blinded by a white light. When the group’s vision returns, a clock similar to the one at the entrance awaits them.

 

“Where are we?” Morgana doesn’t see an exit in sight.

 

“Look, there’s a booklet in front of the clock.” Yukari points towards it.

 

“Let me take a gander…” Kotone picks it up and reads its contents aloud. “After an offering is made and the hands strike twelve, then the Great Clock can be used. The observer shall then reach for the pendulum while picturing the recipients of the Clock’s power.”

 

“Well, that’s not ominous at all.” Morgana sarcastically comments with an eye roll.

 

“So, I just imagine someone…?” Kotone tilts her head in confusion. “Guess it’s worth a shot.” Kotone sticks her hand towards the clock and thinks of both Makoto and Ren, and the group is once again engulfed in white light.


“Is everyone alright?” Fukka asks as they appear back at the entrance.

 

“Can’t say I’m a fan of getting flashbanged twice.” Kotone holds her head. “So, did something happen?”

 

“I feel stronger for some reason.” Ren comments and stands up.

 

“Me too.” Makoto quickly follows.

 

“Maybe the clock boosted your strength?” This is just another thing about Tartarus that Kirijo doesn’t understand.

 

“Only one way to find out, one of you needs to head to the backlines for now.” Makoto looks towards Morgana and Yukari.

 

“I’m cool with whatever.” Morgana quickly states.

 

“You can go ahead then.” Yukari quickly takes a seat. 

 

“Wow, that’s so generous of you.” Morgana sarcastically comments with a smile.

 

“Hehe, it’s hard being this kind sometimes.” Yukari jokes back.

 

“Let’s get going.” Makoto leads his team back into the teleporter.

 

“There is a shadow 1.34 meters ahead of us.” Aigis reports from their hiding spot behind a corner. “We should be able to reach the target in time with your observed maximum running speed.”

 

“Got it.” Makoto sprints as fast as he can and ambushes the shadow before it turns around.

 

The fight is nothing noteworthy, and the team continues moving up.

 

“I believe our mental fortitude strategy is ready to be employed.” Aigis states as they continue walking.

 

“Yep, I love mental fortitude strategying with my bro.” Ren comments with a laugh.

 

“Hehe, I think I only go more insane listening to you.” Morgana replies with a smirk.

 

“I was led to believe the term “bro” signifies a familial connection. Am I misinformed?” Aigis questions with interest.

 

“You don’t have to be blood relatives to be family.” Ren explains to her. “Though we technically do share blood since I donated Mona some after we got attacked by thugs.” 

 

“Apparently, looking for a mafia leader isn’t very safe.” Morgana casually comments. “They took 300000 Yen from us too.”

 

“I thought cats had different blood types as opposed to humans.” Aigis then states.

 

“They do, but I’m not a cat. Literally every part of my body is human-like except for my appearance, including blood.” Morgana isn’t going to get mad at Aigis for calling him a cat. “It’s a good thing as well, I was pretty dizzy with that much blood loss…”

 

“I told you to run!” Ren’s still upset about that to this day. 

 

“And leave you alone to deal with the mafia!? Hell no!” Morgana yells back. “... That’s when I really started to feel useless…”

 

“You got the knife out of his hands just in time.” Ren quickly reminds him. “... I’m the one who was useless to help you.” He somberly adds.

 

“Let’s just… not talk about this right now.” Morgana softly suggests.

 

“I believe this discussion is having the opposite effect than intended.” Aigis unhelpfully informs them.

 

“I believe so too.” Ren loudly sighs. “That’s what being the luckiest and the unluckiest duo alive does.”

 

Morgana sighs as well. “It’s thanks to that kind of stuff that we’re so close though.”

 

“Gang violence is a means of getting close. I comprehend.” Aigis quickly nods.

 

After a few more relatively silent floors, they finally reach the first gatekeeper shadow.

 

“You wanna know another way of getting close? Taking your depression out on shadows.” Ren summons his Persona in preparation.   

 

“I’ll remember that.” Aigis stores that knowledge. “Time to vent!”

 

“Couldn’t agree more.” Makoto says, and both he and Morgana summon their Personas as well.

 

With a barrage of Theurgies powered up by Fukka’s buffs, the fight is very simple. “Good work everyone!” Fuuka compliments after the battle.

 

“That 50% damage reduction sure is nice.” Morgana says with a smile. “Mwehehehe! I feel unstoppable tanking all those hits!”

 

“I wonder what kinda buff I’ll get.” Ren holds his chin.

 

“It better be cool!” Morgana loudly demands. “I’ll be embarrassed if my brother gets some lame power-up.”

 

“When have I ever not been cool?” Ren replies with a smirk.

 

“...” Morgana gives a smirk of his own and gets lost in thought.

 

“Y’know what, don’t answer that.” Ren doesn’t like the look on Morgana’s face.

 

“You should be glad I’m merciful, unlike you this morning.” Morgana still has that crap song stuck in his head.

 

“We’re ready to continue. Does anyone want to swap?” Makoto asks the three.

 

“You know what, sure.” Morgana could use a little rest.

 

“Got it. Kirijo, can we count on you?” Makoto knows the answer to that question.

 

“Of course.” Kirijo quickly answers. “I’ll be right there.”


“An anti-shadow weapon sure is useful.” Kirijo comments as Aigis blasts a shadow into black paste.

 

“I don’t believe fighting shadows is categorized as “full of use.” Aigis points out.

 

“It sure is for our mission.” Ren reminds her. “And there’s probably a bunch of stuff you’re secretly good at.”

 

“I must test my ability in many fields to determine my maximum full of useness.” Aigis determines after Ren’s talk.

 

“I think we should start with vocabulary.” Makoto is unimpressed with the robot’s knowledge in that field.

 

“Very well.” Aigis quickly agrees. 

 

“You aren’t hoping to use Aigis to cheat, are you?” Kirijo’s eyes slightly narrow.

 

“We’re literally the top students in second year, I think we’ll be fine.” Ren rolls his neck.

 

“Ah, that reminds me. Why wasn’t the “top student” at school today?” Kirijo crosses her arms.

 

“Oh uh…” Ren scratches the back of his neck. “I kinda forgot to turn my alarm back on.”

 

“I see.” Kirijo quickly accepts the answer. “Just be more careful in the future.”

 

“Understood.” Ren replies with a salute.

 

“Even Junpei remembered.” Makoto’s face shows disapprovement. 

 

“Well, Junpei’s livelihood depends on it.” Ren counters with.

 

“Does your institute of learning possess fighting classes as well?” Aigis asks after that comment.

 

“It has a boxing team.” Makoto answers with a shrug.

 

“Boxing is the fighting style Sanada is efficient in, correct?” Aigis asks with interest. “Perhaps I could give it a try.”

 

“I’m pretty sure having a metal body isn’t allowed.” Ren breaks the news to her. “Your opponents would break their hands when punching you.”

 

“I understand. That is quite unfortunate.” Aigis seems genuinely upset. “The combat weapons I already possess shall have to do.”

 

“*Gasp* There it is!” Fukka shouts out of nowhere.

 

“Are you referring to the creepy red door?” Makoto states the obvious.

 

“Yes, could you please get a little closer to it?” Fukka politely requests.

 

“Sure.” Makoto easily agrees.

 

“I sense shadows beyond this door. Proceed with caution if you’re entering.” Fukka warns with seriousness.

 

“We never back down from a challenge, ain’t that right?” Ren taps Makoto’s shoulder.

 

“Sure is.” Makoto rolls his neck and enters the door. After a bit of walking, they find a lone shadow in the room.

 

“It doesn’t seem like you can avoid it.” Fukka dejectedly reports. “Let me try something…” The party suddenly gets a boost to both defense and attack speed.

 

“Whoa, what was that?” Ren sure isn’t complaining.

 

“It’s one of my Persona’s abilities: Sylphid Aura.” Fukka excitedly explains. “It does take some SP though, so let me know when you’d like me to activate it from now on.”

 

“Got it, thanks, Yamagishi.” Makoto wastes no time charging at the shadow.

 

“I believe it’s time for maximum firepower!” Aigis’ eyes glow red as she powers up and shoots up into the air. “Ready to engage!” Aigis glows blue and flies around at crazy fast speeds. “Orgia Mode, activated!” She slams down into the floor, causing a massive blue explosion.

 

“That was awesome Aigis!” Ren cheerfully compliments.

 

“...” Aigis is fully focused on the enemy in front of her. 

 

“Ah, right. Ikustsuki told me that she enters a mode called Orgia after her Theurgy, which boosts her attack and defense but makes her not obey commands for a bit.” Kirijo informs the others. “She’ll also overheat after too many attacks in that mode.”

 

“Would’ve been good to know.” Makoto comments and summons his Persona. “Let’s just make this quick.”

 

The four do just that, and the chests behind the shadow are theirs for the taking.

 

Once they exit the door, a green energy surges through the floor of Tartarus they’re on. “What was that…!?” Fukka questions and begins her analysis “Oh! I can see the floor layout! That makes it easy to guide you. I also see the layout of the floor directly above this one.”

 

“We should make use of this facility when we can.” Aigis quickly suggests.

 

“Agreed. Take us to the next floor, Yamagishi.” Makoto quickly heals the team back to full health, and Fukka guides them through this floor and the next one.

 

“There’s another gatekeeper shadow on this floor.” Fukka warns as they reach the next floor.

 

“Oh no, whatever will we do.” Makoto’s getting tired of acting like these are threats.

 

“We will “beat some ass,” according to Junpei.” Aigis jumps up and down.

 

“Junpei, can you stop teaching Aigis stuff?” Fukka asks since she’s right next to him.

 

“Fineee…” Junpei doesn’t wish to get on Fukka’s bad side.

 

“Do shadows even have an ass?” Ren unhelpfully questions.

 

“*Sigh*” Kirijo feels like she’s losing her mind. “Can we just fight already?”

 

“Sounds a lot more fun than this conversation.” Makoto quickly agrees, and the fight ends even quicker.

 

“That was “easy peasy lemon squeezy.” Aigis comments after the fight.

 

“Who taught you that one, Aigis?” Fukka questions with genuine interest.

 

“Ikutsuki.” Aigis quickly informs them.

 

“Should’ve seen that coming.” Makoto rolls his eyes. “Ren and Aigis, swap with Junpei and Sanada.” 

 

“Affimitive.” Aigis says, and both she and Ren head back through the teleporter.


“Now that we’re both here, who’s fault was it in Yakushima, and be honest.” Junpei looks towards Makoto.

 

“You all failed miserably.” Makoto quickly answers. “The only winner was me.”

 

“...” Sanada looks down in defeat.

 

“What kinda non-answer is that!?” Junpei crosses his arms. “I guess I’ll accept defeat this time though…”

 

“A valiant choice.” Makoto moves his hair out of his eye. 

 

“Do I want to know what this competition was?” Kirijo asks with a sigh. “You better have been respectful to the house’s staff.”

 

“No need to worry.” Junpei assures her. “‘Twas just some friendly competition.”

 

“If you say so.” Kirijo settles with. 

 

“But man… we need to have another vacation soon!” Junpei excitedly suggests. 

 

“Vacations are a good way to create more interesting training regimens.” Sanada quickly agrees.

 

“You need to train on how to have fun.” Junpei informs him. “You too Kirijo.”

 

“Wouldn’t it upset you if the person asking you to fight in Tartarus slacked off?” Kirijo questions with interest.

 

“No one cares.” Makoto blankly states. 

 

“In that case, maybe a break even now and then would be beneficial.” Kirijo isn’t opposed to the idea.

 

“Your idea of a break is studying easier material.” Sanada informs the group.

 

“And training is a better break?” Kirijo follows up with.

 

“She got ya there.” Junpei admits with a laugh. “Oh! It’s one of ‘em hand things!”

 

“Let’s get it.” Makoto dashes over and slashes the golden hand in the back. “Persona!” Makoto gets a lucky crit, and the fight ends in one turn.

 

“Money, money, money!” Junpei chants after the battle.

 

“These shadows are a good way to see how much we’ve improved.” Sanada cracks his knuckles.

 

After more climbing, a gatekeeper shadow is once again spotted. The fight is very tedious with all the magical barriers they put up, but the fight is over after not too long.

 

“The next floor is a barrier floor!” Fukka shouts with excitement. “Grab the old document and return here.”

 

“Understood.” Kirijo replies, and the team does just that.

 

After a while longer of changing teams and training, they return home for the night.

Notes:

Ah, the early-life crisis chapter. This one was one of the most fun and funniest to write, probably because the characters finally got to experience fun themselves. Aigis is also just a fun character to write since her dialect is the most unique of the cast. If only these guys could stay happy for 5 minutes.

Chapter 7: Friend or Foe

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

7/25 After School     Waxing Crescent

 

“Summer break, here I come!” Junpei jumps out of his seat the instant the bell rings.

 

“I finally get to sleep in!” Morgana shares Junpei’s excitement.   

 

“Of course sleep is what you’re excited about.” Ren comments with an eye roll.

 

“Sleep does sound nice.” Makoto says with a yawn. “Wake me up for the next full moon, or don’t.”

 

“What a great leader you are.” Kotone sarcastically states.

 

“I’m just glad that studying is over for a bit.” Yukari adds her input.

 

“True dat.” Junpei immediately agrees. “We gotta do somethin’ fun. Like, why not have a welcoming party for Aigis?”

 

“Now there’s an idea I can get behind!” Kotone’s clearly on board.

 

“Aigis can’t eat curry, so we’ll need to do something different than usual.” Morgana informs the team.

 

“What would Aigis want to do…?” Ren holds his chin in thought.

 

“Why don’t we just ask?” Yukari questions after a moment of silence. “These parties haven’t exactly been a surprise before.”

 

“Sounds simple enough.” Makoto is more than fine with that. “Let’s head back now.”

 

Once the gang returns home, they knock on Aigis’ door. “Is that knocking directed at me?” Aigis quickly asks.

 

“Sure is!” Kotone happily confirms. “We wanna have a celebration for you joining the team!”

 

“I see.” Aigis gets up and opens the door. “What festivities do you have in mind?”

 

“We’re actually here to ask you that.” Morgana tells her. “Is there something you have an interest in?”

 

“She said she was interested in boxing during the dark hour, wonder if Sanada would accept that match.” Ren knows the answer to that.

 

“Now that would be a fight to see!” Junpei clearly approves.

 

“We aren’t making her fight, this is supposed to be a celebration.” Yukari doesn’t understand all the talk about fighting in this team.

 

“Aigis has good aim, so why not head back to the darts place?” Makoto suggests after a bit. “It would help in Tartarus as well.”

 

That last statement sold Aigis on the idea. “I approve.”

 

“I’ll never say no to showing off my darts skills!” Morgana excitedly states. 

 

After a relatively short trip, they arrive at their destination. “So, the goal is to hit the center of the target with this arrow?” Aigis holds the dart in her hand.

 

“Kinda, though the triple 20 is the max points you can get.” Ren explains and points to the spot. “There and the center are the two spots to aim for.”

 

“Wouldn’t my built-in firearms be the more optimal weapon choice?” Aigis questions in confusion.

 

“This is just for fun, destroying the targets isn’t your goal.” Makoto explains to her. “How about we show her first?”

 

“I’ve got this!” Yukari volunteers since she’s the best player with human proportions. “Hold the dart like this… and fire!” The dart flies into the triple 20 space. “Each person gets three throws per turn.” Yukari’s other two darts make their marks. “Your turn!”

 

“Understood.” Aigis holds the dart as directed and scans the board with her eyes. “Calculating weight… accounting for gravity… optimal trajectory determined, initiating fire!” The dart lands perfectly in the center of the triple 20 space on all three of her throws.

 

“Great throws, Aigis!” Yukari compliments after her turn. “We’ll be the first in SEES to score a perfect game at this rate!” 

 

“We only didn't because you messed up the final throw, don’t blame me!” Morgana yells once he sees Yukari looking towards him. “It’d be real embarrassing if you did it again…” Morgana teases with a laugh.

 

“Ugh, now I’m worried!” Yukari crosses her arms. “Thanks a lot!”

 

“Hehe, any time.” Morgana immediately replies.

 

Despite her nerves, Yukari once again hits the triple 20 space three more times. “Back to you, Aigis!”

 

“Loading dart throw sequence… ready to deploy.” Aigis does the exact same throw as last time for two of the darts. “... What happens if I score more than the required number?”

 

“It doesn’t count, and that turn is wasted.” Ren informs her. “Since you need 41 points, it’s impossible to win this turn.”

 

“Ha!” Morgana shouts in victory. “You shouldn’t score a triple 20 every time if you want to win in the fewest turns possible.”

 

“Nrgh… Why are we punished for being too talented!?” Yukari shouts with more anger than intended.

 

“I apologize for my poor performance. Any feedback is appreciated.” Aigis quickly apologizes.

 

“You’re doing great.” Yukari assures her. “Go ahead and aim for the triple 7.”

 

“Affirmitive.” Aigis gets into position. “Calculating new trajectory… now!” Aigis throws another perfect shot.

 

Yukari doesn’t waste time speaking and ends the game with a regular 20. “Not a perfect game, but still really good.”

 

“That was an enjoyable experience.” Aigis comments with honesty. “I’d like to partake in it again.”

 

After the members of SEES take turns playing darts with Aigis, they return to the dorm.


Evening

 

“Good evening. I’m pleased to see that you’re well.” Takaya greets Aragaki at the usual spot.

 

“...” Aragaki looks annoyed to see them.

 

“Your pills.” Jin tosses another bottle towards Aragaki, who wordlessly catches it.

 

“I noticed, once again, that a new ally has been added to their ranks.” Takaya continues. “... Well, I suppose it’s more of a pet than an ally.”

 

“Makes no difference to me.” Aragaki shakes his head.

 

“It seems what you told us of their intentions are true.” Takaya says with anger in his voice. “How terribly lamentable… Now, we have no choice but to intervene.”   

 

“...!” Aragaki finally looks up towards them.

 

“It is up to the individual how to use the strength they are granted.” Takaya clutches his fist. “But to erase the dark hour would be denying the very power they possess. And that is the one thing we cannot permit.”

 

“Fine. Do whatever you want.” Aragaki stands up and walks away.

 

“Hold up a sec.” Jin stops him in his tracks. “What’s your role in all this? We know they asked ya to come back.”

 

Aragaki glares at the three. “Y’know, you’re really starting to piss me off, nosy little shit.”

 

“Yeah, well they’re goin’ down. Ya here me?” Jin is unphased by Aragaki’s threat. “And if you’re on their side, then you’re goin’ down too. Got that?”

 

“I already told you, I’m done with them.” Aragaki walks a way for real this time.


Amada walks up to everyone once they return. “My name is Ken Amada. I’ll be staying here for a while. I’ll try not to be a bother, so please don’t mind me.” With that, he returns to sitting at the table.

 

“I’m really hoping an elementary kid doesn’t get dragged into all this.” Yukari whispers once he’s far enough away.

 

“Everyone with the potential so far has joined…” Ren doesn’t like the idea of a kid joining either.

 

“We’ll just have to wait and see.” Makoto goes with that.

 

“In any case, I’ve got some drunk monk at a club to talk to.” Kotone doesn’t give any context at all. “See ya!”

 

“Drunk Monk at a club,” that sounds like some crap movie title.” Morgana comments with a laugh.

 

Everyone not named Kotone decides to start their summer break with an early night's rest.


7/26 Daytime     Waxing Crescent

 

Since Kotone and Junpei are the first out of bed, they decide to get some food. “So uh, whadda want to eat?” Junpei asks once they reach the strip mall.

 

“I thought you’d never ask.” Kotone isn’t lying either. “Starts with an r and ends in AMEN! Praise be to ramen!”

 

“*Chuckle* You might be more addicted than me.” Junpei admits with a laugh. “Ramen it is!”

 

“Hey uh… is that dude okay?” Kotone refers to the guy staggering across the road.

 

“Dude’s completely wasted… It’s broad daylight, dammit…” Junpei shakes his head.

 

“Whelp, we should just avoid him.” Kotone says with a shrug.

 

“Yeah, dealing with drunks is the worst.” Junpei loudly sighs. “It’s not our problem if he gets hit by a car or something.”

 

The drunk guy notices them staring at him, and he walks over. “Haaaaah…? Wah’cha lookin’ at…?”

 

“Whadda want…? Get outta here.” Junpei says with anger laced in his voice.

 

“Let’s just leave.” Kotone starts walking before he can answer. “If he continues to be a nuisance, then we get to have fun knocking him out.”

 

“I don’t know if I’d be able to hold back if that happens…” Junpei’s voice is weak. “Let’s go faster.” 

 

After a bit of speedwalking, they arrive at Hagakure Ramen. “*Sigh* Junpei has none of his usual energy. “Uh… sorry.”

 

“Don’t apologize for that.” Kotone says with way more seriousness than usual. 

 

“This will make me sound like an ass... but sometimes I envy you for having no parents.” Junpei says out of nowhere. “Some parents don’t deserve their kids.”

 

“I hear you there.” Kotone thinks of her foster parents. “Have we helped?”

 

“Of course you have.” Junpei confirms as their ramen arrives.

 

“That’s good to hear.” Kotone admits with honesty. “Do you wanna chat about it?”

 

“... Why not?” Junpei shrugs and slurps some of his ramen. “You’ve probably already realized this, but my dad was always drinking. He’d just sit there and drink, all by himself.” Junpei leans back a bit. “And every time he did, he’d get violent over the stupidest stuff… But… it doesn’t hurt anymore. He’s lost the strength he had, and I didn’t even notice it… Getting hurt was never the worst part though… it’s that he’d hit my mom too.” Junpei’s head tilts down. “She’d work herself to death just to stay away from home, so I never really got to see her. I don’t even know if she’s alive anymore…”

 

“...” Kotone never would’ve guessed that Junpei of all people had a story like that. “That sounds rough.”

 

“Yeah.” Junpei speaks with little energy. “I’ve got all the people at the dorm now though, so it’s not so bad anymore.”

 

Kotone understands Junpei more, and his social link reaches rank 4.


Evening

 

“You said there’s something you’d like to discuss?” Kirijo wasn’t expecting this request from Morgana of all people.

 

“Yeah.” Morgana decides not to waste any time. “You don’t trust me, and I want to know why.”

 

“...!?” Kirijo is taken aback by his comment. “What gives you that idea?”

 

“I saw you glare at me during Ikutsuki’s explanation when he questioned why the shadows suddenly reappeared.” Morgana immediately answers with a glare of his own. “Stop avoiding the question; it isn’t doing you any favors.”

 

“... I was only considering every option.” Kirijo starts with. “The first full moon shadow appeared shortly after you arrived, and I don’t see why a human would cause such a reaction.”

 

“Why not ask me then!?” Morgana’s voice is filled with anger. “Remember when I first made you tea? I said that you seem to see me as a normal person… I compared you to my best friend!” Morgana’s head tilts down. “And learning that you don’t trust me… it hurt.”

 

“...” Kirijo’s face shows guilt.

 

“Everyone here is the only thing that’s kept me going after what happened… and for a bit, I thought all of it was a lie, that no one here really trusted me.” Morgana closes his eyes and sighs. “I thought I’d be alone again… that I’d take Ren down with me. And that’s something that I can’t let happen, no matter what. So, I’ll answer any questions you have to the best of my ability.” Morgana looks towards Kirijo once he’s done talking.

 

“... There’s no need.” Kirijo says after a few moments.

 

“Huh?” Morgana asks on pure instinct.   

 

“It’s unfair that I’ve been accusing you with no evidence.” Kirijo’s head tilts down. “It’s my fault that all of you were forced into this, so I took it upon myself to find a solution, no matter what. Even though you’ve been helping us this entire time, something in my mind kept saying you’re related to all this somehow… When Aigis first got activated in Yakushima, I thought that it was because she sensed you as a shadow.” Kirijo looks towards Morgana. “And… I was happy about that.”

 

“...!?” Morgana has a look of both anger and shock.

 

“I wasn’t worried about you at all, but excited that I finally had the proof I’ve been looking for… I’ve been horrible to you, I’m sorry.” Kirijo’s head tilts back down. “I have something else to admit to you.”

 

“... What do you mean?” Morgana doesn’t like the sound of that.

 

“I asked Ikutsuki to research you, and… I had him listen in and watch you through the cameras.” Kirijo’s voice is full of guilt.

 

“h-huh…?” Morgana’s mouth stays open.

 

“... We’ve only watched you though, so anything you’ve told Amamiya or the others isn’t known to us. But… we’ve still learned a lot more than you’d want us to…” Kirijo dejectedly admits

 

“...” Morgana forces his eyes shut, and his body slightly shakes. “y-you…”

 

“... I’m sorry.” Kirijo forces her eyes shut too. “Of course, I’ll have the chairman stop looking into you immediately, and I’ll delete those videos as well.”

 

“I… I-I …” Morgana shakes his head. “I don’t know what to say…” Morgana slowly heads back to his room.


7/27 Early Morning     Waxing Crescent

 

“Nrgh… *Pant!* *Pant!*”

 

“Mona…?” Ren wakes up from Morgana’s panting and shaking. “Was it a nightmare?”

 

“mhm.” Morgana makes a sound and slowly nods his head. “s-sorry…”

 

“Mona, you should know not to apologize for this anymore.” Ren softly pets Morgana’s back to calm him down. “Wanna talk about it?”

 

Morgana shakes his head. Despite wanting to talk about it, he knows that Ren will confront Kirijo if he does, which could result in something bad. He also scoots closer to Ren.

 

“Okay.” Ren doesn’t press further. “I’m all ears if you change your mind.”

 

“t-thanks…” Morgana rubs his head against Ren’s. “what time is it…?”

 

“3:42 AM.” Ren informs him. “Do you want to try going back to sleep?”

 

“Yeah. I’ve h-had way worse than this before…” Morgana takes a few deep breaths.

 

“We’ll get some sushi for lunch today, how does that sound?” Ren does his best to cheer Morgana up.

 

“That sounds nice.” Morgana’s eyes look towards the top corner of their room. “... actually, c-can we g-go to the lounge…?”

 

“Of course.” Ren carefully holds Morgana and gets up. “Would you like some coffee?”

 

“s-sure…” Morgana does another weak nod. “n-not too s-stong though…”

 

“Got it.” Ren heads down to the kitchen, and starts making his coffee.

 

Ren notices Morgana’s head constantly looking around for some reason, but he doesn’t comment on it. Mona will tell him if he wants to. “Here you go.” Ren hands the coffee to Morgana, and carries him to a couch in the lounge.

 

“thanks.” Morgana slowly takes a sip of the coffee. “it’s good.”

 

“Only the best for my bro.” Ren says with a smile.

 

“...” The two sit in relative silence until someone else shows up a few hours later.

 

“...” Kirijo looks towards the pair, before slowly turning back with a frown.

 

“I-I’m hungry… can we g-go now?” Morgana softly asks.

 

“Yeah. Let’s get ready real quick.” Ren definitely noticed Kirijo’s strange behavior. Maybe she knows what Mona’s nightmare could’ve been about? I shouldn’t ask if he doesn’t want me to though.


Lunchtime

 

Ren is glad to at least see Morgana smiling when the sushi arrives. His eyes are still scanning around for some reason. “I-It smells great.”

 

“I bet it’ll taste just as good.” Ren’s theory is quickly proven as he takes a bite.

 

“Yeah, it’s delicious.” Morgana weakly nods as he continues eating. “Thanks for taking me here.”

 

“I wish we had the money to eat here everyday.” Ren says with a smile.

 

“Wouldn’t that be nice.” Morgana looks towards Ren. “S-Sorry for not telling you by the way… It feels terrible to hide something from you, but I have a reason.”

 

“Don’t worry about it.” Ren assures him. “If there’s a reason, then there’s a reason.” 

 

“Y-You’re not mad?” Morgana asks with surprise. “We promised not to hide things from each other…”

 

“Of course I’m not mad.” Ren pets Morgana’s head. “Just never forget that I’m here for you.”

 

Morgana’s real smile finally breaks through. “Thanks bro. I won’t!”

 

“Good.” Ren says with relief. “Now let’s eat.”

 

“Sounds good.” Morgana says and takes a huge bite of his meal.


7/29 Dark Hour           Third Quarter

 

“Sorry to wake you!” Fukka's voice rings through every room but Ken’s. “I’m detecting a shadow! Please come to the fourth floor quickly!”

 

Everyone arrives in their SEES gear as soon as they can. “What’s goin’ on?” Junpei questions in anticipation.

 

“There’s a shadow in the city. Yamagishi found it unexpectedly.” Kirijo states with a hand on her hip.

 

“What? But the moon isn’t full yet…” Yukari says with both confusion and surprise.

 

“It seems to be just a regular shadow.” Fukka informs them. “But there usually isn’t any normal shadow activity outside of Tartarus.”

 

“It’s near Naganaki Shrine.” Kirijo continues the explanation. “Akihiko was already in the area, so he went ahead. I’m sure he can handle it alone, but we should be ready just in case.”

 

“Got it.” Makoto doesn’t exactly think this was worth waking everybody up.

 

*Beep* “Yes, this is Yamagishi.” Fukka says once the console gets a call.

 

“I’m here. Sorry, but I think you guys should come quick.” Sanada quickly informs them.

 

“What’s wrong? Are you in trouble!?” Kirijo asks with concern.

 

“No, the shadow’s been defeated.” Sanada assures them. “Or rather, it was already defeated when I got here.”

 

“So, what business do we have there?” Kotone asks in confusion.

 

“This little fella took a hit for me. I wanna save him if we can.” Sanada says with seriousness.

 

“Took a hit”? Who’s he talking about?” Yukari tilts her head.

 

“At any rate, let’s move out.” Kirijo quickly heads out of the room, and everyone follows until they reach Naganaki Shrine, where Koromaru is on the floor bleeding.

 

“Koro!” Fukka shouts once seeing him.

 

*Whimper* Koromaru slowly lifts his head.

 

“You know this dog?” Kirijo asks even though there are much higher priorities right now.

 

“Yeah, everyone around here does.” Yukari answers while kneeling down next to Koromaru. “We’ve gotta help him, quick!”

 

“The first procedure is to stop the bleeding.” Aigis quickly informs them. “I am unfortunately not equipped with the necessary supplies.”

 

“Man, he’s one tough fighter.” Sanada compliments Koromaru. “He defeated the shadow all by himself.”

 

“Wait, does that mean… this dog’s a Persona-user!?” Junpei shouts in bewilderment.

 

“He’s not like me… is he?” Morgana is pretty sure he’d know if that were the case.

 

“He says, “This is a place of peace, so I protected it.” Aigis informs the others.

 

“You speak dog?” Ren asks the important question.

 

“So he really was guarding this place.” Yukari looks towards Koromaru. “Good job, boy. You’re one amazing dog.”

 

“Arf…” Koromaru manages to say.

 

After taking Koromaru to the vet, the team returns home for the night.


7/30 Evening       Waxing Gibbous

 

“Heh, my thumb’s gettin’ a little greener everyday, don’t ya think?” Junpei asks as he and Fukka tend to the garden.

 

“Hehe, you’re certainly getting better at this.” Fukka assures him. “I think you’ve finally maxed your proficiency!”

 

“I have been told that I’m good with my hands.” Junpei quickly responds. “Seeing all this progress makes all that back-breakin’ work worth it.”

 

“I agree. It’s almost like the garden is reaching out to us.” Fukka says with pride.

 

“And our profits will reach even higher!” Junpei raises his arms into the air to emphasis his point. “I bet we can sell these babies for a huge price.”

 

“You’d sell your own babies away?” Fukka teases with a smile.

 

“Wha- no! That’s not-” Junpei sloutches over. 

 

“*Giggle*”

 

“A-Anyway let’s get back to it.”

 

After a few more minutes, they leave the garden be for the day. “Whew, we did a heck of a job.” Junpei comments as he stands up.

 

“We sure did!” Fukka cheers as she gets up as well, and both of their eyes glow blue for a second.


Dark Hour

 

“Good evening.” Pharos greets them as he reappears. “Things are really starting to liven up around here. So, how are you getting along with everyone?”

 

“Not bad.”        

“They’ve been great.”

 

“Oh, that’s good to hear.” Pharos replies with honesty. “... Just to remind you, the next full moon will be in one week. Are you ready? I actually haven’t been too worried about you lately. But you should still be careful. I’ll see you again.” Pharos once again disappears into thin air.


7/31 Daytime       Waxing Gibbous

 

“*Sigh* I hope this tastes alright.” Fukka says from the dorm’s kitchen. “Oh, hey Yuki.” Fukka says once she sees him in the lounge.

 

“You made lunch?” Makoto asks the obvious.

 

“Oh, uh, yes!” Fukka doesn’t seem to be so sure. “W-Would you try some? I’ve been meaning to get someone’s opinion on my cooking.”

 

Despite the foul odor and misshapen look of the bento box, not even Makoto can say no to Fukka. “Sure.” Makoto takes a bite, and… “It’s edible… maybe.”

 

“Ngh. I can’t say I’m surprised by your response...” Fukka’s head tilts down. “Th-Thank you though. For being honest.”

 

“...” Makoto’s hand instinctively moves to hold his stomach.

 

“Actually, you don’t look so well.” Fukka’s face suddenly shows panic. “Oh no, what do I do!? Uh, I’ll go get some water. Wait right here!” Fukka dashes to the kitchen and returns shortly after with a glass of water. “I’m sorry I made you taste my cooking.” Fukka looks both sad and embarrassed.

 

“You didn’t make me do anything.” Makoto reminds her. “Everyone starts somewhere.”

 

“I guess you’re right. Thank you for your time today.” Fukka slowly stands up. “I’m going to keep at it. I should focus on making it edible first though…”

 

“I am thou… Thou art I… Thou hast established a new bond… Thou shalt have our blessing when thou choosest to create a Persona of the Priestess Arcana…”

 

A voice rings through Makoto’s head, showing his new social link with Fukka.


8/2 Dark Hour       Waxing Gibbous

 

“You know the drill, full moon’s coming up.” Makoto looks towards his team. “Who’s coming first?”

 

“Both me and Junpei and gained a new passive ability!” Fukka announces with excitement.   

 

“Sure did! So… what is it?” Junpei questions in anticipation.

 

“Junpei has an increased chance to crit, and his crits do more damage.” Fukka starts with. “As for me, it makes it so all of you take less damage when your weakness is struck.”

 

“Now that’s what I like to hear!” Junpei is more than happy with his ability. “You gotta put me on the starting team!”

 

“Works for me, any other volunteers?” Makoto then asks.

 

“This will be a “hoot and a half.” Aigis steps forward.

 

“What does that even mean?” Yukari places a hand on her face. “I guess I’ll get my training over with first as well.”

 

“Got it.” Makoto heads over to the teleporter. “Let’s go.”

 

The group gets a lot more training in, and they feel more confident in the upcoming battle. “We’ll be back in two days.” Makoto informs the team, and they head back to the dorm.


8/3 Evening       Waxing Gibbous

 

Sanada has once again brought Makoto into the kitchen. 

 

“I recently expanded my outdoor exercise regimen, and I wanted to boost my nutrition to match.” Sanada motions towards the ingredients. “So I got some pork liver today because it’s supposed to be rich in iron. But I don’t think it’ll taste like much if I just boil it like usual… That’s why I’m gonna try cooking a pork liver stir-fry. I already looked up how to make it. Think you can help?”

 

“That’s why I’m here.” Makoto settles for.

 

“True.” Sanada admits with a smile. “I’ve already cleaned the meat. All that’s left is to cook the liver, then stir the chives and beat sprout in, and that should be it.”

 

“Then let’s begin.” Despite Makoto’s opinion on Sanada’s food choice, he won’t let himself cook a bad dish.

 

“Wow, this is great!” Sanada compliments as he takes a bite of the finished product. “I guess it’s a good thing I took the time for all that prep.”

 

“I’ll consider this a success.” Makoto does agree that it’s surprisingly good.

 

“They say a boxing match is already decided before the bell even rings. Maybe this is kind of the same thing.” Sanada ponders with his arms crossed. “Let’s cook together again sometime.”

 

After storing the rest of the meal, they go to sleep for the night.


8/4 Dark Hour       Waxing Gibbous

 

The group returns once more to prepare for the full moon shadow. After training, they like their odds in winning the next battle.


8/5 Evening       Waxing Gibbous

 

“Tomorrow is the full moon.” Makoto reminds the team, which is all sitting in the lounge.

 

“We’ve got this.” Junpei says with confidence. “SEES has 10 whole members at this point. There’s no way we lose now!”

 

“I am inclined to agree with Junpei.” Aigis speaks up. “We’ve “totes got this.”

 

“Couldn’t have said it better myself!” Kotone shares their confidence.

 

“Is it time for before full moon curry?” Ren asks the group, and receives a yes from everyone but Aigis for obvious reasons. “Let’s get her done, Mona!”

 

“Got it.” Morgana joins Ren in the kitchen. “What mystery ingredient goes in today?”

 

Ren whispers something to Morgana.

 

“Ah, I bet no one will guess both.” Morgana says with confidence.

 

“You’re on!” Ren quickly agrees, and the duo finishes their curry.

 

“There are two secret ingredients in the curry.” Morgana informs everyone. “Try to guess what they are.”

 

“Hmm…” Makoto takes this mission fully seriously. “One of them’s definitely chocolate.”

 

“Ding! Ding! Ding!” Ren winks towards Morgana. “One to go!”

 

“Oh, it’s yogurt.” Yukari comments almost immediately after.

 

“Correct again, and that folks, is an embarrassing loss for Mona!” Ren takes a bite of his own curry.

 

“Urgh… How dare you betray me like this, Yukari…” Morgana pretends to be upset.

 

“Hehe, sorry.” Yukari replies with a giggle.

 

After a lively meal, the team gets an early night's rest for the mission tomorrow.


8/6 Dark Hour                 Full Moon

 

“Well, here we are. A full moon once again.” Ikutsuki says once the dark hour hits.

 

“Any luck, Yamagishi?” Kirijo wastes no time asking.

 

“Yes, I can sense it. There’s a shadow reading tonight, as expected.” Fukka confirms with relief.   

 

“Good to hear.” Ren says with a smile.

 

“Where’s it located?” Morgana follows up with.

 

“It’s located at the deserted houses in the northern part of Iwatodai.” Fukka informs the team. “But, there’s something strange. The reading is coming from underground… Almost 10 meters.”

 

“Do you have a built-in drill, Aigis?” Kotone asks with the utmost seriousness.

 

“I do not.” Aigis quickly tells her. “However, there once was an underground facility that was used by the military. Though this data is 10 years old.”

 

“Shouldn’t someone update her information?” Junpei slowly questions.

 

“Either way, it sounds like our best bet.” Makoto rolls his neck.

 

“Alright, let’s go.” Kirijo stands up, and everyone else follows. After some walking, they arrive at the facility's entrance.

 

“I didn’t know there was a place like this so close by.” Sanada says in shock while looking at the huge door.

 

“The target should be around here somewhere…” Fukka continues scanning.


“Ooh, well done.” Everyone’s head turns around to see where that voice came from. They immediately enter their battle stances once they find a pale guy and some kid with blue hair standing there.

 

“Who are they!? Lucia couldn’t sense them at all!” Fukka shouts with worry and confusion.

 

“It’s so nice to finally meet in person.” The pale guy says while staring down the team. “My name is Takaya, this here is Jin. We are known to some as Strega.” Takaya adds with a grin. “Now then, We’ve been keeping an eye on your activities for quite some time. From what he hear, you’ve undertaken a “righteous” battle to save the world. Unfortunately, we’ve come here tonight to put an end to that.”

 

“What was that!?” Sanada shouts in anger.

 

“You’ve gained many new allies in such a short time, no doubt because this land crawls with sin.” Takaya quickly continues. “Ah, Tartarus is towering as beautifully as always…”

 

“What do you want?” Makoto blankly questions.

 

“Better question, why the hell do you want to stop us?” Kotone follows up with. “I like having an extra hour of sleep each night as much as the next guy, but still.”

 

“It ain’t rocket science.” Jin finally speaks. “If shadows and the dark hour disappear, we could lose our powers.”

 

“That’s it?” Morgana rolls his eyes.

 

“Are you saying you’re Persona users too!?” Kirijo asks with caution.

 

“I implore you to think more carefully.” Takaya ignores her question. “Do you really want to lose your abilities? Not just anyone can wield the power of a Persona. The dark hour is a frontier that is ours alone to explore. And the same goes for the Tower of Demise.”

 

“If your goal is to be special, the shirtless Jesus look already does the trick.” Ren casually comments.

 

“If that’s your reason for stopping us, you’re the ones who need to think!” Yukari yells in anger. “Who knows what might happen if we don’t do something!?”

 

“A catastrophe brought on by the shadows… What difference does it make, really?” Takaya questions with a grin.

 

“What are you talking about!?” Junpei’s eyes narrow. “People will get to live!”

 

“Disasters will always exist. And humans will always destroy each other, regardless of what the shadows do.” Takaya explains himself. “Either way, no one can predict what misfortunes will befall who.”

 

“If people die to the shadows, that’s our fault.” Morgana quietly explains. “We can’t just sit here and do nothing.”

 

“How ignorant. It’s time you accepted the truth.” Takaya’s gaze shifts between the different members of SEES. “Surely you will acknowledge the sense of fulfilment the dark hour has given you.”

 

“And we’re the ignorant ones.” Makoto replies with a scoff.

 

“Whatever, you all got your own selfish reason for fighting.” Jin shakes his head.

 

“How are we the selfish ones!?” Ren questions with a glare. “You know nothing.”

 

“That so-called “justice” of yours? Ain’t nothin’ but an excuse. There’s nothing righteous about any of ya, you're all just hypocrites!” Jin yells as his anger grows. “Like hell you chumps are gonna stop us.”

 

Morgana looks towards the two with spite. “Don’t push your luck.”

 

“Hmph.” Jin says as he and Takaya walk away. “Have fun in there!” The door to the entrance suddenly slams down, trapping them all in the facility.


“Dammit. They locked us in!” Sanada bangs his fist against the metal door.

 

“There is no need to panic.” Aigis assures him. “Instead of wasting resources, I recommend we prioritize the shadow first.”

 

“Yeah, save the anger for when we actually get to pummel them.” Kotone quickly determines.

 

“The shadow’s moving! I think it’s noticed us!” Fukka loudly warns.

 

“All right, let’s focus on our original goal. We can look for a way out after we’ve won.” Kirijo explains to the team.

 

“You heard her, let’s move.” Makoto quickly takes charge.

 

*Crash!* A loud sound pierces their ears once they proceed a bit further. “I sense the target two blocks ahead of you! It seems to be moving slowly downward.” Fukka warns the team.

 

“Moving downward? It’s probably trying to trap us.” Ren theorizes as they continue moving.

 

“We’re already trapped, a trap within a trap is a dirty move.” Kotone shakes her head.

 

“This place is real eerie…” Yukari comments while looking around.  

 

“No kiddin’.” Junpei quickly agrees.

 

“These tread marks…” Aigis stops walking to scan the floor. “They’re new.”

 

“These could belong to the target.” Kirijo puts together. “Exercise caution, everyone.”

 

After way too much walking, they finally reach the target’s location. “Is that a freakin’ tank!?” Junpei shouts in surprise.

 

“Get ready everyone, here it comes!” Fukka warns as the battle begins, and buffs everyone's defense and accuracy/evasion. “Its Arcana is Justice… No, wait, it’s Chariot…? Wh-What…? I only see one enemy, but I’m sensing two of them!”

 

“Everyone with a debuff, use it!” Makoto commands, and Sanada, Kirijo, and Ren use all three debuffs on the enemy. “Matarukaja!” Makoto then raises everyone's attack.

 

“Time to lay on the damage!” Kotone smirks as everyone fires their strongest attack.

 

“It resisted everything!” Fukka warns them with worry.

 

“Mph.” The Justice/Chariot? fires a High-Explosive Shell, doing good damage to everyone.

 

“Yep, it resists all attacks!” Fukka reports after analyzing it. 

 

“We’re gonna be here forever!” Junpei complains with a sigh.

 

“Crits and Almighty attacks are the ways to go.” Makoto quickly switches his Persona. “Revolution!” The crit rate of everyone on the field greatly increases.

 

“Now we’re talking!” Morgana quickly summons a Lucky Punch, which knocks the shadow down. “Strike!” The all-out attack does more damage than all the previous attacks combined.

 

“My turn!” Junpei follows suit with a crit of his own. “We’re not done!” The team all-out attacks again.

 

“Media!” Both Kotone and Yukari heal the team back to full HP.

 

Sanada and Ren go for crits as well, but to no avail, and Kirijo simply fires another Bufula.

 

“...” The Justice/Chariot? glares at Junpei.

 

“The hell are you lookin’ at!?” Junpei shouts in confusion.

 

“You should probably guard.” Kotone “suggests” to Junpei. “Why are all the shadows creeps?” After two all-out attacks courtesy of Kotone and Morgana, the enemy finally seems to feel some damage.

 

“Keep pressing the advantage!” Aigis states as everyone attacks again.

 

“Tch.”

“Tch.”

 

The shadow separates into two separate enemies. “I see now. The turret is Justice, and the larger one is Chariot!” Fukka quickly reports. “The smaller one seems to have less stamina. Now we can defeat them separately.”   

 

“I’m sure that’s easier said than done.” Makoto shakes his head. “Scan both enemies and use Oracle.”

 

“Got it! The Chariot resists physical attacks while the Justice resists magic.” Fukka happily states. “Lucia, bless them all!”

 

Everyone in SEES is Charged and Concentrated. “Ha, now they’re screwed!” Kotone says with a grin. “Who’s got their Therugy charged?”

 

“I do!” Yukari and Aigis shout in unison.

 

“Then lay on the damage!” Kotone commands, and they do just that. The boosted Theurgies do huge damage.

 

“The Justice is nearly done, target him!” Fukka suggests with seriousness.

 

“Copy that.” Makoto quickly agrees, and the attacks from him, Morgana, and Kirijo finish it off.

 

“Justice doesn’t stay down for long!” The Justice shouts and gets fully healed by the Chariot.

 

“The hell…!?” Junpei shouts and sighs.

 

“It looks like you’ll need to take them down at the same time.” Fukka quickly realizes.

 

“Shoulda seen that coming.” Makoto comments with an eyeroll.

 

“Justice always prevails!” The Justice fires Mahamaon, causing Morgana, Junpei, and Aigis to fall unconscious.

 

“Mona!” Ren shouts in outrage. “You’ll regret that!” Ren’s voice seethes with anger as he fires his Theurgy at the two shadows.

 

“Revive them!” Kotone orders as she casts Marakukaja on the team.

 

“Io!” Yukari’s Recarm revives Morgana, and both Junpei and Kirijo use an item to revive the other two.

 

“Damage reduction means nothing against that...” Morgana comments as he heals himself with Diarama.

 

“Fire!” The Chariot uses Swift Strike twice since it got a crit the first time.

 

“Cadenza!” Makoto uses his first Theurgy to heal everyone and reapply Masukukaja.

 

“Jack Bros!” Kotone’s Theurgy knocks both enemies down, and they all-out attack again.

 

“Focus on the Justice for now!” Fukka stays in a commanding voice.

 

“Understood, I demand some Therugies!” Kotone looks towards her team.

 

“One Therugy comin’ up!” Morgana happily reports as he loads the cartridge into his evoker.

 

“How ‘bout one more?” Junpei grins once Morgana’s Theurgy is over, and does his own. Everyone else attacks the Justice with regular attacks.

 

“Time for the big guns!”  

“Time for the big guns!”

 

The Chariot and Justice reunite, and charge energy for an attack.

 

“It’s going to be a big one!” Fukka warns with panic.

 

“Everyone, guard!” Makoto quickly warns as the energy grows stronger. Both Ren and Morgana audibly wince.

 

“MAXIMUM POWER!!” The Justice/Chariot loudly shouts as a huge wave of energy surges through everyone.

 

“Aaaaaaahh!” They all scream in unison once the attack finishes. “Nrgh…” Everyone struggles to stand after the attack.

 

Ren and Morgana look towards each other with the same thought, Yaldabaoth. “What the…? Ren and Morgana’s Therugies have already charged!?” Fukka shouts in confusion.

 

“*Pant!* *Pant!* *Pant!*” They force themselves up and activate their Theurgies in unison. Morgana’s tornado captures the fog from Arsene, and both Ren and Morgana dive into the storm.

 

*BANG!* BANG!* *BANG!* The others hear the sound of metal being broken and torn apart. Morgana turns the tornado into a ball of wind and crushes the shadows in place.

 

“BEGONE!!” Ren shouts as a huge wave of curse energy pierces the Justice and Chariot, and the energy is absorbed into the ball of wind.

 

“GRRRRRRRAAAAHHHH!!” Morgana gives a feral growl as he slams the wind into the ground, doing Colossal damage and destroying the shadows, with not even a slab of metal remaining.

 

Both Ren and Morgana immediately fall unconscious on the floor once the attack is over.

 

“...!” No one can manage to find the words to say for a moment before Junpei finally does. “Holy shit…”  

 

“That power was incredible…” Fukka adds in amazement.   

 

“I don’t think they liked that attack very much.” Makoto states the obvious.

 

“No kidding.” Sanada says with widened eyes.

 

“Sounds like a classic case of PTSD to me.” Kotone speaks from experience.

 

“...” Kirijo looks down and to the side.

 

“Kirijo?” Fukka softly questions.

 

“It’s nothing. I’ll have the chairman come get us out.” Kirijo quickly calls the command room. “... This is Mitsuru. We’ve neutralized the target.”

 

“Ah, good work. Come on back.” Ikutsuki says in a pleased tone.

 

“Actually, there’s been a complication.” Kirijo states with anger. “We ran into some interference during the mission. It seems they were Persona-users.”

 

“Persona-users!?” Ikutsuki asks and crosses his arms.

 

“Yes, more than one.” Kirijo dejectedly reports. “They appeared during the dark hour, and seemed to know who we were.”

 

“Hmm… Did they say anything that might give us a hint as to who they are?” Ikutsuki holds his chin and ponders.

 

“Now that you mention it… I believe they called themselves “Strega.” Kirijo softly sighs.

 

“Strega?” Ikutsuki’s interest has been gained. “All right, I’ll see what I can find out.”

 

“Thank you.” Kirijo quickly adds. “There’s… one other thing I have to report. We unfortunately fell into Strega’s trap, so we’re locked inside the facility.”

 

“Ah, I see.” Ikutsuki pushes up his glasses. “Since the threat has been eliminated, I’ll send someone over as soon as I can.”

 

“I’m sorry for the trouble. We’ll be waiting.” Kirijo softly says and hangs up.

 

“Nrgh…” Both Ren and Morgana wake up at the same time.

 

“Is it gone!?” Morgana immediately questions and looks around.

 

“Yep, you absolutely annihilated it!” Kotone happily reports.

 

“Good.” Ren sighs and gets up. “... Sorry ‘bout that.”

 

“Yeah, sorry.” Morgana follows up with.

 

“There’s nothing to apologize for. Well, except for scarring the crap outta us.” Yukari takes this time to fully restore everyone’s health.

 

After a while of waiting, they are finally freed from the facility and return to the dorm for some much needed rest.


8/7 Daytime     Waning Gibbous

 

“*Yawn* Good morning Ren.” Morgana is the first to greet this time.

 

“Mornin’ Mona.” Ren quickly replies. “How’re you feeling?”

 

“Pretty great honestly.” Morgana happily reports. “I think something like that was just what I needed.”

 

“You know it’s bad when getting shot by a tank is what we needed.” Ren comments with a laugh. “I feel the same way though.”

 

“It’s a good thing too, I’ve already been dealing with Kirijo, I don’t need more on top of that.” Morgana says as he gets up.

 

“What happened with Kirijo?” Ren questions with concern.

 

“Oh- *Sigh*” Morgana shakes his head. “I really suck at hiding things when talking to you.”

 

“I’ll take that as a complement.” Ren sits up as well. “I’ve noticed that you’ve been avoiding each other, even in Tartarus. I don’t think I can ignore this any longer.”

 

“Yeah, I’ll tell you.” Morgana faces Ren. “Don’t do anything stupid though.”

 

“That’s not a good start…” Ren does nod his head though.

 

“So, y’know that she didn’t trust me, right?” Morgana asks, and Ren nods again. “Well, I called her out on it and asked why. She basically said what I was expecting, that the shadows suddenly appearing at the same time as something like me is suspicious. I told her that it hurt to not be trusted, and I promised to answer any questions she would ask to prove my loyalty.”

 

“What did she ask?” Ren softly questions.

 

“That’s the thing, she didn’t ask anything. She admitted that she was being unfair to me, which sounds great, but…” Morgana’s head tilts down. “She told me that both her and Ikutsuki were looking into me. And… they used the camera’s to watch and listen in on me.”

 

“...!?” Ren’s eyes slowly widen. 

 

“I-I have no idea how much they know… but I know I talk out loud a lot in my nightmares, especially when you aren’t there to wake me up before they get too bad. She told me that they only watched when I was alone, so anything we’ve talked about should be secret… I really hope that’s the case.” Morgana loudly sighs. “She also said that when Aigis activated in Yakushima, she was actually hoping that I would be detected as an enemy to prove she’s right… she wasn’t worried about me in the slightest. At least Kirijo said they’ll stop looking into me.”

 

“... So, that nightmare?” Ren pets Morgana’s back.

 

“No one trusted me… and they turned on you as well.” Morgana closes his eyes. “I was constantly being watched like some lab rat; it was suffocating. I felt so trapped, so… alone.” Morgana slightly shakes again. “I didn’t tell you because I didn’t want you to confront Kirijo about it; that only would’ve made things worse.”

 

“... Yeah, you made the right call.” Ren softly speaks, but the anger is very apparent. 

 

“She saw how vulnerable I felt, especially at the beginning, and continued anyway… that’s what really hurts the most.” Morgana says in a near whisper. “I wonder if she cares about what I went through at all; she didn’t even care about my life.”

 

Ren takes a deep breath to calm down. “Why’s the world still doing this to you?”

 

“To counteract giving me the best brother ever.” Morgana replies with a smile.

 

“Mona…” Ren smiles with slight tears forming in his eyes. “It’s us against the world, and I wouldn’t have it any other way.”

 

“Me either.” Morgana says as Ren picks him up and hugs him, which Morgana quickly returns.

 

Both of their eyes glow blue, and the duo Therugy they used in the last fight is now available if both of their Theurgies are charged.


Evening

 

“‘Twas another close bout, but we’ve pulled through yet again!” Kotone announces with excitement to everyone in the lounge.

 

“For real though, we woulda been in trouble without that super attack thing you guys did.” Junpei says with a grin.

 

“We were just lettin’ off some steam is all.” Ren really undersimplifies it.

 

“Man did it feel good too.” Morgana follows up with. 

 

“But it’s thanks to everyone that we won, give yourselves some credit.” Ren makes sure they’re aware.

 

“Credit given.” Aigis assures him. “I believe this calls for celebration.”

 

“It’s been too long since we’ve played Mario Kart!” Kotone dashes upstairs before anyone can respond.

 

“*Sigh*” Makoto knows there’s no getting out of it.

 

“We’re gonna get our asses kicked more than the shadows ever could…” Junpei sighs and accepts his fate as well.

 

“My paws are great and all, but using a controller is something I struggle to do.” Morgana finishes off the trio with a sigh as well.

 

“I’m baaaaaack!” Kotone shouts and nearly trips on the steps. “Time to drive!”

 

The races are once again a complete blowout, and everyone heads to bed after a few hours of playing.


Dark Hour

 

“Hi, how are you doing?” Pharos seems rather forward this time. “I remembered a little more. The end won’t be brought by any one person in particular… It’s going to happen because there are many who wish for it… Almost as if it was decided from the beginning. But isn’t it strange, that there are those who wish to bring about the end?”

 

“Nah.”                                                                                                               

“Not really.”

 

“Hmm, I see...” Pharos scratches his head. “Well, I guess if you’re unhappy, you’d want it to be over quickly, huh? There was one more thing I wanted to tell you today… Soon, the flowers of poison will bloom… Three in the rival garden, and… huh? Two flowers seem to have already bloomed in yours? Fate is a strange thing indeed.” Pharos seems actually confused. “Anyhow, I don’t know if this has anything to do with the end, but you should be careful.”

 

The Pharos social link reaches rank 5.


8/8 Evening     Waning Gibbous

 

“Have we received a new mission?” Aigis questions as everyone enters the room on the fourth floor at Kirijo’s request.

 

“I was lookin’ for a challenge!” Sanada cracks his knuckles.

 

“...! Huh!?” Yukari shouts as her eyes locate something.

 

“Koro!?” Fukka kneels down next to him.

 

“Arf!” Koromaru excitedly says.

 

“Looks like he’s all healed up.” Ren says with relief.

 

“That outfit’s lookin’ sharp.” Morgana comments with a smirk. “Maybe I should go clothes shopping sometime.”

 

“Oh, that sounds like fun!” Yukari is immediately on board. “Where’d he get that collar?”

 

“This collar is designed to help control his Persona. Basically, it’s an evoker for dogs.” Kirijo quickly explains.

 

“That was an option!?” Morgana shouts in disbelief.

 

“We hadn’t considered it until you were already comfortable with your evoker.” Kirijo explains to him.

 

“So Koromaru is gonna fight with us!?” Kotone shouts in excitement.   

 

“I honestly wasn’t expecting this either. But the test results show it’s quite possible.” Kirijo says with disbelief still present in her voice. “In fact, it was actually a request from the chairman. We’ll be looking after him here in the dorm.”

 

“Didn’t that woman say he doesn’t want to be taken in?” Makoto asks with a surprising amount of care in his voice.

 

“Arf!” Koromaru quickly states.

 

“He says, “I’m returning the favor.” Aigis informs the team.

 

“Hey, sounds good to me.” Junpei says with enthusiasm. “I, for one, welcome him with open arms.”

 

“Welcome to the team.” Makoto officially adds him to the roster.

 

“Arf! Arf!” Koromaru barks super loudly in appreciation.

 

“Ah, before I forget. Summer classes start next week, so don’t lose focus because we have a lot of time off.” Kirijo says to everyone’s dismay.

 

“Summer classes!?” Kotone shouts in shock. “Like Junpei, sure. But we’re top three of second year!”

 

“I’ve already applied all of us, I could’ve sworn I told Yukari and Fukka…” Kirijo says with a hand on her hip.

 

“Oh, um, sorry… I completely forgot to mention it.” Fukka says with a sigh.

 

“Nrgh… my sleeping in…!” Morgana complains in a pathetic voice.

 

“No being lazy sir.” Ren boops Morgana’s nose.

 

“That’s rich coming from you…” Morgana smiles regardless. 


8/9 Daytime     Waning Gibbous

 

“Whadda say we do something besides chess this time?” Morgana asks after finding Makoto in the lounge.

 

“Too embarrassed after your loss?” Makoto’s smirk can’t be seen from Morgana’s position.

 

“Grrr…” Morgana struggles to hold his tongue. “I just think we should try something new.”

 

“Alright, what do you have in mind?” Makoto then asks.

 

“No idea.” Morgana instantly answers. “You can decide this time, it's only fair.” 

 

“I’m interested to see how cooking with you is.” Makoto says after a moment. “I think it’s time I talk about myself a little more too.”

 

“Sounds good to me, don’t think that you have to tell me just because I told you though.” Morgana tells him. “Only if you want to.”

 

“Sure.” Makoto finally gets up. “Since I decided on the activity, you pick what we cook.”

 

“Let’s check the ingredients.” Morgana and Makoto head to the kitchen. “Hmm… it’s still kinda early, are you in a breakfast or a lunch mood?”

 

“Lunch I guess.” Makoto quickly answers.

 

“Sweet, it’s finally time to cook that salmon!” Morgana announces with joy.

 

“Works for me.” Makoto grabs the salmon from the fridge.

 

“Cool, do you prefer your salmon poached or pan-seared?” Morgana then asks.

 

“Let’s pan-sear it.” Makoto grabs a pan from the cupboard and turns the heat up to medium-high while Morgana grabs the seasoning.

 

“With the stuff set, make sure to wash your hands before we start.” Morgana heads to the sink and washes his paws with the water, and Makoto washes his hands immediately after. “What kinda sides do you want? I’m personally not a huge fan of too many veggies crowding my fish.” Morgana then asks while putting some salt and pepper on the salmon.

 

“Then let’s just add asparagus and broccoli or something.” Makoto is fine with keeping it simple.

 

“Sounds good.” Morgana’s mouth and stomach say. “You’re in charge of the portions. Maybe we should cook extra in case someone else shows up.”

 

“Nah.” Makoto immediately replies.

 

“*Snicker* We’ll just make ‘em watch as we eat!” Morgana is more than fine with that. “Alright, I’m placing the fish in the pan.” Morgana does just that, and the sizzle passes through their ears. “You’ll need to flip it in about 8-12 minutes.”

 

“Cool.” Makoto is a fan of having a competent cook in the kitchen with him for once.

 

“So… does your backstory take 8 minutes?” Morgana semi-jokingly asks.

 

“We’re doing that now?” Makoto confusedly questions.

 

“Fish always tastes better when you’re depressed.” Morgana quickly explains.

 

A small smile appears on Makoto’s face. “That’s true. Do you remember our first match when I said your story reminds me of sis?”

 

“Yeah, I was both confused and worried about that.” Morgana easily admits. 

 

“You know by now that our parents died, but you don’t know how, right?” Makoto then asks.

 

“I don’t.” Morgana shakes his head.

 

“It was a car crash.” Makoto says with no emotion. “... We were just 6 at the time.”

 

“…!” Morgana’s head tilts down.

 

“Me and Kotone were in the car as well when it happened. Our parents died instantly, but we weren't so lucky.” Makoto sighs and shakes his head. “Sis was able to get out of the car pretty easily, but my seatbelt was jammed, and the fire was burning more on my side.”

 

“... And she saved you?” Morgana quietly asks.

 

“Yeah.” Makoto answers and nods. “She used a broken shard of glass to cut the seatbelt and get me out, but we both got seriously burnt in the process.” Makoto lifts the side of his shirt to reveal where he got his skin grafts.

 

“... Just like me and Ren.” Morgana says in amazement. 

 

“When I said it feels like fate that we met, I really meant it.” Makoto follows up with. “All four of us lost everything… but here we are.”

 

“... I’m sure that’s just the surface too.” Morgana sadly replies.

 

“Yeah.” Makoto quietly confirms.

 

“I couldn’t imagine losing someone that close to me… as much as I loved my sis, we only knew each other for a few months.” Morgana informs him. “I’ve already told Yukari this, but I did have a father for a little bit.” A small smile forms on Morgana’s face. “It’s funny, not a single one of us were related by blood, but we were still a family in our own weird way.” Morgana’s smile was very short-lived. “I don’t know if we were ever close enough for him to consider me one of his kids like Ren and Taba though… we didn’t have enough time.”

 

“I’ve been meaning to say this, but it’s honestly impressive how quickly you’ve changed since you first got here.” Makoto genuinely admits. “I’m honestly a little envious.”

 

“... Don’t get it wrong, I’m not strong.” Morgana loudly sighs. “But I have to be. There is too much on the line for me to wallow in despair… I haven’t earned that right.”

 

“... Are you fighting to avenge them?” Makoto’s eyes narrow.

 

“... Yeah.” Morgana softly answers. “I was given this chance to make things as right as I still can. And I won’t let it go to waste until I either succeed or die trying.” Or get tortured forever. He adds in his head.

 

“That’s why I continue too.” Makoto quickly admits. “Sis’ efforts were for nothing if I just lay down and die now.”

 

“... Does she know that?” Morgana asks with interest.

 

“Yeah.” Makoto immediately answers. “It sounds like you and Ren have saved each other your fair share of times too.”

 

“Yeah, you’d think I’m actually a cat with how many lives I’ve had.” Morgana jokes with a smile. “I’m sure you remember me and Ren talking about nearly dying to the mafia, right?”

 

“Kinda hard to forget.” Makoto says with a shrug.

 

“You’re tellin’ me.” Morgana smirks and shakes his head. “We were outnumbered four to two, and one of them had a knife.”

 

“How on Earth did you get out of that?” Makoto asks with genuine curiosity.

 

“Not easily.” Morgana quickly admits. “Despite the intimidating looks, they really weren't that big of a deal individually, so I’d mostly distract them and use some of my patented smokebombs to even the playing field. It was going pretty well until the knife guy got a lucky hit across Ren’s chest, so I had to swipe the knife from his hands, but got caught as a result…” Morgana tilts his head down. “They were clearly pissed that I was causing them so much trouble, so I got beat up pretty bad… people finally found us, so they took the money from Ren’s bag and fled.”

 

“That’s crazy.” Makoto states with honesty. “And how did you get in that position again?”

 

“We were looking for the boss.” Morgana’s eyes narrow. “Once the boss went down, the guy who sells us the model weapons used his yakuza connections to make sure the other guys stayed off our backs.”

 

Makoto shakes his head at the absurdity of it. “Just your average Tuesday.”

 

“*Chuckle* In our lives, it was. Looks like the salmon is ready to flip.” Morgana lets Makoto do the honor of flipping it, while he puts the temperature on low. After about two minutes of cooking on this side, the two head to the table with their salmon. “Mmm! Told ya it’s better when you’re depressed!”

 

“Yeah.” Makoto says with a genuine smile.

 

“I hadn’t really realized how unoften you smile until just now.” Morgana comments while eating his food at an alarming pace. “Why even brush your teeth if no one’s gonna see them?”

 

“Who says I do?” Makoto immediately replies.

 

“Hehehe… you’re joking, right?” Morgana hopes the answer is yes.

 

Makoto shrugs and continues eating his food.

 

“Don’t make me enter Momgana mode.” Morgana threatens with a glare. “Ren can attest to just how annoying I can become.”

 

“I’ll keep it in mind.” Makoto says, and his social link with Morgana reaches rank 4.


Evening

 

Everyone has gathered in the lounge at Ikutsuki’s request. “I think it’s time for you to all get a routine health checkup.” He explains once everyone is gathered. “I think with how much you’ve all been fighting lately, it’d be best to stay on top of your physical health. We’ll be doing individual daily checkups. You can decide amongst yourselves who goes when.” With that said, Ikutsuki leaves.

 

“... Checking our health is your ONLY motivation, right?” Morgana glares towards Kirijo. “No weird tests or anything?”

 

“Yes.” Kirijo assures him. “I wasn’t even aware of this plan until now.”

 

“...” Morgana decides to leave it at that.

 

“We should decide the schedule.” Ren tries to quickly move past that.

 

After a few minutes of discussing, the schedule is finally made.

 

8/10 - Junpei Iori

8/11 - Yukari Takaba

8/12 - Ren Amamiya & Morgana

8/13 - Makoto Yuki

8/14 - Kotone Shiomi

8/15 - Fukka Yamagishi

8/16 - Akihiko Sanada  

8/17 - Mitsuru Kirijo

 

“Does anyone have a problem with this schedule?” Makoto asks once it’s created.

 

“Speak now or forever hold your peace.” Kotone unhelpfully adds.

 

Since no one responds, Makoto slaps the schedule on the bulletin board and calls it a day.


8/14 Evening           Third Quarter

 

The 10th-13th just consisted of nothing but summer school and checkups, but Kotone’s turn goes a bit differently. “Thanks for being so patient. That just about concludes your checkup.” Ikutsuki informs her to her relief. “Sorry yours ended up taking so much time.”

 

“It’s not your fault I’m unhealthy as shit.” Kotone admits a bit too easily.

 

“That’s not what I meant.” Ikutsuki quickly assures her. “It’s because your Persona ability is rather unusual compared to the others. Yuki’s test took a similar amount of time. Luckily… I don’t expect there to be any problems.” *Ring!* *Ring!* “Oh, I’ve got to take this, you’re free to go.” Ikutsuki quickly walks away.

 

“It’s about time.” Kotone gets up and stretches, before heading out the door. After getting off the monorail, the dark hour begins.


Dark Hour

 

“Oh, Kotone. It looks like you’re at Iwatodai Station now.” Fukka says with relief. “We were starting to get worried… …!? Wait… I can sense a shadow!”

 

“Just my luck.” Kotone shakes her head and sighs. 

 

“It’s over at the Moonlight Bridge!” Fukka loudly adds. “Oh no…! There’s another reading near the shadow! It’s a person!”

 

“...! I’ll buy some time!” Kotone rushes to the Moonlight Bridge



“Oh my, and what have we here?” Takaya says as Kotone reaches the bridge, and his attention quickly goes back to the shadow. “So much power, so much chaos… I’d not be foolish enough to turn my back on such a predator.”

 

“You almost sounded cool for a moment.” Kotone can’t help but comment.

 

“Do you intend to partake, or merely spectate?” Takaya is fine either way.

 

“Sure, didn’t have any other late-night plans.” Kotone grabs her evoker and walks forward.

 

“What a hapless night, is it not?” Takaya comments as the fight begins. “Well then, shall we begin?”

 

The shadow immediately lowers all of Kotone’s stats with Debilitate. “Dekunda!” Kotone immediately cancels the debuffs.

 

“Hmm… a fine choice.” Takaya admits as he takes aim with his revolver and fires at the shadow.

 

The shadow attacks Kotone with Gigantic Fist, which she easily avoids.

 

“I’m truly honored.” Kotone lies out of her ass and casts Matarukaja.

 

“Very well.” Takaya uses his increased attack to fire a more powerful bullet.

 

The shadow once again fires Gigantic Fist at Kotone. “This shadow does look like the sexist type.” Kotone shakes her head and goes on the offensive. “Kouga!”

 

“That was quite the spectacle.” Takaya admits as he grabs his gun and fires, knocking the shadow down. “As a reward for your efforts, let me show you my power.” Takaya spreads his arms out, and looks towards the sky. “Come, Persona!” Takaya’s Persona casts Megidola, and finishes the fight. 

 

“Showoff.” Kotone comments and puts her evoker back in its holster.

 

“Hm.” The shadow seemed to have dropped something, which Takaya quickly picks up. “Your Persona ability is truly fascinating. It’s different from the one I saw last time, isn’t it? So, you can choose from multiple Personas to fit the situation…”

 

“Jealous?” Kotone asks with a smirk.

 

“Not at all.” Takaya easily admits. “You must be burdened with an extremely unusual fate.” The sound of a motorcycle draws near. “It seems your friend has arrived. Then I suppose I’ll have to be on my way for tonight.” Takaya then turns around. “What is your name?”

 

“Kotone Shiomi, most guys don’t get that far; take pride in that.” Kotone rolls her neck.

 

“I’ll see to it that I remember.” Takaya glances towards Kotone. “Enemies though we may be, I’m not one for leaving a debt unsettled. I shall have to repay you another time.” With that, Takaya walks off as Kirijo arrives.

 

“Kotone, are you alright?” Kirijo asks with worry. “Did you already defeat the shadow? Good work, but that was an unnecessary risk you took.”

 

“I had some help, I’ll explain at the dorm.” Kotone quickly answers.

 

“Very well.” Kirijo quickly agrees. Once they arrive at the dorm, Kotone explains what happened to everyone.

Notes:

7 Chapters down, and we're basically a third of the way through part 1 already. I feel like I took a lot of risks this chapter, but I think it turned out pretty good. Speaking of risk, a lot more cannon divergences will be coming up in the near future chapters.

Chapter 8: Bonds

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

8/15 After School    Waning Crescent

 

“Summer school is finally over!” Junpei shouts with relief once they return to the dorm.

 

“I’ll have to make a bunch of plans to make up for it.” Yukari says with a sigh. “I wonder if anything’s going on soon…”

 

“I am currently aware of a summer festival tomorrow and a film festival the following day.” Aigis quickly reports.

 

“Oh, a summer festival sounds fun!” Kotone excitedly shouts.

 

“*Gasp!*” Ren loudly gasps and looks towards Morgana.

 

“What’s with the creepy face…?” Morgana asks with worry.

 

“We can finally use that yukata I spent way too much money on!” Ren cheers with glee.

 

“H-Huh? You bought me a yukata!? When did that happen!?” Morgana shouldn’t be surprised. 

 

“I had Haru order a custom-made one for both of us with some connection of hers.” Ren happily explains. “She offered to pay, but I said no.”

 

“Of course you did.” Morgana loudly sighs. “Do I have to…?”

 

“Yep!” Ren immediately answers. “Someone needs to buy Aigis a yukata, and it sure as hell won’t be me.” Ren adds shortly after.

 

“I guess I can.” Yukari offers because she knows no one else will.

 

“I’ll tag along, Mako still needs a yukata too.” Kotone says and pokes him.

 

“It’s too hot for a yukata.” Makoto complains with a tired voice.

 

“No objections! You can’t be the only one out of uniform!” Kotone crosses her arms. “Now let’s get movin’!” 

 

“Fine…” Makoto gets up, and they leave with Yukari and Aigis to get some yukatas.


8/16 Evening             Waning Crescent

 

“OH MY GOD!!” Ren loudly squeals. “You’re so freaking cute in that yukata, Mona!”

 

“Urgh… Just end me now…” Morgana’s face burns in embarrassment.  

 

“We’re in this together.” Makoto sighs and puts a hand on his face.

 

“Stop poutin’ so much!” Kotone loudly complains. “The others have already left because you’re being so difficult.”

 

“Mona, stay still! I need pictures!” Ren tries to catch Morgana as he holds his phone.

 

“Need pictures my tail!” Morgana replies and continues running. “I don’t consent to this!”

 

“We’re going to miss the whole festival at this rate!” Kotone sighs and shakes her head.

 

“Fine with me.” Makoto easily admits.

 

“Arf! Arf!” Koromaru loudly barks.

 

“You’re setting a bad example for Koromaru!” Ren grins and shakes his head.

 

“Like you’re setting a bett- Agh!”

 

“Caught ya!” Ren holds Morgana hostage and takes some photos. “I’ve already got some, might as well look good in the rest of ‘em.”

 

“... Fine!” Morgana pouts and accepts defeat. “I better look stunning!”

 

“You’re so dramatic.” Ren smirks and takes some actually good pictures of them. “Now we can go.”

 

“‘Bout time!” Kotone dashes to the door. “Let’s move it!”

 

After an awkward walk to the Shrine, they finally meet up with the others. “There you are!” Yukari says with both happiness and annoyance. “What took so long?”

 

“Ren had to take about 100 pictures of us for some reason.” Morgana leaves out the part where he ran like a maniac.

 

“The hard-earned cash I spent was so worth it!” Ren happily announces.

 

“Junpei, where’s your yukata!?” Kotone shouts in outrage. “You look more out of place than usual somehow!”

 

“Was that really necessary…?” Junpei slouches down. “Like I said before, broke as a joke.”

 

“Leave it to Junpei to ruin everything… Hey, where’s Kirijo and Sanada?” Yukari questions and looks around.

 

“Sanada’s checkup was scheduled for today.” Aigis quickly reminds everyone. “And Kirijo is “too busy.”

 

“That’s a shame.” Yukari would’ve liked the whole team to be here.

 

“...? This aroma…” Aigis leads the group to a Takoyaki stand.

 

“We’d like to purchase… how many people are here again?” Kotone does a quick count. “8 Takoyaki’s, wait, Aigis can’t eat, can she…?”

 

“I possess the ability to process food.” Aigis informs them.

 

“First of all, how? Second of all, why didn’t you say so when we made curry!?” Ren questions and shakes his head.

 

“Uh… so 8?” The Takoyaki vendor confusedly questions.

 

“Yep!” Kotone cheerfully confirms, and the vendor gets to work.

 

After a few moments, their food is ready. “So, takoyaki without octopus, huh?” Makoto’s curiosity leads him to take the first bite. “7/10.”

 

“That’s higher than I was expecting.” Ren comments and takes a bite of his own. “Ehh.”

 

“Yep, that’s a certified ehh from me.” Kotone quickly agrees.

 

“I quite enjoy it.” Aigis states her opinion.

 

“So, you have functioning tastebuds?” Morgana says as he takes a bite. “Not bad, maybe a 6/10.”

 

“Maybe her mouth transfers it into artificial data?” Fukka theorizes and tries some takoyaki of her own. “I actually think it’s good, I’ll give it a 7/10.”

 

“I guess I’m the odd one out, because this is kinda terrible.” Yukari admits with a disapproving look. “It’s like, a 4/10 at best.”

 

“And the most important opinion for last, mine!” Junpei says as he takes a huge bite. “And… it’s okay, 5/10.”

 

After everyone enjoys their meal to varying degrees, they continue moving around the festival. “I wonder if there’s a mask like yours here.” Morgana questions when they pass a stand with masks on display.

 

“Doesn’t look like it.” Ren says with a little disappointment. “Yours either.”

 

“What were you wearing masks for?” Junpei doesn’t know if he wants the answer. 

 

“To keep our identities a secret.” Ren says despite that not being the truth at all. “See the mask stitches on our yukata?” Both Ren and Morgana’s yukata have their Phantom Thief mask in the pattern.

 

“So you put a cat mask on Morgana to hide his identity?” Makoto blankly questions.

 

“Ever heard of reverse psychology?” Morgana quickly answers.

 

“Uh, I don’t think that applies here.” Yukari informs him.

 

“There appear to be many similar masks in different colors.” Aigis examines the masks.

 

“Oh, you mean the Featherman ones?” Junpei questions with a grin. “Wouldn’t it be awesome if we rolled into Tartarus with those on?”

 

“It wouldn’t exactly fit my face.” Morgana reminds him. “And no way in hell am I being the odd one out.”

 

“Man…” Junpei says with a sigh. “Let’s continue walkin’ around.”

 

After a bit more walking, they find a lucky draw stand. “So, which of us is the luckiest?” Kotone questions, and no one has an answer.

 

“Well, it sure as hell isn’t me or Mona.” Ren easily admits.

 

“Me or sis either.” Makoto admits just as easily.

 

“After talking to Junpei, it actually isn’t him either.” Kotone says to most people's surprise.   

 

“It’s definitely not me.” Yukari states with certainty.

 

“I don’t know many people’s stories, but I don’t imagine that it could be me.” Fukka softly admits. “Would you like to give it a try, Aigis?”

 

“I will do my best.” Aigis walks over to the stand and draws a lottery ticket.

 

“Congratulations, you won!” The Game Attendant says.

 

“Nice work Aigis!” Junpei happily compliments. “I didn’t know people actually won these things.”

 

“Before we leave, group photo time!” Kotone announces and grabs a camera from her bag. “Hey, can you take a picture of us real quick?” She asks the Game Attendant.

 

“Sure thing!” The Attendant grabs the camera and aims it at the group. “3…2…1…” *Snap* “Here you go.” He hands the camera back to Kotone.

 

“Oh, it looks great!” Kotone excitedly announces. “As leader, I demand we frame this!”

 

After a few more minutes of walking around, everyone returned to the dorm for the night.


8/18 Evening             Waning Crescent

 

“It is time to finish your cooking lessons!” Ren happily announces.

 

“What trial awaits me today?” Kotone questions in anticipation.

 

“You are going to bake the perfect cake!” Ren dramatically reveals the ingredients. 

 

“Awesome! What’s the occasion?” Kotone asks in confusion.

 

“None at all, my fatass is just craving cake.” Ren answers way too easily.

 

“*Chuckle* Hey, works for me.” Kotone cracks her knuckles, “Let’s get to it!”

 

“We’re making red velvet because it’s the best.” Ren starts with. 

 

“By the way, why is there already a cake sitting there?” Kotone points towards said cake.

 

“Oh, that’s just in case this one turns out like shit.” Ren admits with a laugh.

 

“At least you're honest.” Kotone says with a laugh of her own. “That would be super embarrassing, so I’ll make sure to do this right!”

 

“That’s what I like to hear!” Ren raises his fist into the air. “We shall not fail!”

 

After carefully going over the steps, Ren watches Kotone successfully make a good looking cake. “It looks edible!” Kotone announces with excitement. “Now, how does it taste?”

 

“Hold on a sec, it isn’t done yet.” Ren opens a small cupboard and grabs some candles.

 

“Wait, is it your-”

 

“Birthday? Yep.” Ren admits as he puts the candles in the cake.

 

“You’ve been 17 this whole time!?” Kotone shouts once she sees the 1 and 8 candles.

 

“Sure have.” Ren grabs the cake and sets it on the table. “Go ahead and call the others down here.”

 

“Did everyone else know!?” Kotone asks in bewilderment.

 

“Nah, just Mona.” Ren takes a seat. “At least I hope he does, I haven’t actually reminded him.”

 

“I don’t think his memory is that bad.” Kotone starts heading upstairs to get everyone. Both Ren and Kotone’s eyes also glow blue for a second.



“And here I thought you forgot your own birthday!” Morgana shouts once everyone arrives.

 

“Give me more credit than that Mona. I hope you got a gift for your favorite brother…” Ren asks with a smirk.

 

“I got you way more than just one gift!” Morgana happily reports. “I had Yukari take me shopping for the stuff I couldn’t get on my own.” Morgana sets a gift bag on the table. “Thanks by the way.”

 

“No problem!” Yukari quickly replies. “Morgana wouldn’t tell me what it was for, so I didn’t get you anything, sorry.”

 

“It’s fine, I would’ve told everyone sooner if I wanted gifts.” Ren assures her.

 

“Ren has this weird thing where he doesn’t like it when others give him stuff, no idea why.” Morgana explains to everyone. “As always, I am the exception. Lucky me…”

 

“Wha- Hey!” Ren shouts in surprise.

 

“*Giggle* Just kidding.” Morgana says with a wide smile. 

 

“I believe this is the part where we sing, Happy Birthday.” Aigis informs them.

 

“I’ll get the lights.” Fukka says, and quickly does just that.

 

After an extremely offbeat version of Happy Birthday is sung, Ren blows out the candles, and cake is served to everyone. 

 

“This is really good, where’d you buy this?” Yukari asks after taking a bite.

 

“Actually, it was made by our talented chef, Kotone!” Ren points towards her.

 

“I call bullshit.” Makoto immediately comments.

 

“Wow…!” Kotone crosses her arms. “Is it really that crazy to believe?”

 

“Yep.” Makoto adds just as quickly.

 

After cake, it is time for the gifts. “You'd better like them!” Morgana loudly demands.

 

“Is that a threat?” Ren smirks as he opens the gift bag. “... How much money did you spend?”

 

“A lot.” is Morgana’s only answer.

 

The first thing Ren pulls out is a super fancy kitchen knife. “This is such high quality…!” Ren says with surprise as he examines the blade.

 

“For 45000 Yen, it better be!” Morgana announces with a smile.

 

“45000 Yen for one knife!?” Junpei’s eyes widen at that price. “How the hell are you so rich!?”

 

The next thing Ren grabs is the entire collection of Sherlock Holmes books. “Where did you even find these?”

 

“Mwehehehe! I have my ways.” Morgana gives a non-answer.

 

Next item in the bag is a ticket.

 

“What’s this for?” Ren questions as he examines it.

 

“I booked an escape room for us!” Morgana excitedly shouts. “I know how much you like solving puzzles, so I thought it’d be fun. It’s on the 23rd.”

 

“Why don’t you spoil me on my birthday?” Kotone questions as she pokes Makoto.

 

“Same goes to you.” Makoto follows up with.

 

“Like Ren told me, “it’s not spoiling if you deserve it.” Morgana quotes with a grin.

 

“Still more?” Ren questions with surprise as he pulls out a small case, inside is a new pair of glasses that are very similar to his current ones, but with hints of red throughout the design, and his mask engraved on either side.

 

“I noticed that your glasses aren’t in the best shape by this point, so I got you some new ones.” Morgana quickly explains. “It took the company forever to ship these, so good thing they showed up in time.”

“It’s about time I replace these old things.” Ren takes his old glasses off and puts the new ones on.

 

The last thing in the bag is a small envelope.

 

“You should open that later, it’s… it’s a lot.” Morgana softly tells him.

 

“Okay.” Ren stashes the letter back in the bag. “Thanks for the gifts, Mona. You’re the best!”

 

“I-I’m glad you like them!” Morgana admits with a huge smile. “I was so worried you randomly had those books already or something. I had to scour the room just to make sure.”

 

“It’ll be hard to top that for your birthday.” Ren will certainly try.

 

“You owe me two years' worth since we couldn’t celebrate it last time for you know why.” Morgana shall eagerly await.

 

“When is your birthday?” Yukari doesn’t want to not give gifts twice. 

 

“February 18th.” Morgana quickly answers.

 

“Exactly half a year from mine, even our birthdays are connected.” Ren comments with a smile.

 

“You’re basically soulmates at this point.” Makoto isn’t surprised at all by this revelation.

 

“Soulmates…? Haven’t thought of it like that before.” Morgana admits and gets lost in thought.


After some more talking, Ren and Morgana return to their room to open the envelope.

 

“...” Both Ren and Morgana are silent as Ren holds the envelope in front of him. “Why am I scared to open this?” Ren questions after a while.

 

“There are three things in there.” Morgana quietly says. “There’s a picture, a note that I wrote recently *Sigh*, and something I wrote the day before the interrogation room… just in case. I don’t even fully remember what I wrote in there.”

 

“...!” Ren’s eyes try to both widen and shut at the same time. “What order do you want me to look at them?”

 

“... My recent note and the picture go together, start with those.” Morgana takes a deep breath. “... I’m so freaking nervous.” Morgana takes another deep breath. “I still think the script I ended up with sucks.”

 

“I’m sure it’ll be great.” Ren opens the envelope and grabs the paper labeled: I swear if you laugh, I’m taking all the gifts back. A huge grin appears on Ren’s face once he reads that.

 

“I mean it too!” Morgana says with a grin of his own.

 

“I’ll do my best.” Ren upfolds the paper. “Alright, here goes.”

 

“To Renny - First of all, happy 18th birthday! You’d officially be an adult in some places. Hopefully you’re actually reading this, and I didn’t chicken out at the last minute; I probably did though. This is all still so surreal, it’s hard to believe that we’re in an entirely different world from when we first met… and that we’re the only two people from that world still here today. Remember the first day we got here? When I asked if they’re proud of us? I finally feel confident in saying that they are, because we haven’t turned our backs on them and ran away from the past, or is it technically the future? Point is, we’ve grown stronger than ever, and I can’t wait for the day we can finally avenge them. I still get flashbacks of that day sometimes, but it’s not focused on the pain anymore. I think about the fact that I’d never get to do something as simple as celebrating your birthday as brothers. You deserve so much more than the world has given you, and all I want to do is change that, so I don’t care how impossible it seems to face Yaldabaoth; I will not let the world mess with you anymore! I know you feel the same way about me, and that genuinely means so much. One of the main reasons I wanted to become human so badly was to have a real family. But, I never needed to be human for that, because I love you as a brother, and you love me as a brother back… I still question how I got so lucky sometimes. Heh, are you crying yet? I bet you are, sorry not sorry. You were already saving me the first day we met; I was just some weird cat to you back then. Before you showed up, I honestly thought my life would consist of being born as a monster cat, getting led to some freaky castle, then getting tortured by a creep in a pink speedo until he eventually decides to kill me. That might be the single most pathetic life in existence. That’s also why I was such a jerk though, I was terrified that you’d put me back there once you found out how weak I really was, so I did everything I could to look strong. Man, I must have looked so stupid trying to look tough after being beaten to near death about thirty minutes prior. Who would’ve guessed that we’d be so close? If you told me back then, I would’ve laughed in your face and probably said that I was “too cool” to be in a family or something stupid like that. I don’t know what gifts I’m getting you yet except for the glasses, but I can guarantee you’ll love them. I would spend all the money I have, but… I need to save some for sushi, of course! You’d want me to treat myself, wouldn’t you? Or am I just saying that because I’m fat and sushi sounds good? Maybe both? Eh, who cares? I don’t even know what I’m saying anymore. I swear there was a plan going into this. I should probably get back to that plan and talk about when I ran away. I know we don’t like thinking about it, especially the choice I nearly made, but I’m glad I didn’t do it, even with everything that happened afterwards. Though I guess it still happened in the end. God, why did I write that? This pencil doesn’t have an eraser (cheapskate), so it stays. I guess I should be saying everything that comes to mind anyway. Just remember, you’re the reason I didn’t do it. I couldn’t leave you here alone, and just like you promised me, the world hating us isn’t my fault… I’m just glad to realize that now. When I finally came back after getting my ass kicked by Sugumaru of all people (which I’m still embarrassed about to this day by the way) saying that the only place I belonged was with all of you felt incredible; all the doubts I had about myself didn’t go away, but they suddenly didn’t matter so much anymore, because people truly cared about me despite it all. Then, of course, was the best day of my life; September 22nd, the day we officially became brothers. I remember every single second of that day… It’s actually what I was thinking about before I died. It didn’t matter how badly he hurt me; I never regretted meeting you for a second, because you really mean everything to me, even if I’m too embarrassed to say that to your face. Just… never forget that, okay? We have no idea what the world is planning for us, but the one thing it can never take away is that I love you, and always will.” - Morgana Amamiya 

 

“S-So… what do you think?” Morgana nervously questions.

 

“*Sniffle* W-Wow… I-I…” Ren swiftly grabs Morgana and gives him the tightest hug he can without breaking Morgana’s spine.

 

“Hehe, I knew it’d make you cry.” Morgana instantly returns a hug of his own. “I’m just glad you aren’t crying from laughing at how bad it was.”

 

“*Sob* T-Thank you… s-so much.” Ren and Morgana stay like that for a few minutes before Morgana speaks up.

 

“You probably know what the picture is.” Morgana grabs it from the envelope and holds it in front of them. The picture shows Ren and Morgana smiling wider than ever, with the text, “We finally found our family.” written in gold text at the bottom right. 

 

“...” Both Ren and Morgana just stare at the picture smiling for a moment.

 

“Do you still want to read the last one today?” Morgana asks in a serious voice. “It’ll definitely ruin our great moods.”

 

“Yeah.” Ren quickly answers. “Like you said, we don’t run from the past anymore.” He grabs the other paper and takes a look.

 

“It feels terrible writing this, tonight could very well be the last night I see you… and I’m absolutely powerless to do something about it. You’re lucky I don’t look human, because I’d say screw the plan and get myself captured instead. But even if the worst happens, we won’t give up. You said that if anything happens to you, you want me to become the leader. And if that’s the case, I’ll be a leader you would be proud of, because you believe that I can. I also promise that Futaba is in good hands; both Sojiro and I will do everything we can to support her. Speaking of sis, she’s nearly finished hacking into the room’s camera. It’ll be so hard to watch as the interrogation goes on, but I want to see with my own eyes what happens, because I would refuse to believe that it’s true unless I have proof. I’m definitely not getting any sleep tonight… the thought of Akechi shooting you won’t leave my head. You don’t know how bad I want to claw his heart out right now if he even has one. I honestly don’t even know why I’m writing this since no one will see it regardless of what happens. Maybe we’ll look back on this note in a year and remember the crazy stunts we always had to do. Or maybe I’ll look at this in a year, and remember just how much you meant to me… Whatever the case may be, all I can do right now is hope and believe that you’ll come back, so that’s exactly what I’ll do.” - Morgana

 

“...” The mood is definitely worse than before. “I didn’t know you watched the interrogation.” Ren quietly admits.

 

“Knowing that wouldn’t have helped you any.” Morgana explains with a sigh. “Futaba watched some of it too, but I suggested that she leave it to me once things started to get really bad… watching those men hurt you reminded me of just how powerless I felt against Kamoshida’s shadow.”

 

“You definitely had it worse.” Ren comments and shakes his head. 

 

“That’s… true.” Morgana shudders at the memories. “That doesn’t make your experience good though.”

 

“When you told me he’d “clean” you with his tongue like a cat, I wanted to put thirty bullet holes in his head.” Ren slams his fist into the bed. “He’s real lucky that prison was holding him.”

 

“If I could’ve convinced you guys to agree to help me without the change of heart, I would’ve killed him immediately.” Morgana dejectedly admits. “I definitely wasn’t ready to tell you that so soon though, you only found out from… “that” nightmare…”

 

“Alright, I think that’s enough talking about this for one day.” Ren announces with authority.

 

“Heh, it honestly feels right that your birthday has some depressing talk crammed into it.” Morgana says with a chuckle.

 

“Wouldn’t be a day in our lives without it.” Ren replies with a chuckle of his own. “Seriously though, you made today truly special to me. I definitely won’t be forgetting it any time soon.”

 

“I had to go all out to make up for everything you’ve done for me.” Morgana says with a yawn. “And it’s not over until we complete that escape room! It’ll be real embarrassing if we fail after paying so much for it.”

 

“There’s no need to worry, we’ll complete it in record time!” Ren says with confidence. “Good night Mona, love you.” As an extra thank you for what Morgana did today, Ren throws in a little kiss right on Morgana’s forehead.

 

“W-W- Huh!?” Morgana shouts in shock.

 

“Hehehe.” Ren laughs with a huge grin. 

 

“I don’t- wha- I-I…” Morgana is completely flustered.

 

“Ah, I knew that would bring my mood right back up!” Ren says with a chuckle.

 

“Nrgh… Not a soul is to know about that! Understood?” Morgana says in his Momgana tone.

 

“Loud and clear.” Ren’s smile doesn’t leave as he turns off the lights and lies in bed. “Let’s try this again, good night Mona, love you.”

 

“‘Night, love you too.” Morgana doesn’t face Ren tonight to avoid his smug grin.


8/19 Dark Hour     Waning Crescent

 

“*Pant* *Pant* Ruff!” Koromaru seems eager to make his first trip into Tartarus.

 

“I can’t wait to see Koromaru fight!” Kotone excitedly squeals. “What can he do?”

 

“Ruff! Ruff!” Koromaru barks towards Aigis.

 

“Koromaru’s Persona is capable of using both fire and curse skills.” Aigis translates for the team. 

 

“It also looks like he has two different Therugies.” Fukka happily announces. “Speaking of Therugies, the one Ren and Morgana used last time can now be used again if they both have theirs. It does Colossal Wind and Curse damage to all foes and is guaranteed to knock the enemies down.”

 

“Since when was Colossal damage a thing!?” Junpei shouts in jealousy. 

 

“I’m really glad that we’re not against that.” Yukari doesn’t want to turn into nothing like the previous victim did.

 

“Seems a little overkill for regular shadows.” Morgana quickly admits. “It does sound fun though!”

 

“Sure does.” Ren is more than happy with the excuse to be on the team with Morgana.

 

“Also, both Kotone and Ren have new passive abilities.” Fukka then continues. “Kotone’s EXP gain rate is increased by 50% and Ren steals some HP and SP from the enemy whenever he attacks.”

 

“Looks like we know the starting lineup.” Kotone states with a smile. “Ren, Morgana, and Koromaru, let’s move!” With the previously blocked path now open, the team heads even further up the tower.

 

“Grrrr…” Koromaru’s eyes lock on an enemy.

 

“Is that guy lookin’ at you funny?” Kotone asks with a smirk. “Let’s make ‘em regret that!” Kotone quickly ambushes the shadow.

 

“Arf!” Koromaru barks into the air as Cerburus is summoned behind him. “Grrr!” Fireballs are sent flying towards the shadows, and they fall to the ground. “Awooo!” The group quickly runs in to finish the job. “Woof! Woof! Woof!” Kormaru seems pleased with the result as he sets his knife down and poses.

 

“That was amazing Koro!” Fukka announces with a clap.

 

“He’s really good at using a knife in his mouth.” Morgana comments with honesty. “It’s harder than it looks.”

 

“Arf! Arf!” Koromaru barks in appreciation.

 

“Remember that time you nearly stabbed me because you forgot you were holding it?” Ren asks in nostalgia.

 

“Don’t remind me of that, I nearly had a heart attack when I realized.” Morgana shakes his head and sighs. “I wonder if Koromaru finds it weird that I talk.”

 

“Arf Arf!” Koromaru immediately replies.

 

“Koromaru says, “Can you teach me?” Aigis translates through Fukka’s Persona.

 

“Oh uh, sorry, but I was just born able to talk; it isn’t something that I can teach.” Morgana wishes he could help. 

 

“*Whine*” Koromaru’s head tilts down.

 

“You made the dog sad!” Kotone says in a disapproving tone.

 

“I-It’s not like I meant to!” Morgana quickly defends himself.

 

“Nope, you’re a horrible person.” Ren follows up with.

 

“You literally said I was the best yesterday!” Morgana loudly reminds him. “It’s not like you can teach him either.”

 

“Fair point.” Ren declares Morgana the winner of that dispute.

 

“Maybe we can teach him morse code?” Kotone suggests with the utmost seriousness.

 

“With all due respect, I don’t think he’s capable of that.” Ren begrudgingly admits. “Do you even know morse code?”

 

“...” Kotone’s silence gives everyone their answer. “Anyway, let’s move on.”

 

After a few floors of Tartarus have been conquered, the team spots another Monad door. 

 

“This looks like the perfect spot to try our new Theurgy!” Morgana excitedly shouts.

 

“This poor shadow doesn’t know what’s comin’!” Ren shares Morgana’s enthusiasm.

 

“By the way, you two aren’t going to pass out again, right?” Kotone asks a bit too late.

 

“Only one way to find out.” Ren answers with a grin, and they enter the red door. Once they find the shadow, both Ren and Morgana load the cartridge into their evokers.

 

“If that shadow is still standing after this, I’ll be dissapointed.” Kotone states as she lowers its defense. 

 

Ren and Morgana grin towards each other as their eyes start glowing red. “Showtime.” The duo performs the same attack from before, but without the angst. “IT’S US AGAINST THE WORLD!!” The two shout in unison as Morgana slams the ball of wind into the ground to finish the Theurgy. The power from the attack causes the entire floor to shake for a second, and the shadow stumbles over.

 

“Wanna do the honors?” Ren asks while looking towards Koromaru.

 

“Woof! Woof!” Koromaru’s gaze shifts towards the downed shadow, and he uses his own Theurgy. “Awooo!” Koromaru barks into the air as curse energy surges up around him. “Grrrr!” Koromaru and Cerburus growl in unison as they rush in to attack the shadow. “Arf! Arf!” They go for one last slash as the shadow is blasted by curse energy once more. Koromaru’s attack finishes the fight.

 

“Poor guy didn’t even get to attack!” Kotone laughs hysterically as the fight finishes. 

 

“We didn’t pass out either. I think that was a rousing success!” Morgana cheerfully reports.

 

After looting the treasure and fighting through some more floors, they arrive at the first gatekeeper shadow. The fight was nothing noteworthy since the weaker shadows were weak to curse; it only takes a few minutes to achieve victory.

 

“I think Koromaru’s officially proven his worth.” Morgana compliments with a smirk. 

 

“Ruff!” Koromaru happily replies.

 

“Since Koromaru is the new kid on the block, Ren and Morgana will switch with Aigis and Sanada.” Kotone announces while stretching.

 

“Got it, you know who to call if you ever need another nuke though.” Ren comments as he and Morgana head back through the teleporter.


“Ruff! Ruff!” Koromaru eagerly says.

 

“I comprehend.” Aigis states with a nod.

 

“Well, I don’t comprehend. Care to be our translator?” Kotone’s eyes scour around for new prey.

 

“Arf!” Koromaru quickly replies.

 

“Koromaru says, “It’s none of your business.” Aigis informs the team.

 

“Wha-” Kotone is taken aback by Koromaru’s comment.

 

“Maybe he isn’t as loyal as we thought.” Sanada says with a smirk.

 

“Grrrr… Ruff! Ruff!” Koromaru takes great offense to that.

 

“Only kidding.” Sanada may be able to take on a few humans, but one Koromaru? It’s about a 50/50 chance.

 

“Oh look, a lonely victim!” Kotone announces way too happily. “Let’s clobber ‘em!”

 

The team continues climbing and fighting more shadows.

 

“Taking Koromaru on walks could be a good way to get some training in.” Sanada comments after a fight.

 

“There’s more to life then just training.” Kotone breaks the shocking news to him. “And I’m pretty sure a few energy drinks will get you the same results.”

 

“I don’t even want to know what your diet consist of.” Sanada easily admits.

 

“It terrifies health experts across the globe!” Kotone admits just as easily. 

 

“I hear that, “an apple a day keeps the doctor away.” Aren’t apples a healthy energizer?” Aigis questions in confusion.

 

“Apples keep the doctor away, my diet makes them never show up.” Kotone informs her.

 

“So, you eat multiple apples a day? I am impressed by your commitment.” Aigis happily compliments.

 

“You know what, sure.” Kotone can’t have a normal conversation with anyone on her team currently.

 

“Arf! Arf!” Koromaru looks towards Aigis.

 

“Koromaru wants to know if the same applies to Vets.” Aigis sends the question Kotone’s way.

 

“Dunno.” Kotone admits with honesty.

 

“Ruff.” Koromaru seems underwhelmed by her answer.

 

After more one-sided conversations and fighting, they stumble upon the next gatekeeper shadow. Its weakness to pierce made it an easy target for Kotone and Aigis.

 

“To the victor, goes the spoils!” Kotone cheers as she levels up. “Getting more EXP then you plebians feels nice.”

 

“I’m not some commoner!” Sanada immediately retorts.

 

“Nor am I.” Aigis follows up with. “On the contrary, it is rather uncommon to see a machine such as myself.”

 

“Arf!” Koromaru completes the trio of objections.

 

“Nevermind then.” Kotone quickly takes it back. “It’s your turn bro. Choose whatever team you want.”

 

“Alright, Yukari, let’s go. Sanada and Aigis will continue fighting for now.” Makoto announces, and the new team is formed.


“It’s pretty crazy how crowded this team is getting.” Yukari comments once they arrive.

 

“Yeah, to think it was just me and Mitsuru a few months ago.” Sanada recalls with a smile.

 

“Koromaru is the 11th member of SEES currently in duty.” Aigis quickly recollects. 

 

“I’m pretty sure I’ve talked to less than 11 people in the past 10 years.” Makoto says with relative confidence.

 

“Well that's kinda sad.” Yukari can’t help but comment. “You’ve got a whole dorm of people now though.”

 

“Yeah.” Makoto comments with the hint of a smile. “Strong shadow up ahead.”

 

The “strong” shadow goes down with relative ease, and a few more floors go past without anything noteworthy in them, until Makoto opens another chest. 

 

“I think that clock has reappeared!” Fukka excitedly shouts.

 

“Might as well check it out.” Makoto does just then when reaching the end of the floor.

 

“So, what do I do?” Makoto asks in confusion.

 

“The journal said to think about someone and hold your hand out to the clock.” Aigis informs him since she was with Kotone last time.

 

“Okay.” Makoto easily agrees and follows her directions.

 

“Welcome back.” Fukka greets them when they return to the entrance.

 

“Ooh! Junpei Iori has leveled up!” Junepi rises from his sitting position.

 

“I feel stronger as well.” Kirijo admits with surprise. “That clock seems quite useful.”

 

“Sanada and Aigis, swap out for Junpei and Kirijo.” Makoto commands, and the new team heads back up.

 

“I sense another Monad door on this floor!” Fukka quickly informs them.

 

“No worries!” Junpei says with confidence. 

 

“Agreed, let’s head there now.” Makoto quickly finds the door with Fukka’s guidance.

 

Like Junpei said, the battle is nothing special since it’s weak to Pierce. After a few minutes, the battle is won, and the treasure is collected.

 

“We’re getting much stronger.” Kirijo is happy to inform. “I never would have guessed we’d be 100 floors in earlier this year.”

 

“I really hope we’re over halfway.” Yukari admits with a sigh. “Tartarus looks practically infinite from outside.”

 

“As long as we defeat the Full moon shadows, Tartarus should disappear, right?” Junepi questions and scratches the back of his neck. “So why’re we even climbing this thing still?”

 

“We’d have to train anyway, and we get stronger opponents higher up.” Makoto reminds him. 

 

“There may be some secrets we’ve yet to uncover as well.” Kirijo follows up with.

 

“Good point, we gotta 100% Tartarus!” Junepi’s motivation has improved.

 

“This isn’t a video game.” Yukari states with an annoyed face. “People seem to forget that our lives are on the line here.”

 

“Relax Yuka-tan.” Junpei waves her concern off. “We’re way too strong to lose at this point.”

 

“You should know by now that nothing is guaranteed.” Makoto comments as they climb another set of stairs. “Don’t get cocky.”

 

“They’re right. We must exercise caution.” Kirijo follows up with.

 

“Man, I’ve got the three biggest buzzkills on the team.” Junpei sighs and slouches over. “Lighten up, will ya?”

 

“Nah.” Makoto immediately replies.

 

After even more climbing, the third and final gatekeeper shadow is spotted. The fight was actually somewhat difficult since Yukari’s wind and bow were both useless against it, but it went down regardless.

 

“Well that was annoying.” Yukari comments after the fight.

 

“No kiddin’.” Junpei quickly agrees. “That thing just wouldn’t die!”

 

“At least it’s over now.” Kirijo reminds them. 

 

“The barrier floor is coming up soon.” Fukka happily reports.

 

“Then let’s just keep this team for the push to the top.” Makoto quickly decides. A few more fights later, they reach the end for now and return home after a bunch more training.


8/20 Daytime       New Moon

 

“Yeesh, it’s a scorcher.” Junpei comments while walking around Port Island Station. “Aw man, it’s already the 20th? Summer break’s almost over…” He adds after pulling out his phone. “... Not that I got anythin’ to do. You’d think with special powers, the rest of the world wouldn’t be so… boring… …Hm?” Junpei spots a girl in a white dress sitting on the bench. “What’s she doin’...? Drawing?” Junpei asks himself. “She some kind of caricature artist? Nah, no way… there’s no one around for her to draw. What the heck is she drawing then? There’s nothin’ interesting around here.” Junpei decides to do the impossible and approaches a woman. 

 

“Out of the way.” The girl’s head shoots up to face Junpei. “You’re blocking my view… move.”

 

“Huh…? Oh, sorry.” Junpei starts to walk away, but his eyes catch a glance of what she’s drawing. “Whoa, what’s with those funky colors!?”

 

“What do you want?” The girl faces him again.

 

“Oh, uh, nothing. My bad.” Junpei quickly apologizes and walks away. “Dude, how can she stand to wear that crazy outfit in this heat? And what was up with that weird drawing…?” Suffice to say, Junpei’s curiosity has been piqued.


Evening

 

“No means no.” Aigis tells Koromaru despite his protests.

 

“*Whine*” Koromaru’s head tilts down.

 

“No.”

 

“*Whine*”

 

“No.”

 

This is clearly getting nowhere, so Makoto decides to step in. “What’s wrong?”

 

“I am currently negotiating with Koromaru.” Aigis states the obvious. “Koromaru is prohibited from going out for a walk on his own. There were arrangements for Sanada to accompany him on his walk today. However, the scheduled time has passed, and Sanada has yet to return. Koromaru’s patience has reached its limit.”

 

“... Arf!” Koromaru gives Makoto a look.

 

“Koromaru is requesting that you accompany him instead.” Aigis follows up with. “Are you available to assist at the moment?”

 

Since Makoto isn’t a monster, he opens his schedule. “Sure.”

 

“You are what they call a “lifesaver.” Aigis says with relief.

 

“Arf! Arf!” Koromaru seems to share Aigis’ conclusion.

 

While on the walk, they spot a familiar face. “Grrrr…” Koromaru’s eyes narrow.


“A regular animal as a Persona-user… Now that’s certainly unique.” Takaya comments as he walks towards them. “There is no need for hostility. Now is hardly the time. Let’s chat.” Takaya leads them to Naganaki Shrine. “I’m sure you’ve heard of my run-in with one of your members, correct?”

 

“Sure did.” Makoto casually confirms.

 

“In that case, I have a question for you.” Takaya looks Makoto in the eye. “However, just demanding answers from you wouldn’t be a very fair arrangement now, would it? I will answer one question of your own first.”

 

“Why are you getting in our way?” Makoto asks, not really expecting an answer.

 

“That is a strange way of seeing it...” Takaya states in suprise. “From our perspective, you’re the ones getting in our way. In the beginning, we had no quarrel with you. Had you not decided to eliminate the dark hour, we wouldn’t have had a reason to interfere… It is truly unfathomable. The power of a Persona is a blessing granted only to us. Yet, you insist on getting rid of the dark hour, knowing full well your powers will be lost… Now, answer me this: why? Are you trying to protect the world from the shadows?”

 

“That’s right.” Makoto quickly answers.

 

“In this country, almost 5000 people die in car accidents every year.” Takaya informs him. “And yet, there is no outcry against the existence of cars. Why do you suppose that is?”

 

“Convincence.” Makoto sees where he's going with this.

 

“Yes. It is because we value our convenience over the lives of others. So then, why should we give up the powers we were bestowed?” Takaya then asks.

 

“Cars provide convince to everyone. Personas only help a select few with even more casualties.” Makoto already had an answer for that question.

 

“You are being misguided in your thinking. We have no obligation to sacrifice what is ours to save others.” Takaya’s stance doesn’t change. “Giving up your own life to save another is simply a waste. Your reason of fighting is one of obsession.”

 

“In a way, you’re right.” Makoto must admit. “But this is bigger than us.”

 

“So you still can’t accept the truth? There is no reason to rush your decision. You should think about it carefully.” Takaya settles with that for now. “Furthermore, you share the same power as she does, is that not so?”

 

“I do.” Makoto was expecting that sooner or later. 

 

“We have been given a special power, and yours is extra extraordinary. It’s as if the dark hour itself has chosen you. Does it really make sense for you to reject this gift?” Takaya then questions. “That was all I had to say. Tonight is a new moon. You have ample time to reconsider before the moon waxes full again.” Takaya walks over to Makoto and hands him a small paper. “With that, my debt is paid. Perhaps it might help you make up your mind… Well then, I shall be going.” Takaya takes a few steps before looking back. “What is your name?”

 

“Makoto Yuki.” Makoto casually answers. 

 

“Very well.” With that, Takaya leaves.

 

Once they return to the dorm, Makoto explains what happened, but keeps the note to himself and Kotone. It reads: “The new gear has eased summoning, but we need to make new safety cartridges before handing them off to “M.K.” The evoker weight is also an urgent matter. Fortunately, ample test subjects remain too…”


8/21 Morning     Waxing Crescent

 

“I’m borrrrrred.” Kotone wines as she sits in the lounge. 

 

“I suppose that’s my cue?” Ren questions since he’s the only other person in the room.

 

“You pick up things quick.” Kotone sure isn’t gonna complain. “You, me, cinema, now!”

 

“So demanding.” Ren gets up anyway. “Let’s roll.”

 

After hitching a ride on the monorail, they arrive at their destination. “What’s playing right now?” Ren questions once they enter the cinema.

 

“... A bunch of nothing apparently.” Kotone says after looking around.

 

“You didn’t have one in mind?” Ren blankly questions. 

 

“Nope!” Kotone loudly confirms. “You think I did actual research?”

 

“On second thought, you’re right.” Ren easily admits. “Let’s just watch whatever’s popular.”

 

“Sounds good to me, you’re paying for the overpriced popcorn, right?” Kotone once again decides she’s not paying.

 

“You want me to buy the tickets too?” Ren questions despite knowing the answer.

 

“Noooooo… yeah.” Kotone doesn’t look as guilty as she sounds.

 

“*Sigh* You’re buying ramen after the movie.” Ren demands as he grabs his wallet.

 

“Fine…” Kotone reluctantly accepts. “Equality and all that.”

 

After The Movie

 

“Well that was depressingly okay.” Kotone comments once they exit the cinema.

 

“I was certainly whelmed.” Ren rubs the tiredness from his eyes. “Let’s go get ramen already.”

 

“Don’t gotta tell me twice!” Kotone’s spirit is recharged, and they head to the usual place.

 

“Mmm! I fall in love all over again every time!” Kotone practically absorbs the ramen.

 

“You better not die on my watch, I’ve already spent all my money today.” Ren comments while eating as well.

 

“Just use mine to pay for the funeral.” Kotone casually replies. “Make sure to let the whole world know that my cause of death was being a fatass.”

 

“I’ll even put an extra bowl in your grave.” Ren adds as a bonus. “On the house.”

 

“You’re too kind.” Kotone says and brushes her hair to the side. “Any crazy stories you’d like to disclose this time?”

 

“Hmm… wanna hear about the time I got Mona to wear a maid costume?” Ren asks with a smirk.

 

“Ha, yes!” Kotone says with way too much excitement. “This is gonna be good!”

 

“Our adoptive father took me and sis to get sushi.” Ren starts with. “He promised to bring some back for Mona, but he didn’t have enough money, and Futaba made sure there wasn’t a single bite of sushi left.” Ren says with a chuckle. “If I were merciful, I’d just buy him some myself, but I needed to find a way to get him in that maid costume I spent way too much money on, so I promised to buy him some if he agreed to wear it.”

 

“Wow, you’re an asshole.” Kotone admits with a laugh. “This is the same guy who bought you all those gifts for your birthday.”

 

“He actually got kinda into it after a while, he even kept it on while cleaning the cafe that day.” Ren reminisces with a huge smile.

 

“A cafe? No wonder your coffee is so good.” Kotone quickly realizes.

 

“Yep, that cafe is where we called home while in Tokyo.” Ren really misses that place.

 

“Of course you lived in a cafe. Is anything about your life normal?” Kotone doubts it.

 

“For the longest time, I was the most normal person on the planet to please my parents.” Ren admits with a sigh. “Moving to Tokyo is when my life really began.”

 

“That’s kinda how I feel about the dorm.” Kotone quickly admits. “Well, not the normal life part, but this feels like the beginning of something.”

 

“The dorm is definitely the start of a new part of my life.” Ren knows Kotone has no idea just how true that is.

 

“It’s not every day you stumble upon a group of people that get it, y’know?” Kotone officially completes her food.

 

“Yeah, I bet all of us have gone through more shit than the rest of the city combined.” Ren would genuinely take that bet too.

 

“And they have the audacity to complain.” Kotone adds with a scoff.

 

“People only care about their own convenience. Mona and I found that out the hard way.” Ren says with little energy. “We say it’s us against the world for a reason.”

 

“You’ve got at least one ally against the world.” Kotone tells him. “I’m sure Mako would join the war effort too.”

 

“The world is no match for the sibling squad!” Ren announces with a smirk.

 

After Kotone pays for their food, they head home, and Kotone’s social link with Ren reaches rank 4.


8/23 Evening     Waxing Crescent

 

On Ren and Morgana’s journey home from the escape room, they are stopped by a familiar voice a bit after exiting the monorail.

 

“So you’re who fate brought to me this time.” Takaya comments as he approaches him.

 

“You!?” Morgana pokes out of Ren’s bag and holds onto his shoulder.

 

“It seems you truly are something… unnatural.” Takaya says once he realizes Morgana can talk in this form.

 

“What do you want?” Ren asks with narrowed eyes.

 

“There’s no need to be defensive.” Takaya quickly assures them. “I just want to talk, follow me, will you?”

 

“Lead the way.” Ren speaks for them.

 

Takaya leads them to a more hidden area, then continues talking. “I’d like to ask each of you something.” Takaya starts with. “Though as you likely understand by now, it would be unbecoming of me to ask such questions without answering one of your own. You both have one question that I’ll answer.”

 

“Why is this power so important to you?” Morgana immediately questions. 

 

“Is it not obvious?” Takaya questions with a grin. “Our Personas are as much a part of ourselves as we are; removing them would be no different than sacrificing ourselves for the sake of others, and that would be nothing but a waste. The world itself gave us this power; it would be foolish of us to deny such a gift.” Takaya raises his point.

 

“We got this power with our own strength.” Ren retorts with. “Blindly trusting in the world to solve your problems leads people to ruin.”

 

“On that, we agree.” Takaya quickly admits. “People view the world as they see fit, without realizing its true nature. So why return to such a life? The dark hour allows us to break free from such shackles.”

 

“We broke free through our own power.” Morgana informs him. “Relying on the world’s mercy shows your weakness.”

 

“From my point of view, it is you who is showing weakness.” Takaya speaks in a harsher tone. “Your inability to accept the truth of the matter baffles me. Your efforts mean nothing in the grand scheme of things. There is nothing to gain by throwing away your power.”

 

“Then let me ask, what happens when apathy syndrome takes over the world? Is that what you truly want?” Ren questions in confusion.    

 

“Makes no difference to me.” Takaya easily admits. “Death is unavoidable; the cause is nothing of importance. In actuality, it is the people themselves who wish for such freedom.”

 

“We know that better than anyone.” Morgana admits with a sigh. “Even if no one else agrees, we will fight for our own sense of justice. That’s what we’ve decided on.”

 

“Quite a different stance than the other members of your team.” Takaya comments with a grin. “Their choices feel as blind as the rest of society. Anyhow, it is time for you to answer my own questions.” Takaya looks towards Ren. “Your opinion on the world seems rather harsh, yet you still intend on “saving” people, why?”

 

“Originally, our main goal was similar to that of the others, to save as many people as possible.” Ren’s head tilts down. “But we realized that no one really wants to be saved; they want whatever the easiest solution is. So we fight to create a better future than that… and to avenge the ones who fought with us.”

 

“Your efforts will be fruitless, the world doesn’t change so easily.” Takaya says rather quietly.

 

“We know this is an uphill battle, but quitting now would be throwing away everything both we and they fought for.” Ren follows up with.

 

“Very well, and you.” Takaya’s gaze shifts to Morgana. “What are you.”

 

“Who could’ve seen that coming.” Morgana sighs and rolls his eyes. “Whether you believe what I say is up to you.”

 

“Go on.” Takaya quickly says.

 

“I was created by humanity’s hope.” Morgana’s eyes glow more blue than usual. “I was supposed to overcome humanity's desire for captivity, but that proved impossible at the time. Our efforts are what prevents hope from completely fading, and we strive to create a world where people can feel joy in what the future awaits.”

 

“So you intend to deny humanity’s true wishes for what they merely pretend to desire.” Takaya summarizes and shakes his head. “To challenge not only the world, but the very people that created you.”

 

“It’s not people like that who created me, but people like him.” Morgana’s eyes motion to Ren. “I was given this life, but my strength is mine and mine alone. And this is the justice I choose to fight for.”

 

“It seems that we won’t come to an agreement.” Takaya dejectedly admits. “This is truly a shame, those with such resolve being so misguided.” Takaya looks towards the two again. “What are your names?”

 

“Ren Amamiya.” Ren quickly answers.

 

“Morgana Amamiya.” Morgana immediately follows with a smile.

 

“Hm, I see now why your resolves are so similar.” Takaya comments after learning that they’re brothers. “I shall be leaving.” Takaya says and does just that.

 

Ren and Morgana actually decide to keep this a secret from the others; the last thing they need is Kirijo questioning why they’ve told Takaya more than her.


8/24 Morning     Waxing Crescent

 

“You just don’t know when to give up, do ya?” Aragaki asks with a sigh as Sanada continues his attempts to convince him.

 

“I’ll come back as many times as I need to. I don’t give up that easily.” Sanada says while rolling his neck.

 

“And my answer will be the same every time: I’m not goin’ back.” Aragaki shoves his hands into his pockets and starts to walk away.

 

“Actually, we got a new team member. Did you know animals can use Personas too?” Sanada’s question causes Aragaki to stop walking.

 

“...Wait, what’d you say?” Aragaki’s interest has been piqued.

 

“He’s a dog. There’s also a cat-like member on our team, though he’s not really a cat; he can even talk.” Sanada follows up with.

 

“...! A talking cat?” Aragaki blankly questions and shakes his head. 

 

“Yeah.” Sanada confirms with a nod. “They’ve both lost people, but are making the most of it.” 

 

“...” Aragaki stays quiet as Ken shows up.

 

“Huh? Oh, it’s Sanada.” Ken says to himself once he spots him. “...? Who’s he talking to? I wouldn’t want to butt in...”

 

“We saw someone die right before our eyes too…” Sanada’s head is tilted down. “It’ll be two years, this October…”

 

“...!” Ken quickly hides behind a nearby sign.

 

“...” Aragaki still doesn’t speak.

 

“How long are you going to beat yourself up over that?” Sanada asks with both care and annoyance. “That’s why you’re always behind the station, even though you don’t actually hang out with anyone there.”

 

“Doesn’t matter.” Aragaki quickly states. “It was my fault, and nothing’s ever gonna change that. What does it matter if I come to terms with it? It won’t change the past. This isn’t like what happened with your sister… What happened to Miki was different.”

 

“Shinji…” Sanada’s head tilts down once again.

 

“It’s over now.” Aragaki states with certainty. “I just wanna forget it ever happened.” Aragaki then walks off before Sanada can get another word in.

 

“Two years ago…?” Ken quietly questions. “... No way… It’s him.” Ken states a fact. “So his name is Shinji…”


Evening

 

Not even Makoto knows how he ended up staring down another meal “cooked” by Fukka. “I think this one should taste better… or at the very least, it can’t be worse then last time, right?” Fukka fails to assure Makoto at all.

 

Makoto must admit that it looks slightly better. “Here goes nothing.” Makoto says as he prepares to take a bite.

 

“Arf! Arf!” Koromaru quickly runs over and stares at the bento box.

 

“Oh, do you want to try some?” Fukka excitedly questions.

 

“Ruff.” Koromaru says with less energy.

 

“I think he’s warning me.” Makoto breaks the news.

 

“Arf!” Koromaru loudly barks.

 

“O-Oh…” Fukka’s head tilts down. “Let me try it first at least.” Fukka takes a super tiny bite of her food. “... It does have some bitterness, I guess. I thought I struck a good nutritional balance, though. But I know nutrition isn’t the issue here… Sorry Makoto. I can’t let you eat this. I don’t want to put you in the hospital.”

 

“Maybe we can chuck it at the shadows, it might inflict poison or something.” Makoto blankly suggests.

 

“...” Makoto’s joke didn’t seem to land for Fukka. “I’m so hopeless.”

 

“You haven’t burnt your hand yet, that’s already more than sis can say.” Makoto gives some crap motivation. “And the cake she made for Ren’s birthday turned out good, didn’t it?”

 

“... You’re right.” Fukka says with an appreciative smile. “I’ll keep trying to get better.” Fukka’s social link reaches rank 2.


8/25 Morning     Waxing Crescent

 

Sanada and Kotone have arrived at the Beef Bowl Shop so Sanada can finally deliver on his promise of food. “Akihiko! Eeeee!” Some random girl screams.

 

“...?” Sanada already prepares his answers for the incoming barrage of questions.

 

The two girls practically throw themselves onto him; they’re clearly students from school. “Akihiko, what’re you doing here?” The first girl asks.

 

“Oh, I know!” The second girl loudly declares. “You’re here for the Beef Bowls, right?”

 

“Well, we are at the Beef Bowl Shop.” Kotone answers with a sigh. “You don’t get a moment of peace, do ya?”

 

“Sure doesn’t feel like it.” Sanada dejectedly answers. “Can you get out of the way, please? We can’t get in.”

 

“Hey, hey, you don’t have a girlfriend, right?” The first girl asks with no ulterior motive whatsoever.

 

“Tip number 1: if you wanna get with Sanada, don’t get in the way of his Beef Bowls.” Kotone suggests to the two girls. “If you get out of the way, he may or may not remember you exist by the time we get out.”

 

“... Just let us through, please.” Sanada’s face shows less emotion than Makoto’s somehow.

 

The two girls glare at Kotone as they walk past, to which Kotone happily replies by air-kissing Sanada and winking.

 

After Kotone devours another meal in record time, they leave the shop with no side character girls in sight. “Looks like those girls are gone.” Kotone comments with delight.

 

“I wonder what they wanted. You think they wanted Beef Bowls too?” Sanada’s eyes narrow with his suggestion.

 

“Nah, they wanted a different kind of meat.” Kotone comments with an eyeroll.

 

“Hm, then why were they at the Beef Bowl Shop?” Sanada confusedly questions.

 

“You’re joking, right?” Kotone questions in disbelief. 

 

“What’s that supposed to mean!?” Sanada loudly asks.

 

“Maybe you should get a girlfriend already so people get off your ass.” Kotone crosses her arms.

 

“I don’t have time for that kind of thing.” Sanada quickly answers. “... I’m not strong enough to carry that burden…”

 

“You could probably carry 2-3 girls if you try hard enough.” Kotone unhelpfully comments, and her social link with Sanada reaches rank 3.


Evening

 

Makoto and Yukari have met on the dorm’s roof at the ladder’s request. “Hey, so, um… Ugh, never mind! Just forget about it!” Yukari shakes her head. “... I guess saying that just makes you more curious, huh?”

 

“Sure does.” Makoto quickly answers.

 

“Yeah, figures. Sorry about that.” Yukari places a hand on the side of her head. “So, you might have already forgotten about this… and it’s totally fine if you did! But, when we were at Yakushima… I said some stupid things. And… I just wanted to say I’m sorry.”

 

“Don’t worry about it.” Makoto replies with honesty.

 

“Thanks.” Yukari answers with a smile. “You know, I always felt like I just wanted to be… normal. I wanted to have a family like all the other kids. A Mom and Dad to come home to…” Yukari’s eyes look towards the ground. “Why do we have to be different…? Why us…? Oh, sorry! I didn’t mean to lump the two of us together. But… I feel like you understand, and have been looking out for me.”

 

“I am thou… Thou art I… Thou hast established a new bond… Thou shalt have our blessing when thou choosest to create a Persona of the Lovers Arcana…”

 

A voice rings through Makoto’s head, showing his new social link with Yukari.

 

“Let’s head back down.” Yukari suggests, and the two do just that.


8/26 Morning     Waxing Crescent

 

After much deliberation, Makoto and Morgana find themselves at a nearby park. “So what are we doing here again?” Makoto asks once they arrive.

 

“I just want some peace and quiet.” Morgana quickly answers. “As much as I love Ren, he can be a bit much sometimes.”

 

“You think Ren is too much? Try dealing with sis for more than 5 minutes.” Makoto comments with an eyeroll, but does slightly smile.

 

“I thought the younger siblings were supposed to be the annoying ones.” Morgana says with a smirk. “Though I guess Taba did fill that role.” He adds with a chuckle.

 

“She was your sister, right?” Makoto softly asks.

 

“Yeah.” Morgana confirms with a quick nod. “I haven’t really talked about her much, have I?”

 

“Nope.” Makoto must admit that he’s been a little curious.

 

“I feel like brilliant is the best word to describe her.” Morgana starts with. “She was super smart, even more so than me or Ren; but she was also very curious, always discovering new things.” Morgana’s smile slowly fades. “Though as you likely guessed, her life wasn’t an easy one.”

 

“Of course it wasn’t.” Makoto’s come to expect that.

 

“Her mom died right in front of her… and the person responsible put the blame on Futaba for it.” Morgana’s head tilts down. “A fake suicide note was read to her whole family… in it were all of her mom’s supposed complaints about her.”

 

“...” The anger is very apparent in Makoto’s breathing.

 

“After her mom died, she lived with her uncle, and he was just as bad as…” Kamoshida goes unsaid, but Morgana’s eyes snapping shut tell Makoto enough. “He made her sleep on the floor, and wouldn’t even let her take a bath…” Morgana accidentally digs his claws into his paws out of anger. “When Sojiro, our eventual adoptive father, found out about this, he won custody of Futaba and actually treated her like a human being.”

 

“That sounds terrible.” Makoto easily admits.

 

“It gets worse too.” Morgana regrettably informs him. “After everything that happened to her, she became a shut-in for nearly 2 years, never leaving her room. But we helped her find the strength to continue despite everything… I really wish we could’ve saved her again.” Morgana’s eyes tear up. “If I could’ve traded my life for hers, I would’ve without a second thought… She didn’t have any regrets about joining us though.”

 

“People like you were exactly what she needed.” Makoto states with certainty. 

 

“She said as much herself.” Morgana adds with a smile. “... I always surprise myself with how much I tell you. It just feels nice to know that you’ll never judge me for something I say or give me fake sympathy. So, thanks.”

 

“No need to thank me.” Makoto assures him. “I’m just doing what I wish someone did for me back then, maybe I wouldn’t be like this.”

 

“... Maybe it’s not too late.” Morgana says with seriousness. “Even if it only helps a tiny bit, we need to hold onto every bit of joy we can.”

 

“Maybe you’re right.” Makoto quickly replies with a real smile, and Morgana’s social link reaches rank 5.


Evening

 

Sanada has invited Makoto into the kitchen once more with the promise of successfully cooking hotpot. “I’ll handle the cooking. You just eat, then take care of the cleanup afterwards.” Sanada states as he prepares the pot.

 

“You’re not going to put something weird in it, right?” Makoto wouldn’t put it past him.

 

“Heh, don’t worry.” Sanada assures him. “We’ve got chicken, onions, carrots, mushrooms, tofu… Nothing strange here. Just regular ingredients. Alright, why don’t you get a plate and sit tight?”

 

Makoto doesn’t need to be told twice, and he makes his way to the table. After a little while, Sanada brings the pot over.

 

“I’ve been so busy lately.” Sanada easily admits. “I’ve had to leave most of the boxing team activities to the junior members. But they actually won a team event at a rookie tournament over the summer, so I thought I’d put together this little celebration for them.” 

 

“That’s good to hear.” Makoto genuinely admits.

 

“Yeah, it was just a small tournament that I couldn’t even enter, but they really came together as a team to win it.” Sanada wears a prideful smile.

 

“You should make hotpot after the next full moon.” Makoto quickly suggests.

 

“Maybe it’ll give them more motivation to give it their all.” Sanada has no problems with that plan. “I’ll be sure to use all my strengths if that’s what it takes to win.”  

 

Both Makoto and Sanada’s eyes glow blue, and they return to their rooms for the night.


8/27 Morning             First Quarter

 

Kotone and Junpei meet up at the usual place. Junpei even offered to pay for Kotone’s meal.

 

“Well, ain’t that awfully generous of yeh.” Kotone will always take her friends’ money at any opportunity. “Why the hospitality though?”

 

“Oh, you haven’t heard?” Junpei’s cheerfulness slowly fades.

 

“Uh oh.” Kotone doesn’t like that look.

 

“Um… don’t get mad at me, okay?” That’s never a good start. “... Supposedly, there are these photos of you going around.”

 

“*Sigh* Why does this always happen?” Kotone says with little energy.

 

“They aren’t weird pictures or anything!” Junepi quickly assures her. “Just pictures of you in your gym clothes… There are other girls in them too, but you’re right up in the center, so I think whoever took the pictures was aiming directly for you.”

 

“I’m not even that hot.” Kotone scoffs and shakes her head. “Any idea who took them?”

 

“Nah, but I’ll look into it.” Junpei states with determination. “I’ll ask the kid who told me about them when school starts back up.”

 

“Thanks, don’t get yourself hurt though.” Kotone says with care. “And don’t get the final hit in either, that’s all mine.”

 

“No promises.” Junpei’s grin has returned. “I’m pretty tough y’know.”

 

“I’m pretty sure any of the boys in the dorm would kick your ass, no offense.” Kotone replies with a smirk. “You could probably beat Ken or Koromaru, but that raises a whole other issue.”

 

“Then it’s a good thing you’ve got Junpei Iori, ace detective instead.” Junpei didn’t dispute Kotone’s claim. “They’d probably knock out whoever did it in one hit, especially Makoto.”

 

“Mako would do more than knock them out.” Kotone states with certainty. “They’d be lucky to have a functioning nervous system by the time he’s done.”

 

“Uh, y-yeah… eheheheh.” Junpei has unlocked a new fear. 

 

After a few more minutes of eating and talking, they head back to the dorm, and Junpei’s social link reaches rank 5.


Evening

 

Everyone has once again gathered on the fourth floor. “Good to see everyone’s here.” Ikutsuki starts as he walks in. “All right, come on in.” 

 

“Excuse me, I hope I'm not interrupting.” Ken says as he walks in and stands next to Ikutsuki.

 

“Huh? Amada?” Fukka questions with surprise.

 

“No way…” Sanada’s eyes widen and he stands up.

 

“Based on our testing results, we’ve confirmed he has more than enough potential.” Ikutsuki confirms Sanada’s fears. “So, I decided to call this meeting to introduce him to the rest of the squad.”

 

“W-Wait, Mr. Chairman, he’s only in elementary school.” Kirijo seems disapproving. “And besides…”

 

“Besides… what?” Ikutsuki cuts her off. “We’ve already confirmed that he has the potential. With training, he should be a valuable asset to the team.”

 

“Did he say he’s okay with this?” Sanada then asks.

 

“Actually, it was my idea to join.” Ken answers for him. “I feel like I can help too. And, I think I finally understand why I have this power.” He adds with little energy.   

 

“... As you can see, it was his decision.” Ikustsuki continues his speech. 

 

“Looking forward to working with you.” Ken says with a smile. “I’ll try not to get in anyone’s way.”

 

“I look forward to working with you as well.” Aigis happily reports.


Dark Hour

 

The team decides to throw Ken into the swing of things immediately to make sure he’s prepared.

 

“Um, excuse me.” Ken politely says as he walks towards Makoto and Kotone. “Will you please put me as a member in today’s search party? I want to participate in a lot of battles and get used to handling my Persona.”

 

“You’ve got it.” Makoto assures him. 

 

“All right!” Ken shouts with excitement. “I hope I can prove myself useful to all of you.”

 

“It also appears that Makoto and Sanada have new passive abilities.” Fukka is used to commenting this by now. “Makoto has a 25% chance for his attacks to do double damage, and Sanada’s buffs last double the time.”

 

“Cool.” Makoto casually comments. “Me, Sanada, Ken, and Junpei will go first.”

 

“Man, I can’t wait to see Sanada in action!” Ken nearly jumps in joy before deciding against that.

 

“I’ll be sure not to disappoint.” Sanada promises with a grin, might as well make the best of it if Ken’s going to fight with them.

 

“Alright, let’s move.” Makoto rolls his neck as he walks towards the teleporter.

 

“So this is what you’ve been doing this whole time.” Ken looks around in wonder. 

 

“Pretty sweet, huh?” Junpei asks with a grin. “Though, are you sure you’re okay using the evoker? It’s pretty intense.”

 

“I know it’s not really a gun.” Ken’s voice isn’t shaky in the slightest. “No need to worry.”

 

“Let’s test that.” Makoto says as he ambushes a shadow. 

 

“Got it!” Ken cheers with enthusiasm as he aims the evoker to his head. “Lend me your strength, Nemesis!” A blast of Bless energy strikes the enemy to the floor. “Yes! Let’s get them, everyone!” Ken rushes forward with the team at his back. “Don’t look down on me!” Ken announces as he strikes his spear into the ground.

 

“That was freakin’ badass!” Junpei compliments after the battle.

 

“Heh, thanks.” Ken replies with a smile. “Glad I can help.”

 

“...” Sanada looks downwards.

 

“Something wrong? You’ve been quiet.” Makoto seems to genuinely care.

 

“It’s nothing.” Sanada gives a convincing smile. 

 

“There’s no need to worry about me if that’s it.” Ken assures him. “I can handle this.”

 

“I’ve seen how strong your will is, don’t worry.” Sanada replies back. “There’s just something on my mind.”

 

“In that case, let’s go.” Makoto quickly leads his team further up.

 

“Hey Ken, what do ya do for fun?” Junpei questions with interest.

 

“Fun…?” Ken actually has to think about it. “I enjoy playing soccer at school.”

 

“Soccer, huh? I’ve always been more of a baseball guy myself.” Junpei says while swinging his sword like a bat.

 

“I think that suits you.” Ken comments shortly after.

 

“Uh, is that a good thing?” Junpei sure hopes so.

 

“You just look like you’d play baseball.” Ken answers with a shrug.

 

“It’s the cap.” Makoto follows up with.

 

“Ah, that’s it!” Ken says with a chuckle.

 

“O-Oh.” That’s not what Junpei was expecting.

 

After some more training, Sanada and Junpei get traded for Ren and Morgana.


“Nice to finally greet you, Ken.” Morgana says once they arrive.

 

“Same here.” Ken easily replies.

 

“That was the most normal reaction yet.” Ren comments with surprise.

 

“You guys were all talking to him at the dorm.” Ken quickly explains. “So either you were all crazy, or he could talk somehow.”

 

“I think we’re all crazy.” Makoto immediately comments.

 

“Ren certainly is.” Morgana adds with a smirk.

 

“Me!?” Ren seems genuinely offended. “Coming from you of all people!?”

 

“Dude, you talked to the houseplant like it was your own son.” Morgana deadpans while shaking his head.

 

“Don’t you talk about Planty like that!” Ren points towards Morgana with a smile.

 

“Planty? Really?” Makoto questions with an eyeroll.

 

“What’s wrong with that!?” It’s clear that Ren’s been questioned about that multiple times.

 

“If it makes you feel better, my hamster’s name is Hamburger.” Ken informs the team.

 

“Did you eat a hamburger while naming it or something?” Morgana confusedly questions.

 

“Uh, yeah actually.” Ken admits with slight embarrassment.   

 

“At least that’s charming. Planty is just stupid.” Morgana states with a smirk.

 

“You’re just mad that he took some of the attention.” Ren says with a grin.

 

“Am not!” Morgana immediately replies. “I just think it’s a little weird that we weren't even allowed to eat vegetables in the room because “Planty will be sad.”

 

“Did I really say that?” Ren doesn’t recall such events.

 

“You swatted the burger out of my paws because it had lettuce!” Morgana shakes his head in disbelief.

 

“... Maybe I am a little crazy.” Ren slowly looks away.

 

“A little?” Ken questions with a chuckle. 

 

After even more training, Kotone, Yukari, and Kirijo enter the front lines in place of Makoto, Ren, and Morgana.


“I am so glad we have another person with multi-target healing on the team.” Yukari says with relief. “Prepare to use it a lot during the full moon.”

 

“Got it.” Ken is happy to fill whatever role the team needs.

 

“Your Persona is quite versatile.” Kirijo is happy to admit. “It has bless, electricity, healing, and a defensive barrier.”

 

“Are you tryin’ to best me?” Kotone crosses her arms. “I am the queen of versatility! Ahahaha!”

 

“Okay then…” Yukari can’t say she was expecting all that. “I hope you’re ready to deal with all the different personalities at the dorm more often.”

 

“That’s fine with me.” Ken answers with a smile. “I just hope I'm not a bother.”

 

“Not at all, we’re happy to have you!” Kotone assures him. 

 

“She’s right.” Kirijo follows up with. “Feel free to make yourself at home.”

 

“I appreciate it.” Ken politely responds. 

 

“You’re so polite, Junpei should take some notes.” Yukari knows that’s a fruitless goal.

 

“It makes sense, I am the youngest after all.” Ken quickly explains.

 

After some climbing, the team stumbles upon a strong shadow. “It’s Theurgy time, Ken!”

 

“Here goes!” Ken’s eyes glow red as his spear is covered in bless energy. “Strike from above!” Nemesis catches the spear after Ken tossed it and rains arrows of light down from the sky. “Finish it!” Ken’s Persona throws the spear with full force, creating a shockwave of Severe bless damage as Ken poses.

 

“Sweet moves!” Kotone claps after the fight.

 

“Good to hear!” Ken says with relief. “I was worried that the pose was a little lame.”

 

The last team for the day has Kirijo and Yukari swap for Aigis and Koromaru.

 

“Arf! Arf!” Koromaru seems eager to say something.

 

“Koromaru says, “Welcome to the team.” Aigis translates for him.

 

“Thanks buddy.” Ken replies and pats his head.

 

“I must form the proper introduction as well…” Aigis gets lost in thought for a moment. “Sup dude.”

 

“A for effort, Aigis.” Kotone states with a smirk.

 

“A satisfactory result.” Aigis seems content.

 

“Speakin’ of introductions, we’ve got to have a welcoming party for Ken!” Kotone cheerfully demands.

 

“I concur.” Aigis says shortly after.

 

“Arf?” Koromaru tilts his head to the side.

 

“Koromaru asks where his welcoming party was.” Aigis informs the team.

 

“We never gave Koromaru a party!?” Kotone shouts in disbelief. “We are failures and frauds!”

 

“Hehe, I’m sure he’ll forgive you.” Ken assures her.

 

“Arf! Arf!” Koromaru eagerly states.

 

“He requires a gift to settle his debt.” Aigis assigns the team a mission.

 

“Anything to pay for my sins!” Kotone bows towards Koromaru.

 

“Arf.” Koromaru immediately replies.

 

“He’s glad you know your place.” Aigis let’s her know.

 

“Damn.” Kotone can’t help but say. 

 

After Ken’s had his fill of fighting for the day, the group returns to the dorm.

Notes:

I had a lot of fun with this one, especially the beginning. I made August 18th Ren's birthday because that is my actual brother's birthday, and February 18th Morgana's birthday because that is mine. I thought this would be a good spot to start introducing more information about the brothers' pasts, since it's a day focused on them. The effects of Yaldaboath rigging their lives haven't really been shown until now, since it's obviously still a sore topic for them, but much more information about them will come in time. The reason for Morgana running away in this fic is different from the game because even as a huge fan of Morgana, I can admit that it's pretty poorly executed in the game. Ken and Koromaru have joined the squad, putting SEES at 12 current members. With that much power, things are sure to go perfectly from here on out... right?

Chapter 9: Calm Before the Storm

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

8/29 Morning       Waxing Gibbous

 

“... It’s almost the start of second semester already.” Junpei dejectedly states as he stands at Port Island Station. “And pretty soon, I’m gonna be a third year… Man, time goes by way too fast. …! Oh, it’s her.” Junpei spots the same girl from last time and decides to approach her.

 

“You again?” The girl questions with annoyance.

 

Oh, well, uh…” Junpei didn’t prepare anything to say. “Actually, I’m surprised you remembered me.”

 

“I could say the same about you.” The girl quickly retorts with.

 

“I mean, your outfit is pretty memorable.” Junpei explains himself. “So uh, what’re you working on?”

 

“A drawing, why?” The girl quickly answers.

 

“Uh, no real reason, I guess.” Junpei wasn’t ready for an actual response. “I just thought it’s pretty awesome to have something you’re passionate about.”

 

“It’s nothing like that.” The girl assures him. “I’m just drawing because I feel like it.”

 

“Oh, huh…” Junpei starts walking away before almost immediately looking back. “Well, I still want to see it when it’s done, if you don’t mind.” He then continues walking away.


Evening

 

“It’s time for Ken and Koromaru’s celebration!” Kotone happily reports.

 

“AKA, we’ve got some more curry to make.” Ren is already in the kitchen.

 

“Can Koromaru eat curry if we make it really mild or something?” Morgana questions as he joins Ren in the kitchen.

 

“I don’t think we should test it.” Makoto regrettably informs them.

 

“In that case, how good are you with spice, Ken?” Morgana then questions.

 

“Oh, uh, I can handle a lot of spice. Totally.” Ken says in a casual tone.

 

“Yes!” Ren loves to hear it. “And do you like coffee?”

 

“Umm, yeah... I-I’ll have it black.” Ken says to everyone’s surprise.

 

“Bleh, I’ll never get the appeal of black coffee.” Morgana shakes his head. “Anyway, get those arms movin’ bro!”

 

“Since when were you the leader?” Ren questions, but listens regardless.

 

“Can Morgana really cook?” Ken quietly questions.

 

“You’ll get used to it.” Makoto assures him.

 

After a few minutes, the coffee and curry are served.

 

“This one’s really got a kick to it.” Ren warns with seriousness, but takes a huge bite regardless.

 

“Oh!” Fukka seems more than delighted by this fact.

 

“So, what do you think?” Morgana questions while practically slamming his face into the curry.

 

“I-It’s g-g-good.” Ken answers with a weak smile and nod.

 

“Did we add too much spice?” Ren questions with a sigh. “I told you it’d be too much, Mona!”

 

“He said a lot of spice! I didn’t want to disappoint him!” Morgana says with a sigh. “Sorry, I can make you some less spicy curry if you’d like.”

 

“It’s fine.” Ken convincingly says. “I just ate a little too much the first time.” He then does everything he can to not recoil at the coffee’s bitterness.

 

“This curry stuff is most delectable.” Aigis comments since this is her first time trying it.

 

“How does eatin’ food work for you?” Junpei asks the question everyone’s wondering.

 

“It is simple, I merely insert the item into my mouth.” Aigis breaks the shocking news to everyone.

 

“Some mysteries are best left unsolved, I guess.” Junpei states with a sigh.


Dark Hour

 

“Hey there.” Pharos arrives just as expected. “I thought I’d remind you, there’s only a week left until the next full moon. Are you ready? There are only a few trials left.” Pharos leaves as quickly as he appeared.


8/30 Morning       Waxing Gibbous

 

“Time for your daily dose of Ren.” Ren comments as he finishes preparing their coffees.

 

“What wisdom shall thou grant me this time?” Kotone eagerly awaits his answer.

 

“Do you want a lighthearted story, an I nearly died story, or a kinda depressing story?” Ren leaves the choice in her hands.

 

“You’re giving me the power, that’s a mistake.” Kotone states with an evil laugh. “By the power invested in me, I demand a depressing story!”

 

“One depressing story coming up! You owe me a depressing story too though, got it?” Ren scours through his mind to find the right one. 

 

“Sure thing.” Kotone thinks about a story of her own.

 

“I haven’t said much about my parents.” Ren softly states.

 

“All I know is that they got rid of you like yesterday’s garbage.” Kotone says with a scoff.

 

“Sounds about right.” Ren loudly sighs. “My “dad” was some important politician and my “mom” owned a real estate company. They had me by accident, and only kept me around so I could take the fall for something if they ever needed me to.”

 

“What assholes.” Kotone states in disbelief. 

 

“That’s only the surface. Remember when I told you that I got a record for saving that woman from a drunk man?” Ren sighs once again. “I later found out that my “dad” was connected to that man, and actually helped in getting me arrested… There’s even more shit they did, but I don’t want to talk about that right now.”    

 

“Where are they now?” Kotone asks for no particular reason.

 

“The darkest pits of hell hopefully.” Ren answers with a sigh. “Sis did get some revenge though. She accessed all of their information and took everything from them in a single day.”

 

“That must’ve felt great.” Kotone says with a smile.

 

“It was short-lived, but it did feel amazing while it lasted.” Ren can’t hold his laughter as he says the next part. “She ordered about a million mariachi bands and had them play right outside their house constantly.”

 

“*Chuckle* They must’ve been so pissed!” Kotone laughs as well.

 

“They should feel lucky that she stopped there. If she wanted something, there was nothing stopping her from getting it.” Ren says with a reminiscing smile. “She liked to take her time in getting revenge though.”

 

“A girl of my own heart.” Kotone replies with a smirk. “If you’re going to get revenge, might as well have fun with it.”

 

“It’s going to feel so good when we can finally get revenge.” Ren coldly states. “I’ll never feel fully at peace until I do.”

 

“I’d hate to be the guy you’re up against.” Kotone says with honesty.

 

“... Yeah.” Ren takes a deep breath. “Don’t think you’re getting off without a story though.”

 

“I guess it’s time for Kotone’s lore to be revealed.” Kotone cracks her knuckles. “I used to be real envious. Kids at me and Mako’s old elementary school would always talk about having fun with their parents, or the awesome toys they bought them.” Kotone sighs for the first time in a while. “This will sound very unlike me, but one day, I snapped. I was so angry that everyone but us had parents, so I stole some kid's toys that his parents bought him.”

 

“...” Ren nods, but doesn’t speak in the middle of her talk.

 

“When I explained why I did it to the teacher, the whole school found out that we were orphans, and those kids would bully us for it.” Kotone has less energy than ever in her voice. “After about a week of that, I got really mad and hit one of them.” Kotone clutches her fist. “Makoto defended me when I got in trouble, and we were both expelled, but that wasn’t the worst part… Our foster parents got rid of us for it. We were homeless, and it was my fault. I learned that rebelling against people got me nowhere, so I pretended to be super nice and cheery to everyone. I’ve been pretending ever since.” Kotone looks down and closes her eyes. “SEES has finally let me be happy without acting. It feels great to be surrounded by people similar to me for once.” Kotone finally smiles again. “There I go rambling like a maniac.”

 

“No, it’s fine.” Ren quickly assures her. “Remember when you asked why I stopped trying to fix this world? It’s because rebelling just caused pain in the end. Not that I regret what I did though, just the end result.”

 

After some more chatting, Ren’s social link reaches rank 5.


Evening

 

With nothing better to do, Makoto and Kotone check if there are any more videos on the console in the command room. “Looks like there are.” Makoto happily reports.

 

“Sweet! Time to stalk my friends!” Kotone is just as happy.

 

“We’re such hypocrites.” Makoto states with a slight smile.

 

“Hehehe.” Kotone doesn’t seem to mind, and she starts the first video.

 

07/15/2009 17:05:38

Starting Playback…   

 

“Should I be watching this?” Makoto questions once they see Fukka in her swimsuit.

 

“Hmmm…” Fukka looks lost in thought. “I wonder if I should’ve gone for the one-piece suit instead. These halter top bikinis look almost like underwear… It feels a little weird to have my belly button exposed.” Fukka seems to regain her awareness. “Now that I think about it, this is the first time I’ve chosen my own swimsuit. But there wasn’t much of a selection for one-pieces… Hm, I wonder if I should ask Yukari again what she thinks. Although… I don’t really exercise, so I probably wouldn’t look very good standing next to her…”

 

“Bullshit!” Kotone unhelpfully yells directly next to Makoto’s ear.

 

“Oh, right! I have just the thing!” Fukka walks off-screen and returns with some belt-looking thing. “The low-frequency waist slimmer pad I bought from Tanaka’s TV show!”

 

“Uh oh.” Makoto comments after hearing that name.

 

“She bought that too!?” Kotone questions in disbelief.

 

“Really sis…?” Makoto places a hand on his head.

 

Fukka puts the device around her waist. “Now, how do I turn this on?” Fukka clicks a button and immediately starts giggling. “Aah…! No… This… I-It tickles! Hahahahaha… What do I do!? Hahahaha! Ahahahahaha! Wh-Wh-Why won’t it come off…? Hahaha… Nooo…!”

 

“Yamagishi, do you have a moment?” Kirijo’s voice comes from the other side of the door.

 

“Ah! It’s Kirijo Hahaha! I-I have to get the door…!” Fukka does her best to stop laughing. “Yes! I’m… Heehee… I’ll be right there!”

 

“Oh, um… am I interrupting anything?” Kirijo asks in confusion.

 

“N-No, not at- Heehee… No, not at all… Hahahaha…!” Fukka tries to assure her.

 

“It’s… not that important. Um, never mind. Just… carry on.” Kirijo adds as the video ends.

 

“How does Kirijo keep ending up in these situations?” Makoto questions with a small smirk.

 

“Lucky bastard.” Kotone pouts in jealousy. “On to the next one!”

 

8/13/2009 22:41:19

Starting Playback…  

 

The video starts with Sanada training in his room. “Ugh, dammit… I still can’t stop thinking about what happened in Yakushima…” The anger is plastered across his face.

 

“What happened in Yakushima?” Kotone immediately questions.

 

“Patience is a virtue.” Makoto reminds her.

 

“You’re telling me that I can’t carry a conversation any better than Junpei!” Sanada clutches his fists.

 

“Ah.” Kotone understands in an instant.

 

“How can I be on the same level as that idiot and his lame pickup lines?” Sanada walks over to a book on his desk. “Are you able to make others laugh with a well-timed joke?” Well… No specific examples come to mind, but I think I at least can do that much.” Sanada sure hopes that’s the case. “Careful: Making others laugh and being laughed at are two entirely different things! When people speak to you, do you tend to respond with pure logic and reason? This is a common mistake among inarticulate men. Try to consider what the other party is feeling first.” Dammit. I guess they have a point…” Sanada reluctantly admits. “Try practicing by imagining you’re asking a female friend or colleague to your favorite store. Remember, it’s important to smile and have a sense of humor!” Sanada then sets the book down and turns around. “Um… H-Hey there! Uh… What great timing to see you here! Nice one!” Sanada awkwardly laughs. “I’m going to Umiushi, wanna come with? Oh… Humor… Humor… Y-Y’know, the Beef Bowl place… H-Hey… M-Maybe we could “meat” up there… Get it!?”

 

“Ohhhhhhh…” Kotone feels genuine pain hearing that.

 

“Arrrgh…! What am I, the chairman!? Screw this!” Sanada sighs as the video ends.

 

“At least he knew the joke sucked.” Makoto is relieved not to have a second Ikutsuki.

 

“I know what to show Junpei if he’s ever feeling down.” Kotone says with a huge smirk.

 

“There’s one more.” Makoto says and starts the video.

 

08/28/2009 21:32:07

Starting Playback…

 

The video starts with Morgana alone in his and Ren’s room. “So, this is the stuff?” Morgana questions while holding a box of catnip.

 

“This can’t be good.” Makoto immediately comments.

 

“Heh, sis would always try to get me to try some.” Morgana wears a reminiscing smile. “I’m not a cat, so this shouldn’t affect me, right…? What if it does though? I better not become a drug addict.” Morgana seems hesitant to stick his paw into the box. “Maybe I shouldn’t… No! I won’t let some stupid catnip destroy my pride!” Morgana puts some on his paw and slowly licks it. “...!” Morgana’s pupils seem to double in size. “W-Whoa! What the…!?” *Sniff* *Sniff* “... What the hell am I sniffing!? Get it together Morgana!” Morgana takes a few deep breaths. 

 

Ren suddenly comes walking into the room, and Morgana quickly hides the box. “Hey Mona.”

 

“H-Huh…?” Morgana’s head awkwardly shifts to face Ren. “Y-You look different...”

 

“Do I?” Ren confusedly questions. “Good or bad?”

 

“... Lookin’ cool Joker! Ehehehe!” Morgana says with a toothy grin.

 

“Uh huh…” Ren’s eyes narrow. “You okay bro?” he asks in concern.

 

“Fine!” Morgana assures him. “*Gasp* Watch out!” Morgana quickly dashes towards Ren and swipes at a pencil on the floor. “Aha! I j-just saved yer life!” Morgana laughs in victory.

 

“Did someone drug you?” Ren semi-jokingly asks.

 

“D-Drugged!? W-Who was it!? I bet i-it’s that Kirijo gal! Alwys sneakin’ ‘round ‘n shit!” Morgana’s eyes dart around the room. “Sshe coulbe watchin’ us t-this vry second!”

 

“Mona, this isn’t funny.” Ren says with concern dripping in his voice. 

 

Morgana darts around the room. “Am I dyin’!? I cn’t die y-yet! W’ve gotta beat ‘at bastard! H-He’ll pay fer- *Pant* *Pant*”

 

“You’ll be okay, Mona.” Ren catches Morgana and slowly pets him as the catnip wears off.

 

“... Urgh… H-Huh…?” Morgana blinks his eyes a few times. “When… When did you get here?” 

 

“Mona? Are you good now?” Ren asks in concern.

 

“Yeah…? Why wouldn’t I be?” Morgana tilts his head to the side.

 

“Are you messing with me? You were acting drunk like, 15 seconds ago.” Ren can’t say he was expecting all this.

 

“I was…?” Morgana’s eyes widen as he suddenly remembers why. “Ohhhhh! Y-Yep, all good here!” Morgana yawns as the video ends.

 

“And that’s the story of how Morgana became addicted to cocaine!” Kotone shouts way too happily.

 

“I wonder what that comment about Kirijo means.” Makoto asks with interest. “Maybe I should ask next time.”

 

“Always sneaking around and shit? He probably wouldn’t be happy to learn that we watched that.” Kotone supposes she won’t tease him about it… “We should probably stop watching these.”

 

With an afternoon well spent, they go to bed for the night.


8/31 Morning       Waxing Gibbous

 

“Hey, fancy meeting you here, huh?” Junpei greets the girl with a grin.

 

“You’re the one who keeps coming back.” The girl quickly answers.

 

“I’m Junpei.” Junpei introduces himself. “What’s your name? You from around here?”

 

“...” The girl doesn’t answer.

 

“Oh, not even listening, huh… haha, figures…” Junpei scratches the back of his neck.

 

The girl slowly gets up and starts walking away.

 

“...Wait, whoa! Your hand!” Junepi notices the blood dripping from it. “What the hell happened!? You’re bleeding!”

 

“What’s wrong with you!? Can’t you mind your own business!?” The girl’s voice shows anger for the first time.

 

“Are you kiddin’!? I can’t just ignore that!” Junpei loudly shouts. “Um… gotta have something… Gimme your hand! I can wrap it with this handkerchief.”

 

“Why are you panicking?” The girl seems almost upset.

 

“Huh? Who wouldn’t be freakin’ out right now?” Junpei confusedly questions. “You gotta get to a doctor! Uh, do you want me to go with you?”

 

“... You’re a weird one.” The girl earnestly comments and looks back. “Chidori.”

 

“Huh?” Junpei gets caught off guard.

 

“My name. You asked, didn’t you, Junpei?” Chidori asks in confusion. “... I’m almost finished with the drawing. I doubt you’ll be able to understand it… But if you want to see it so badly, then you know where to find me.” Chidori then walks off.


9/1 Morning       Waxing Gibbous

 

“Ugh… looks like no one blew up the school while we were gone…” Junpei regrettably reports as they reach the school’s entrance.

 

“Would blowing up the school get rid of Tartarus? ‘Cause that’d save us a lot of time.” Ren semi-jokingly questions.

 

“Only one way to find out!” Kotone cheerfully shouts. “Anyone have a live bomb?”

 

“Give me 3-4 business days, and I’ll have just the thing!” Morgana announces with an evil laugh.

 

“I wouldn’t put it past you.” Yukari says with honesty.

 

“Should I take that as a compliment?” Morgana then asks.

 

“Probably not.” Makoto answers for her.

 

*RING* “Ugh… I guess it’s time for class.” Junpei slowly makes his way to class.


After School

 

Yukari has led Makoto to the flower shop. “Hmm… Lilies are too fragrant, and roses aren’t really my thing… Maybe gerberas?” Yukari seems to have forgotten that Makoto is here. “Oh, sorry! I’m redecorating my room, and I was thinking of getting some flowers to go with it. I think I’ll go with the gerberas. What color do you think I should get?”

 

“Blue.” Makoto immediately answers.

 

“You would say that.” Yukari rolls her eyes. “I guess I’ll get the pink ones, though… there’s already a lot of pink in my room… Any other bright ideas? Oh wait, you’ve never seen my room, have you? Well then, why am I even asking you?”

 

“Ouch.” Makoto gives an eyeroll of his own.

 

“Hehe… But it’s the truth!” Yukari admits with a smile. “To be honest, any flowers would be fine if they were from you, Makoto… Just kidding! Ahaha.”

 

“You’re more ruthless then sis.” Makoto blankly comments. 

 

“Somehow I doubt that.” Yukari denies his accusation. “She can be real scary sometimes.”

 

“You’re telling me…” Makoto says with a small smile, and Yukari’s social link reaches rank 2.


Evening

 

Everyone is told to meet in the lounge when they return from school. The reason becomes apparent when Aigis walks towards them in the school’s uniform. 

 

“Um, what do you think?” Fukka asks since she was already aware of this.

 

“I think you’re lookin’ good as hell Aigis.” Kotone immediately comments.

 

“Affirmative.” Aigis seems to agree. 

 

“Huh…? Why’s she wearin’ a school uniform!? What’s goin’ on here?” Junpei asks in confusion.

 

“She said she wanted to go to school with us, so I told the others as a joke…” Yukari quickly explains. “But the chairman actually agreed, so now she’s gonna start second year tomorrow.”    

 

“This may be hypocritical of me, but is that really a good idea?” Morgana then questions.

 

“He said something about studying her behavior in a social environment.” Fukka explains despite her worries as well.

 

“Sounds about right.” Makoto admits with a shrug.

 

“Well, I have no objections.” Kotone raises her hand. “Should be fun!”

 

“Agreed, it’s not like people are looking out for a robot in disguise.” Ren follows up with.

 

“Transformers! Robots in disguise!” Kotone comments while laughing.

 

“The camouflage that Fukka provided is more than appropriate.” Aigis happily reports.

 

“No one wants to sing along…?” Kotone pouts and crosses her arms.

 

“Why do you want to go to school, Aigis?” Ken completely blows off Kotone’s question. “It’s not like it’s interesting.”

 

“As the second semester commences, I intend to synchronize my schedule with everyone for maximum efficiency.” Aigis quickly explains. “If I remain on standby, it could affect deployment efficiency.”

 

“Deployment efficiency, huh… Why do I feel like you being at school would make that even worse?” Yukari can’t believe this discussion is even happening.

 

“I will make any necessary adaptations as the situation evolves.” Aigis assures everyone.

 

“Arf! Arf!” Koromaru loudly barks.

 

“He says, “I want to go to school too.” Aigis quickly translates.

 

“Sorry Koromaru, but that’s a no-go.” Kotone regrettably informs him.

 

“*Whine*” Koromaru’s head tilts down.


“Arf…” Koromaru greets Kotone when everyone else has returned to their rooms.

 

“Hungry?” Kotone’s picked up on Koromaru’s ques by this point.

 

“*Whine* Arf…” Koromaru loudly confirms.

 

“Are you guilt-tripping me since you can’t go to school!?” Kotone questions in disbelief.

 

“Ruff!” Koromaru seems to have no shame.

 

“Fine… You win this time.” Kotone shakes her head while heading to the kitchen to grab his dog food. “Here ya go.”

 

“Arf!” Koromaru’s tail wags as the food bowl is placed in front of him.

 

“I don’t know how you eat this stuff.” Kotone lazily sits down on the couch.

 

“Ruff!” Koromaru doesn’t seem to agree. After a few minutes of eating, Koromaru lies next to Kotone on the couch.

 

“Now you like me that I fed you? I’m the same way with Mako.” Kotone admits with a chuckle.

 

“I am thou… Thou art I… Thou hast established a new bond… Thou shalt have our blessing when thou choosest to create a Persona of the Strength Arcana…”

 

A voice rings through Kotone’s head, showing her new social link with Koromaru.


9/2 Morning       Waxing Gibbous

 

“So this is Tartarus during the day.” Aigis discovers as they arrive at class.

 

“Make sure you call it school while it’s daytime.” Makoto reminds her.

 

“I comprehend.” Aigis says with a nod.

 

“Class.” Ms. Toriumi causes the class to go silent. “We have another new transfer student joining us today. Go ahead and introduce yourself.”

 

“My name is Aigis. I am pleased to meet you all.” Aigis gives a surprisingly convincing introduction.

 

“Aigis…? I’ve never heard a name like that… Maybe she’s a foreigner.” Ms. Toriumi thinks out loud. “Let’s see, anything else I should know? Hm? “Humanoid” … “Tactical weapon” …?”

 

“What!?” Yukari can’t help but question.

 

 “... Clearly, that’s a mistake.” Ms. Torimumi shakes her head. “It just goes to show you can’t believe everything you read.”

 

“Y-Yeah, you got that right!” Junpei quickly nods.

 

“Did they really let Aigis write that?” Morgana bewilderedly questions.

 

“Maybe Ikutsuki wrote it, I wouldn’t put it past him.” Ren whispers back.

 

“Let’s see. You can sit, um… Are there any open seats?” Mr. Toriumi’s eyes scan around.

 

“Right here!” Kotone points to the seat next to her. “The kid who usually sits here can cry about it.”


After School

 

Sanada has asked the leaders to help him with “something important,” so they’ve met up with him after school.

 

“I’ve got an errand I want you to help me with, let’s go.” Sanada leaves no room for discussion as he walks off immediately.

 

“I wonder what it is.” Kotone questions as they follow behind him.

 

“You really have zero patience.” Makoto shakes his head.

 

“Nope!” Kotone easily agrees. “I need all the deets!”

 

After a few minutes of walking, they arrive in front of the ramen shop, where Aragaki is also at.

 

“You’re really starting to piss me off.” Aragaki heaves a sigh once he sees them.

 

“Things have changed. Sorry, but I’m not taking “no” for an answer this time.” Sanada states with certainty.

 

“What?” Arakagi is slightly taken aback by his confidence.

 

“There’s a new threat. Persona-users, just like us.” Sanada starts with.

 

“... So? That’s not my problem.” Aragaki looks away.

 

“That’s not everything.” Sanada softly adds. “... Amada has joined our team.”

 

“...!?” Aragaki quickly looks back. “What the hell do you mean!?”

 

“He has the potential, and Ikutsuki approved it. He’s a Persona-user now.” Sanada doesn’t seem any happier about this than Aragaki.

 

“I don’t believe it…” Aragaki places a hand on his head. “... Tell me one more thing. Was it his decision to join?”

 

“Yeah. He came to us.” Sanada quickly confirms.

 

“I see… Then… I guess I’ll stick around.” Arakagai says with his head tilted down. He then looks towards the twins. “So, you’re in charge now, huh? I got a question for you: What are you fighting for?”

 

“To protect people.” Makoto answers for them.

 

“I see.” That seems to suffice for Aragaki. “Well, you do you. We gotta work together, either way.” 


9/3 Dark Hour       Waxing Gibbous

 

“Alright, let’s do this one more time.” Kotone says after her stretches. “Aragaki’s obviously coming… Ren and Morgana, wanna get your showing off over with?”

 

“Stealing the spotlight is my favorite pastime.” Ren comments as he stands up.

 

“You would bring the loudest guy with Aragaki.” Morgana says with a laugh. 

 

“There’s actually a taking cat…” Aragaki shakes his head in disbelief.

 

“Looks like the one stealing the spotlight is me!” Morgana sticks his tongue out at Ren. “And don’t call me a cat, my name’s Morgana.”

 

“Sure.” Aragaki walks over to the teleporter. “Let’s get going.”

 

“Sounds like a plan!” Kotone leads her team through the teleporter.

 

“Before we forget, Aragaki’s party will be tomorrow.” Kotone quickly informs the team.

 

“There’s no need.” Aragaki neither needs nor wants a party.

 

“You’ll change your mind at the smell of me and Mona’s curry.” Ren states matter-of-factly.”

 

“Before you ask, yes, I can cook. Pretty damn good too if I do say so myself.” Morgana beams with pride.

 

“Huh, the more you know.” Aragaki blankly comments.

 

“Can you cook?” Ren then questions. “Mona’s great and all, but there are some things his paws just can’t make.”

 

“Yeah.” Aragaki confirms to Ren’s delight.

 

“Wow, you got rid of me fast.” Kotone comments with a smirk.

 

“That’s how society functions.” Ren quickly explains. “Gotta keep up with demand.”

 

“Shadow up ahead!” Kotone wastes no time bashing its skull in. “Show ‘em what you’ve got, Aragaki!”

 

“Back in the fight now…” Aragaki aims the evoker at his head. “So lend me your power, Castor!” Aragaki’s attack crits and knocks the enemy down. “No mercy!” Everyone jumps the poor shadow. “Don’t waste your breath.” Aragaki comments as he looks down on the fading shadow.

 

“Badass!” Kotone cheers after the fight.

 

“Definitely the coolest quote yet!” Morgana follows up with.

 

“Tch.” Aragaki shakes his head. “We’ve got more trainin’ to do.”

 

“Then do trainin’ we shall!” Kotone happily agrees.

 

After more training, Ren and Morgana are replaced by Sanada and Kirijo.


“It’s nice to have you back in the fight, Shinjiro.” Kirijo earnestly comments.

 

“Yeah, it’s just like the old days.” Sanada can’t hide his smile.

 

“You haven’t changed one bit.” Aragaki says with a scoff.

 

“I do wonder what caused you to pick up your evoker once more. I won’t pry, however.” Kirijo knows that would be fruitless.

 

“I appreciate that.” Aragaki comments with a nod.

 

“There’s a tough one up ahead, we’re engagin’!” Kotone informs the team before diving into the fight.

 

“I was looking for a warm-up!” Sanada raises the entire team’s attack for 6 turns.

 

“I’m surprised you didn’t charge in like a maniac.” Aragaki comments while summoning Castor.

 

“We’ve had to reel him in a few times.” Kirijo admits with a smile.

 

“It was just one time!” Sanada defends himself with slight embarrassment.    

 

“And it would be more by now if we didn’t step in.” Kotone giggles and raises the party’s defense.

 

“Aragaki’s Theurgy is ready!” Fukka happily informs the team.

 

“Here we go.” Aragaki’s eyes glow red as he powers up his axe. “Hraaaaghhh!” Aragaki spins the axe around before slamming it onto the shadow’s head. “I’m ready!” He announces as a knife pierces his Persona, and blood drips from his eye. “This is it!” He wipes the blood from his face and leaps into the air. “I’ll see you in hell!” Aragaki throws the axe down with his full might, causing severe damage and destroying the shadow in one hit.

 

The next team has Kotone, Sanada, and Kirijo replaced by Makoto, Ken, and Koromaru.


“Arf! Arf!” Koromaru loudly greets Aragaki.

 

“Hey.” Aragaki struggles not to smile.

 

“...” Ken’s eyes stay locked on Aragaki, which he easily notices.

 

“Finally, another quiet member, about time.” Makoto rolls his neck.

 

“Yeah.” Aragaki doesn’t seem in the mood for small talk.

 

“...” An awkward silence fills the halls of Tartarus.

 

“Ruff?” Koromaru seems confused. “Grrrrr…”

 

“Looks like Koromaru found a shadow.” Makoto ambushes it, and the team makes it a short fight.

 

“So, umm… Aragaki, right?” Ken eventually asks.

 

“Yeah.” Aragaki quickly confirms.

 

“Cool...” Ken ends the conversation there.

 

More awkward floors of Tartarus later, everyone but Makoto gets swapped with Junpei, Yukari, and Aigis.


“Aww… I was hopin’ to see Aragaki in action!” Junpei loudly complains.

 

“Well, this lets everyone get a turn.” Yukari explains to him.

 

“Correct, it would be unwise to not prepare everyone equally.” Aigis quickly agrees.

 

“I guess you got a point, there’s always the full moon too.” Junpei looks on the bright side.

 

“The full moon is 2 days from now.” Aigis reminds the team.

 

“Hopefully we don’t run into those Strega guys again.” Yukari wouldn’t be surprised though.

 

“There’s a bunch of us and only two of ‘em, why not just jump them?” Junpei genuinely questions.

 

“We don’t know enough about them, they could be much more powerful than us.” Makoto reminds him.

 

“I believe staying cautious is the best approach.” Aigis follows up with.

 

“Man…” Junpei hates that they’re right.

 

With this team's training coming to a close, everyone returns to the dorm.


9/4 After School       Waxing Gibbous

“Yo, Chidori.” Junpei greets her at the usual spot. “How’s your hand doing? What the-? There’s no scar… Not even a mark? Maybe it wasn’t that bad…?”

 

“...” Chidori’s head suddenly shoots up to look at Junpei. “Say, Junpei… What do you do to make yourself feel alive?”

 

“Uh, I dunno… Breathe, I guess?” Junpei answers in confusion. “Y’know, I can’t say I’ve ever thought about it. How ‘bout you, Chidori? Is that how you feel when you draw?” He then asks with interest.

 

“I don’t know…” Chidori sadly admits. “Most of these are just scribbles. I don’t really… understand myself.”

 

“Oh, huh…” Junpei wasn’t expecting that. “... To tell you the truth, there IS one thing that makes me feel alive… It’s when I sort of, uh… get to play the hero, I guess?” Junpei doesn’t know how to describe it. “In the darkest hour, unknown to all but a few, the chosen ones stand against the forces of evil! Our hero, Junpei, fights to protect the world from these terrifying monsters!” He adds with a laugh. “Heheh… Well, you get the idea. That’s when I feel most alive!”

 

“...” Chidori is lost in thought.

 

“Um… This is the part where you’re s’posed to laugh.” Junpei rubs the back of his neck.

 

“So, do you fight all alone?” Chidori asks with interest.

 

“H-Hey, I was just kiddin’ around…” Junpei awkwardly laughs.

 

“You fight during a time no one is aware of, right?” Chidori then questions. “That means no one knows what you’ve been doing. So, you’re fighting even though you’ll never get recognition for anything. I’m impressed. I guess I misjudged you.” Chidori appears happy about this fact.

 

“Uh… really?” Junpei doesn’t sound convinced. “I didn’t think you’d actually believe me…”

 

“Can you tell me more?” Chidori curiously asks.

 

“Y’know, you’re kinda the weird one here…” Junpei gets lost in thought for a moment. “Hmmm… I guess it’s okay, but you’re sworn to secrecy, got it?”

 

“Mhm.” Chidori answers and nods.

 

“So, there’s this special power called a “Persona,” and that’s what we use to defeat the monsters.” Junpei starts with. “But not everyone can use a Persona. That’s what I meant by “the chosen ones.” My friends are fighting too… And, not to brag, but we haven’t lost a single fight since I joined!”

 

“That sounds like a lot of fun.” Chidori admits with a smile. “If you haven’t lost a single fight, that must mean you’re really strong.”

 

“Y-Yeah, sorta…” Junpei says with a grin. “I guess you could kinda say I’m the leader… I mean, without me, things would just fall apart. I gotta tell everyone what to do and stuff, y’know? It’s a lot of work, bein’ in charge.”

 

“... Thank you, Junpei… I had a lot of fun today.” Chidori admits as she stands up. “It’s time for me to go. I’ll see you tomorrow, right?” She then walks off.


Evening

 

“Is he really not showing up?” Ren sighs after multiple hours of waiting for Aragaki to return.

 

“It’s his party, he has to show up!” Kotone makes her complaints well known.

 

“I think I know where to find him.” Sanada doesn’t get up though. “It’s his choice to be there; we should respect it.”

 

“We can always have his party next time.” Morgana reminds the team. “He’ll have to be here for the full moon tomorrow.”

 

“He probably won’t show up until midnight.” Makoto regrettably informs the group.

 

“If we are on the same team, he should act like it.” Ken isn’t complaining though. 

 

“I’m so freakin’ pumped for tomorrow!” Junpei shouts as loudly as ever.

 

“What else is new?” Yukari rolls her eyes. “I’m just ready to get this over with.”


9/5 Evening    Full Moon

 

“Man, Chidori wasn’t at the station today.” Junpei’s head is tilted down as he stands in front of the dorm. “Maybe I should check again… Nah, on second thought, I better stay put. The operation’s tonight.” Junpei seems lost in thought for a second. “Hm, the operation, huh… When it comes down to it, we’re fightin’ to protect her too. Wow, thinkin’ about it like that kinda fires me up… Maybe we really are, like, heroes of justice… Alright!” Junpei enthusiastically shouts.

 

“Don’t move.” A familiar voice says before Junpei’s vision goes dark.


Dark Hour

 

“Tonight marks the sixth full moon. Have you found the shadow?” Ikutsuki asks with hope.

 

“Yes…” Fukka states to everyone’s relief. “It’s near Paulownia Mall, I think…” There goes the relief. “For some reason, I can’t quite pinpoint its location… I’m trying to narrow it down though.”

 

“Is that part of its power?” Sanada questions with worry.

 

“Sorry, I’m not really sure about that either.” Fukka regrettably informs the team.

 

“We have enough to go on.” Aragaki says as Ken enters the room.

 

“Amada, did you find him?” Kirijo asks with concern.

 

“No, I can’t find Junpei anywhere.” Ken’s head is tilted down. “His backpack isn’t here, so I don’t think he’s home yet.”

 

“What is he doing? He knows tonight is a full moon!” Yukari asks in disbelief.

 

“I’m not picking up his signal anywhere near the dorm either.” Fukka quietly explains. “Should I take more time to look for him, just in case?”

 

“No, it’s okay.” Ikutsuki voices his opinion. “We need to focus our attention on the shadow.”

 

“I can’t say I like this.” Kotone quickly admits. “He was all pumped yesterday.”

 

“That could just be because he had another plan; it would explain why he isn’t here.” Makoto quickly theorizes.

 

“I hope you’re right.” Morgana follows up with.

 

“We can’t afford to waste any more time. We need to go.” Kirijo states as Fukka exits her Persona.

 

“Let’s try to make this quick.” Ren suggests with determination.

 

Once everyone arrives at Paluownia Mall, Fukka reenters her Persona to scan again.

 

“Any luck?” Kirijo quickly asks.

 

“I only sense a faint presence. It seems so close, but… I can’t reach it…!” Fukka regretfully admits. “Focus…” Fukka closes her eyes and holds her hands together. “Feel the movement of the earth through your fingertips… Hear the answer of the wind flow through your hair… Taste the knowledge of the water on your lips… Tell me, Lucia… What shrouds me from the truth?” Fukka takes a deep breath. “Some kind of… web… beneath us?”

 

“A web…?” Aigis ponders outloud. “Perhaps it’s related to the old power cables underground. Back when the island was still being developed, this is where the main power station was located.”

 

“So that’s what’s interfering with her ability.” Sanada quickly summarizes.

 

“Thank you, Aigis. I’ve figured it out.” Fukka reports to everyone’s excitement. “It’s not that the cables are interfering… the cables themselves have been possessed by the shadow!”

 

“So it’s covering this entire area?” Makoto asks with a sigh.

 

“H-How are we supposed to beat something like that!?” Ken questions with worry.

 

“The power of friendship!” Kotone loudly shouts. 


“Ow…” Junpei says after getting tossed onto the floor of the dorm’s roof.

 

“I can’t believe how easy it was to sneak up on you. Is the rest of your team this oblivious?” The familiar voice questions.

 

“This isn’t funny… Chidori.” Junpei struggles to sit up since his hands are tied.

 

“I want you to do something for me. I have orders for you to pass to your team.” Chirdori gets straight to business. “You can at least communicate with them, can’t you?”

 

“My team…? Orders…?” Junpei asks in confusion.

 

“Do as I say, and you won’t be harmed.” Chidori warns him. “All you have to do is call off the operation, easy, right? And not just the one tonight, all of them.”

 

“You want me to cancel the operation…?” Junpei’s eyes suddenly shoot open. “You’re not one of “them,” are you?”

 

“Quit wasting time.” Chidori doesn’t give an answer.


After Aragaki suggests that the shadow is located in a control room underground, the group heads there and successfully find the shadow.

 

“That’s the shadow’s core!” Fukka quickly informs. “The cables are feeding into its body, so it might use electricity to attack!”

 

“Great…” Yukari says with a sigh.

 

“Good thing I have damage reduction…” Morgana is just as unenthused about it.

 

“Buffs and debuffs.” Makoto wastes no time commanding.

 

“Try every element!” Kotone then commands after buffing everyone’s defense.

 

“Persona!” After every element is tested, Yukari is the only one yet to attack.

 

“I can’t wait to guard all night.” Yukari shakes her head, but does just that.

 

“Prepare to be shocked!” The Hermit shouts and casts a pathetic Mazio.

 

“Oh god… Here comes the barrage of electricity jokes.” Makoto has already had enough.

 

“I think I’d rather get hit by the electricity.” Morgana comments while searching for a crit with Miracle Punch.

 

After another round of throwing shit at it, it becomes the Hermit’s turn.

 

“This will be electrifying!” The Hermit begins to charge electricity.

 

“It might be up to something. I’ll analyze it on my end as well!” Fukka informs them.

 

“Which of you wants a magic barrier?” Ken asks Morgana and Yukari.

 

“You take it since I take less damage.” Morgana offers to her.

 

“Make sure to guard still.” Yukari warns him. “I’ll take it!”

 

“Here!” Ken casts Makarakarn on Yukari.

 

“This bastard’s tough.” Aragaki comments after another round of attacks doesn’t put a scratch on it.

 

“Strike them down!!” The Hermit suddenly sounds serious as a huge surge of electricity plummets towards the team.

 

“Urgh… How long’s this attack last!?” Morgana shouts as his arms start to falter against the attack.

 

“It’s still got 90% energy to go!” Fukka warns with worry.

 

“S-Shit! A hand here!?” Morgana asks in desperation.

 

“I’ve got you!” Kotone uses a Persona immune to electricity to heal him.

 

“We have to attack through the electricity!” Makoto commands and swaps to an electric immune Persona as well. 

 

“Someone needs to be constantly healing!” Fukka quickly advises.

 

“Got it!” Yukari steps up. “Keep the barrier on me at all times, Ken!”

 

“Understood!” Ken nods and reapplies it. “It takes a lot of SP though!”

 

“We’ve still barely put a dent in it!” Sanada shouts in frustration as he sends a physical attack the shadow’s way.

 

“This appears to be a long one.” Kirijo doesn’t sound very pleased about that fact. “Stand down!” She adds while firing Bufula.

 

“Arf!” Koromaru’s eyes glow red as he and Cerberus leap into the air and howl towards the sky as a moon appears behind them, doubling the next physical attack’s damage for everyone.

 

“Good thinking boy!” Kotone excitedly shouts and fires a Gigantic fist at the shadow. “Save it for your Theurgy, Aragaki and Aigis!”

 

“Heard.” Aragaki uses this time to heal everyone with an item.

 

“Loud and clear!” Aigis follows up with. “Be sure to keep me safe during Orgia mode.”

 

“Storm Surge!” The Hermit’s electricity powers up even more.

 

“I-I could use a barrier right about now!” Morgana demands in panic.

 

“I’ve got it.” Makoto swaps to a different Persona and casts Makarakarn.

 

Morgana doesn’t waste a single second healing himself with Diarama.

 

“The Hermit has used up most of its electricity!” Fukka announces with relief. “Hold out for a bit longer!” 

 

“That’s what I like to hear!” Kotone easily admits and charges up again.

 

“How’s its health looking, Fukka?” Ren questions while firing a charged-up Vile Assault.

 

“It still has about 80% health to go!” Fukka regrettably informs them.

 

“I’m getting real tired of this bastard.” Aragaki comments while activating his Theurgy.

 

“Arf!” Koromaru seems to share Aragaki’s opinion and fires Getsu-ei towards the shadow.

 

“B-Battery… low…” The Hermit states as the electricity finally stops.

 

“Finally… wanna help me get revenge, Ren?” Morgana asks with a smirk.

 

“Sounds like a delight!” Ren returns the smirk as they activate their Therugies.

 

“Entering Orgia mode!” Aigis informs everyone as she activates her Theurgy as well.

 

“We need to reapply the buffs.” Makoto informs the team.

 

“Allow me!” Fukka volunteers and holds her hands together. “Give them strength!” The entire team receives the Heat Riser buff.

 

“Now we’re talking!” Sanada wastes no time using his charged-up fists.

 

“Need m-more juice…!” The Hermit begins powering up again.  

 

“You’ve gotta be kidding me…” Yukari loudly sighs while lowering its accuracy and evasion.

 

“Here.” Ken reapplys Makarakarn on Yukari, and Makoto does the same for Morgana. “Could I get some SP please?”

 

“Some SP, comin’ up!” Kotone goes through her assortment of items and finds one to restore his SP to full.

 

“Thanks.” Ken kindly says.

 

“Max voltage!” The Hermit’s wires suddenly disconnect and fly into the ground around the team. “Charge!!” Electricity surges through the wires and completely covers the floor.

 

“Multiple members are shocked!” Fukka warns with worry.

 

“Guys! The barrier is already cracking!” Yukari yells with panic.

 

“Ken is shocked. Do you have Makarakarn, sis?” Makoto quickly asks.

 

“Sure do!” Both Kotone and Makoto quickly reapply it.

 

“Try destroying the wires!” Fukka loudly suggests. “Kirijo and Yukari, aim your Therugies there!”

 

“Good thinking, Yamagishi.” Kirijo compliments and uses hers first.

 

“Who’s going to heal then?” Yukari questions in concern.

 

“Me and Sanada just have to focus on the most injured people.” Morgana states while healing Koromaru.

 

“Do it quickly!” Sanada follows up with while healing Aragaki.

 

“Alright, going for it!” Yukari activates her Therugy as fast as possible.

 

“Keep firing at the wires!” Fukka quickly commands.

 

“That’s all on you guys.” Makoto comments as he and Kotone apply Makarakarn once again.

 

“Tear them apart, Mercurius!” Morgana loudly commands.

 

“Now, Io!” Yukari follows up with.

 

The two wind users pull the wires in opposite directions.

 

“Go, Polyduces!” Sanada yells as a Gigantic Fist falls from the sky and crashes straight through the wires, stopping the electricity from surging through the floor.

 

“Thanks.” Ken quickly casts Mediarama on the team.

 

“Know your place.” Kirijo wastes no time getting revenge with her Therugy.

 

“Th-This is a shocking result…” The Hermit admits as it fades away.

 

“I can’t sense it anymore! Nice work, everyone.” Fukka happily compliments. “Oh, by the way… I think I sensed Junpei earlier. He’s back at the dorm, but something felt off…”

 

“Then let’s not waste any time.” Kotone rallies the troops after fully healing them. “To the dorm we go!”

 

“I wonder why he skipped the operation.” Ken softly questions as they walk to the dorm.

 

“Junpei’s the last person I’d expect to do that.” Ren follows up with.

 

“There’s no use thinkin’ ‘bout it.” Aragaki reminds the team. “He’ll tell us when we get back.”

 

“Shinjiro’s right.” Kirijo quickly agrees. 

 

After a few more minutes of walking, they open the door to the dorm.

 

“...!” Everyone’s eyes widen once they see the wrecked walls and furniture that make up the lounge.

 

“What!?” Sanada is the first to ask.

 

“Junpei!” Kotone shouts in worry. “Where’s Junpei!?”

 

“It still looks like he’s here.” Fukka states to everyone’s relief. “I can’t check his vitals since he isn’t wearing the armband though...”

 

“Get in groups and search around.” Makoto quickly commands. “What about the chairman?”

 

“He’s here too.” Fukka quickly adds.

 

“Alright, let’s begin searching for them.” Kirijo states as everyone begins spreading out.

 

“Medea.” Everyone hears a voice from the roof, including Ikutsuki, so they rush there as quickly as possible.



“Junpei!” Yukari shouts as they find him on the floor in front of some girl in a white dress.

 

“One move and he dies.” The girl’s axe hovers above Junpei’s neck. “I wasn’t expecting you so soon.”

 

“S-Stop… C-Chidori…!” Junpei struggles to speak. “It d-doesn’t have to be this way…”

 

“Get away from him!” Kotone loudly demands with narrowed eyes. “... And we’ll let you walk away.”

 

“Death isn’t something to fear.” Chidori doesn’t move a muscle. “If you want him alive, all you have to do is cancel the future operations.”

 

“Cancel the future operations? Can we assume you’re a member of Strega then?” Kirijo harshly asks.

 

“...” Chidori has no need to answer her question.

 

“Ch-Chidori… please stop…” Junpei attempts to get up before Chidori’s foot presses him back down on the ground. “Ugh…!”

 

“Junpei!” Ren doesn’t want to fail his friend again.

 

“I’m running out of patience.” Chidori’s axe slowly infiltrates the back of Junpei’s neck. “Make a decision.”

 

“Stop!” Practically everyone shouts, and Chidori does.

 

“*Pant* *Pant*” Junpei’s whole body trembles. “Ah… Urgh…”

 

“We’ll stop.” Makoto keeps his composure. “Now leave.”

 

“Who says you aren’t lying, like this one did?” Chidori stays where she is. “Your evokers. Give them to me.”

 

“...!” Everyone’s eyes widen in surprise.   

 

“Don’t just stand there. You want to save him, don’t you?” Chidori’s axe hangs above Junpei’s neck once again

 

“Don’t!” Junpei stretches his hand out. “S-She’ll be too s-strong…! Sh-She’ll kill all of you…!”

 

“Quiet.” Chidori presses her foot against his back with more force.

 

“...” Everyone is waiting for someone else to say something.

 

“Very well.” Chidori’s axe slams down onto Junpei’s neck.

 

“AAAAAAGGH! *Cough* *Cough*” Blood drips from Junpei’s neck and mouth as he struggles.

 

“No!” Yukari begins summoning her Persona to try to heal him, but Chidori’s axe strikes Junpei first, completely dislodging his head from his body.

 

“...!” Everyone is frozen in place.

 

“...” Chidori’s expression looks sad for a second before she breaks into a sprint

 

*Bang!* Aigis doesn’t hesitate to fire at Chidori.

 

“Persona!” No one else wastes any time firing their strongest attacks at her.

 

“Ahh!” Chidori eventually falls down on the floor.

 

“Aigis, restrain her!” Kirijo quickly commands.

 

“Understood.” Aigis does exactly that and takes her evoker too.

 

“No! Give it back!” The girl begs while struggling.

 

“Why the fuck should we!?” Kotone loudly shouts and punches her across the face.

 

“... I’m not… afraid… of dying…” The girl states with heavy breaths while being held in place.

 

“Why did you do that!?” Sanada demands an answer with crossed arms.

 

“... M-Medea… I’m…” The girl is completely distressed.

 

“For someone not afraid of dying, you seemed pretty damn eager to escape!” Morgana snarls her way. “*Sigh* I don’t think she’ll talk right now…”

 

“Let’s check on her later, after she’s had some time to calm down.” Kirijo quickly suggests.

 

“...” No one loves the idea of keeping her alive, but getting answers out of her could be important. 

 

“I’ll go ahead and arrange a hospital room for her.” Ikutsuki folds his arms. “She’ll be carefully monitored.”


9/7 Morning     Waning Gibbous

 

Despite everything, school carries on. “...” Only the breeze of the wind is to be heard on the walk there. Once they arrive, everyone heads into the auditorium for Junpei’s memorial. The principal goes on about the tragedy for a long time, while students gossip as always.

 

“God, I hate people sometimes.” Kotone clutches her fists.

 

“Yeah.” Makoto quickly agrees.

 

“They don’t get how it feels.” Morgana harshly states. 

 

“People only care about themselves.” Ren follows up with.

 

“...” Yukari and Fukka still haven’t said a word since yesterday.

 

Everyone decides to stay quiet for the remainder of the eulogy. 


After School

 

Everyone has gathered in the lounge after school. “We need to discuss our future plans.” Kirijo starts with.

 

“Is it safe to stay at the dorm after… that?” Ken raises his concerns. 

 

“Most of us don’t really have a choice.” Makoto quickly reminds him.

 

“That’s true…” Morgana reluctantly admits. “Any luck interrogating her?”

 

“No.” Kirijo’s head tilts down. “She won’t say a single word.”

 

“Maybe someone else should give it a try?” Ren then suggests. “Promising to give her evoker back might get her to talk too.”

 

“That’s too dangerous.” Kirijo immediately interjects.

 

“Don’t actually give it to her, but empty promises are the best way to get people to talk.” Ren’s head tilts down. “It worked on me, at least.”

 

“Ren…” Morgana hates seeing that look on Ren’s face. 

 

“If nothing else is working, then I think it’s worth a shot.” Kotone says with determination. “We’ll make her talk soon enough.”

 

“I’ll keep it in mind.” Kirijo settles with that for now.


Dark Hour      

 

“Looks like Chidori still ain’t back yet.” Jin states the obvious. “I get it’s her own fault for runnin’ off on her own, but she’s still one of us, ya know? We gotta help her somehow…”

 

“Don’t be impatient, Jin.” Takaya suggests as he reads a book. “If she hasn’t freed herself yet, that must mean her evoker was taken. Our first objective must be to retrieve it. It would mean nothing to free Chidori without it. For us, our Personas are as precious as our very lives. We should wait for an opportunity. They’ve found their own navigator… Their own set of eyes. Without Chidori, we’d only be playing right into their hands.”

 

“... Yeah, you’re right, Takaya.” Jin admits with his head tilted down. “Sorry, I lost my cool for a second. But what are we gonna do? They took down that shadow during the last full moon like it was nothin’. If they’ve got someone who can predict our moves, it’ll be hard to catch ‘em off guard...”

 

“...Yes, that’s true.” Takaya admits while setting his book down.

 

“By the way, what is that thing?” Takaya points to an object on the table. “It looks like some clunky evoker…”

 

“This was one of the first evokers ever developed.” Takaya quickly explains. “I suppose you could call it a prototype.” A grin suddenly appears on Takaya’s face. “This truly was a terrible piece of work. In exchange for drawing out the full extent of a Persona’s latent power, the cost is that they become exceedingly difficult to control. Especially for those who had their powers… forced upon them, like ourselves. To a Persona that has lost control, the user is but a shackle. In those days, it was more commonplace to be killed by our own Personas than by the shadows. This was the result of one such killing. “I am a shadow, the true self…” Regardless, I’m not one to dwell on the past.”

 

“So, that’s why you don't use an evoker…?” Jin then questions.

 

“Hardly. The real reason is far more practical.” Takaya immediately replies. “I don’t use one because I have no need. I don’t require something as inelegant as a tool to prove my resolve.”

 

“You really are somethin’ special, Takaya.” Jin admits with a grin.

 

“Yet there is always someone out there who is even greater. Such as… one who can wield multiple Personas…” Takaya admits with a sigh. “Am I feeling… attachment for someone…? Haha… impossible… Heheh…” Takaya’s grin grows further. “Hahaha! Ahahaha!”

 

“Takaya…?” Jin confusedly questions while pushing up his glasses

 

“Ahhh…” Takaya finally calms down. “Such a thought is beneath me.”


9/10 After School     Waning Gibbous

 

The days go by, and Kirijo’s interrogation still yields no results; it might be time to consider Ren’s idea… 

 

“Any luck?” Aragaki asks while walking in.

 

“No. At this point, I’m not sure she’ll ever talk.” Kirijo loudly sighs.

 

“So, why’re you here…?” Sanada asks in confusion.

 

“Augh…!” The girl suddenly sits up and holds her throat. “Ugh… Agh…”

 

“I’ll get the doct- What?” Sanada questions as a figure appears above the girl and starts choking her. “What is that…? There’s something right there! An enemy!?”

 

“Wrong! Move!” Aragaki quickly runs over and stabs a syringe into the girl’s arm.

 

“*Gasp* *Gasp*” The girl struggles for air.

 

“What was that!?” Kirijo questions with worry.

 

“Relax… Her Persona just went berserk. It happens.” Aragaki casually answers. 

 

“It… happens?” Kirijo’s eyes narrow.

 

“Weren’t you guys watching? You could see her Persona strangling her for a second.” Aragaki quickly explains. “They’re not like us; they can’t fully control their Personas. That’s why they need to take suppressants to keep their Personas from killing them…”

 

“Suppressants?” Kirijo thought she would've known of something like that. “Wait… Do you know something about Strega?”

 

“Some things you only pick up steppin’ off the straight and narrow.” Aragaki puts his hands into his pockets. “I’ll give the doc the meds I have… The rest is up to you.” Aragaki then walks away.

 

“Shinji, wait!” Sanada shouts and gives chase.   

 

Outside the hospital, Sanada confronts Aragaki. “Hey, wait! Shinji!”

 

“...” Aragaki doesn’t turn to face him.

 

“What the hell’s going on…?” Sanada questions in anger. “Why did you have those suppressants!?”

 

“...” Aragaki doesn’t move a muscle.

 

“I’ve heard about what they do…” Sanada’s head tilts down. “They’re taken to reign in a Persona when the user can’t control it. But, the side effects…”

 

“...” Aragaki finally turns around to face Sanada.

 

“You’re not taking them, are you?” Sanada’s voice is filled with concern.   

 

“...” Aragaki’s head tilts down.

 

“Answer me!” Sanada loudly demands.

 

“I don’t have to tell you shit.” Aragaki stares directly into Sanada’s face.

 

“Why are you always like this!?” Sanada questions as he walks closer.

 

“Save it. I’ve heard it all before.” Aragaki scratches the back of his head. “You think I’m wastin’ my power… You can’t stand the sight of someone so half-assed, right? I’m sick of your damn preaching.”

 

Sanada wordlessly punches Aragaki across the face.

 

“...! Shit…” Aragaki wipes his face off.

 

“You don’t understand at all.” Sanada crosses his arms. “You should already know… Ten years ago… When the orphanage burned down. I couldn’t save my sister… Back then, I wasn’t strong enough to get past the adults holding me back to even try… That’s why I try so hard… I thought you felt the same way! We promised each other… to become strong enough to do what we think is right. So why… Why’d you start taking those drugs without telling me!?”

 

“I’m back in the fight now… I have no reason to suppress my Persona anymore. So just let it go.” Aragaki suggests with a glare.

 

“... And the side effects?” Sanada quietly asks.

 

“... There’s something I need to take care of.” Aragaki states with seriousness. “It’s something only I can do. I gotta take responsibility.”

 

“... What do you mean?” Sanada worriedly asks

 

“Listen, quit worryin’ about me.” Aragaki turns around. “Just do what you think is right.” He then walks away.


Evening

 

“Hey, Ken.” Kotone greets and takes a seat next to him. “Wanna grab a bite?”

 

“Huh? With me…?” Ken questions in confusion.

 

“Sure!” Kotone restates with a smile. “Unless you don’t want to.”

 

“No, food sounds nice. Thank you.” Ken politely states.

 

“Then let’s head out.” Kotone leads Ken to the ramen place.

 

“Um… th-thanks for the food.” Ken quickly eats the ramen.

 

“Has the ramen captured your heart too?” Kotone questions with a smile.

 

“O-Oh, it’s nothing like that…” Ken’s head tilts down. “When my mom was still alive… We never went out to eat much… So I never knew what it was like.”

 

“I was the opposite with my mom.” Kotone reminisces with a grin. “I told her to her face that she was a terrible cook, must be where I got it from.”

 

“I didn’t have the heart to say something like that to her.” A small smile appears on Ken’s face. “She was a very good cook though… I just wish I could’ve told her… Oh, sorry. This is really good!” Ken’s eating speed proves it.

 

“Then we should come again sometime.” Kotone is more than happy for the excuse to get ramen.

 

“Yes, I’ll look forward to it.” Ken happily says.

 

“I am thou… Thou art I… Thou hast established a new bond… Thou shalt have our blessing when thou choosest to create a Persona of the Justice Arcana…”

 

A voice rings through Kotone’s head, showing her social link with Ken Amada.

 

The two finish their dinner and return home.


9/11 After School     Waning Gibbous

 

Once the second years get home, Kirijo has some unfortunate news to share. “I’d like everyone to assist me in the cleaning up of this place. The new furniture has just arrived.” 

 

“Sure.” Makoto doesn’t bother arguing with her.

 

“I don’t think I can lift furniture.” Morgana regrettably admits. “Leave the dusting to me.”

 

“Looks like the Cafe Cleanin’ Crew is making a comeback!” Ren enthusiastically cheers. “I’ll lend you some human hands.”

 

“As long as you don’t assault me with the duster this time.” Morgana says with a smile.

 

“Sojiro said to get all the cat hairs.” Ren reminds him.

 

“Not the ones on me!” Morgana shakes his head. “I don’t shed anyway.”

 

“That’s great and all, but let’s get to it!” Kotone loudly claps her hands to stop the dispute.    


Evening

 

The cleaning cuts way into the afternoon, but it eventually gets finished.

 

“Finally…” Kotone takes a seat on their new couch. 

 

“Thank you for the help everyone.” Kirijo says with an appreciative smile.

 

“No worries.” Makoto waves her thanks off.

 

“We could all use a meal after that, Mona?” Ren motions towards the kitchen.

 

“Don’t worry, I know how hopeless you are without me.” Morgana smirks and heads over as well. “Yukari and Fukka, are you up to eating curry?”

 

“Huh, oh, yes.” Fukka nods her head.

 

“Same here.” Yukari quickly follows up. “I’m still a little shaken though…”

 

“There’s nothing wrong with that.” Makoto quickly assures her.

 

“Talk to someone if you need to. I’d be happy to help.” Morgana follows up with. 

 

“Thanks.” Yukari finally smiles.

 

After cooking and eating the signature dish like always, the team heads to bed.


9/12 After School     Waning Gibbous

 

Kotone has hunted Aragaki down at the usual spot in Port Island Station. “Heyya there!”

 

“What are you doing here?” Aragaki looks up towards her.

 

“Making sure no one’s shot your brain out yet.” Kotone quickly answers. “Wanna grab a bite to eat?”

 

“... Sure.” Aragaki slowly stands up. “Follow me.”

 

Aragaki leads Kotone to the ramen shop because nothing else in this city tastes good.

 

“Sorry for bringing you here.” Aragaki says after they place their orders. “I don’t know that many places to go out to eat.”

 

“Eh, you picked the best one.” Kotone’s surprised she hasn’t gotten tired of this stuff by now.

 

“True.” Aragaki rests an arm on the table. After a few moments, their food arrives. “Well, let’s eat… Ow…”

 

“Ramen too hot for your delicate mouth?” Kotone mocks and digs in.

 

“Forgot about the cut in my mouth’s all.” Aragaki takes a successful slurp of his ramen. “It’s ‘cause Aki punched me.”

 

“Sounds about right.” Kotone isn’t surprised in the slightest. “Did you deserve it?”

 

“I just gave him a “lecture” on how his fighting style’s too reckless, and this is what I got in return.” Aragaki says with a small smile. “We get in fights all the time, so get used to it.”

 

“Just save me a seat for next time.” Kotone would love to see that brawl. “Who do you see winning if you went all out?”

 

“Aki probably.” Aragaki doesn’t seem embarrassed by that. “If there’s one thing that guy can do, it’s throw a mean left hook.”

 

“I am thou… Thou art I… Thou hast established a new bond… Thou shalt have our blessing when thou choosest to create a Persona of the Moon Arcana…”

 

A voice rings through Kotone’s head, showing her new social link with Shinjiro Aragaki.


Evening

 

Morgana has once again asked Kirijo for a meeting. “Thanks for agreeing.” Morgana starts with as they take their seats.

 

“It’s not a problem.” Kirijo takes a sip of the tea they prepared.

 

“I’ll get straight to the point, I don’t like holding grudges.” Morgana’s head tilts down. “And this awkwardness between us is both petty of me and doesn’t help anyone.”

 

“Oh? Why the sudden change?” Kirijo’s eyes narrow.

 

“As I said, it’s petty of me to resent you for this. I know your intentions are good.” Morgana’s head then faces Kirijo. “I’m not saying all is forgiven though. You saw how mentally unstable I was, and to be frank, it wasn’t your business. But I am saying that I’m willing to try and fix this.”

 

“Thank you.” Kirijo states with a smile. “How do you suppose we go about that?”

 

“More clarity, I guess. Your suspicions weren’t exactly unprofound, but the way you went about it was.” Morgana’s ears droop down as he says that. “I understand not telling me, since I’m the person you were suspicious of, but something as serious as a potential enemy should at least reach the leaders.”

 

“You’re right.” Kirijo easily admits. “I’ve just always had a problem trusting people.”

 

“And that’s fine, you aren’t the first person who didn’t trust me at first.” Morgana heaves a sigh. “But like I told Yukari, I didn’t ask to be born like this. I shouldn’t be judged solely on that.”

 

“Yes.” Kirijo quickly responds. “I’ll put my trust in you.”

 

“Thanks.” Morgana’s smile shows. “That’s all I wanted to say.”


Dark Hour

 

“Three seasons have passed since we met…” Pharos once again appears to the twins’ dismay. “Time goes by so quickly, and in that time, many things change. But at the same time, some things in this world will always remain the same… Don’t you agree?” 

 

“Sure.”         

“Let me sleep.”

 

“So you feel the same way?”                

“Don’t you want to hear what I have to say?

 

“Talking with you has stirred up certain memories… Like that tower, for one. I wonder… Will our relationship stay the same? Or, will it evolve…? No matter what the future holds, you and I will always be friends… That much is certain.”

 

The Pharos social link reaches rank 6.

Notes:

The team has unfortunately lost its first member. Hopefully it doesn't happen again *Wink*. I swear I like Junpei, but there is a reason that I chose to kill him off in this chapter, which will be revealed in a future chapter. We have finally made it to over 100000 words! I figured I'd quit on this at about the 30000-word mark, but now I've finished this part, and over 50000 words have been finished on part 2. Speaking of part 2, progress hasn't really been made on it for a week and a half now. I think it should have at least 100000 words by the time this part is finished, but I don't like posting stuff until it's done in case I want to make changes, so part 2 might take a while to start coming out.

Chapter 10: Life Goes On

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

9/13 Morning           Third Quarter

 

“Makoto, wanna join me for shopping again?” Yukari’s in the mood to spend.

 

“If I wanted to get slandered again, I’d knock on sis’ door.” Makoto rubs the tiredness from his eyes.

 

“No more slandering, that’s a promise.” Yukari states with a giggle. “Plus, what else do you have to do?”

 

“Fair enough.” Makoto slowly rises from his seat. “Let’s go.”

 

After way too long, Yukari has finished her shopping.

 

“Hey, what do you want to do now? Karaoke?” Yukari’s eyes scour around for anything interesting.

 

“I don’t think you want to hear that.” Makoto slightly smiles.

 

“It can’t be worse than the chairman’s…” Yukari closes her eyes and sighs.

 

“Mommy! Where are you!?” Some random kid blows out their eardrums.

 

“Another orphan, maybe he has the potential.” Makoto jokes while turning up the volume of his music, and Yukari slaps his shoulder.

 

“Hey, what’s wrong? Are you lost?” Yukari softly asks after walking towards the boy.

 

“M-Mommy told me to wait here… and… and… she gave me money, but… She’s… She’s not coming back…” The child wipes the tears from his face.

 

“Hey, don’t cry… I’ll stay here with you, alright?” Yukari points the kid’s head towards the Police Station. “We can get help over there. C’mon, follow me.”

 

Yukari leads the kid into the Police Station, and they successfully contact his parents.

 

“Phew, what a relief… I’m glad he was able to contact the parents.” Yukari’s expression suddenly hardens. “What were they thinking, leaving that poor kid all alone!? Stuff like that really makes me upset! But… I guess my own mom’s no different.”

 

“That’s probably why you care so much.” Makoto honestly replies.

 

“Yeah.” Yukari quickly agrees. “If you asked me what kind of parent she is, I’d say, “a terrible one.” She wasn’t always like that though.” Yukari tilts her head down and fidgets with her hands. “After what happened to Dad, she totally changed… She’s probably living with one of her boyfriends somewhere… Honestly, I’d rather not know. Anyway, I’m done talking about this, okay?”

 

Yukari’s social link reaches rank 3.


Dark Hour

 

“It’s Tartar time!” Kotone is once again the most pumped about that. “Who feels like goin’ on an adventure?”

 

“...” Not a soul answers.

 

“I hate every single one of you.” Kotone deadpans after a few moments of silence. “Ennie meanie miney mow…”

 

After three rounds of ennie meanie miney mow, the team is Kotone, Yukari, Sanada, and Ken.

 

“Great! Now let’s head out!” Kotone cartwheels towards the teleporter.

 

“Whoa…” Ken says after looking around the new layout of Tartarus.

 

“This place looks fit for royalty such as ourselves.” Kotone brushes her hair to the side.

 

“Aren’t you the one who called us plebeians that one time?” Sanada quickly reminds her.

 

“Maybe…” Kotone answers with a grin.

 

“I’m surprised you took that.” Ken comments with a chuckle.

 

“Not many people argue with Kotone and live to talk about it.” Yukari admits way too easily.

 

“This girl gets it!” Kotone states with a laugh. “Only Koromaru has that right. Mako too, I guess.”

 

“I don’t think Makoto cares about your threats.” Yukari quickly adds.

 

“True.” Kotone admits with a defeated sigh.

 

The battles continue, and so do the conversations.

 

“Sanada, can I watch you train sometime?” Ken enthusiastically asks.

 

“Not sure how interesting it’ll be, but sure.” Sanada quickly allows it. 

 

“Thanks!” Ken’s enthusiasm doesn’t disappear.

 

“A love of violence at such a young age, ahh… reminds me of my old self.” Kotone dramatically says. “Or is it a love for buff men? ‘Cause I had that too.”

 

“Um, neither…?” Ken scratches his head. “I want to see his technique up close without needing to keep my focus on the shadows.”

 

“There’s no shame in liking buff men.” Kotone stays persistent.

 

“Is that your type?” Yukari seems genuinely interested.

 

“Nah, I don’t really know what I’d want in a partner.” Kotone easily admits. “I guess just someone who fully gets me, y’know?”

 

“Yeah, I’m the same.” Yukari admits as well.

 

“All the guys listening, remember that!” Kotone shouts out loud.

 

“How did we get to this conversation again?” Sanada shakes his head.

 

“Beats me.” Ken follows up with.

 

Eventually, the team reaches the first gatekeeper shadow of the day. As per usual, the fight was a breeze.

 

“All the money is ours!” Kotone crackles triumphantly. 

 

“More like yours, you and Makoto keep most of the profits.” Yukari reminds her.

 

“Yeah, what’s with that?” Ken crosses his arms. “We should start a mutiny!”

 

“Uh… Aragaki, Aigis, and Koromaru, get up here!” Kotone commands with a worried laugh.

 

“You’re safe for now.” Sanada cracks his knuckles as the three head towards the teleporter.

 

Once the new team arrives, Kotone leads them up to the next floor.


“Another gatekeeper shadow?” Kotone dons a confident smirk. “No problem.”

 

“What happened to “no problem?” Aragaki sighs as he fires the millionth attack of the fight.

 

“Me and my stupid mouth…” Kotone shakes her head while firing an attack of her own.

 

“Arf…” Koromaru seems bored out of his mind too.

 

“Just 10% health to go.” The enthusiasm has left Fukka’s voice a while ago.

 

“This fight has been, “Urgh…!!” As they say.” Aigis comments while unloading all her ammunition into the shadow.

 

“Couldn’t have said it better myself.” Kotone’s grin returns for a second.

 

After another few minutes, the fight is finally over.

 

“‘Bout time.” Aragaki rests his axe over his shoulder.

 

“Woof!” Koromaru’s tail violently wags.

 

“He says to pick up the pace.” Aigis informs the group.

 

“Yes your majesty…” Kotone rolls her eyes and continues pushing ahead.

 

“So, how’s that multiple Personas shit work anyway?” Aragaki asks with interest.

 

“Dunno.” Kotone answers with a shrug. “It just does.”

 

“That answer does not suffice.” Aigis follows up with. “Requesting a new one.”

 

“The power of being the best.” Kotone settles with. “And your Persona’s the only one without a weakness, why’s that?”

 

“My Persona has no weakness, because I don’t.” Aragaki apparently doesn’t consider drug usage a weakness.

 

“Woof! Arf!” Koromaru seems eager to say something.

 

“Koromaru tells me that cute animals ar-” Aigis begins explaining.

 

“T-That’s not-” Aragaki slightly looks away.

 

“Aww…” Kotone comments with a giggle. “Aragaki is just a big ol’ softy.”

 

“My axe begs to differ.” Aragaki coldly replies.

 

“... Noted.” Kotone zips her mouth shut.

 

The ragtag group finds yet another gatekeeper shadow. 

 

“Let’s hope this one doesn’t take 10 years.” Kotone comments as the team engages.

 

For once in her life, Kotone’s prayers are answered, and the fight is relatively quick.

 

“Time for us all to jet.” Kotone quickly leads her team back through the teleporter.


“I’m glad we’re always on the same team now.” Morgana comments once the people yet to explore today join the front lines.

 

“Same here.” Ren quickly replies. “We might as well glue ourselves together at this point.”

 

“Uhh… Why do I get the feeling you're being genuine?” Morgana asks with worry. “And why glue? Wouldn’t wrapping a bunch of tape around us work better?”

 

“Mona, you’re a genius!” Ren’s grin grows wider. “Though it’d hurt like hell to pull the tape off your fur if we ever needed to.”

 

“Oh, right…” Morgana didn’t consider that.

 

“How do you two come up with these conversations?” Makoto seems genuinely perplexed.

 

“Ren says something stupid and I join in for the ride.” Morgana easily explains. “You learn to expect it after a while.”

 

“Tell me about it.” Makoto rolls his eyes. “Sis usually knows when something’s too stupid for me to join though.”

 

“You can never be too stupid!” Ren comments with a laugh.

 

“...” Kirijo has been quiet the entire time.

 

“Kirijo, I wasn’t lying when I said I wanted to fix things.” Morgana assures her. “You have the right to talk.”

 

“R-Right.” Kirijo seems reluctant still.

 

“Oh, you cleared things up?” Ren questions in surprise.

 

“Uh… it’s a start.” Morgana settles with.

 

“So, are you planning to leave me in the dark?” Makoto’s fine either way.

 

“There’s no use bringing it back up.” Morgana confirms with a shrug.

 

“‘Kay.” Makoto moves past that topic.

 

After a few more floors, they find a Monad Door. Inside is a difficult, but manageable fight.

 

“EXP for me!” Ren does his signature dagger twirl.

 

“You sound like a toddler.” Morgana comments with a chuckle.

 

“You look like a toddler.” Ren retorts with.

 

“Wha- Why were you so ready for that!?” Morgana loudly sighs.

 

“Haven’t you heard that siblings can read each other’s minds?” Ren comments with a victorious smirk.

 

“I guess I subconsciously choose not to read yours then. Probably for the best.” Morgana’s comment wipes the smirk off Ren’s face.

 

“Rude!”

 

“Says you!”

 

“Says me!”

 

“Says you!”

 

“Says me!”

 

“Now you're acting like toddlers.” Makoto comments with an eyeroll. 

 

“You and Kotone did the same thing.” Kirijo reminds him with a smile.

 

“Ken’s the only adult in this team.” Makoto comments while preparing to break up the fight. “Shut up.”

 

“...” The two quickly abide.

 

“That was easy.” Kirijo states with surprise.   

 

After climbing even further, they find yet another gatekeeper shadow, which goes down like a bitch once again.

 

“EXP for me!” Ren does his signature dagger twirl.

 

“You sound li-”

 

“We are not doing this again.” Makoto quickly cuts him off.

 

“Fine…” The two reluctantly agree.

 

“*Chuckle.*” Kirijo seems amused by their antics.

 

“The final gatekeeper shadow is 9 floors ahead!” Fukka informs them.

 

“One more? Everyone’s gotten some training in already.” Makoto ponders out loud.

 

“Kirijo…” Morgana looks towards her.

 

“Is it finally the Sibling Squad’s grand reunion!?” Ren questions with excitement.

 

“... *Sigh* Very well.” Kirijo regrets her decision almost immediately.

 

“Cool. Get up here sis.” Makoto can’t hide his smile.


“Alright squad, let’s prove that we can be trusted not to get ourselves killed while on the same team.” Kotone starts their group huddle with.

 

“I think we’ll manage.” Ren comments while pushing up his glasses.   

 

“This will be fun!” Morgana shouts with enthusiasm. 

 

“It sure will.” Makoto adds with a smile.

 

“Uh, Kirijo asked me to remind you that she’ll execute you if you do something too reckless.” Fukka’s voice is filled with confusion. “Might I ask what happened last time you were on the same team?”

 

“We fought an entire floor’s worth of shadows at once.” Kotone quickly explains. “They brought a lot of backup too.”

 

“We were split up as well.” Makoto follows up with. 

 

“That was way back in May, wasn’t it?” Morgana says while reminiscing.

 

“Dang, that feels like forever ago already.” Ren reminisces as well. 

 

“Well, uh… I wouldn’t recommend doing that again… Wow, it’s freezing in here.” Fukka rubs her hands together.   

 

“Alright, Sibling Squad, roll out!” Kotone actually rolls forward and accidentally hits a pillar.

 

“Wow.” Makoto rolls his eyes.

 

“S-Shut it!” Kotone shouts in embarrassment. “Let’s just move.” Kotone and the team walk up the stairs like regular people.

 

“So I hear you’ve become Mako’s therapist?” Kotone asks Morgana.

 

“Is that what he called it?” Morgana questions with a chuckle. “I feel like it’s the other way around.”

 

“And you’ve been doing the same with Ren.” Makoto reminds her.

 

“Well it’s less therapy and more Morgana in a maid costume.” Kotone admits with a giggle.

 

“You told her about that!?” Morgana loudly yells. 

 

“Good going Kotone.” Ren shakes his head.

 

“Oops.” Kotone doesn’t sound as guilty as she should.

 

“Then boy do I have the story for you…” Morgana smirks towards Ren.

 

“Have mercy!” Ren holds his hands together.   

 

“Not this time.” Morgana’s smirk grows.

 

“Did you bring the popcorn?” Makoto whispers to Kotone.

 

“Sorry, left it at home.” Kotone replies with a smile.

 

“A certain someone called a certain maid service damn near every night.” Morgana says with a wink. “He said, and I quote, “I’ll happily spend 5000 Yen to be called master by a grown woman.”

 

“I was kidding!” Ren waves his hands in the air.

 

“Likely story.” Makoto states with an unimpressed face.

 

“I’ll call you master for 5000 Yen anytime.” Kotone gets straight to business. “The maid outfit will cost extra though."

 

“Damn inflation…” Ren jokes while shaking his head.

 

“The hotter the maid, the higher the price!” Kotone adds with a giggle.

 

“If anyone else said that, Makoto would’ve knocked them out flat.” Morgana comments with certainty.

 

“They wouldn’t even register it.” Makoto coldly confirms.

 

“So be careful Ren, if you go out like that after everything we’ve been through…” Morgana begins his scolding.

 

“Have a bit of faith in me, Mona.” Ren’s grin persists anyhow.

 

“We should all hang out again sometime soon, preferably not air hockey this time.” Kotone happily suggests.

 

“Yeah, we might actually kill each other if we play air hockey again.” Makoto wouldn’t be shocked.

 

“I wonder if anyone has died from playing air hockey before.” Morgana states with actual curiosity.

 

“I’d rather we be the first.” Ren sarcastically comments. “How about we all cook something together?”

 

“Sounds fun!” Morgana’s immediately on board. “I can confirm that Makoto’s cooking reaches my expectations.

 

“Sis would probably burn something and kill us all.” Makoto quickly comments.

 

“Does every activity result in our deaths?” Kotone questions with a sigh. “... Actually, don’t answer that.”

 

“We could have a game night that doesn’t involve Mario Kart.” Morgana then suggests. “Maybe a board game or something?”

 

“More like boring game.” Kotone rolls her eyes. “No Mario Kart, no game night.”

 

“She’s still upset over a Monopoly game 5 years ago.” Makoto explains with a smile.

 

“I wanted the red properties, you dick!” Kotone crosses her arms.

 

“Dang, maybe playing a board game with Kotone isn’t one of my better ideas.” Morgana gives up on that plan.

 

“We’ll figure it out later, like usual.” Kotone loudly yawns.

 

“Always procrastinating.” Makoto knows that all too well.

 

“I’m a pro at crastinating!” Kotone reveals with a smirk.

 

“I don’t think… never mind.” Ren doesn’t bother crushing her dreams.

 

“What, you gotta problem!?” Kotone stands up straight.

 

“You know what, yeah, I do!” Ren stands up straight too.

 

“You need help with this guy?” Makoto points his thumb towards Ren.

 

“It’s been a while since I’ve clawed someone’s eyes out.” Morgana states as everyone gets into battle stance.

 

“...” After a few seconds of standing there, Kotone bursts out laughing, and everyone shortly follows. 

 

“Hehe… We need to do this more often.” Morgana demands once the laughing settles down.

 

“We sure do.” Ren is quickly on board.

 

“I haven’t heard you laugh like that in years bro.” Kotone says with a huge smile. “I missed it.”

 

“Me too.” Makoto replies with a genuine smile.

 

The good vibes persist throughout the rest of the fights, including the mediocre final gatekeeper.

 

“Let’s hurry and get out of here before something shitty happens.” Ren quickly suggests.

 

“Sounds like a plan! Sibling Squad, to the teleporter!” Kotone doesn’t roll this time despite her entire being wanting to.


9/14 After School     Waning Crescent

 

The Sibling Squad decides to go out for a quick bite since no one has any better ideas.

 

“I’m probably keepin’ this place in business myself.” Kotone comments once another bowl of Ramen ends up in front of her.

 

“You’re way too proud of that.” Morgana rolls his eyes and slurps some ramen. “...! Never mind, this is delicious!”

 

“Told ya.” Ren wastes no time digging in as well. “Way better than the place back in Tokyo.”

 

“How’s life in Tokyo? It sounds too crowded for me.” Makoto is the only person eating at a healthy pace.

 

“It’s quite nice whenever the world wasn’t actively conspiring against us.” Ren starts with. “There are a lot more things to do for one.”

 

“Like calling maid services~” Morgana teases with a smirk.

 

“If you want to stay out of that maid costume, I’d recommend you drop it.” Ren sounds actually serious for a change.

 

“It’s your fault, y’know.” Morgana quickly reminds him.

 

“How about you two? Where'd you grow up?” Ren shifts the conversation elsewhere.

 

“Where else but Kyoto?” Kotone looks downwards. “We stayed in this area after you know what though.” She then places her now empty bowl back on the table. “Don’t remember much about it.”

 

“It was too loud.” Makoto quickly fills in for her. “At least it looked cool.”

 

“There’s something else I’ve been wondering for a while now: why do you use different last names?” Morgana asks with interest. 

 

“Our parents weren’t married yet.” Makoto answers with a shrug. “... So we each took one of their last names.”

 

“I still wish I could’ve taken Yuki.” Kotone admits with crossed arms. “Kotone Yuki and Makoto Shiomi sound better.”

 

“No they don’t.” Makoto quickly retorts. “Makoto Shiomi’s a mouthful.”

 

“Just wait until you have to say Morgana Amamiya.” Morgana still smiles every time he adds the last name.

 

“It’s kinda funny that the blood relatives are the ones with different last names.” Ren places down his empty bowl as well. “Should we head somewhere else now?”

 

“You wanna double dip?” Kotone doesn’t seem to mind. “Where shall we be going?”

 

“I’m feeling dessert, how about you guys?” Morgana suggests despite just eating.

 

“Sundaes?” Makoto suggests to everyone's surprise.    

 

“Hell yes!” Kotone’s immediately on board. “Let us be off!”


Evening

 

“Man, we are fat…” Ren comments as their huge sundaes arrive.

 

“For once, I’ll agree with you on that.” Morgana adds with a smile. “If extra sprinkles are free, you can bet I’m ordering them!”

 

“Morgana’s my spirit animal.” Kotone’s sundae towers over the other ones.

 

“I take great offense to that.” Morgana motions towards the huge sundae. “Only Ren can call me fat.”

 

“What kind of rule is that?” Makoto questions in confusion.

 

“‘Cause I’m the only one who’s seen him down an entire order of sushi in 20 minutes.” Ren easily explains.

 

“I was hungry!” Morgana defends himself. “I had to make sure sis didn’t steal any of it either.”

 

“She stole mine instead.” Ren admits with a sigh. “Thanks a lot.”

 

“Ya snooze, ya lose!” Kotone takes that to heart in her eating.

 

“You’re going to get a brain freeze again.” Makoto rolls his eyes and once again eats at a normal pace. “Don’t make me grab the flamethrower.” He adds with a smile.

 

“Not if I grab it first!” Kotone laughs while scooping another bite of ice cream.

 

“Flamethrowers are a great financial decision!” Ren states way too loudly.

 

“Yeah, thanks to you, sis bought one.” Morgana suddenly smiles while remembering them burning shadows alive with it in the Metaverse. “You’re a terrible influence.”

 

“And I’m proud of it too!” Ren grins and winks. “At least we got to make smores with it.”

 

“Now I want smores!” Kotone slams her fists into the table. “More food!”

 

“Uh oh.” Makoto scoots his chair back a bit. 

 

“You haven’t even finished the sundae.” Morgana blankly reminds her. “I don’t want you getting sick.”

 

“Okay Momgana…” Kotone crosses her arms.

 

“*Sigh* I still hate that nickname.” Morgana shakes his head.

 

“Well I love it.” Ren points his thumb towards himself. 

 

“It’s pretty accurate.” Makoto follows up with.

 

“Dressing up as a maid and making tea? You’re a mom alright.” Kotone finishes the trio off.

 

“How’d that get brought up anyway?” Morgana then questions.

 

“Kotone asked me for a random story, so I gave her one.” Ren quickly answers. 

 

“Then you’ve got me and Makoto talking about depressing stuff.” Morgana adds with a smile.

 

“I’m surprised you’ve gotten Mako to talk about that kinda stuff.” Kotone genuinely admits. 

 

“He’s just easy to talk to.” Makoto explains with a shrug. “Doesn’t give fake pity like most people either.”

 

“It’s not like we haven’t had our fair share of depressing stories either.” Ren makes sure they’re aware. “It’s just a bit out of character for us to be all sad like that.”

 

“Yeah, leave that stuff to the M&Ms.” Kotone makes sure her next bite of the sundae has extra M&Ms in it.

 

After finishing their dessert, the depressed kids head back to the dorm.


9/15 After School     Waning Crescent

 

“You’re back?” Aragaki questions at you know where.

 

“You know you missed me.” Kotone rolls her neck. “Wish you’d go to the dorm like a normal person.”

 

“...” Aragaki doesn’t answer.

 

“I assume there’s a reason you’re always sitting here though?” Kotone then asks.

 

“Somethin’ like that.” Aragaki harshly says. “What do you want?”

 

“Food, and you to come with.” Kotone easily answers.

 

A hint of a smile appears on Aragaki’s face. “Why me?”

 

“Well for one, you seem lonely, and for two, you remind me of Mako.” Kotone admits with honesty. 

 

“Hm, that so?” Aragaki decides to stand up. “Lead the way.”

 

Kotone takes him to the Wakatsu Restaurant.

 

“You eat here often?” Aragaki asks as they take their seats.

 

“Nah, just figured I should try something besides ramen for a change.” Kotone chugs her water quickly.

 

“You need to eat better.” Aragaki blankly says. “Aki too. That guy wouldn’t know what a balanced diet was if it socked him across the face.”

 

“I swear I saw him pour protein powder into his coffee one time.” Kotone states with a small chuckle.

 

“I’m… gonna forget you said that.” Aragaki sighs and shakes his head. “Speaking of Aki, do you think he fights well?”

 

“Yeah, just maybe a little too well sometimes.” Kotone informs him with a smile. “I’m glad someone else actually likes exploring Tartarus though.”

 

“He’s probably just glad that we aren’t stuck on the first floor no more.” Aragaki wears a reminiscing smile. “Back then, we were just fumbling our way through...”   

 

“And now there’s what, 12 of us?” Kotone quickly calculates. “Tartarus is a piece of cake.”

 

“Yeah, you’re doing good.” Aragaki gladly compliments. “I can see how hard you try.”

 

“These are the first people I’ve cared about in 10 years.” Kotone easily admits. “I’ve already failed one, but I’ll try to make sure it doesn’t happen again.”

 

“...” Aragaki doesn’t respond.

 

Aragaki’s social link reaches rank 2.


9/16 After School     Waning Crescent

 

“So… How’d you get stuck wearing a maid outfit for the school festival?” Kotone questions while looking towards Yukari.

 

“How do you know that already!?” Yukari puts her head on her desk. “I drew the shortest straw...”

 

“That sucks.” Makoto doesn’t seem to have a strong opinion on the matter.

 

“I know!” Yukari loudly sighs. “Why me…”

 

“Mona, you should join her.” Ren comments with a snicker.

 

“Very funny.” Morgana refrains from slapping him. “Someday I’ll get you in a maid costume.”

 

“Doubt it.” Ren quickly replies.

 

“It would take the attention away from me.” Yukari seems to like the idea.

 

“You want to sacrifice me to save yourself? I thought we were friends.” Morgana says with a chuckle.

 

“That’s what friends are for.” Yukari answers with a chuckle of her own.

 

“If the audience weren’t a bunch of perverted high schoolers, I’d join you.” Kotone informs her. “If you need someone to slap some sense into them though, you know who to call.”

 

“Sure do.” Yukari assures her.


Evening

 

Makoto and Kotone decided to take Koromaru out on a walk.

 

“Remember our old dog?” Kotone questions once they sit down on the bench.

 

“Muffin? What a stupid name.” Makoto slightly smiles.

 

“Well, he was a stupid dog, so it fits.” Kotone replies with a shrug. “I wonder what happened to him. I bet he’d relate with Koromaru.”

 

“We also relate with Koromaru to be fair.” Makoto reminds her.

 

“Even the cause of death was the same.” Kotone follows up with. “He might understand better than anyone.”

 

“Getting hit by a car isn’t the same as crashing one.” Makoto informs her. 

 

“I guess you’ve got a point there.” Kotone doesn’t put up an argument. “I’m sure Koromaru didn’t see his parents blow up either.”

 

“Ruff!” Koromaru makes his grand entry.

 

“You tired of our yapping?” Kotone pats his head. “Let’s get going then.”


9/17 Evening     Waning Crescent

 

“Hey Morgana.” Makoto greets him with a wave.

 

“Using my name? Have I finally reached friend status?” Morgana questions with a chuckle.

 

“I’ll think about it.” Makoto slightly smiles.

 

“Hehe, anyways, got any bright ideas for what we should do?” Morgana highly doubts it.

 

“Nope.” Makoto quickly confirms. “That’s usually the other person’s job.”

 

“Same here, since I can’t exactly walk into a restaurant or something myself.” Morgana’s tail swishes from side to side as he thinks.

 

“How is it being in a cat's body? Sounds nice, honestly.” Makoto states with a yawn.

 

“Is that the topic for today?” Morgana asks with a smile, but that smile quickly fades. “It’s not.” Morgana starts walking to the kitchen. “I’ll just make some coffee and we can chat.”

 

“Sure.” Makoto agrees and takes a seat. After a few minutes, the coffee arrives. “... It’s good.”

 

“Thanks, I still can’t make it as good as Ren, but gotta let him have something over me, I guess.” Morgana wears a prideful smile. “What about having a cat’s body sounds appealing to you? I honestly can’t think of anything.”

 

“Sleep.” Makoto immediately answers.

 

“Well, true.” Morgana must admit. “But there’s a lot about it that sucks.” Morgana’s head tilts down. “Did you know that I used to believe I was human?”

 

“Really?” Makoto questions with interest.

 

“Yep, for most of a year.” Morgana takes a sip of coffee as well. “Learning that I wasn’t felt terrible, but that was honestly the best part of that day…” Morgana closes his eyes and shakes his head. “Back to the topic at hand, the worst part about my body is having no real plans for the future.”

 

“Like having a job?” Makoto doesn’t see the negatives so far.

 

“That and stuff as simple as making friends, finding love, going places on my own, having an actual purpose…  it feels like I’m living a trial to life in a way.” Morgana explains further. “When I still thought I was human, my main goal was to return to my original form, that’s why me and Ren made a deal in the first place.”

 

“A deal?” Makoto leans forward.

 

“It was more so me demanding him to help me, even though he saved me just a bit ago.” Morgana loudly sighs. “I really hate how I treated him when we first met. I saw him as nothing but a tool to becoming human again.”

 

“That doesn’t sound like you at all.” Makoto comments with honesty.

 

“Yeah, but you’d understand if you knew where he saved me from.” Morgana’s eyes close once again. “That story doesn’t need to be told though. The only reason Ren knows is because I’d speak in my nightmares about it.”

 

“I’ll take your word for it.” Makoto knows it must be horrible if Morgana doesn’t want to talk about it by this point.

 

“Thanks.” Morgana softly says. “Another part of this body that sucks is how difficult everything is. It'd be impossible to do anything if Ren wasn’t so willing to teach me before.”   

 

“Was he teaching you in case you became human again?” Makoto then asks.

 

“Sorta, but I also wanted to be more useful for him as it was, that’s really why I tried so hard.” Morgana sighs once more. “I used to think that I was nothing but a burden to Ren, I even ran away because of it once.”

 

“Why’d you think that?” Makoto is interested in how their relationship started.

 

“... The world was always against us, and I thought it was my fault somehow. I saw myself as a curse… *Sigh* I almost did something stupid because of it… Just one leap forward and a car would’ve done the work for me.” Morgana frowns and tilts his head away. 

 

“...” Makoto quickly understands what he’s implying.

 

“It’s because of Ren that I decided against it.” Morgana adds with a smile. “Kinda weird that the guy I wanted to help is the same one who stopped me from doing it. But if it wasn’t due to me or it didn’t stop afterwards, I’d leave him to deal with it alone… and I couldn’t do that to him.” Morgana’s eyes are full of sadness. “It’s really not fair… Why did it have to be us…? O-Oh, my bad.”

 

“Don’t worry about it.” Makoto genuinely hates hearing what Morgana has to say, but that’s also why he enjoys talking to him. “You know… I thought something similar.” 

 

“Oh?” Morgana sounds surprised to hear it.

 

“Our old orphanage… It burned down not too long after we showed up.” Makoto softly states. “After our parents died in a fire and the orphanage burned in a fire. I thought I just brought pain wherever I went.”

 

“... And you were just 6 at the time.” Morgana quietly adds.

 

“Yeah.” Makoto confirms with a nod. “After I began thinking that I was some curse, I… almost walked into the burning building.”

 

“...!” Morgana’s eyes widen.

 

 “Sis convinced me not to though.” Makoto then adds. “She told me that if I went into the building, she’d follow me. “I’ll stick with you until the end, little bro. If this is what you really want, then we’ll visit mom and dad together. But would Mom and Dad want this? They always said to do our best, they believed in us. I want to be someone they’ll be proud of.”

 

“...” Morgana doesn’t respond for a little bit. “Wow… it really is just like me.” Morgana sounds completely shocked. “I always think that I’m the only one who gets my pain. That being some… creature makes it impossible to relate to people. But I guess that’s not the case.”

 

Morgana’s social link reaches rank 6.


9/18 After School     Waning Crescent

 

Makoto and Kotone run into Takaya once again.

 

“Meeting during the daytime this time? Way to shake things up.” Kotone comments as they walk towards him.

 

“Let’s have a chat while the opportunity presents itself.” Takaya gets straight to business.

 

“If the typhoon kills us, it’s your fault.” Makoto comments and puts his hands in his pockets.

 

“That doesn’t concern me. Now, let’s be off.” Takaya leads them to a more secluded spot. “I understand one of my group has caused you some trouble.”

 

Kotone clutches her fists and narrows her eyes. “So she is one of you.”

 

“You consider killing someone “some trouble?” Makoto follows up with.

 

“Like I told that boy and his cat, the cause of death is of little importance. It will arrive all the same.” Takaya answers himself.

 

“You talked to them?” Makoto then questions.

 

“Oh, did they not tell you?” Takaya dons a grin. “That does not surprise me, their views are quite different then your own. Anyway, is she in good health? Or, could it be you’ve already killed her?”

 

“We’ve been playing nice, but she’ll regret not talking soon enough.” Kotone coldly answers.

 

“Soon enough.” So I assume her symptoms have arisen? Considering Kirijo’s resourcefulness, you would have had access to the suppressants as well. If you already know about the suppressants, that simplifies things. Can you imagine it? A Persona-user killed by their other half… Such is the fate of a Persona that has gone berserk. As she’s already seen herself.”

 

Kotone flashbacks to their first encounter.

 

“And yet…” Takaya cuts her thinking off. “You hold the ability to hold so many. The dark hour has graced you with its favor. Almost unjustly so, from our perspective… Now, I ask you. Don’t you think it’d be a shame to lose such a special power?”

 

“For the fate of the world? No.” Kotone quickly answers, and Makoto nods afterwards.

 

“You stubbornly cling to that sentiment…” Takaya sighs in disappointment. “Do you have no intention of understanding anything? Choosing to turn a blind eye towards your own power, to the grief of the fallen, the unchosen, the unloved… “ Takaya suddenly raises his volume. “Such apathy… Such insolence… You trample upon everything we stand for! And worst of all, your rejection of my-” Takaya decides to calm down. “You tread upon your gifts like dirt, and in doing so, reveal your own arrogance… It disgusts me. I see now that nothing will change your mind. If our beliefs are at odds with each other, and neither side is willing to concede… Then a battle is unavoidable… Our final confrontation will come in our own time.” Takaya starts walking away, but stops and looks back like always. “You have been blessed with a power greater than any other, and yet you don’t see its true value… Such a shame. “ Takaya then walks away for real this time.


Evening

 

Makoto and Kotone have gathered Ren and Morgana for a meeting.

 

“This is sudden.” Ren comments as they sit down. “Lay it on us.”

 

“We ran into Takaya today.” Makoto starts with. “Apparently you’ve run into him before?”

 

“Ah.” Morgana answers with a nod. “We had our reasons not to tell everyone.

 

“Why not?” Kotone asks in confusion.

 

“Kirijo.” Morgana answers with a sigh.

 

Makoto and Kotone remember his comment about Kirijo from the recording.

 

“I can see your confused faces. Basically, she spied on me through the cameras since she didn’t trust me, and learned a lot of personal stuff that I wasn’t ready to have known.” Morgana quickly explains. “She says she’s stopped that now, so don’t bring it up; that will just cause unnecessary drama.”

 

“So you didn’t want Kirijo getting suspicious that you talked to Takaya?” Kotone puts together.

 

“That and her asking why we told him more than her.” Ren adds to her answer.

 

“Makes sense.” Makoto quickly agrees with their decision. “Takaya mentioned that your views are very different from ours. What does that mean?”

 

“We aren’t fighting to help society… that ship has sailed.” Ren clutches his fist. “We fight for the people we care about, both alive and dead, and to finish a personal grudge of ours.”

 

“Not that we don’t care about other people.” Morgana states in a harsh tone. “They just don’t care about us. At all.” Ren and Morgana still remember the voices cheering when someone would die like their lives were nothing more than entertainment.

 

“Alright.” Makoto accepts their answer.

 

“You’re officially free to go!” Kotone informs them with a grin.


Velvet Room

 

“It’s been quite some time since I last summoned you in your dreams.” Igor comments as Makoto and Kotone open their eyes to the Velvet Room. “Several seasons have come and gone since I first offered you my assistance… Now, then, your Persona abilities… Have you been using them wisely?”

 

“Sure have.” Kotone answers for them.

 

“To be direct, I sense a great catastrophe in your future.” Igor warns with seriousness. “But it would be a pity to lose ones with such potential as yourselves… Therefore, please allow me to provide you with a new form of assistance. I will unlock further secrets of fusion, previously unrevealed to you. I am certain that you will find this to be of great benefit. But for now, you must be tired. Please, rest easy…”


9/21 Morning         Waxing Crescent

 

“See, they aren’t dead.” Ren comments as Makoto and Kotone walk into the lounge.

 

“Hehe, this is just like when we slept for 40 hours after the first full moon fight.” Morgana reminisces with a smile. “Add it to the list of similarities.”

 

“It’s a pretty long list.” Makoto states while taking a seat.

 

“What caused you to pass out for three whole days anyway?” Ren then questions.

 

“Duuno.” Kotone answers with honesty, and Makoto shrugs.

 

“You two are useless.” Morgana sarcastically comments.


Daytime

 

Kotone and Aragaki head to the same restaurant as last time.

 

“Didn’t even make me work to get you here? You've gone soft already.” Kotone giggles as they take their seats.

 

“Don’t be stupid.” Aragaki says with slight embarrassment. 

 

“That’s too much to ask of me.” Kotone easily admits. 

 

“Oh, that reminds me. Those guys eat on their own, right? Well… are they eating okay?” Aragaki isn’t beating the soft allegations anytime soon.

 

“Yeah, I’m probably the least healthy eater there.” Kotone answers with a shrug. “Even Koromaru’s dog food has more “natural ingredients” than the shit I eat.”

 

“Your body’s your most important tool, you should eat better.” Aragaki strictly suggests.

 

“People usually call my body my most important tool for different reasons.” Kotone sighs, not really knowing why she even brought that up.

 

“Tch. Being a girl sounds like too much work.” Aragaki rolls his eyes.

 

“That’s one way of sayin’ it.” Kotone’s grin quickly returns. 

 

Aragaki’s social link reaches rank 3.

 

“I’ve been thinkin’... I’ll probably head to the dorm more often.” Aragaki says to Kotone’s delight. “Gotta make sure everyone’s eatin’ well.”

 

“Your cooking better not disappoint!” Speaking of cooking, their food arrives. “Let’s eat.”


Evening

 

“Woof…” Koromaru is scratching himself with his hind leg.

 

“Are you getting assaulted by fleas?” A lightbulb suddenly appears above Kotone’s head. “I’ve got just the thing!”

 

Kotone returns with a dog brush. “I haven’t used this thing in over 10 years.”

 

“Woof?” Koromaru’s head tilts to the side.

 

“You didn’t hear the other day? Me and Mako used to have a dog of our own.” Kotone takes a seat next to Koromaru and starts brushing. “He wasn’t the brightest dog out there.”

 

“Ruff!” Koromaru seems pleased with the brushing.

 

“Don’t even give a crap ‘bout my story.” Kotone comments with a giggle. “Brush is life, huh?”

 

“Woof…” Koromaru doesn’t seem to agree.

 

“I’m kidding buddy, I know you care.” Kotone assures him. 

 

“Arf!” Koromaru seems glad.

 

“I probably look crazy talking to you like a normal person, that damned Morgana.” Kotone smiles and shakes her head. “Do you like living in the dorm?”

 

“Ruff!” Koromaru loudly confirms.

 

“Me too.” Kotone finishes the brushing.

 

Koromaru’s social link reaches rank 2.

 

“Grrr…” Koromaru eyes the brush.

 

“Fine…” Kotone isn’t done brushing apparently.


9/22 Daytime     Waxing Crescent

 

“Thanks for the food.” Ken says once Kotone leads him into the same restaurant as last time.

 

“No prob, it’s about time I’m the one paying for a meal.” Kotone responds with a giggle.

 

They place their orders and wait a few minutes until they arrive.

 

“I’ve been wondering, is there anything else you’d wanna do besides eat?” Kotone questions while they dig in.

 

“Food is fine. Thanks.” Ken’s head is tilted down.

 

“How’s life at the dorm?” Kotone then asks.

 

“Um… well… It’s hard to put into words…” Ken’s head doesn’t change position.

 

I will cure your deppression kid. “What’s popular at school?” Kotone doesn’t give up.

 

“Umm… I think they play games… Also… I guess there’s a television show called Fetherman R that they really like… It’s an action program.” Ken finally smiles. “Last week, Hawk snuck into the enemy base and planted a missile guidance system. But, the launch switch fell into enemy hands, so Swan proposed a battle of riddles…” Ken’s smile suddenly fades. “...Uhh, um… That’s just what I heard.”

 

“It’s okay to like that stuff. I still sleep with a teddy bear.” Kotone says with no shame.

 

“You do? But you’re an adult…” Ken comments with surprise.

 

“I ain’t that old!” Kotone looks away and crosses her arms. “Don’t let society crush your dreams. If something makes you happy, then do it.”

 

“That really is just what I heard… But, I’ll keep it in mind.” Ken smiles once more.

 

Ken’s social link reaches rank 2.

 

“... Oh, it’s going to get cold. Let’s eat.” Ken says, and the two do just that.


Evening

 

“Is this really a good idea?” Makoto asks as the whole sibling squad gathers in the kitchen.

 

“Sure it is!” Kotone fails to assure him.

 

“All she’s doing is cutting the ingredients; we shouldn’t be at risk of catching on fire.” Morgana follows up with.

 

“And I’ll keep an eye on her too.” Ren finishes the assurance off.

 

“Does my cooking really deserve all this? I thought the cake I made was pretty good.” Kotone shakes her head.

 

“Baking a cake is a lot easier than cooking actual meals.” Makoto informs her. “What are we making anyway?”

 

“Can we finally learn the curry recipe!?” Kotone practically begs.

 

“It’s still a family secret, sorry.” Ren states to Makoto and Kotone’s dismay.

 

“Plus, we refuse to make a serving of curry that isn’t perfect. We’d get kicked out for that back in Tokyo.” Morgana adds with a chuckle.

 

After a while, they decide to make sweet-and-sour pork. Nearly an hour in the kitchen later, they head to the table to taste the result.

 

“It’s perfect! I can’t believe I made this all by myself!” Kotone shouts as she eats way too quickly again.

 

“... Let’s just let her be.” Makoto suggests and eats his own serving. “It’s pretty good.”

 

“Yep, food always tastes great when you cook with others.” Morgana shoves multiple pieces into his mouth at once.

 

“Sure does.” Ren digs in as well.

 

After a while, everyone’s done eating.

 

“Can’t eat another bite…” Kotone’s head lies on the table.

 

“We were supposed to have extras.” Makoto crosses his arms. “Too bad someone doesn’t know when to quit.” Makoto eyes Kotone.

 

“I wish our sisters could have an eating battle; Taba would give her a run for her money.” Morgana says with certainty.

 

“Nah, Futaba would take that money easily.” Ren amends with even more certainty.

 

“Sounds like a sight to see.” Makoto comments with a smile.

 

“I don’t think any mortal can beat me at an eating contest.” Kotone states as her head rises. “... This reminds me of having meals with my parents.”

 

“Hm?” Ren and Morgana question in unison.

 

“I guess it’s just how natural our conversations are.” Kotone adds with a shrug. “It feels like I met you guys a long time ago; it’s the weirdest thing.”

 

“Sis?” Makoto places a hand on her shoulder.

 

“Yeah.” Ren quietly says. “Sometimes it feels like I’m talking to sis again when I talk to you.”

 

“Makoto is basically me, and Kotone is a perfect mix of you and sis.” Morgana’s been thinking the same thing. “Maybe that’s why it’s so easy to talk to you.”

 

“... Maybe.” Makoto’s smile grows

 

“...” The table enters a silence for a little bit.

 

“... Y’know.” Morgana softly starts after a bit. “September 22nd is the day me and Ren became brothers.”

 

“...!” Makoto and Kotone’s eyes widen.

 

“That’s today… what a coincidence.” Makoto comments in disbelief.   

 

“Is it a coincidence…?” Ren asks both himself and the others. 

 

“...” Everyone gets lost in thought.

 

“... There’s another thing that happened on September 22nd.” The quietness in Kotone’s voice shocks everyone. “Ren, remember when I talked about the bullies at our school, and our foster parents kicked us out?”

 

“That was on September 22nd?” Ren’s heart skips a beat.

 

“Yeah.” Makoto quickly confirms. “So you two became family, and we lost ours. Or more accurately, we became the only ones in our family. Did you guys become family before your sister did?”

 

“Yep.” Morgana confirms with a nod. “So we both became the only two in our families on the same day… but what does this mean? Does it mean anything?”

 

“...” Silence once again fills the room.

 

“It could just be a big coincidence… but I feel like it’s more than that, like fate or something.” Kotone sounds super serious.

 

“I agree.” Makoto follows up with.

 

“I am thou… Thou art I… Thou hast established a new bond… Thou shalt have our blessing when thou choosest to create a Persona of the World Arcana…”

 

A voice rings through Makoto and Kotone’s heads, showing their new social link with the Sibling Squad.

 

“We should all hang out together more often.” Kotone quickly suggests.

 

“Yeah, it’s a lot of fun.” Morgana isn’t hard to convince.

 

“Sounds good to me.” Neither is Ren.

 

“Cool. We should head to bed for now though.” Makoto reminds the group.

 

“Yes Momkoto…” Morgana comments with a snicker.

 

“How haven’t I thought of that!” Kotone slams the table while laughing.

 

“*Sigh*” Makoto gets up and walks away, but the smile doesn’t fade from his face.


9/23 Day Time     Waxing Crescent

 

Kotone and Ken meet at the same restaurant once again, because why not?

 

“I’ve been wondering about this for a while now, but the rice is always dry.” Ken comments while devouring his fried chicken combo. 

 

“Is it?” Kotone takes another bite. “Why does a kid have a better palate than me?”

 

“My mom used to make all kinds of food.” Ken somberly answers. “I always loved guessing what ingredients she used.”

 

“I could never.” Kotone easily admits. “I never know what the heck I’m putting in my mouth.”

 

“Hehe.” Ken’s mood quickly improved. “Thanks for taking me here again. I enjoy having meals with someone else.”

 

“No problem.” Kotone quickly assures him.

 

“Do you by chance… read manga?” Ken quickly looks away. “Probably not, right?”

 

“Of course! Any logical person does.” Kotone answers with a smile.

 

“Huh? Really?” Ken looks up in surprise. “B-But, aren’t you an adult? And you’re a girl too…”

 

“Once again, I am not that old!” Kotone crosses her arms and looks away again. “Even so, why does that matter?”

 

“It uh… doesn’t, I guess.” Ken scratches the back of his head. “... I-I read them too.”

 

“Cool, maybe we could trade sometime.” Kotone would like to see what kind of manga an elementary school student reads.

 

“S-Sure.” Ken’s mouth shifts between a smile and a frown.

 

Ken’s social link reaches rank 3.

 

“Let’s head home.” Kotone suggests, and the two get up from their seats.


Evening

 

“Hey Sanada, it’s been a while since we’ve hung out.” Kotone comments once she sees him.

 

“It has.” Sanada quickly realizes. “I was just about to head to the Beef Bowl Shop. You can come too.”

 

“Sounds great!” Kotone is more than happy with his choice. “Let us be off.”

 

“There you are, Akihiko Sanada.” A rough voice stops them while they’re walking, and seven guys walk towards them. “Finally stopped hidin’?”

 

“Oh, you’re the guys from before…” Sanada states in a serious tone.

 

“Do they really still care about that?” Kotone sighs and rolls her eyes.

 

“Turns out you’re pretty famous, huh? An up-and-comin’ boxer, that it?” One of the seven average thugs says.

 

“Time to pick up where we left off.” The main guy demands. “Show me what you got.”

 

“...” Sanada clutches his fist.

 

“Kickin’ your ass is gonna do wonders for our rep. No way we’re gonna pass this up.” The main guy continues.

 

“Champ or not, look at our numbers.” One of the guys further back suggests. “You ain’t got a chance!”

 

“What pussies.” Kotone shakes her head. 

 

“Huh-”

 

“As much as I’d love to kick their asses, you promised me food. Let’s go.” Kotone dashes away before he can refute, and Sanada quickly follows.

 

After a while, they arrive back at the dorm.

 

“Phew… Running away is easy enough. It’s losing them that’s the hard part.” Sanada wipes the sweat from his face. “Still, made for a good workout, right? That was some quick thinking by the way. Just what I’d expect from a leader.”

 

“Why, thank you.” Kotone smiles and brushes her hair to the side.

 

“I don’t exactly like turning my back on an opponent, but it doesn’t matter in the end if I can’t protect the ones beside me. And being outnumbered increases our risk of injury or damaging or surroundings. What I mean is you made the right call. I owe you one.” Sanada compliments with a smile. “I’d recommend against angering the thugs next time though.”

 

“I’ll think about it.” Kotone will not think about it. “And you still owe me one. Get to the kitchen.”

 

“N-Now?” Sanada shakes his head and sighs. “I guess I do owe you… Hm…?” Sanada spots a package. “It’s addressed to me… Says it contains “fruits, snacks, and beverages.” Looks like it’s from my parents. I’ll take it to my room later.”

 

“Foster parents, right?” Kotone recalls that he was an orphan.

 

“Yeah. My foster parents that adopted me.” Sanada confirms with a nod. “There’s a lot in here. Wanna take some of it off my hands?”

 

“Don’t need to ask me twice!” Kotone will never say no to food.

 

Sanada and Kotone eat all the food they desire.

 

“...! This is…” Sanada’s eyes widen after noticing something else in the box.

 

“A fake medal.” Kotone finishes for him. “Is it yours?”

 

“Y-Yeah.” Sanada is surprised to see it in there. “I’ll take this and the rest of the food up to my room. Good night.”

 

Sanada’s social link reaches rank 4.


9/24 Daytime     Waxing Crescent

 

“School just started again, and we’re already getting labor?” Ren sighs once the groups to clean the culture festival decorations are assigned.

 

“Sorry I can’t help.” Morgana comments from Ren’s bag. “I’ll give you all the moral support you need though!”

 

“Thanks Mona.” Ren scratches Morgana behind his ear.

 

“Where’s my moral support?” Kotone questions with her arms crossed.

 

“Petting privileges aren’t easy to get. Only family and Haru had that right.” Morgana informs her. “I do provide appointments for petting though, 1000 Yen for 10 minutes.”

 

“Can I get a friend discount?” Kotone whines with a fake frown.

 

“Trust me, 1000 Yen is a steal for his therapeutic benefits.” Ren states from experience.

 

“Just letting you know, the random classmate thinks you two are insane.” Yukari whispers to them.

 

“Why’s he even here instead of Mako?” Kotone doesn’t bother whispering. “Our teacher’s an asshole.”

 

“At least Aigis is with Makoto too.” Morgana quickly adds. “Though if that’s actually a good thing is beyond me.”

 

“Probably not.” Yukari rolls her eyes. “How about we get to it?”

 

“Fine…” Ren slouches over.

 

After a while, the group successfully cleans their assigned room.


After School

 

“You guys wanna hang out again?” Kotone asks once class ends.

 

“Me and Mona were about to head to a crepe shop, wanna join?” Ren is fine with extra company.

 

“Lead the way.” Makoto says as everyone stands up.

 

Once they arrive and get their food, they take their seats outside the shop.

 

“That’s way too much chocolate, sis.” Makoto shakes his head in disapproval.

 

“Shut it Momkoto.” Kotone doesn’t want to hear it. 

 

“*Sigh* Why’d you teach her that?” Makoto leans back into his chair.

 

“Sorry…” Morgana quietly says.

 

“It’s the older sibling’s job to tease the younger one.” Ren states with a giggle.

 

“We need to make a nickname for them.” Makoto suggests with determination.

 

“Yeah.” Morgana quickly agrees. “I’ve got zero ideas though…” He adds with a lot less enthusiasm.

 

“Maybe stuffing your face with crepes will help.” Ren gives his crap advice.

 

“Speakin’ stuffing our faces, let’s do that already!” Kotone shouts, and everyone decides to dig in.

 

“... Is it bad that I want more?” Kotone questions once everyone’s done eating.

 

“Yes.” The three others state in unison.

 

“I mean this in the nicest way possible, how on Earth are you still hungry?” Ren shakes his head in disbelief. 

 

“I’m a growin’ young girl!” Kotone answers with a grin.

 

“I don’t feel like getting stuck taking care of you again.” Makoto rolls his eyes. “Quit for me if no one else.”

 

“How selfless of you.” Kotone says with an eyeroll of her own. “Fine… I’ll throw in the towel for now…”

 

“...” Morgana tilts his head down.

 

“Mona, why are you being sad?” Ren pokes Morgana’s head.

 

“... You’re not going to let me say “it’s nothing,” are you?” Morgana already knows the answer.

 

“Nope.” Ren immediately confirms. 

 

“Well, after our talk two days ago, I decided to do a tarot reading to see if I could find anything.” Morgana gets everyone's attention.

 

“And you didn’t like what you saw?” Kotone quickly deduces.

 

“Yeah, it looks like we’re even more connected than we thought.” Morgana loudly sighs. “In other words, the Death Arcana kept appearing no matter how many times I did it.”

 

“... So nothing new for us.” Ren and Morgana’s had that every single time they’ve checked. 

 

“It’s slightly different for them though.” Morgana seems intrigued by that. 

 

“So, what does that mean?” Makoto asks in confusion.

 

“Well, you know how the world is always seemingly against us? We think the Death Arcana being a constant for us represented that.” Morgana softly explains.

 

“So it’s a big fuck you from the world?” Kotone shakes her head. 

 

“Yeah, but you said it’s different for them?” Ren asks with narrowed eyes. 

 

“It constantly would swap places with the Fool Arcana, almost like they’re intertwined.” Morgana reports with clear worry in his voice.

 

“And I assume that’s bad?” Kotone doesn’t want to hear the answer.

 

“The Fool represents the beginning of a journey, and the Death represents the end.” Morgana starts with. “And I think I might know why…” Ren and Morgana’s deaths are what allowed this journey to continue, so their being here is likely why this is the case.

 

“Are you saying our deaths will be the start of a new journey?” Makoto asks way too casually.

 

“That is definitely a possibility, but not what I have in mind.” Morgana will make sure to remember his suggestion. He then decides to try something that hopefully won’t reveal too much. “Makoto, remember when I said that every person is represented by one of the cards, like how you’re represented by the Fool?”

 

“Yeah.” Makoto quickly replies.

 

“Would you… know anyone that could be represented by the Death Arcana?” Morgana asks with hope.

 

Makoto and Kotone share a look and eventually nod towards each other. 

 

“You won’t think we’re crazy after this, will you?” Kotone’s comment confuses the two.

 

“Not a chance.” Ren assures her.

 

“Okay.” Makoto says with a sigh. “Remember that kid who was at the dorm when we first arrived?”

 

“... Oh!” Morgana lights up. “I completely forgot about that guy!”

 

“Sometimes during the dark hour, he’ll appear in our rooms and give us insight on things. It’s always super cryptic though.” Makoto informs them.

 

Sounds a lot like Igor… All four of them think in unison except with Morgana replacing Igor with master.

 

“If he’s connected to the Death Arcana… and only shows himself to you two… that throws a whole other wrench into my theory…” Morgana is clearly annoyed. Who is that kid…? Does he represent death itself, or just what the Arcana card represents…? Is he here because of us…? Do we have anything to do with this at all!? “Urgh! Why does this have to be so complicated!?” 

 

“I think you pissed him off Mako.” Kotone unhelpfully comments.

 

“S-Sorry about that…” Morgana seems embarrassed. “I’m going to look into this further. Is that okay with you?”

 

The determination in Morgana’s voice gives them little choice. “Sure.” Both Makoto and Kotone say.

 

“Thanks.” Morgana smiles in appreciation. 

 

The Sibling Squad social link reaches rank 2.


Evening

 

“Kotone, may I ask a favor of you?” Kirijo questions while walking towards her.

 

“Sure, whadda got?” Kotone sets her coffee down.

 

“I wanted to hand this to you.” Kirijo hands Kotone a small envelope. “I’d appreciate it if you could deliver that to Shinjiro. Tell him it’s from me. He’ll know what’s inside: a school reinstatement form.”

 

“Got it.” Kotone would like Aragaki to be at school with them. “Did he not show up today?”

 

“No.” Kirijo’s head tilts down. “I assume you know where he might be?”

 

“Yep, I’ll head there now.” Kotone puts the envelope in her bag.

 

“Thank you, and be careful.” Kirijo then walks away.

 

Aragaki sighs the instant Kotone shows up. “What are you doing here this late?”

 

“Got a little somethin’ for you.” Kotone hands him the envelope.

 

“Oh, Kirijo put you up to this.” Aragaki recognizes the envelope immediately.

 

“Yep, ambushed me during my peace and quiet.” Kotone confirms with a smirk.

 

“Think for yourself for once. Don’t just go along with what everyone says.” Aragaki rests his arm once he’s done examining the envelope.

 

“You know damn well I don’t do something unless I want to.” Kotone comments with crossed arms.

 

“So you do.” Aragaki can’t really refute that. “Well… thanks for goin’ through all that trouble. Now get goin’ before the regulars gather here.”

 

“So much for thinking for myself.” Kotone rolls her eyes, but smiles.

 

Aragaki’s social link reaches rank 4.


9/25 After School     Waxing Crescent

 

“Hey Makoto, you wanna head shopping with me again?” Yukari asks once class ends.

 

“Sure.” It’s not like Makoto had better plans.

 

“Sweet, let’s go.” Yukari cheerfully says.

 

After an hour or two of shopping, the two can no longer carry more bags.

 

“That was fun, thanks for co-” *Ring* Ring* “Hang on, I got a phone call.” Yukari looks towards her phone, and her happy expression disappears immediately. “... Hello. Yeah… what? … So? Get to the point already. Huh? …! That’s not funny! What!? How do you think that would make dad feel? … Fine. Do whatever you want. Just don’t call me again!” Yukari hangs up the phone. “... Sorry.”

 

“Was that your mom?” Makoto sets the bags down since he knows this will be a long one.

 

“Yep.” Yukari confirms with a sigh. “She says she wants to get remarried… I don’t really care is she wants to get married again. What I can’t stand is how she chose to live her life. Running away from things, jumping from guy to guy… I don’t think that’s fair to my dad.”

 

“Sounds like a coward.” Makoto comments with honesty.

 

“Definetly.” Yukari slowly shakes her head. “I’ll never be like her. I’ll never give up standing on my own two feet… Running away from your problems by clinging onto others is the worst thing you can do. I’ve decided I’ll make it through on my own. I’ll show her that I can be happy that way.” The determination is very apparent in her voice.

 

Yukari’s social link reaches rank 4.


Evening

 

“Howdy!” Kotone cheerfully greets Ren. “Let’s ditch the moms and do something.”

 

“Take that sentence out of context…” Ren smirks and rises from his seat. “Do you actually have a plan this time?”

 

“Ha! Good one.” Kotone fake laughs. “Our fate is in your hands.”

 

“In that case, I know just the thing.” Ren rolls his neck. “Follow me.”

 

Ren leads Kotone to the batting cages.

 

“Not what I was expectin’ but works for me.” Kotone comments as they walk in.

 

“It’s a good way to get rid of stress.” Ren narrows his eyes as he waits for the ball to come. *Clank!* The ball flies directly into the homerun target.

 

“What’s got you stressed?” Kotone asks as she steps up to the plate. “Here goes…” *Clank* The ball makes the distance, but is a little low.

 

“Not bad.” Ren is honestly impressed. “And to answer your question, I’m still stressed about our talk from yesterday.”

 

“Why’s that?” Kotone is slightly confused.   

 

“I don’t like you always having the Death Arcana, and if Mona’s theory is right, it’s our fault…” Ren sighs and shakes his head. “There’s a reason the world hates us so much.” *Clank!* Ren hits another home run. “A very shit and unfair reason, but a reason. You two though? Fate shouldn’t have anything against you.”

 

“So why does it?” Kotone asks in confusion.

 

“... Maybe because we’re here.” Ren doesn’t even swing at the incoming ball. “Or maybe because you’re “denying the world’s gift” like shirtless Jesus says.”

 

“*Giggle*” Kotone wasn’t ready for “shirtless Jesus.”

 

“Whatever the case is, having that is really bad.” Ren warns with urgency. “Hopefully you don’t think what I’ll say is crazy by this point.”

 

“I seriously doubt it.” Kotone can’t even imagine what could blow her mind anymore.

 

“You’re aware that the world seemed to mess with us all the time. It could be as simple as something just not being there someday, to a whole group of people breaking into our home.” Ren somberly says and tilts his head down. “For the longest time, we thought it was just weird misfortune, but there’s actually a reason, and it isn’t just a coincidence. It’s not that the world seems to be against us, it IS against us.”

 

“That… definitely sounds like something a crazy person would say.” Kotone easily admits. “But you wouldn’t sound so certain without proof.”

 

“There’s two things that prove it, the first I can’t say.” Ren confirms with a sigh. “The second is the tarot readings. That’s why Mona got so into them in the first place; they warned us when something was going to happen, and we’d usually be able to avoid it. I just wish we had figured that out a lot sooner.”

 

“Wow.” Kotone still finds this hard to believe.

 

“Us against the world” isn’t just some crappy catchphrase we made, it’s literally true.” Ren shakes his head. “If you or Makoto ever notice something weird like that, no matter how small it seems, let us know immediately.”    

 

“Got it.” Kotone doesn’t want that kind of shit happening to her. “I’m sure you would’ve answered this already if you wanted to, but you said you know why the world hates you two. Can you tell me?”

 

“Not yet… probably not ever, unless there’s an actual reason to.” That day is something Ren doesn't ever want to tell someone about. 

 

“Okay.” Kotone doesn’t argue.

 

Ren’s social link reaches rank 6.


9/26 After School           Third Quarter

 

“Remember how I told you I wanted to improve my cooking?” Fukka questions as the two walk home together. “Well, I’ve been trying a lot since then, but I can never seem to get the taste right. I still don’t have a feel for how much salt to add. How do you do it, Makoto?”

 

“Add a little bit at a time.” Makoto informs her. “Remember that it’s not illegal to taste your food while cooking either.”

 

“Maybe tasting my cooking should be illegal.” Fukka comments with a sigh. “To tell you the truth. I was actually hoping to make something you’d really like. But I don’t think I’ll be able to do that for a while.” Fukka tilts her head down. “Maybe cooking just isn’t for me.”

 

“I wouldn’t recommend viewing things like that; it doesn’t help.” Makoto gives his honest advice.

 

“O-Oh, sorry. I know you’re just trying to help me, and all I’m doing is being negative.” Fukka tilts her head back up. “I’ve never had someone be so supportive of me like this before. I actually have quite a lot of trouble staying optimistic about things like this. In my head, I always imagine something going horribly wrong.”

 

“That’s probably why it does.” Makoto suggests from experience.

 

“Yeah, but you’ve all given me so much confidence in myself. So, I’m really thankful to be a member of SEES.” Fukka’s expression shows that confidence.

 

Fukka’s social link reaches rank 3.


Evening

 

“Ha…! Hyah!” Kotone hears Ken making some weird noises from his room, so she goes to investigate. *Knock* *Knock*

 

“… Gah! Ow!” Ken opens the door a few seconds later.  “Kotone…?”

 

“I’m doin’ some snoopin’.” Kotone admits with zero shame. “What’s with the karate noises?”

 

“Um… I was uh, cleaning. I accidentally knocked some stuff down. I guess sound travels really well around here. I’ll be more careful. If that's all, then good night.” Ken seems to be thinking about something, so Kotone stays in place. “... Um, Kotone actually, there’s something I’d like to talk about. Will you come in?”

 

“Sure.” Kotone has no reason to decline, and they head into Ken’s room.

 

“Sorry it’s so messy in here. This won’t take long.” Ken assures her with a smile. “I actually have a favor to ask of you. Do you remember when I talked about my pet hamster? I got him when I was living with my mom, and he’s been with me ever since, so I decided to bring him here. If, for some reason, I don’t make it back here in the future, then this little guy will be all alone.” Ken looks towards the hamster. “So… could you look after him if that happens?”

 

“That won’t happen.” Kotone won’t let an elementary kid die on her watch.

 

“Of course. I have you all with me, so I won’t go down easily.” Ken tilts his head down. “... But, you never know, right? It was the same with my mom. Everything happened so suddenly… So please, I can even provide a little something as thanks.”

 

“Don’t worry about that.” Kotone actually denies gifts for once in her life. “And Hamburger will be in good hands if it comes to that.”

 

“*Chuckle* What a stupid name, huh?” Ken’s smile returns. “Thank you.”

 

Ken’s social link reaches rank 4.


Dark Hour

 

The team spends a long time in Tartarus to prepare for the upcoming full moon battle.


9/27 Daytime       Waxing Gibbous

 

“Arf!” Koromaru sets a ball in front of Kotone.

 

“If it’s not food, I’m not interested.” Kotone doesn’t budge a muscle.

 

“Ruff…” Koromaru looks sad.

 

“I’m just kiddin’.” Kotone sits up and pats Koromaru’s head. “Thanks for saying hi.”

 

“Arf!” Koromaru seems pleased.

 

“Alright, fetch!” Kotone chucks the ball and accidentally knocks down the vase on top of the TV. “... So… you won’t snitch, will you?” Kotone quickly gets to work cleaning up.

 

“Arf.” Koromaru seems to be undecided.

 

“Let me guess, you want food or else you’ll tell?” Kotone just states what she used to do with Makoto.

 

“Arf! Arf!” Koromaru is clearly happy with her deductions.

 

“Labor, labor, and more labor…” Kotone hunches down and sighs. “I’m not ready for the real world.” She then heads to the kitchen and pours more dog food into Koromaru’s bowl. “Yummy time!”

 

“Arf!” Koromaru dashes over.

 

“Looks like I stay on your good side today.” Kotone sighs with relief.

 

Koromaru’s social link reaches rank 3.


Evening

 

“There’s someplace I wanna go today. You wanna come along?” Aragaki is actually at the dorm today.

 

“Sounds like a plan, man.” Kotone cheerfully agrees. “Rapido!”

 

Aragaki brings Kotone to Chagall Cafe

 

“Uh… What do you want?” Aragaki awkwardly asks once they arrive.

 

“Coffee, of course.” Kotone would never get something else from a cafe.

 

“Mm… Two coffees please.” Aragaki tells the waiter, and the waiter walks away. “*Cough* *Cough* Ngh… *Cough* *Sigh*”

 

“Save the dying for my sanity.” Kotone comments while she awaits her coffee. “Seriously though, you okay?”

 

“I’m fine.” Aragaki says with a wry smile. “Just happens once in a while. That’s why I try not to come to these kinds of places that often.”

 

“Why are we here anyway? Not that I’m complaining, of course.” Kotone has been wondering why he chose here of all places.

 

“I need to buy ground coffee on the way out.” Aragaki says with slight embarrassment. “I was thinkin’ about… cooking something for everyone.”

 

“Awww…” Kotone replies with a giggle.

 

“E-Enough of that.” Aragaki’s head tilts down and to the side. “It’s your fault for havin’ such a terrible diet, y’know?”

 

“Well, I’ll be looking forward to it.” Kotone will never say no to food.

 

“We’ll do it once I decide on what I’m gonna serve.” Aragaki smiles despite his embarrassment. “... Even if it tastes awful, you'd better be responsible and tell everyone it’s great.”

 

“Lying to my friends is my favorite pastime.” Kotone assures him.

 

Aragaki’s social link reaches rank 5.

 

“Looks like the coffee is here.” Aragaki comments as the waiter sets them on the table. “Let’s drink quickly before the others get worried you’re out too late.”

 

“*Giggle*” Kotone really sees Makoto’s hidden caringness in Aragaki.


Dark Hour

 

“Good evening.” Pharos appears just as expected. Makoto and Kotone didn’t even bother trying to sleep because of it. “I’m sure I don’t have to tell you this, but… there’s only one more week until the full moon. I hope nothing serious happens. But, you can never be sure what the future holds… Be careful out there, okay? Remember, I’m always looking out for you… We’ll meet again.”

Notes:

Pretty much character development the chapter. With Makoto and Kotone realizing they actually give a shit about these people, they begin to develop social links much more often. This chapter also introduces the Sibling Squad social link; I figured that developing their chemistry together instead of being split up is important enough to make a separate social link.

Chapter 11: This is How it Should Be

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

9/28 After School       Waxing Gibbous

 

“You two are making curry already?” Makoto questions once they return to the dorm.

 

“Today’s the day sis joined our family.” Ren replies with a smile. “We’re making it the way she liked it.”

 

“Which basically means we’re adding all the spice possible.” Morgana adds with a chuckle. “You two want some?”

 

“We shouldn’t get in the way of that.” Kotone shakes her head.

 

“It’s really fine.” Ren assures her. “You know, the reason we can’t tell you guys the curry recipe is because her mom made it.”

 

“Futaba would genuinely be offended if someone denies the curry, so you'd better join us if you don’t want to anger the gremlin.” Morgana states with a toothy grin.

 

“Hehe, the gremlin?” Kotone smiles and takes a seat.

 

“Thanks then.” Makoto takes a seat as well.

 

“No problem.” Morgana assures him. “Kotone, how much has Ren told you about sis? ‘Cause I told Makoto a lot, hopefully she doesn’t mind.”

 

“That if she wanted something, she’d get it.” Kotone starts with. “And that she ordered a million mariachi bands in front of Ren’s parents’ house while stealing everything from them.”

 

“Heheh, I forgot about that part.” Morgana wishes she did a lot worse. “Makoto just got the depressing stuff, like usual.”

 

“Why are your talks with Makoto always depressing?” Ren’s been meaning to ask for a while now.

 

“Because sharing our experiences with each other helps both of us.” Morgana quickly answers. “At least I think it helps him.”

 

“It does.” Makoto admits with an honest smile. “Thanks, Morgana.”

 

Kotone can’t help but smile as well at the sight. “A genuine thanks from my bro?”

 

“Can’t say I’m surprised, Mona never wastes a chance to help.” Ren proudly compliments. 

 

“You say that like you’re not the guy I got it from.” Morgana smiles and looks towards Ren. “I always had to stop you from overworking yourself with all the people you were helping.”

 

“Fair enough.” Ren says while serving curry onto the plates. “That’s enough about us though, today is Futaba’s day.”

 

“So, what was she like?” Kotone asks as she digs in as usual. “Oww…! Hot!” Kotone steals Makoto’s cup even though she has her own and drinks all the ice water.

 

“Mona described her perfectly by saying gremlin.” Ren answers with a chuckle. “But she was also way smarter than any of us, and wasn’t afraid to let her personality shine when talking to the people she cared about. It was impossible to stay upset with her in the same room.”

 

“Yeah, she always had so much energy.” Morgana continues the discussion. “But she also knew just what to say when someone was feeling down. And always made sure we knew how thankful she was for us, which we of course did in return.” Morgana’s smile grows even wider. “Even when she stole my sushi. *Chuckle* She was a lot stronger than she gave herself credit for.”

 

“Sounds like a certain someone.” Ren states while poking Morgana. 

 

“Y-Yeah.” Morgana says with slight embarrassment.

 

“She was really good at hacking into things, and she’d probably kick your ass at Mario Kart as well.” Ren looks towards Kotone.

 

“I don’t know about all that.” Kotone replies with a smirk.

 

“I’m really glad that she didn’t have that stupid curse that we do.” Morgana easily admits.

 

“The world didn’t hate her like it hates us.” Ren softly adds. “But we hated seeing how scared she’d get when we got hurt or something else. She’d always be there for us afterwards though. It… it meant a lot to us.”

 

“That’s actually how she joined the family in the first place.” Morgana admits with his head tilted down. “Something really bad happened to us on this day… Ren’s shit parents had some… connections, *Sigh* and they were able to get out of prison even after sis exposed them.”

 

“Of course they did.” Makoto rolls his eyes.

 

“And because they’re such great parents, they sent people after me as payback.” Ren continues where Morgana left off. “Kotone, remember when I said people broke into our home?”

 

“Your parents really did that!?” Kotone speaks with a harsher tone than usual.

 

“Ren gave those people everything of value we had, just like we did to them… they even tried taking me…” Morgana closes his eyes for a second. “That was the only time I’ve ever been forced to run while Ren was being hurt… Not that they didn’t already hurt me either.”

 

“...” Both Makoto and Kotone are clearly pissed off.

 

“Futaba saw everything since she had cameras set up in the cafe, and ran to help us as soon as the people left. And… she apologized.” Ren’s eyes slightly tear up. “She blamed herself since she was the one who stole from my parents… it wasn’t her fault though, only my horrid parents were to blame.”

 

“We told her that, but she was still offering us basically everything she had.” Morgana’s eyes tear up as well. “She told us to take her room, so we’d be safe if they came back, which we denied of course… but both her and Sojiro still bought us a bunch of new stuff and paid for the hospital fees, even though we only caused trouble for them… We didn’t deserve their kindness.”

 

“That’s bullshit and we all know it.” Makoto states with conviction, causing everyone to be surprised.   

 

“You tell ‘em!” Kotone follows up with. “You know what you didn't deserve? Those fuckers breaking into your home.”

 

“Thanks. Support like that really means a lot to us.” Ren says with a smile. “Sis really saved us that day… she wouldn’t let go of us for hours.”

 

“That’s when me and Ren asked her if she wanted to join our family.” Morgana will never forget that moment. “I’m so glad she agreed.”

 

“I really wish I knew why the world hates you so much.” Kotone says with sadness. “Great people like you guys don’t deserve all this shit.”

 

The Sibling Squad social link reaches rank 3.


Evening

 

“Well then, let’s do it today…” Aragaki sets down all the grocery bags he’s been holding. “You really couldn’t hold a single one?”

 

“Someone had to get the door.” Kotone quickly makes an excuse as per usual.

 

“Then to pay me back, you better not go anywhere, all right? Just be patient and wait about an hour.” Aragaki wastes no time getting to work.

 

“If this isn’t the best thing I’ve ever eaten, I’ll be real depressed.” Kotone comments while taking her seat.

 

“Nothin’ new then?” Aragaki replies with a smile. “I’ll do my best.”

 

Aragaki cooks multiple dishes himself, and Kotone calls everyone downstairs.


“Come one come all, to Aragaki’s feast for fatasses!” Kotone announces as people begin to come from upstairs.

 

“I assume you made the name?” Makoto slightly smiles and rolls his eyes.

 

“Is it the best name you’ve ever heard or what?” Kotone regrets asking that question immediately.

 

“No.” Almost everyone in the building says in unison.

 

“Arf.” Koromaru follows up with.

 

“He says, “No.” Aigis quickly translates.

 

“This looks really good.” Ren examines all the different options. “You made this all by yourself?” 

 

“Yeah…” Aragaki seems embarrassed by that fact.

 

“We gotta steal all these recipes! Mwehehehe!” Morgana’s love of thievery shines again.

 

“I didn’t know food could look so good.” Fukka earnestly comments.

 

“It’s been too long since you’ve cooked for me, Shinji.” Sanada would give up protein powder for life if it meant more food from Shinji.

 

“Would you like to become my private chef?” Kirijo questions with a smile.

 

“C-Come on guys…” Aragaki scratches the back of his neck. “At least try the food before praising it.”

 

“I do not detect Ken, shall I retrieve him from his room?” Aigis asks while looking towards the leaders.

 

“He told me that he’s already ate.” Kotone informs her. “But let’s get him anyway, it’s about time we have Aragaki’s welcoming party!”

 

Kotone and Aigis successfully get Ken to join them.

 

“Umm… thanks for the food…” Ken slowly takes a seat.

 

“... Yeah.” Aragaki’s head tilts down for a second. “Go ahead and dig in, everyone.”

 

After over an hour of eating and talking, everyone but Kotone and Aragaki return to their rooms.


“Looks like everyone enjoyed it.” Aragaki smiles with relief.

 

“I can’t believe you denied us your cooking for so long!” Kotone crosses her arms. “You should be ashamed of yourself.”

 

“*Chuckle*” Aragaki actually laughs at her comment. “If you hadn’t brought up the idea, I probably never would’ve done something like this. It was so simple, and all I had to do was do it…”

 

Aragaki’s social link reaches rank 6


9/29 After School       Waxing Gibbous

 

Makoto and Yukari finally arrive at the strip mall to get some grub.

 

“Okay, let’s see how much money I’ve got…” Yukari searches for her wallet, but it’s nowhere to be found. “Oh no! Where’s my wallet!? Did I drop it? But when? I had it when I pulled out my train pass. Wait… someone bumped into me outside the station! Sorry, I’m gonna go back there and look around. It’ll just take a minute.” Yukari then walks off. “Stay right there, you got it!?”

 

She’s going to get herself killed one of these days. Makoto thinks to himself. After a few moments, he goes to check on her. He arrives at the scene to find Yukari telling off three intimidating men.

 

“What’d you say!? You better shut your mouth, bitch!” The left-most guy says.

 

“If you don’t behave, you’ll lose more than just your wallet.” The right-most guy follows up with.

 

“Back off.” Makoto says in a bored tone as he walks in between them.

 

“Huh? Who the hell are you?” The middle guy glares at him.

 

“Her friend.” Makoto brushes the hair out of his eye.

 

“That right?” The middle guy prepares to fight. “Time to beat the shit outta you!”

 

Suffice to say, the guys did not beat the shit out of Makoto, quite the contrary.

 

“How does Sanada find this fun?” Makoto questions as the guys run away. “You okay?”

 

“Yeah, th-thanks…” Yukari seems appreciative.

 

Yukari’s social link reaches rank 5.

 

“That was a little… intense, though. You didn’t have to beat them up so badly.” Yukari seems to feel a little bad for them.

 

“It’s habit from dealing with sis’ stalkers.” Makoto quickly informs her. “Be glad they aren’t bleeding out on the floor.”

 

“Uh huh…” Yukari slowly nods. “... Hey, why’d you come after me? Didn’t I say to wait?” Yukari tilts her head down. “Did you think I needed saving? … I’m not helpless, you know. I got my wallet back by myself. I didn’t need your help!”

 

“Got bored.” Makoto admits with a shrug.   

 

“*Chuckle*” A slight smile appears on Yukari’s face. “I guess I did invite you… sorry. And… thank you.”

 

“Food’s on you now.” Makoto won’t take no for an answer.

 

“Well, that was the plan.” Yukari nods, and they head towards the strip mall once more.


Dark Hour

 

Another day of training in Tartarus goes by.


9/30 After School       Waxing Gibbous

 

Ren and Morgana decide to go for a change of scenery at the shrine, but Ken seems to have beaten them to it.

 

“Ken? What are you doing here?” Morgana questions, causing Ken to turn around.

 

“Oh, hey guys.” Ken greets them with a wave. “I come here a lot… to talk to mom.”

 

“We can leave if you want.” Ren informs him.

 

“Don’t let me get in your way. I just finished talking to her.” Ken fidgets with his hands. “Are you here to speak to someone too?”

 

“No… not yet.” Morgana looks down and sighs. “There’s something we have to do first.”

 

“...!” Ken’s eyes widen before he tilts his head down. “Something you have to do?”

 

“Yeah.” Ren softly answers with a sigh. “I wonder how they feel about our choice.”

 

“I bet sis was begging us to just live the normal lives we always wanted.” Morgana tilts his head down. “But she knows that we can’t do that. Even if they wouldn’t blame us… we will always blame ourselves.”

 

“And until we finish what we started, normal lives aren’t something we’ve earned.” Ren closes his eyes.

 

“...” All three of them stand in silence for a little bit.

 

“So uh…” Ken decides to start conversation. “Never mind.” Or maybe not.

 

“Do you feel the same way?” Morgana softly asks. “I couldn’t imagine going through this alone, so if you need to talk to someone, ask me or Ren.”

 

“It’s… not exactly the same.” Ken shakes his head. “When you… do what you need to do… what’s your plan after that?”

 

“That’s… a really good question.” Ren admits and starts to think. “We’ve still got plenty of years before we even get the chance to try though.”

 

“I see.” Ken tilts his head down.

 

After some more chatting, the three return to the dorm together.


Evening

 

“I didn’t know you liked to read.” Kirijo comments while passing by Aigis on the second floor.

 

“It is an efficient way to gain knowledge.” Aigis quickly explains. “Would you like to join me in this training exercise?”   

 

“Very well.” Kirijo smiles and joins Aigis. “What are you reading?”   

 

“The main character stated, “That ass better not crack under pressure.” Aren’t people’s asses already cracked? Yours is as well, right, Kirijo?” Aigis questions in confusion.

 

“Wha- y-you can’t just ask that, Aigis!” Kirijo regrets all of her life choices. 

 

“I understand, please be sure to inform me someday though.” Aigis nods and continues reading.

 

“*Sigh* How do I always get into these situations?” Kirijo shakes her head and grabs a book of her own.

 

After about an hour of reading and Kirijo answering Aigis’ plethora of questions, they head to their rooms for the night.


10/1 After School       Waxing Gibbous

 

Kotone and Sanada are awkwardly standing in front of the sweets shop.

 

“A-Are guys allowed to go in there…?” Sanada seems worried.

 

“It’d be inhumane to deny someone of sweets!” Kotone bubbly confirms.

 

“I-I see. Then… let’s go.” Sanada’s hand shakes as he reaches for the door.

 

After their eyes get assaulted by all the pink in the building, they eat a cake and return outside.

 

“That was rather sweet…” Sanada continues slurping his drink to remove it from his tongue.

 

“Were you expecting sour?” Kotone comments with a giggle.

 

“Huh- n-no.” Sanada slightly blushes. “I was just surprised at how sweet it was. And… I overheard that you like eating sweet things, so…”

 

“Thanks!” Kotone says in appreciation. “I’ll be sure to bring you to the protein section of the store next time.”

 

“I don’t only eat protein…” Sanada crosses his arms. “Though I am a bit low on protein powder…”

 

“Never change.” Kotone suggests with a smile. 

 

“Oh, Akihiko!” The two students from before show up. “Omigosh, I’m like, so jazzed to run into you again!”

 

“Say, why’re you here with Junpei’s girlfriend? She sure moved on quick.” One of the girls comments with a scoff.

 

“...!” Both Kotone and Sanada are taken aback by her comment.

 

“What the hell is wrong with you!?” Kotone narrows her eyes.

 

“Huh? Who said you can talk?” The second girl snarkily replies.

 

“I can do a lot more than talk.” Kotone clutches her fists. “Sanada, we’re going unless you want to be my accomplice.” Kotone walks straight into one of the girls and continues walking forwards.

 

“About time that bitch leaves.” The first girl comments. “Now you’re free, right?”

 

Sanada’s only response is to glare at them as he follows Kotone.

 

“Huh? Hey…!” The girl's screams are to no avail.

 

“... Sorry about what happened back there.” Sanada softly says as they reach the dorm.

 

“Don’t apologize for those girls.” Kotone harshly replies. “I’ll hear their apologies myself when you aren’t with me.”

 

“... Don’t be too reckless.” Sanada warns against it.

 

“If there’s something you should know about me. Never get in the way of my revenge.” Kotone’s stance doesn’t change. “I assume you’ll keep this a secret?”

 

“What are you planning?” Sanada doesn’t like that look.

 

“Eh, find where they live, break into their house during the dark hour, beat the shit out of them when the dark hour ends… normal stuff.” Kotone explains with a shrug. “Maybe steal some stuff too if they have anything nice.”

 

“...” Sanada’s face shows that he clearly doesn’t like that plan.

 

“What’s with the silence, you think I should do worse?” Kotone questions with a giggle. “Maybe they’ll have some family at their houses.”

 

“That’s enough.” Sanada looks towards her.

 

“Oh, you think I’m serious?” Kotone asks with a grin. “Even I’m not that stupid.”

 

“Huh…?” Sanada wasn’t expecting that.

 

“Words mean nothing to me anymore. I’ve heard it all.” Kotone quietly explains. “Good job on actually stepping in though. Glad to see you aren’t just a yes-man.”

 

“Thank you…?” Sanada accepts in confusion.

 

Sanada’s social link reaches rank 5.

 

“If we do run into them again though, don’t bother saying a word to them.” Kotone strictly orders. 

 

“Yeah.” Sanada easily agrees.


Evening

 

“Do you two have some time?” Ren questions while he and Morgana walk towards Makoto and Kotone.   

 

“Sure.” Makoto quickly agrees.

 

“Whadda got?” Kotone fixes her crap posture.

 

“So, I’ve been doing more readings, right?” Morgana’s voice is filled with confusion. “Well… I’m even more confused than before.”

 

“That’s a surprise.” Makoto honestly admits.

 

“It’s so annoying!” Morgana heaves a sigh. “The Fool and Death keep moving like they’re sentient, the Moon rears its ugly face in if I do it during the dark hour, the Magician is in the upright position for Makoto, but reversed for Kotone… Then things get even weirder when I focus on Pharos!”

 

“You found out his name? We’ve got an expert on our hands.” Kotone seems very impressed.

 

“It sure isn’t feeling like it!” Morgana’s eyes sharply narrow. “It’s like fate has no effect on him at all! The cards seem to just be in random places, both upright and reversed! The Death Arcana is the only constant! Just… Urgh! I’m losing my mind over here!”

 

“*Chuckle*” Ren can’t help but laugh.

 

“Y-You be quiet!” Morgana demands with embarrassment. “... In other words, I’ve got nothing for you.” He adds with a sigh. “I’ve already lost too many nights of sleep over this shit…”

 

“Thanks for going through all that effort.” Makoto appreciates it regardless.

 

“No problem.” Morgana’s yawn shortly after fails to assure him. “Ren, can I have some coffee?”

 

“You’ve earned it lil’ bro.” Ren wastes no time in heading to the kitchen.   

 

After a few minutes, Ren arrives with a coffee for each of them.

 

“Ah, Sojiro’s favorite blend. You make it practically perfect at this point.” Morgana happily compliments.   

 

“Thanks, I can definitely see why it’s his favorite.” Ren takes a sip of his own cup.

 

“You’re not going to kill me if I say it tastes the exact same, right?” Kotone asks with worry.

 

“Oh, I didn’t use the expensive beans for yours.” Ren admits with a chuckle. “Sis’ rule, not mine.”

 

“Cheapskape…” Kotone jokingly grumbles.

 

“She probably wouldn’t be able to tell the difference anyway.” Makoto teases with a smile.

 

“We don’t appreciate the truth around here!” Kotone refutes with a laugh.

 

“That reminds me, I got this new detective series that I wanted to watch with Mona. You guys wanna start it now?” Ren begins heading to his room before anyone answers, and returns with the first movie and a blanket for himself and Mona.

 

“Movie night!” Kotone happily reports as Ren puts in the DVD.

 

“*Yawn* Hopefully I don’t fall asleep during it…” Morgana comments as he and Ren get seated on the couch.

 

“You don’t want to cuddle again…?” Ren fake frowns.

 

“You’ve already captured me with the blanket.” Morgana reminds him with a giggle. “I don’t exactly have a choice… n-not that I don’t want to though…” 

 

“Aww…” Kotone unhelpfully adds.

 

“Urgh… Just start the movie already!” Morgana sinks his head into the blanket.

 

The Sibling Squad social link reaches rank 4.


10/2 After School       Waxing Gibbous

 

“I wanted to buy something to use as a secret ingredient in my cooking.” Fukka admits with her head tilted down after a while of shopping in Paulownia Mall. “But I couldn’t really decide, and I wasn’t sure how to use whatever I’d buy…”

 

“You should know the basics before adding secret ingredients.” Makoto informs her. “Sis nearly killed us both after slipping hot sauce into our dinner.”

 

“... Yes, you’re right.” Killing someone is the exact opposite of what Fukka’s aiming for. “I haven’t even gotten the basics down yet. I’m getting way too ahead of myself. The first thing I need to do is find something I can actually make.” Fukka’s outlook is clearly more positive. “Thanks for the support, Makoto.”

 

“No problem.” Makoto assures her.

 

Fukka’s head suddenly tilts down. “It’s not like I have any other redeeming qualities.”

 

“You’re a hard worker.” Makoto quickly enforces to her. “Motivated too.”

 

“N-No, that’s not true at all.” Fukka seems appreciative anyway. “I mean, everyone in our group works hard. And beyond that, I think you all have something you’re good at. Not me.” Fukka loudly sighs. “I mean, I guess I’m sort of good with machines, but that’s it.” Fukka looks embarrassed. “I-It’s honestly not worth mentioning, really! I just happen to like them. It’s not exactly something worth boasting about.”

 

“Give yourself more credit.” Makoto now realizes how annoying he probably is with that.

 

“I’ll do my best.” Fukka can’t make any promises though.

 

Fukka’s social link reaches rank 4.


Evening

 

Ren and Morgana decided to give walking Koromaru a try.

 

“Arf!” Koromaru seems appreciative as he starts running towards the shrine.

 

“I wish Koromaru could go more places. I always hate seeing him sit there before school.” Morgana admits with a sigh as they sit on the nearby bench.

 

“Koromaru’s improved your opinion on dogs a lot, huh?” Ren questions with a chuckle.

 

“I never disliked dogs.” Morgana assures him. “They were just a pain to shake if they had stupid owners.”

 

“That makes sense.” Ren can attest to that. “Wasn’t there a whole group of dogs that attacked you one time?”

 

“Yep.” Morgana quickly confirms. “I don’t exactly feel good about hurting animals, so I just have to run despite the blow to my pride.” He adds with a giggle. “I did have to stop some dogs from hurting the cats in Yongen one time though.”

 

“Is that why all the cats started following us like crazy!?” Ren never got an answer to that question.

 

“They just wouldn’t leave me alone…” Morgana rolls his eyes. “I get that I was awesome and all that, but I swear they were more persistent than Sanada’s followers.”

 

“Hehe, I remember you always complaining that they ruined your sunbathing.” Ren probably heard that complaint 100 times.

 

“They wouldn’t shut up, they kept trying to lie next to me, they honestly smelt terrible.” Morgana explains with a giggle. “Only my big bro can cuddle with me.”

 

“I’m honored.” Ren giggles as well while bringing Morgana closer to him. “Tomorow was the day we found that weird Palace, right?”

 

“The one where Kasumi awakened? We never found out who it belonged to.” Morgana completely forgot about that Palace. “... I’m glad she didn’t have to go through that.”

 

“Me too.” Ren follows up with.

 

“Arf! Arf!” Koromaru makes his reappearance known.

 

“Welcome back.” Ren greets him with a wave. “Mona, have you ever pet a dog before?”

 

“Uh, no?” Morgana tilts his head to the side.

 

“Well, there’s a perfectly good specimen right there.” Ren motions to Koromaru.

 

“I’d look ridiculous.” Morgana shakes his head. “I’d probably suck at it too.”

 

“Ruff.” Koromaru quickly adds.

 

“Even he agrees.” Morgana follows up with.   

 

“You can cook meals, create infiltration tools out of scraps, and have perfect accuracy, but petting a dog is too difficult?” Ren blankly questions. “You’re weird.”

 

“If anyone here is weird, it’s you.” Morgana comments with just as much blankness.

 

“You’re the weirdo!” Ren begins the classic sibling bickering.

 

“You’re the weirdo!”

 

“You’re the weirdo!”

 

“You’re the weirdo!”

 

“Koromaru, which one of us is the weirdo?” Ren asks the certified expert.

 

“...” Koromaru just stares at both of them.

 

“Hehe, he’s had about enough of us.” Morgana reports with a toothy grin. “I don’t know how Sojiro dealt with us and Taba at the same time.”

 

“Let’s head back to the dorm before we blow out Koromaru’s eardrums.” Ren quickly suggests.

 

“Arf!” Koromaru seems happy with the idea.


10/3 After School       Waxing Gibbous

 

Ken and Kotone enter the exact same restaurant again because decisions can be hard sometimes.

 

“You know, staring at the food won’t fill you up, right?” Kotone questions after a whole 2 minutes of just that.

 

“O-Oh, right!” Ken immediately shoves way too much food into his small mouth. “Is it true that… you won’t get big and strong if you don’t eat?”

 

“Why do you think I constantly shove food down my throat?” Kotone answers with a giggle. 

 

“I-I see. Then, I’ll eat all of this…” Ken doesn’t seem up to the challenge.   

 

“Why do you want to be bigger?” Kotone questions while devouring her meal. 

 

“... It’s just that… Um…” Ken tilts his head down with a hint of embarrassment. “I just noticed how small I am… Um… It’s be nice if I could be like Sanada.”

 

“I knew you were into buff men!” Kotone triumphantly declares. 

 

“T-That’s not- I just think he’s cool.” Ken looks downwards. “I… want to hurry up and become an adult.”

 

“No you don’t.” Kotone immediately buts in. “Adulthood is where fun commits suicide.”

 

“Uh huh…” Ken decides not to push further.

 

Ken’s social link reaches rank 5.


Evening

 

“Hey Aragaki, whatcha doing here again?” Kotone asks after finding him at the spot in Port Island Station.

 

“...” Aragaki doesn’t answer.

 

“Let’s not make this an interrogation.” Kotone takes a seat next to him. “You have a perfectly good dorm room.”

 

“... I’ll head back soon.” Aragaki slowly stands up. “Don’t waste your time on me.”

 

“You told me to think for myself, and that’s what I’m gonna do.” Kotone boldly declares.

 

“Fine. Do whatever you want.” Aragaki actually sits back down and smiles. “I’m selfish aren’t I? Keep telling you what to do…”

 

“Nah.” Kotone assures him.

 

“... As long as I’m already being selfish…” Aragaki ignores Kotone’s answer and sighs. “I want you to promise me somethin’.”

 

“Hm?” Kotone is surprised by his tone. “Lay it on me.”

 

“You don't have to forgive me… But forgive everything else…” Aragaki looks pained asking that.

 

“What do you mean?” Kotone quietly asks.

 

“You’ll understand later.” Aragaki digs his hands into his pockets.

 

“... What do you mean?” Kotone asks again in a deeper tone. 

 

“...” Aragaki tilts his head down, and Kotone follows shortly after.

 

Aragaki’s social link reaches rank 7.

 

“Let’s head back now.” Aragaki gets up and walks away.


10/4 Dark Hour                 Full Moon

 

“I’ve located the target…” Fukka quickly reports once the dark hour begins. “It’s in the Iwatodai Station Plaza!”

 

“This will be the tenth shadow…” Ikutsuki reminds everyone as he pushes up his glasses. “Only a few left. Let’s just worry about them one at a time.”

 

“If they actually appear one at a time. We don’t need two at once again…” Yukari hopes she didn't jinx it.

 

“Yukari, how did you know!? I sense two of them!” Fukka reports to everyone’s dismay.

 

“Good going Yukari.” Morgana comments with a smirk.

 

“I don’t want to hear it…” Yukari looks downwards and sighs.

 

“... Where’s Shinji?” Sanada asks while looking around.

 

“He notified me that he’ll be joining later.” Fukka says to everyone’s relief.

 

“Ken isn’t here either.” Ren crosses his arms. “Don’t they remember what happened last time!?”

 

“He could still be lounging in his quarters. Would you like me to check?” Aigis quickly questions.

 

“Yeah.” Kotone immediately replies.

 

After about a minute, Aigis returns without Ken.

 

“He is not here.” Aigis informs everyone.

 

“We aren’t having a repeat of last time.” Makoto’s tone is commanding. “Kirijo, you’ll be on navigation duty for this fight. Fukka will spend all her effort looking for Ken and Aragaki.”

 

“Understood.” Kirijo doesn’t put up a fight. “Let’s get moving.”

 

Once they arrive at the destination, the shadows are already waiting for them.

 

“Welcome *Giggle*” The Strength covers the Fortune in a pink aura.

 

“The Fortune Arcana is gone!? The Strength must have done something!” Fukka quickly warns. “There’s no way to attack it now. You’ll have to defeat the Strength Arcana first!” With that, Fukka passes navigation over to Kirijo and begins her search.

 

“This one didn’t even wait to bring out the bullshit.” Kotone rolls her eyes. “Let’s take it down quick!” Kotone increases her magic damage with Concentrate.

 

“Persona!” All the buffs and debuffs are placed as usual, including Revolution.

 

“Let me teach you what strength is.” The Strength sounds composed as it fires Mobius Rondo, chipping away at everyone’s health.

 

“Time for the fun to begin!” The Fortune shouts as a red carpet and wheel spawn out of thin air. The wheel has a bunch of symbols on it with unknown effects. The Fortune then hops onto the middle of the wheel to be its pointer, and it starts moving.

 

Ren and Morgana immediately remember Sae’s bullshit wheel, and internally sigh. After a little bit, the wheel lands on a stop sign symbol.

 

“What does tha-  whoa!” Kotone starts to question as chains appear out of the floor and trap everyone’s legs in place.

 

“You won’t be able to dodge!” Kirijo quickly reports.

 

“What kinda move is that!?” Sanada loudly complains.

 

“Can we destroy the chains?” Makoto then asks.

 

“It looks like they have the same effect as the Fortune; you won’t be able to affect them.” Kirijo dejectedly states.

 

“A truly strong warrior has no need to run anyway.” The Strength glares at the others.

 

“Let’s see how that holds up.” Ren wastes no time firing Eigaon towards the shadow.

 

“It won’t have the chance to run.” Morgana knocks it down with Miracle Punch, but they can’t all-out attack because of the chains. “Show them your power, Kotone!”

 

“Will do!” Kotone with Tarukaja, Concentrate, and the boost from shifting happily accepts. “Bufudyne!”

 

“That looked fun.” Makoto uses Concentrate as well, and everyone else attacks with their strongest attack except for Yukari who heals.

 

“...” The Strength’s eyes are focused as it Charges up.

 

“What will happen this time?” The Fortune asks as the wheel spawns once again, this time landing on a huge shield.

 

“I can’t tell what that did, careful everyone!” Kirijo sure is missing Fukka’s navigation right about now.

 

“So we all agree this wheel is rigged, right?” Makoto states while rolling his neck.

 

“Sounds about right.” Morgana replies from experience. “I volunteer as the test dummy.” Morgana casts Garudyne, which flies right back into his face.

 

“So the shield probably means it reflects everything.” Makoto goes for a new approach. “Megidola!” The attack successfully lands.

 

“Good idea.” Ren smirks and casts a Megidola of his own.

 

“Arf! Arf!” Koromaru’s Virus Breath adds even more damage.

 

“And for the finishing touch…” Kotone swaps Persoanas and Megidolas the shadow yet again.

 

Everyone who didn’t attack reapplies their buffs and debuffs.

 

“Fellin’ lucky?” The Fortune goes first this time, and the wheel lands on a cartridge with an X over it.

 

“Theurgies are completely disabled!” Kirijo wastes no time in explaining.

 

“Will these misfortunes expire?” Aigis asks the question everyone was thinking.

 

“Isn’t looking like it.” Ren rolls his eyes.

 

“Strength is shown through how one can adapt.” The Fortune increases all its stats with Heat Riser.

 

“Enough poetry!” Kotone shouts and both she and Makoto Concentrate again.

 

“Hopefully this works.” Yukari uses Wind Break.

 

“Test it Mercurius!” Morgana grins as the wind connects this time.

 

“Get its attack down Sanada.” Makoto quickly orders, and Sanada complies. 

 

“I suppose there’s nothing stopping me from contributing as well.” Kirijo lowers the Strength’s defense.

 

Ren and Koromaru use their Almighty attacks, and Aigis lowers the Strength's accuracy and evasion with an item.

 

“You’ll run out of tricks soon enough.” The Fortune drops the act that this is a fair fight. The wheel lands on a 2X symbol.

 

“The Strength's attack and defense have been doubled!” Kirijo warns with worry.

 

“And that’s permanent!?” Kotone complains in disbelief.

 

“Fall to your knees!” The Strength fires a Herculean Strike, which only Makoto, Kotone, Morgana, and Aigis are still standing after.

 

“Fuuka, sorry, but we need your support over here!” Kirijo leaves no room for argument.

 

“O-Okay!” Fukka quickly shifts her focus to the fight.

 

“Everyone up, we need to revive the others.” Makoto declares as everyone chucks revival items out.

 

“This is getting out of hand.” Yukari comments while healing everyone.

 

“Ruff.” Koromaru clearly agrees while he and Ren fire their Almighty attacks, and Sanada heals everyone more with an item.

 

“You are quite the resilient bunch.” The Fortune sounds annoyed as the wheel spins yet again, landing on a potion symbol.

 

“All of your attacks take double the resources!” Fukka loudly yells.

 

“How much health does it have!?” Morgana yells back.

 

“A little less than half health to go!” Fukka’s answer disappoints everybody.

 

“Stop resisting already!” The Strength Charges up again.

 

“Lay on the damage if you can!” Kotone commands, and everyone but Sanada, Kirijo and Aigis sends their strongest attack flying its way.

 

Sanada and Aigis increase the team’s attack and defense, and Kirijo uses Ice Break.

 

“...” The Fortune says nothing as the wheel spins again, landing on a 100 with a down arrow.

 

“Everyone’s max HP and SP have been reduced by 100!” Fukka’s voice is filled with stress.

 

“Raaaaaaaghhhh!” The Strength doesn’t give them time to complain, and its Heat Wave does huge damage to everyone.

 

“Aigis, use a Soma, Yukari, reapply the Wind Break, Sanada and Kirijo, keep its stats lowered. Everyone else is attacking.” Makoto stays on top of his game, and the damage continues to roll in.

 

“Here goes!” The Fortune’s enthusiasm worries everyone as the wheel spins again. The wheel lands on a cage symbol, which causes more chains to wrap themselves around everyone’s body and arms.

 

“That can’t be allowed!” Sanada tries to force the chains off him to no avail.

 

“Aigis and Koromaru should still be able to attack!” Fukka keeps the group optimistic. “It’s up to you!”

 

“Arf!” Koromaru looks towards Aigis.

 

“I agree, let’s “kick some ass.” Aigis buffs Koromaru’s attack, and he fires Virus Breath at the Strength.

 

“Not… enough…!” The Strength is on the brink as it fires Heat Wave again, which does big damage to all of them.

 

“Finish it off!” Kotone grins as Aigis and Koromaru’s attacks finally put the Strength down, causing the Fortune to be hittable again and the wheel's effects to be removed.

 

“W-Wait…!” The Fortune pleads as everyone loads the cartridge into their evokers.

 

“Teach it a lesson.” Makoto commands with a smirk, and the Fortune is no more after all the Therugies are over.

 

“That one was tough.” Ren says what everyone was thinking. 

 

“Aragaki was a no-show, Ken too.” Morgana reminds everyone.

 

“Sorry, I wasn’t able to locate them…” Fukka admits with sadness and embarrassment. “I’ll continue my search now.”

 

“I believe we should head back to the dorm for now.” Kirijo quickly suggests.

 

“...” Sanada is lost in thought.

 

“Akihiko, are you listening?” Kirijo snaps him out of it.

 

“Today is… October 4th… Right?” Sanada’s eyes are wide open.

 

“... Yeah, that’s right.” Yukari quickly informs him.

 

“Go on back without me. I’m gonna go look for them.” Sanada breaks into a quick sprint.

 

“Sanada!?” Kotone shouts to no avail. “We should follow him.”

 

“Agreed. Yukari, heal everyone up, and let’s move.” Makoto follows up with, and everyone gives chase.


“You came… Just like we agreed.” Ken comments, spear in hand, as Aragaki shows up to the spot at Port Island Station.

 

“...” Aragaki doesn’t say a word.

 

“Do you know why I called you here?” Ken turns around to face him. “You probably have an idea, since you skipped the operation for it.” Ken’s head tilts down. “Two years ago today… on October 4th. That was the day my mom died here. They called it a car accident… but it wasn’t. I saw the whole thing… I saw my mom get killed.” Ken’s head shoots up to face Aragaki. “YOU murdered her!”

 

“...” Aragaki still doesn’t speak.

 

“Since then, not one good thing has happened… Just being alive is torture.” Ken admits with his head tilted back down. “And all I get from people is sympathy, no matter where I go. What’s the point of living like this…? I’ve even thought about killing myself… But, I wouldn’t be able to face mom like that.” Ken’s eyes narrow towards Aragaki. “That’s why I vowed to live until I found her killer, YOU! I once heard you say you wanted to forget what you did on that day… So, when I realized it was a full moon today, I knew I had to confront you.” Ken looks towards the sky. “Today, mom is with me. I’ll make you remember what you did to her… I’m gonna kill you!”

 

“... Do it.” Aragaki finally talks.


“Why did Sanada run off like that?” Kotone questions as everyone gives chase. “Somthing about the date, right?”

 

“...!” Kirijo’s eyes widen. “October 4th…! That’s right! Today is the anniversary of the day Amada’s mother was killed!”

 

“Huh!?” Yukari shouts in surprise. 

 

“Public records say that Amada’s mother was killed in an accident…” Kirijo speaks in a saddened tone. “... But in truth, we were the ones responsible for her death.”

 

“...!?” No one was expecting that.

 

“It happened two years ago, when we were hunting down a shadow that appeared in the city…” Kirijo continues the explanation. “Aragaki had only just awakened to his Persona, and he lost control of it for a moment. Unfortunately, there was one casualty… It was Amada’s mother.”

 

“Wait, so Amada sees Aragaki as…” Morgana puts the pieces together. 

 

“That could be why he suddenly volunteered to join!” Ren follows up with.

 

Kotone remembers what Aragaki told her yesterday. You don’t have to forgive me… But forgive everything else. “They’re probably at the spot in Port Island Station! Pick up the pace people!” Kotone runs as fast as her legs will carry her, forcing everyone to keep up.


“I won’t stop you.” Aragaki assures him. “You’re right… I just wanted to forget. That’s why I left everyone behind, and tried to use drugs to suppress my power… But, nothing I did could erase the memory. No matter what I do, I always end up back here.”

 

“...” Ken’s spear stays aimed in Aragaki’s direction.

 

“It’s my fault. This is what I deserve.” Aragaki looks Ken in the eyes. “But I gotta give you a warning.”

 

“A warning…?” Ken asks with anger and confusion.

 

“You take my life, and you’re gonna end up just like me. You'd better be prepared for that.” Aragaki’s head tilts downwards just slightly.

 

“What, are you begging for your life?” Ken’s anger doesn’t fade.

 

“Even if all you have now is hatred, one day you’ll regret it.” Aragaki speaks with certainty.

 

“Shut up! That’s bullshit!” Ken is fully enraged.

 

“... I must say, I agree.” A familiar voice makes itself known.


“These are not his sins to bear…” Takaya walks towards the two. “That is the nature of revenge. Is it not permissible to kill those who are themselves killers?”

 

“... Th-That’s right.” Ken grips his spear tighter.

 

“Whadda want?” Aragaki’s hands exit their pockets.

 

“Losing one of our own has posed a slight challenge for us… But, we cannot simply turn a blind eye to all the trouble you’ve caused.” Takaya aims his gun towards Aragaki.

 

“You bastard…” Aragaki mumbles beneath his breath.

 

“Fear not. This life is but a stepping stone.” Takaya sinisterly grins. “I shall deliver unto you both… salvation.”

 

“...!” Aragaki quickly runs in front of Ken. “What’d you say!?”

 

“My… protecting your would-be murderer…?” Takaya seems both surprised and disappointed by this fact. “Ohhh, but that’s right! Whether or not to this boy’s revenge, you are fated to die, regardless.”

 

“...” Aragaki tilts his head down.

 

“What… What does he mean!?” Ken demands an answer.

 

“You’ve been taking those suppressants for some time now. You don’t have much longer.” Takaya gazes towards Aragaki.

 

“That’s bullshit!” Aragaki attempts to deny it.

 

“Listen to your body… The signs have already begun.” Takaya isn’t fazed.

 

“What’re you talking about…?” Ken softly questions. “You’re just going to die… no matter what!? Even if I don’t do anything…?” Ken’s eyes narrow. “That’s not fair! This is all I’ve been living for… What was even the point then!?”

 

“The cause of death is hardly relevant.” Takaya’s fingers rub against the gun’s handle. “Besides, the breath of life is faint in you as well, child… You were planning to join him once the deed was done, were you not?”

 

“...” Ken doesn’t answer.

 

“Amada, what…?” Aragaki can’t believe it.

 

“This may be a bit ill-timed, but no matter.” Takaya’s grin reappears. “It matters not whose life I take first. You’re both destined to perish anyway.”

 

“Shut the fuck up!” Aragaki prepares to run towards Takaya before a bullet pierces him. “Ngh…!”

 

“N-No…” Ken’s spear lowers.

 

“Now then, with what little life you have left, answer me this...” Takaya walks towards Aragaki. “There is a navigator in your ranks, similar to Chidori, is there not? You’ve been killing the shadows we wish to protect with startling efficiency, before we can even arrive. Tell me… Which one of you is it? If you don’t expedite your answer, then this will hurt you more than it hurts me.” Takaya then kicks Aragaki to the floor.

 

“Ugh… Augh…” Aragaki’s hand holds where the bullet pierced him.

 

“... What’s wrong? Cat got your tongue?” Takaya’s grin only continues to grow. “Or are you ready to talk?”

 

“Th-There’s… no one…” Aragaki grits his teeth.

 

“...” Takaya draws his gun once more.

 

“Wait!” Ken suddenly steps forward.”... It’s me.”

 

“Really now?” Takaya’s gaze shifts to Ken.

 

“... It’s the truth.” Ken doesn’t back down. “That’s the only reason they let me join, even though I’m a kid.”

 

“Ngh… What are you-!?” Aragaki questions before getting kicked again. “Agh!”

 

“Quiet.” Takaya demands while looking down on Aragaki. “I wasn’t talking to you.”

 

“It doesn’t matter now…” Ken’s voice sounds broken. “I’ll never have my revenge. I don’t have any reason to live… what’s the point in fighting anymore…?”

 

“... I see, so you accept salvation.” Takaya’s eyes cast no judgment. “What a beautiful end to your life… Very well, you shall go first. Rest peacefully…” Takaya raises his gun to Ken’s head.

 

“Mom…” Ken whispers as he closes his eyes.

 

“...!”

 

*Bang!*

 

Ken feels no pain, but notices his body falling to the floor. His eyes open to find that Aragaki took the bullet for him. “...!” Ken’s breaths become much deeper.

 

Takaya seems completely perplexed by Aragaki’s decision.

 

“... Gugh!” Aragaki struggles to breathe.

 

“Just what was that for?” Takaka waves his gun around the air while stepping closer to them. “What reason could you possibly have to risk your life for this child?”

 

“Ah… Ah…” Ken’s eyes examine all directions as Aragaki’s blood flows onto him.

 

“Shinji!” Sanada shouts as the members of SEES draw near.

 

“Your companions?” Takaya lowers the gun. “How very unfortunate. The fun had just begun…” Takaya is forced to walk away.

 

“Shinji! Hang in there!” Sanada pleads between deep breaths.

 

“Shinjiro!” Kirijo is the first to kneel beside him.

 

“Aragaki!” Kotone’s eyes show regret as she thinks about his words yesterday.

 

“No…” Morgana and Fukka go to comfort Ken as he slowly backs away.

 

“*Whine*” Koromaru puts his head under Aragaki’s hand.

 

“Heh… What’s with the long face?” Aragaki’s head slowly turns towards Ken. “Isn’t this… exactly what you wanted? It’s alright… Hold onto that anger. Let it be your strength…”

 

“...” Ken’s whole body trembles as he listens to Aragaki’s words.

 

“You’ve still got your whole life ahead of you… Don’t ya, kid…? From now on… You’re gonna have to live… for yourself…” Aragaki looks towards Ken with a hopeful smile.

 

“But I… But I can’t…” Ken’s eyes continue to tear up.

 

“Aki… Look after ‘im.” Aragaki’s head turns to Sanada as he entrusts him with an important task. He then raises his hand, which Sanada catches.

 

“I will.” Sanada promises with a nod.

 

“This is how it… should be…” Aragaki’s eyes close as his hand slips from Sanada’s grasp.

 

“Ah…” Ken’s eyes and mouth remain fully open as everyone's expression saddens even more. “Ah… Ah…” Ken starts crying and slams the floor with both hands. “AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH…! AAAAAAAAAAHH…!”

 

“...” No one else dares to speak a word.


10/5 Morning     Waning Gibbous

 

Despite the tragedy that took place yesterday, everyone must still go to school.

 

“No words can express the sense of loss  we feel as a result of this terrible tragedy.” The principal begins his second eulogy of the school year. “He had a lifetime of opportunity ahead of him… As educators, we are to blame for ignoring his silent calls for help. We tragically lost him to senseless violence before we had a chance to help him realize his true potential… Forgive us… Forgive us for our negligence…”

 

“...” All the SEES members remain silent.

 

“He just never stops talking…” A student in front of them whispers. “I’d never even heard of any Aragaki, had you?”

 

“I heard he never came to school.” Another student quickly answers. “Probably just some punk. Hey, you guys know who this Aragaki is? Wait, you’re not even in the same year. No way you’d know him then.”

 

“Anyways, it’s crazy that stuff like this really happens, huh?” The first guy continues. “Two deaths in just a month.”

 

“Can someone shut them up?” Morgana freely says since they can’t understand him.

 

“Do you mind?” Makoto harshly asks them.

 

“Tch. I was just asking.” The student shakes his head.

 

“Has anyone seen Sanada today?” Ren quietly questions.

 

“No, I hope he’s okay.” Kotone looks downwards.


After School

 

“When you get back today, let’s meet in the lounge.” Kirijo states as she walks into the classroom. “I think you all know the reason…”

 

“Right…” Yukari’s head tilts down.

 

“All right, I’ll see you then.” Kirijo turns and walks out of the classroom.


Sanada enters the auditorium alone after everyone has left.

 

“Hey.” Sanada greets the picture of Aragaki on stage. “I had the usual for lunch… I was wondering what ramen tastes like when you skip class. It’s surprisingly good… You could’ve invited me at least once, you know. Come on, say something.”

 

“...” No words come Sanada’s way.

 

“Why do you have to be like that?” Sanada looks down and places a hand on his hip. “Always going off without saying a word. Put yourself in my shoes, for a change… You think it’s the other way around? Yeah, you’re right…” Sanada softly admits. “I was the one always running off on my own. I was too obsessed with getting stronger… Ever since I’ve lost Miki, that’s all I’ve cared about.” Sanada places a hand on his face. “I thought if I was strong enough, I could protect anyone… But I was wrong… And now you’re gone too. God. It’s like the world is laughing at me… I knew what we were getting into… I knew we were putting our lives on the line! But I was so focused on fighting that I didn’t see anything else! It doesn’t matter how strong I was! Look what happened!” Sanada falls to his knees and slams his fists against the table on stage as tears begin falling from his eyes. “Aaaaaaaaah…! … I know, Shinji. Crying won’t change anything, right? I don’t need you to tell me that. In the end, I can’t run away from who I am… I’ve had enough of this.”

 

The resolution in Sanada’s heart has awakened a new Persona… Caesar, and a new Therugy has been unlocked.

 

“Rest easy Shinji. You just watch from there with Miki. I’ve still got a job to do… Isn’t that right?” Sanada then walks away.


Evening

 

Everyone has gathered in the lounge as asked.

 

“You all know the reason we’re gathered here.” Kirijo reluctantly starts the conversation. “We need to discuss how to deal with Amada. I’ve already consulted the chairman. Aigis, bring him here.”

 

“Understood.” Aigis promptly heads upstairs.

 

“It’s my fault…” Fukka quietly whispers. “I knew it was strange when Aragaki told me he’d be late. But I didn’t say anything. I should’ve been more careful after last time…”

 

“This isn’t on you.” Makoto assures her.

 

“We failed him as a team.” Kotone follows up with. “And I especially failed him as a leader.”

 

“If there’s anybody who should have realized, it’s me.” Kirijo somberly states.

 

“Shinji’s last words were, “This is how it should be.” He was a hell of a guy… He even faced death with a smile.” Sanada’s eyes are full of motivation. “... So, from this day forward, I’ll face things head-on too.”

 

“Reporting in! Ken is not in his room!” Aigis says as she runs back to the group.

 

“He’s not!?” Yukari questions while standing up.

 

“Evidence indicates that his window has been pried open.” Aigis follows up with.

 

“Ken…!” Fukka stands up and starts heading to the exit.

 

“Wait, Fukka, where are you going!? Do you even know where to look?” Yukari warns against it.

 

“Well… no, but… We can’t just let him go off on his own, right!?” Fukka quickly argues.

 

“You won’t find him by running around like that.” Makoto informs her.

 

“Maybe not, but we have to try!” Fukka tries to motivate the others.

 

“Give him some time.” Sanada suggests while standing up as well. “Dragging him back won’t change how he feels… And we can’t protect him forever.”

 

“I agree.” Morgana speaks up. “I know what’s going through his head, and I’m glad no one showed up… he’ll pick the right choice.”

 

“Mona…” Ren looks towards Morgana with understanding.

 

“He’s the only one who can decide how to live his life.” Sanada continues his reasoning. “... We all choose our own paths.” With that in everyone’s mind, Sanada walks away.


10/6 After School     Waning Gibbous

 

With everyone still processing Aragaki’s death, the twins hang out together since they don’t do that enough.

 

“We really suck at our jobs, huh?” Kotone comments as they buy some ice cream.

 

“We shouldn’t blame ourselves.” Makoto informs her. “You wouldn’t want me blaming myself for your death.”

 

“That’s different.” Kotone states with a sigh. “We’re the leaders. It’s our responsibility to find out about this sort of thing and stop it.”

 

“We couldn’t have known what Ken was thinking.” Makoto assures her. “Do you remember what Pharos said that one night? Something about two poisonous flowers already blooming.”

 

“Are you saying that represents Junpei and Aragaki’s deaths?” Kotone’s eyes narrow. “Were they really fated to die…?”

 

“It’s just a theory.” Makoto reminds her. “For now, let’s just hang out like normal people for once.” Makoto suggests as he takes the first bite of his ice cream.

 

“You really got plain vanilla?” Kotone asks while staring at her triple chocolate swirl ice cream. “You realize how fat you’re making me look!?”

 

“I’m making you look fat?” Makoto blankly questions. “You’re the one who asked for that one with a straight face.”

 

“And I’d do it again!” Kotone laughs and takes the first bite of hers. “Don’t forget that I’m the skinnier of us two.”

 

“Because you bounce around like a maniac.” Makoto says with a warm smile.

 

“Stop throwing these truth-bombs at me.” Kotone grins and rolls her eyes. “You know I’m allergic to the truth.”

 

“Is that why your acne is reappearing?” Makoto slightly giggles.

 

“It is!?” Kotone immediately grabs her phone and opens the camera. “... No it’s not! Meanie!”

 

All Makoto can respond with is a shrug.

 

“You’re a real piece of work when you want to be.” Kotone is more than happy with that though.

 

After finishing their ice cream, Makoto and Kotone return to the dorm.


Evening

 

“...” Ken’s head looks downwards at the spot in Port Island Station.

 

“You look half dead.” Sanada unhelpfully comments as he approaches Ken. “What are you doing out here?”

 

“...” Ken doesn’t answer for a while. “When mom died protecting me, no one believed the truth… To this day, they say she died in an accident that didn’t even happen… That’s why I wanted to clear the record… I thought that’s what she would’ve wanted… Maybe then she’d finally be at peace… They said he died in some violent crime, right? No one knows the truth… Just like with mom.” Ken’s head tilts down further. “And now I’m going to be left behind, just like always…”

 

“The dead are never coming back. You have to accept that.” Sanada crosses his arms. “But you still have your life. I’m not here to bring you back. You can waste away here, if that’s what you want… But, if you still have the will to fight, then come back and stand on your own two feet.” Sanada then turns around and leaves.

 

“... I know that.” Ken quietly whispers. “I’ve known it all along… I’ve just been lying to myself… I needed something to hate… to keep myself going. I couldn’t face the thought of being alone… But that’s exactly what happened…” Tears build up in Ken’s eyes. “All this time, I’ve just been running away… All right… I’m not running away… I’m not running anymore… I swear it. Aragaki… I’ll see this through to the end.

 

The resolution in Ken’s heart has awakened a new Persona… Kala-Nemi, and a new Theurgy has been unlocked.   

 

“Goodbye, Mom… I’ll be okay now.” Ken looks upwards with a smile.


“It’s already been a day…” Yukari comments as everyone gathers in the lounge once more.

 

“... Yes, it has.” Kirijo follows up with.

 

“Anyone know where Sanada is?” Ren looks towards the other members of SEES.

 

“No.” Makoto vocalizes what everyone was thinking.

 

“He said to leave Ken alone, But… maybe we should look for him…” Fukka fidgets with her hands.

 

“Don’t.” Morgana keeps his stance from yesterday. “He’s a lot stronger than I am, and I made the right choice. Have faith in him.”

 

To prove Morgana’s point, Ken comes walking into the dorm.

 

“Arf! Arf!” Koromaru happily greets him

 

“Ken!?” Yukari wasn’t expecting him so soon.

 

“...” Ken doesn’t say anything as everyone gathers around him.

 

“Oh thank goodness! I was so worried…” Fuuka’s voice is filled with relief.

 

“You were?” Ken seems actually surprised.

 

“Of course! We were all worried about you.” Kotone follows up with.

 

“Amada… Will you continue to fight?” Kirijo softly asks.

 

“Yes… I’m done running away.” Ken is full of determination.

 

“You’re sure?” Makoto asks once more.

 

“Positive.” Ken confirms with a nod.

 

“It is good to have you back Ken.” Aigis earnestly comments.


Dark Hour

 

“Hi.” Pharos is back yet again. “It’s pretty chilly tonight. Can you believe it’s already autumn? It’ll be winter before you know it… You look a little tired. Did something happen?”

 

“Yeah.”          

“Shouldn’t you already know that?”

 

“Oh, sorry to hear it.”                

“... Yeah.”

 

“In this world, people die every day. Until recently, I thought that was as normal as the changing of the seasons. But now, I understand why people mourn… For the first time, I have a friend. Lately, I’ve been remembering things more clearly… You recall the end I’ve spoken of? Some are calling it “the Fall” as well… It’s drawing closer each night. Can’t you feel it? You and I are like kindred spirits, so I wonder why I’m the only one who remembers… This is tearing me up… Could it be that you can’t accept me for who I am?” Pharos is smiling sadly.

 

Pharos’ social link reaches rank 8.


10/7 After School     Waning Gibbous

 

The Sibling Squad meet on the second floor of the dorm just to chat.

 

“I’m surprised Kotone didn’t force us to get more food.” Ren comments with a smirk.

 

“More talking, and you’ll be making me some curry.” Kotone matches his smirk.

 

“Nah.” Ren easily denies.

 

“What do you mean, “Nah?” Kotone crosses her arms.

 

“No fighting kids.” Morgana demands with a snicker.

 

“Yes Momgana…” Ren and Kotone say in unison.

 

“Maybe the nickname isn’t so bad if I get free slaves from it.” Makoto would love for Kotone to finally listen to him.

 

“I hope you’re never a father.” Ren casually drops.

 

“Me too.” Makoto easily admits.

 

“He’d be much better as a mom.” Kotone teases with a smile.

 

“On second thought, whoever made this nickname deserves death.” Makoto looks in Morgana’s direction.

 

“... I plead the fifth…?” Morgana raises his front paws in the air.

 

“This ain’t America buddy!” Kotone finger guns his direction. 

 

“Ren, are you just going to stand there while they disregard my rights!?” Morgana’s eyes shoot towards Ren.

 

“Let my brother go or I’ll ban you from coffee and curry for life.” Ren threatens with a smirk.

 

“You win!” Kotone immediately drops the finger guns.

 

“You would let a criminal go for food.” Makoto rolls his eyes, but smiles.

 

“Hell, I’d join them for food.” Kotone follows up with. “Might even get some dough out of it.”

 

“Mwehehehe! If you need a thief, I’m just the guy!” Morgana sports a toothy grin. “Just point me to the target!”

 

Kotone immediately points towards Makoto. “This guy stole all my snacks.”

 

“Oh, did he now?” Morgana’s eyes narrow towards Makoto. “I’ll steal them back for you if I get to have some.”

 

“I’m being framed.” It’s Makoto’s turn to raise his hands in the air.

 

“Likely story.” Ren begins playing detective. “Would an innocent man really say that?”

 

“Uh, yeah.” Makoto answers with a shrug.

 

“Alright, he’s innocent.” Ren gives a shrug of his own.

 

“Who hired you?” Morgana shakes his head. 

 

“That would be me.” Kotone raises a hand in the air. “The newspaper said he was the best detective in the city.”

 

“Whoever wrote that is my new target for thieving.” Morgana nonchalantly comments.

 

“Can’t we just get along like good pals?” Ren attempts to squash the beef.

 

“Nah.” The three others say in unison.

 

“Can’t say I didn’t try.” Ren accepts defeat.

 

After a while longer of useless banter, the Sibling Squad social link reaches rank 5.


Evening

 

“Hey Koromaru.” Kotone walks over to him and starts petting him. “The ice cream place I went to recently has pup cups, you want one?”

 

“Arf! Arf!” Koromaru seems up for it.

 

“Cool, it’s about a 20-minute walk from here, so let’s get to it.” Kotone and Koromaru head out. A little walking later, and they arrive at the place.

 

“Ruff!” Koromaru continuously licks the cup’s contents.

 

“Is it good?” Kotone asks despite the obvious answer.

 

“Arf!” Koromaru’s tail wags super fast.

 

“It’s unfortunate that you can’t eat chocolate.” Kotone got a slightly less fattening ice cream this time, but it’s still covered in chocolate. 

 

“*Pant* *Pant* *Pant*” Koromaru looks towards Kotone with the empty cup in front of him.

 

“More? Well, I’d be a hypocrite to say no.” Kotone walks over to the vendor and buys another pup cup for Koromaru. “Enjoy.”

 

“Arf!” Koromaru digs in yet again.

 

“I’ve gotta be your favorite person at the dorm now!” Kotone triumphantly says.

 

“Arf.” Koromaru tilts his head to the side.

 

“No? Who is it then? Makoto, Ren, Yukari, Aigis-.” Kotone begins listing names.

 

“Arf!” Koromaru makes his choice.

 

“Aigis? That makes sense actually.” Kotone admits with a shrug. “I’ll pass her someday though.”

 

Koromaru’s social link reaches rank 4.


10/8 Dark Hour     Waning Gibbous

 

“Time for some training.” Makoto leads with once they arrive at Tartarus.

 

“Hm? It looks like Sanada and Ken’s Personas have evolved!” Fukka is both excited and surprised. “They both gained a new Theurgy too!”

 

“Then let’s try them out.” Makoto adjusts his collar. “Yukari, you can join us.”

 

“Got it.” Yukari nods and heads to the teleporter with them.

 

“Shadow upcoming. Time to try out your new toys.” Makoto’s eyes lock onto the prey, and he abushes it.

 

“Strike them down, Caesar!” Sanada wastes no time showing his new power off. The thunderbolt knocks the shadow down. “Finish it Amada.”

 

“On it!” Ken points the evoker at his head and fires. “Kala-Nemi!” The second thunderbolt finishes the shadow off.

 

“Nice work guys.” Yukari comments after the fight. “I wonder what your new Therugies will look like.”

 

“Who knows? Our bodies seem to just move for us during them.” Ken hopes his is cool. 

 

“Only one way to find out.” Makoto states as they continue walking forward.

 

A few floors go by as they try to charge their Therugies.

 

“Do you think anyone else will get a new Persona? There’s only one full moon fight remaining, right?” Yukari doesn’t know what would be able to trigger hers.

 

“Considering how they awakened theirs, I hope not.” Makoto earnestly comments while sneaking up on a new shadow.

 

“Mine and Amada’s evolved from realizing that we don’t want to run away anymore.” Sanada clutches his fists. “Everyone’s strength is shown differently, so it follows that your Personas will evolve differently as well.”

 

“I wouldn’t worry about it.” Ken quickly suggests. “If it happens, it happens.”

 

“Right.” Yukari has no desire to get rid of Io yet anyway. “Oh, it’s one of those Monad doors.”

 

“Just in time for our new Theurgies.” Makoto accepts the challenge, and the team enters the door. Inside is a singular shadow.

 

“It’s strong. Would you like me to boost your defense and accuracy/evasion?” Fukka asks as they draw near.

 

“Nah, this will be quick.” Makoto states as they enter the fight. “Now let’s get this over with.”

 

Sanada loads the cartridge into hie evoker and fires. “Bring it on!” Caesar’s sword flows with electricity and points to the sky before crashing down behind Sanada, powering him up. “Hhhrrrrrrraagh!” Sanada zips around the shadow while striking it with his electric fists. “Lights out!” Sanada delivers a devastating blow, causing a pillar of electricity to surge through the shadow.

 

“That was amazing Sanada!” Ken excitedly shouts as he puts the cartridge into his own evoker. “Here we go!” Lights emerge from Kala-Nemi as Ken spins his spear in the air. “I won’t let anyone else die!” Ken slams his spear into the ground, causing a light to shoot upwards and provide everyone with a full HP heal and both physical and magical barriers.

 

“It’s fitting that yours is a support one.” Yukari comments with a smile.

 

“His Theurgy also revives any unconscious members.” Fukka informs the team.

 

“That’s going to be great during the full moon battle.” Makoto is glad to have a move like that. “I still need to be the coolest though.” He adds while preparing to activate his Theurgy as well. “Scarlet Havoc!” Siegfried and Mithras stand back to back while swiping their blades forward, causing huge buzzsaws to appear and cleave straight through the shadow's defenses.

 

“Showoff.” Sanada comments with a grin.

 

“Way to take away from our moment.” Ken follows up with.

 

“Just doing what I do best.” Makoto casually comments and begins walking towards the treasure.

 

“You seem a lot more talkative.” Yukari notes as they crack the first chest open. “Not that that’s a bad thing, of course.”

 

“Am I?” Makoto asks with a shrug. 

 

“Yeah. It feels like I’m the only one of us that hasn’t gotten stronger.” Yukari admits with a sigh.

 

“That’s not the case.” Fukka assures her. “You’ve been really supportive to everyone today, even more than usual.”

 

“R-Really?” Yukari asks in surprise.   

 

“Yeah.” Fukka confirms again. “Like Sanada said, everyone’s strength is shown differently.”

 

“Thanks, Fukka.” Yukari says with an honest smile.

 

Plenty more fights later, the first gatekeeper shadow shows its ugly face. The fight is no problem due to its weakness to strike attacks.

 

“And down it goes.” Sanada’s fists enjoyed that one.

 

“Kirijo, swap with Yukari.” Makoto skips the part where he asks.

 

“Understood.” Kirijo promptly heads that way.


“I’m glad to see that your resolve has only gotten stronger.” Kirijo looks towards Sanada.

 

“Not much point in training if I get weaker, is there?” Sanada questions with a grin. “And I’ve got more reason than ever to fight now.”

 

“Neither of you should’ve been dragged into my fight in the first place.” Kirijo looks downwards.

 

“This isn’t on you, Mitsuru.” Sanada assures her.

 

“Yeah. I heard about what your grandfather did, but that doesn’t make it your fault.” Ken follows up with.

 

“... If you say so.” Kirijo slightly smiles.

 

“There’s just one full moon fight to go right? So let’s just finish it.” Makoto doubts it will be that simple, but it’s better not to bring that up.

 

“Yes, you are right.” Kirijo’s eyes seem to focus even more. 

 

“I’m sure Strega won’t just let us do it though.” Ken reminds everyone.

 

“If they want to stand in our way, it’s their funeral.” Makoto retorts with.

 

“That’s the spirit.” Sanada rolls his neck. “Speaking of them though, I doubt we’re getting anything from Chidori by this point.”

 

“What are we going to do with her once this is over?” Makoto has little care.

 

“I’m not sure.” Kirijo quickly admits. 

 

“We don’t have to make that decision right now.” Sanada puts everyone back on track. 

 

“Right. Let’s keep going.” Ken suggests, and the team does.

 

A while longer, the next gatekeeper shadow comes and goes, and the team gets completely changed.


“Was that detective movie any good, ‘cause I passed out after 5 minutes.” Kotone questions as their adventure starts anew.

 

“We know.” Morgana blankly comments. “It was a little obvious, but fun regardless.”

 

“It was only obvious because we’re nerdy about detective stuff.” Ren adds with a smile.

 

“Kinda funny considering “him.” Morgana’s eyes narrow. “But I can’t help but get way too into that stuff.”

 

“Who is this “him” you speak of?” Aigis tilts her head to the side.

 

“One of the many people who wanted us dead.” Ren sighs and shakes his head.

 

“He was way too close to succeeding too.” Morgana admits with his head tilted down.

 

“Remember the pancake story?” Ren looks towards Kotone.

 

“Oh, that was him!?” Kotone suddenly starts laughing.

 

“Of course you told her about the pancake story.” Morgana rolls his eyes, but laughs a bit as well.

 

“My interest has been piqued, as they say.” Aigis informs everyone.

 

“Only people who’ve heard Mona in this form can understand him in the other form, so we figured out that he was our enemy because he heard Mona say something about pancakes.” Ren explains with a smirk.

 

“Me talking about pancakes genuinely saved our lives, that’s the kind of bullshit that life puts us through.” Morgana adds in a tired tone.

 

“I’m surprised the stress hasn’t turned your fur white yet.” Ren teases with a giggle.

 

“It better not.” Morgana doesn’t want Ren giving the world ideas. “I look too dashing in black.”

 

“Sure ya do.” Ren blankly comments. “Maybe too cute though~”

 

“R-Ren…!” Morgana crosses his arms. “I would tease you, but you're too boring looking to tease about.”

 

“Wha- how dare you!” It’s Ren’s turn to cross his arms. “I look fabulous, I’ll have you know!”

 

“Fight! Fight! Fight!” Kotone begins chanting.

 

“I see now the mental benefits of these discussions.” Aigis states with a smile. “Though our fight per minute rate seems to be declining.”

 

“We can’t be having that! Let’s tear through these floors!” Kotone finally begins acting like the leader she is.

 

Soon enough, the next gatekeeper shadow falls.

 

“Koromaru, you can take Aigis’ place.” Kotone says while looting the floor.

 

“Arf! Arf!” Koromaru seems pleased.


“Will you pet Koromaru now that you’re in this form?” Ren looks towards Morgana.

 

“Still would look ridiculous, and still would suck at it.” Morgana informs him.

 

“You’re so weird.” Ren smirks and shakes his head.

 

“Arf!” Koromaru loudly barks.

 

“He doesn’t want us disputing who’s the weirdo again.” Morgana states with a giggle.

 

“Why are you even disputing that? You’re both weird as shit.” Kotone rolls her eyes.

 

“Coming from you of all people?” Ren sounds genuinely offended. 

 

“What’s that supposed to mean!?” Kotone crosses her arms.

 

“...” Everyone just stares at her.

 

“Assholes…” Kotone quietly mumbles.

 

“Arf!” Koromaru has no shame.

 

“Wow, I bought you a pup cup, and you still say that?” Kotone questions with a smirk. “You’re too hard to please.”

 

“He only does it so you buy him more stuff.” Morgana breaks the news to her.

 

“Like you did to Sojiro that one time?” Ren asks with a chuckle.

 

“That’s different!” Morgana quickly defends. “It’s only because we got robbed the day before.”

 

“Hey, I’m not complaining.” Ren easily admits. “I also got free food out of it.”

 

“No, you got food that you’d “pay him back later” for, then proceeded to never pay him back.” Morgana rolls his eyes. 

 

“Sounds like me.” Kotone immediately states. 

 

“I just forgot!” Ren looks away and sighs. “He refused the money when I tried to give it to him about a month later too.”

 

“Oh, that sure sounds like him.” Morgana reminisces with a smile. “I wish we could’ve paid him back for all his kindness.”

 

“He said saving sis was payment enough.” Ren reminds him. “He’s wrong though.”

 

“Yeah… they saved us way more.” Morgana quietly agrees.

 

After a while, the fourth and final guard shadow bends a knee, and the sibling squad joins up to push to the end.


“Welcome to the squad, Makoto. Good to see you haven’t left already.” Morgana comments with a snicker.

 

“I was thinking about it.” Makoto says with a small smile.

 

“You should’ve brought snacks and came back.” Kotone follows up with. “MY snacks, might I add.”

 

“Are they really yours if they’re in my room?” Makoto raises his point.

 

“Yes!” Kotone crosses her arms. “I bought them with my hard-earned money!”

 

“There’s no way that money was “hard-earned” with how lazy you are.” Ren blankly states.

 

“Harsh.” Kotone doesn’t deny it though.

 

“Ren can be too blunt sometimes.” Morgana informs her. “He forced me to sleep on the couch once because “your breath smells like shit.”

 

“Look Mona, I love you, but it smelt terrible.” Ren’s stance doesn’t change. “I know you said the cat toothpaste felt terrible on your teeth, but still.”

 

“Well I use regular toothpaste now, so I better not hear it again.” Morgana sternly demands. 

 

“Yes Momgana…” Ren still can’t help but smirk every time he says that.

 

“And that reminds me, you better be brushing your teeth, Makoto.” Morgana’s gaze shifts to him.

 

“You don’t brush your teeth?” Kotone says in surprise. “Me either!”

 

“Oh god…” Ren shakes his head. “Please tell me you’re joking.”

 

“I am, don’t know about sis though.” Makoto shifts the attention onto her.

 

“My teeth would’ve decayed by this point with all the food I eat if I didn’t.” Kotone follows up with. “What on Earth do you talk about that leads to a discussion about brushing teeth anyway?”

 

“Oh, uh…” Morgana hopes Makoto doesn’t mind. “After talking one time, I was actually able to see his teeth from his smile, so I asked why he even brushes his teeth if no one ever sees them.”

 

Kotone smiles at the answer. “That’s a good point.”

 

“Because unlike you, I actually care about my health.” Makoto quickly replies.

 

“You caring about something? You sure you’re my brother?” Kotone asks with a giggle.

 

“Pretty sure.” Makoto responds with a shrug.

 

“I’m glad you’re taking the initiative. I practically had to drag Ren to the bathhouse sometimes.” Morgana shakes his head and sighs.

 

“I’m a busy man.” Ren informs him. “And I don’t want to hear it from Mr “I hate water.”

 

“Do you lick yourself to clean?” Kotone asks like that’s a normal thing to say.

 

“No, that’s disgusting.” Morgana shakes the image of Shadow Kamoshida’s true form out of his head. 

 

“Remember when you punched that cat after it licked you?” Ren asks with a grin.

 

“I-I didn’t mean to, it was pure reaction.” Morgana still feels bad about it. “I gave it some food later, and all was forgiven.”

 

“Now the image of Morgana boxing a cat is in my head.” Makoto’s smile grows.

 

“*Chuckle* My money’s on the cat.” Kotone now has that image as well.

 

“No faith in my ability, huh?” Morgana grins regardless. “Those cats would jump off a cliff if you tossed food from it.”

 

“Mood.” Kotone immediately replies.

 

After the Sibling Squad successfully reaches the barrier floor and doesn’t die horrid deaths in Tartarus, everyone returns home for the night.

Notes:

Yay! More death! There surely won't be any more, right? Anyway, I was originally planning not to kill any main characters since this story is about Ren and Morgana making the best world for themselves as possible, but I didn't want to overshadow Persona 3's theme of death and learning to live despite it. We're about halfway through part 1, which is great and all, but part 2 is still not progressing much at all. Hopefully, I'll have at least 80000 words of it done by the time I'm finished posting this part, but who knows.

Notes:

Time to finally start releasing the project that's been plummeting my grades for the past half-year. This is part one of two in a series, and I've already finished the first part. Chapters will release every other day, so I can finish part two by the time I get to the end of posting this one. A horizontal line means either the time or the characters are changing. In total, this part of Impossible Odds is about 250000 words long and 939 pages of Google Docs. Ren and Morgana have arrived in Iwatodia after being killed by god in the first minute of the story. (I swear I love these characters). Clinging to a thread of hope, they join SEES and enter Tartarus to prepare themselves for the rematch. Ren, Morgana, Makoto, and Kotone are the main characters, and nearly every scene will include at least one of them.

Series this work belongs to: